1# Maintained by: 2# Eric S. Raymond <mailto:esr@thyrsus.com> 3# Steven Cole <mailto:elenstev@mesatop.com> 4# 5# Translations of this file available on the WWW: 6# 7# - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project <mailto:JF@linux.or.jp>, at 8# <http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/JFdocs/Configure.help/> 9# - Russian, by <mailto:kaf@linux.nevod.perm.su>, at 10# <http://nevod.perm.su/service/linux/doc/kernel/Configure.help> 11# - French, by Pierre Tane <mailto:tanep@bigfoot.com>, at 12# <http://www.traduc.org/kernelfr/> 13# - Polish, by Dominik Mierzejewski <mailto:dominik@piorunek.pl>, at 14# <http://www.piorunek.pl/~dominik/linux/kernel/> 15# - German, by SuSE, at <http://www.suse.de/~ke/kernel/>. This patch 16# also includes infrastructure to support different languages. 17# - Catalan, by Antoni Bella <mailto:bella5@teleline.es>, at 18# <http://www.terra.es/personal7/bella5/traduccions.htm> 19# 20# Information about what a kernel is, what it does, how to patch and 21# compile it and much more is contained in the Kernel-HOWTO, available 22# at <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Before you start 23# compiling, make sure that you have the necessary versions of all 24# programs and libraries required to compile and run this kernel; they 25# are listed in the <file:Documentation/Changes>. Make sure to read the 26# toplevel kernel README file as well. 27# 28# Format of this file: description<nl>variable<nl>help text<nl><nl>. 29# The help texts may contain empty lines, but every non-empty line must 30# be indented two positions. Order of the help texts does not matter, 31# however, no variable should be documented twice: if it is, only the 32# first occurrence will be used. We try to keep the help texts of related 33# variables close together. Lines starting with `#' are ignored. To be 34# nice to menuconfig, limit your line length to 70 characters. Use emacs' 35# kfill.el to edit and ispell.el to spell check this file or you lose. 36# 37# Comments of the form "# Choice:" followed by a menu name are used 38# internally by the maintainers' consistency-checking tools. 39# 40# If you add a help text to this file, please try to be as gentle as 41# possible. Don't use unexplained acronyms and generally write for the 42# hypothetical ignorant but intelligent user who has just bought a PC, 43# removed Windows, installed Linux and is now recompiling the kernel 44# for the first time. Tell them what to do if they're unsure. Technical 45# information should go in a README in the Documentation directory. 46# 47# Mention all the relevant READMEs and HOWTOs in the help text. 48# Make them file URLs relative to the top level of the source tree so 49# that help browsers can turn them into hotlinks. All URLs should be 50# surrounded by <>. 51# 52# Repetitions are fine since the help texts are not meant to be read 53# in sequence. It is good style to include URLs pointing to more 54# detailed technical information, pictures of the hardware, etc. 55# 56# The most important thing to include in a help entry is *motivation*. 57# Explain why someone configuring a kernel might want to select your 58# option. 59# 60# All this was shamelessly stolen from numerous different sources. Many 61# thanks to all the contributors. Feel free to use these help texts in 62# your own kernel configuration tools. The texts are copyrighted (c) 63# 1995-2000 by Axel Boldt and many others and are governed by the GNU 64# General Public License. 65 66Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers 67CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL 68 Some of the various things that Linux supports (such as network 69 drivers, file systems, network protocols, etc.) can be in a state 70 of development where the functionality, stability, or the level of 71 testing is not yet high enough for general use. This is usually 72 known as the "alpha-test" phase among developers. If a feature is 73 currently in alpha-test, then the developers usually discourage 74 uninformed widespread use of this feature by the general public to 75 avoid "Why doesn't this work?" type mail messages. However, active 76 testing and use of these systems is welcomed. Just be aware that it 77 may not meet the normal level of reliability or it may fail to work 78 in some special cases. Detailed bug reports from people familiar 79 with the kernel internals are usually welcomed by the developers 80 (before submitting bug reports, please read the documents 81 <file:README>, <file:MAINTAINERS>, <file:REPORTING-BUGS>, 82 <file:Documentation/BUG-HUNTING>, and 83 <file:Documentation/oops-tracing.txt> in the kernel source). 84 85 This option will also make obsoleted drivers available. These are 86 drivers that have been replaced by something else, and/or are 87 scheduled to be removed in a future kernel release. 88 89 Unless you intend to help test and develop a feature or driver that 90 falls into this category, or you have a situation that requires 91 using these features, you should probably say N here, which will 92 cause the configurator to present you with fewer choices. If 93 you say Y here, you will be offered the choice of using features or 94 drivers that are currently considered to be in the alpha-test phase. 95 96Prompt for drivers for obsolete features and hardware 97CONFIG_OBSOLETE 98 Obsolete drivers have usually been replaced by more recent software 99 that can talk to the same hardware. Obsolete hardware is things 100 like MGA monitors that you are very unlikely to see on today's 101 systems. 102 103Prompt for advanced kernel configuration options 104CONFIG_ADVANCED_OPTIONS 105 This option will enable prompting for a variety of advanced kernel 106 configuration options. These options can cause the kernel to not 107 work if they are set incorrectly, but can be used to optimize certain 108 aspects of kernel memory management. 109 110 Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* enable this option. 111 112Symmetric Multi-Processing support 113CONFIG_SMP 114 This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have 115 a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If 116 you have a system with more than one CPU, say Y. 117 118 If you say N here, the kernel will run on single and multiprocessor 119 machines, but will use only one CPU of a multiprocessor machine. If 120 you say Y here, the kernel will run on many, but not all, 121 single machines. On a singleprocessor machine, the kernel 122 will run faster if you say N here. 123 124 Note that if you say Y here and choose architecture "586" or 125 "Pentium" under "Processor family", the kernel will not work on 486 126 architectures. Similarly, multiprocessor kernels for the "PPro" 127 architecture may not work on all Pentium based boards. 128 129 People using multiprocessor machines who say Y here should also say 130 Y to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support", below. The "Advanced Power 131 Management" code will be disabled if you say Y here. 132 133 See also the <file:Documentation/smp.tex>, 134 <file:Documentation/smp.txt>, <file:Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt>, 135 <file:Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt> and the SMP-HOWTO available at 136 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 137 138 If you don't know what to do here, say N. 139 140Maximum number of CPUs 141CONFIG_NR_CPUS 142 This allows you to specify the maximum number of CPUs which this 143 kernel will support. The maximum supported value is 32 and the 144 mimimum value which makes sense is 2. 145 146 This is purely to save memory - each supported CPU adds 147 approximately eight kilobytes to the kernel image. 148 149Intel or compatible 80x86 processor 150CONFIG_X86 151 This is Linux's home port. Linux was originally native to the Intel 152 386, and runs on all the later x86 processors including the Intel 153 486, 586, Pentiums, and various instruction-set-compatible chips by 154 AMD, Cyrix, and others. 155 156Alpha processor 157CONFIG_ALPHA 158 The Alpha is a 64-bit general-purpose processor designed and 159 marketed by the Digital Equipment Corporation of blessed memory, now 160 Compaq. Alpha Linux dates from 1995-1996 and was the first non-x86 161 port. The Alpha Linux project has a home page at 162 <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. 163 16432-bit Sun Sparc 165CONFIG_SPARC32 166 SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by 167 Sun Microsystems, incorporated. They are very widely found in Sun 168 workstations and clones. This port covers the original 32-bit SPARC; 169 it is old and stable and usually considered one of the "big three" 170 along with the Intel and Alpha ports. The UltraLinux project 171 maintains both the SPARC32 and SPARC64 ports; its web page is 172 available at <http://www.ultralinux.org/>. 173 17464-bit Sun Sparc 175CONFIG_SPARC64 176 SPARC is a family of RISC microprocessors designed and marketed by 177 Sun Microsystems, incorporated. This port covers the newer 64-bit 178 UltraSPARC. The UltraLinux project maintains both the SPARC32 and 179 SPARC64 ports; its web page is available at 180 <http://www.ultralinux.org/>. 181 182Power PC processor 183CONFIG_PPC 184 The PowerPC is a very capable 32-bit RISC processor from Motorola, 185 the successor to their 68000 and 88000 series. It powers recent 186 Macintoshes and also a widely-used series of single-board computers 187 from Motorola. The Linux PowerPC port has a home page at 188 <http://penguinppc.org/>. 189 190Motorola 68K processors 191CONFIG_M68K 192 The Motorola 68K microprocessors are now obsolete, having been 193 superseded by the PowerPC line also from Motorola. But they powered 194 the first wave of workstation hardware in the 1980s, including Sun 195 workstations; they were also the basis of the original Amiga and 196 later Atari personal computers. A lot of this hardware is still 197 around. The m68k project has a home page at 198 <http://www.linux-m68k.org/>. 199 200ARM processors 201CONFIG_ARM 202 The ARM series is a line of low-power-consumption RISC chip designs 203 licensed by ARM ltd and targeted at embedded applications and 204 handhelds such as the Compaq IPAQ. ARM-based PCs are no longer 205 manufactured, but legacy ARM-based PC hardware remains popular in 206 Europe. There is an ARM Linux project with a web page at 207 <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/>. 208 209SuperH processors 210CONFIG_SUPERH 211 The SuperH is a RISC processor targeted for use in embedded systems 212 and consumer electronics; it was also used in the Sega Dreamcast 213 gaming console. The SuperH port has a home page at 214 <http://www.sh-linux.org/>. 215 216IA64 processors, including Intel Itanium 217CONFIG_IA64 218 The Itanium is Intel's 64-bit successor to the 32-bit X86 line. As 219 of early 2001 it is not yet in widespread production use. The Linux 220 IA-64 project has a home page at <http://www.linuxia64.org/>. 221 222HP PA-RISC processor 223CONFIG_PARISC 224 The PA-RISC microprocessor is a RISC chip designed by 225 Hewlett-Packard and used in their line of workstations. The PA-RISC 226 Linux project has a home page at <www.parisc-linux.org>. 227 228IBM System/390 229CONFIG_S390 230 Linux now runs on the venerable System/390 mainframe from IBM, in a 231 guest partition under VM. In fact, over 40,000 simultaneous Linux 232 images have been run on a single mainframe! The S390 Linux project 233 has a home page at <http://linux.s390.org/>. 234 235Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX embedded network CPU 236CONFIG_CRIS 237 Linux has been ported to run on the Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX 238 CPU and the single-board computers built around it, targeted for 239 network and embedded applications. For more information see the 240 Axis Communication site, <http://developer.axis.com/>. 241 242Unsynced TSC support 243CONFIG_X86_TSC_DISABLE 244 This option is used for getting Linux to run on a NUMA multi-node 245 boxes, laptops and other systems suffering from unsynced TSCs or 246 TSC drift, which can cause gettimeofday to return non-monotonic values. 247 Choosing this option will disable the CONFIG_X86_TSC optimization, 248 and allows you to then specify "notsc" as a boot option regardless of 249 which processor you have compiled for. 250 251 NOTE: If your system hangs when init should run, you are probably 252 using a i686 compiled glibc which reads the TSC without checking for 253 availability. Boot without "notsc" and install a i386 compiled glibc 254 to solve the problem. 255 256 If unsure, say N. 257 258Multiquad support for NUMAQ systems 259CONFIG_X86_NUMAQ 260 This option is used for getting Linux to run on a (IBM/Sequent) NUMA 261 multiquad box. This changes the way that processors are bootstrapped, 262 and uses Clustered Logical APIC addressing mode instead of Flat Logical. 263 You will need a new lynxer.elf file to flash your firmware with - send 264 email to Martin.Bligh@us.ibm.com 265 266Support for IBM Summit (EXA) systems 267CONFIG_X86_SUMMIT 268 This option is needed for IBM systems that use the Summit/EXA chipset. 269 (EXA: Extendable Xseries Architecture)In particular, it is needed for 270 the x440 (even for the 4-CPU model). 271 272 If you don't have this computer, you may safely say N. 273 274IO-APIC support on uniprocessors 275CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC 276 An IO-APIC (I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an 277 SMP-capable replacement for PC-style interrupt controllers. Most 278 SMP systems and a small number of uniprocessor systems have one. 279 If you have a single-CPU system with an IO-APIC, you can say Y here 280 to use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't have 281 an IO-APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at all. 282 283 If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y 284 here: the IO-APIC will be used automatically. 285 286Local APIC Support on Uniprocessors 287CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC 288 A local APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) is an 289 integrated interrupt controller in the CPU. If you have a single-CPU 290 system which has a processor with a local APIC, you can say Y here to 291 enable and use it. If you say Y here even though your machine doesn't 292 have a local APIC, then the kernel will still run with no slowdown at 293 all. The local APIC supports CPU-generated self-interrupts (timer, 294 performance counters), and the NMI watchdog which detects hard lockups. 295 296 If you have a system with several CPUs, you do not need to say Y 297 here: the local APIC will be used automatically. 298 299Kernel math emulation 300CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION 301 Linux can emulate a math coprocessor (used for floating point 302 operations) if you don't have one. 486DX and Pentium processors have 303 a math coprocessor built in, 486SX and 386 do not, unless you added 304 a 487DX or 387, respectively. (The messages during boot time can 305 give you some hints here ["man dmesg"].) Everyone needs either a 306 coprocessor or this emulation. 307 308 If you don't have a math coprocessor, you need to say Y here; if you 309 say Y here even though you have a coprocessor, the coprocessor will 310 be used nevertheless. (This behaviour can be changed with the kernel 311 command line option "no387", which comes handy if your coprocessor 312 is broken. Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot 313 loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at 314 boot time.) This means that it is a good idea to say Y here if you 315 intend to use this kernel on different machines. 316 317 More information about the internals of the Linux math coprocessor 318 emulation can be found in <file:arch/i386/math-emu/README>. 319 320 If you are not sure, say Y; apart from resulting in a 66 KB bigger 321 kernel, it won't hurt. 322 323Timer and CPU usage LEDs 324CONFIG_LEDS 325 If you say Y here, the LEDs on your machine will be used 326 to provide useful information about your current system status. 327 328 If you are compiling a kernel for a NetWinder or EBSA-285, you will 329 be able to select which LEDs are active using the options below. If 330 you are compiling a kernel for the EBSA-110 or the LART however, the 331 red LED will simply flash regularly to indicate that the system is 332 still functional. It is safe to say Y here if you have a CATS 333 system, but the driver will do nothing. 334 335Timer LED 336CONFIG_LEDS_TIMER 337 If you say Y here, one of the system LEDs (the green one on the 338 NetWinder, the amber one on the EBSA285, or the red one on the LART) 339 will flash regularly to indicate that the system is still 340 operational. This is mainly useful to kernel hackers who are 341 debugging unstable kernels. 342 343 The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED 344 functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function 345 will overrule the CPU usage LED. 346 347CPU usage LED 348CONFIG_LEDS_CPU 349 If you say Y here, the red LED will be used to give a good real 350 time indication of CPU usage, by lighting whenever the idle task 351 is not currently executing. 352 353 The LART uses the same LED for both Timer LED and CPU usage LED 354 functions. You may choose to use both, but the Timer LED function 355 will overrule the CPU usage LED. 356 357Kernel FP software completion 358CONFIG_MATHEMU 359 This option is required for IEEE compliant floating point arithmetic 360 on the Alpha. The only time you would ever not say Y is to say M in 361 order to debug the code. Say Y unless you know what you are doing. 362 363# Choice: himem 364High Memory support 365CONFIG_NOHIGHMEM 366 Linux can use up to 64 Gigabytes of physical memory on x86 systems. 367 However, the address space of 32-bit x86 processors is only 4 368 Gigabytes large. That means that, if you have a large amount of 369 physical memory, not all of it can be "permanently mapped" by the 370 kernel. The physical memory that's not permanently mapped is called 371 "high memory". 372 373 If you are compiling a kernel which will never run on a machine with 374 more than 960 megabytes of total physical RAM, answer "off" here (default 375 choice and suitable for most users). This will result in a "3GB/1GB" 376 split: 3GB are mapped so that each process sees a 3GB virtual memory 377 space and the remaining part of the 4GB virtual memory space is used 378 by the kernel to permanently map as much physical memory as 379 possible. 380 381 If the machine has between 1 and 4 Gigabytes physical RAM, then 382 answer "4GB" here. 383 384 If more than 4 Gigabytes is used then answer "64GB" here. This 385 selection turns Intel PAE (Physical Address Extension) mode on. 386 PAE implements 3-level paging on IA32 processors. PAE is fully 387 supported by Linux, PAE mode is implemented on all recent Intel 388 processors (Pentium Pro and better). NOTE: If you say "64GB" here, 389 then the kernel will not boot on CPUs that don't support PAE! 390 391 The actual amount of total physical memory will either be auto 392 detected or can be forced by using a kernel command line option such 393 as "mem=256M". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your 394 boot loader (grub, lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the 395 kernel at boot time.) 396 397 If unsure, say "off". 398 3994GB 400CONFIG_HIGHMEM4G 401 Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and between 1 and 4 402 gigabytes of physical RAM. 403 40464GB 405CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G 406 Select this if you have a 32-bit processor and more than 4 407 gigabytes of physical RAM. 408 409HIGHMEM I/O support 410CONFIG_HIGHIO 411 If you want to be able to do I/O to high memory pages, say Y. 412 Otherwise low memory pages are used as bounce buffers causing a 413 degrade in performance. 414 415OOM killer support 416CONFIG_OOM_KILLER 417 This option selects the kernel behaviour during total out of memory 418 condition. 419 420 The default behaviour is to, as soon as no freeable memory and no swap 421 space are available, kill the task which tries to allocate memory. 422 The default behaviour is very reliable. 423 424 If you select this option, as soon as no freeable memory is available, 425 the kernel will try to select the "best" task to be killed. 426 427 If unsure, say N. 428 429Normal floppy disk support 430CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD 431 If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux, 432 say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM 433 Thinkpad users, is contained in <file:Documentation/floppy.txt>. 434 That file also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as 435 well as location of the fdutils package used to configure additional 436 parameters of the driver at run time. 437 438 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 439 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 440 The module will be called floppy.o. If you want to compile it as a 441 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 442 443iSeries Virtual I/O Disk Support 444CONFIG_VIODASD 445 If you are running on an iSeries system and you want to use 446 virtual disks created and managed by OS/400, say Y. 447 448iSeries Virtual I/O Disk IDE Emulation 449CONFIG_VIODASD_IDE 450 This causes the iSeries virtual disks to look like IDE disks. 451 If you have programs or utilities that only support certain 452 kinds of disks, this option will cause iSeries virtual disks 453 to pretend to be IDE disks, which may satisfy the program. 454 455Support for PowerMac floppy 456CONFIG_MAC_FLOPPY 457 If you have a SWIM-3 (Super Woz Integrated Machine 3; from Apple) 458 floppy controller, say Y here. Most commonly found in PowerMacs. 459 460RAM disk support 461CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM 462 Saying Y here will allow you to use a portion of your RAM memory as 463 a block device, so that you can make file systems on it, read and 464 write to it and do all the other things that you can do with normal 465 block devices (such as hard drives). It is usually used to load and 466 store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM 467 during the initial install of Linux. 468 469 Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now 470 obsolete. For details, read <file:Documentation/ramdisk.txt>. 471 472 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 473 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 474 say M and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 475 called rd.o. 476 477 Most normal users won't need the RAM disk functionality, and can 478 thus say N here. 479 480Default RAM disk size 481CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE 482 The default value is 4096. Only change this if you know what are 483 you doing. If you are using IBM S/390, then set this to 8192. 484 485Initial RAM disk (initrd) support 486CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD 487 The initial RAM disk is a RAM disk that is loaded by the boot loader 488 (loadlin or lilo) and that is mounted as root before the normal boot 489 procedure. It is typically used to load modules needed to mount the 490 "real" root file system, etc. See <file:Documentation/initrd.txt> 491 for details. 492 493Embed root filesystem ramdisk into the kernel 494CONFIG_EMBEDDED_RAMDISK 495 Select this option if you want to build the ramdisk image into the 496 the final kernel binary. 497 498Filename of gziped ramdisk image 499CONFIG_EMBEDDED_RAMDISK_IMAGE 500 This is the filename of the ramdisk image to be built into the 501 kernel. Relative pathnames are relative to arch/mips/ramdisk/. 502 The ramdisk image is not part of the kernel distribution; you must 503 provide one yourself. 504 505Loopback device support 506CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP 507 Saying Y here will allow you to use a regular file as a block 508 device; you can then create a file system on that block device and 509 mount it just as you would mount other block devices such as hard 510 drive partitions, CD-ROM drives or floppy drives. The loop devices 511 are block special device files with major number 7 and typically 512 called /dev/loop0, /dev/loop1 etc. 513 514 This is useful if you want to check an ISO 9660 file system before 515 burning the CD, or if you want to use floppy images without first 516 writing them to floppy. Furthermore, some Linux distributions avoid 517 the need for a dedicated Linux partition by keeping their complete 518 root file system inside a DOS FAT file using this loop device 519 driver. 520 521 The loop device driver can also be used to "hide" a file system in a 522 disk partition, floppy, or regular file, either using encryption 523 (scrambling the data) or steganography (hiding the data in the low 524 bits of, say, a sound file). This is also safe if the file resides 525 on a remote file server. If you want to do this, you will first have 526 to acquire and install a kernel patch from 527 <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/>, and then you need to 528 say Y to this option. 529 530 Note that alternative ways to use encrypted file systems are 531 provided by the cfs package, which can be gotten from 532 <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>, and the newer tcfs 533 package, available at <http://tcfs.dia.unisa.it/>. You do not need 534 to say Y here if you want to use one of these. However, using cfs 535 requires saying Y to "NFS file system support" below while using 536 tcfs requires applying a kernel patch. An alternative steganography 537 solution is provided by StegFS, also available from 538 <ftp://ftp.kerneli.org/pub/kerneli/net-source/>. 539 540 To use the loop device, you need the losetup utility and a recent 541 version of the mount program, both contained in the util-linux 542 package. The location and current version number of util-linux is 543 contained in the file <file:Documentation/Changes>. 544 545 Note that this loop device has nothing to do with the loopback 546 device used for network connections from the machine to itself. 547 548 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 549 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 550 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 551 will be called loop.o. 552 553 Most users will answer N here. 554 555Micro Memory MM5415 Battery Backed RAM support (EXPERIMENTAL) 556CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM 557 Saying Y here will include support for the MM5415 family of 558 battery backed (Non-volatile) RAM cards. 559 <http://www.umem.com/> 560 561 The cards appear as block devices that can be partitioned into 562 as many as 15 partitions. 563 564 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 565 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 566 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be 567 called umem.o. 568 569 The umem driver has been allocated block major number 116. 570 See Documentation/devices.txt for recommended device naming. 571 572Promise SATA SX8 support 573CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 574 Saying Y or M here will enable support for the 575 Promise SATA SX8 controllers. 576 577 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 578 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 579 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be 580 called sx8.o. 581 582 The sx8 driver has been allocated block major numbers 160, 161. 583 See Documentation/devices.txt for recommended device naming. 584 585Network block device support 586CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD 587 Saying Y here will allow your computer to be a client for network 588 block devices, i.e. it will be able to use block devices exported by 589 servers (mount file systems on them etc.). Communication between 590 client and server works over TCP/IP networking, but to the client 591 program this is hidden: it looks like a regular local file access to 592 a block device special file such as /dev/nd0. 593 594 Network block devices also allows you to run a block-device in 595 userland (making server and client physically the same computer, 596 communicating using the loopback network device). 597 598 Read <file:Documentation/nbd.txt> for more information, especially 599 about where to find the server code, which runs in user space and 600 does not need special kernel support. 601 602 Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS 603 or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda. 604 605 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 606 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 607 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 608 will be called nbd.o. 609 610 If unsure, say N. 611 612Per partition statistics in /proc/partitions 613CONFIG_BLK_STATS 614 If you say yes here, your kernel will keep statistical information 615 for every partition. The information includes things as numbers of 616 read and write accesses, the number of merged requests etc. 617 618 This is required for the full functionality of sar(8) and interesting 619 if you want to do performance tuning, by tweaking the elevator, e.g. 620 On the other hand, it will cause random and mysterious failures for 621 fdisk, mount and other programs reading /proc/partitions. 622 623 If unsure, say N. 624 625ATA/IDE/MFM/RLL support 626CONFIG_IDE 627 If you say Y here, your kernel will be able to manage low cost mass 628 storage units such as ATA/(E)IDE and ATAPI units. The most common 629 cases are IDE hard drives and ATAPI CD-ROM drives. 630 631 If your system is pure SCSI and doesn't use these interfaces, you 632 can say N here. 633 634 Integrated Disk Electronics (IDE aka ATA-1) is a connecting standard 635 for mass storage units such as hard disks. It was designed by 636 Western Digital and Compaq Computer in 1984. It was then named 637 ST506. Quite a number of disks use the IDE interface. 638 639 AT Attachment (ATA) is the superset of the IDE specifications. 640 ST506 was also called ATA-1. 641 642 Fast-IDE is ATA-2 (also named Fast ATA), Enhanced IDE (EIDE) is 643 ATA-3. It provides support for larger disks (up to 8.4GB by means of 644 the LBA standard), more disks (4 instead of 2) and for other mass 645 storage units such as tapes and cdrom. UDMA/33 (aka UltraDMA/33) is 646 ATA-4 and provides faster (and more CPU friendly) transfer modes 647 than previous PIO (Programmed processor Input/Output) from previous 648 ATA/IDE standards by means of fast DMA controllers. 649 650 ATA Packet Interface (ATAPI) is a protocol used by EIDE tape and 651 CD-ROM drives, similar in many respects to the SCSI protocol. 652 653 SMART IDE (Self Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology) was 654 designed in order to prevent data corruption and disk crash by 655 detecting pre hardware failure conditions (heat, access time, and 656 the like...). Disks built since June 1995 may follow this standard. 657 The kernel itself don't manage this; however there are quite a 658 number of user programs such as smart that can query the status of 659 SMART parameters disk. 660 661 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 662 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 663 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 664 will be called ide.o. 665 666 For further information, please read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 667 668 If unsure, say Y. 669 670Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL disk/cdrom/tape/floppy support 671CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE 672 If you say Y here, you will use the full-featured IDE driver to 673 control up to ten ATA/IDE interfaces, each being able to serve a 674 "master" and a "slave" device, for a total of up to twenty ATA/IDE 675 disk/cdrom/tape/floppy drives. 676 677 Useful information about large (>540 MB) IDE disks, multiple 678 interfaces, what to do if ATA/IDE devices are not automatically 679 detected, sound card ATA/IDE ports, module support, and other 680 topics, is contained in <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. For detailed 681 information about hard drives, consult the Disk-HOWTO and the 682 Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from 683 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 684 685 To fine-tune ATA/IDE drive/interface parameters for improved 686 performance, look for the hdparm package at 687 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>. 688 689 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 690 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 691 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 692 <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. The module will be called ide-mod.o. 693 Do not compile this driver as a module if your root file system (the 694 one containing the directory /) is located on an IDE device. 695 696 If you have one or more IDE drives, say Y or M here. If your system 697 has no IDE drives, or if memory requirements are really tight, you 698 could say N here, and select the "Old hard disk driver" below 699 instead to save about 13 KB of memory in the kernel. 700 701Support for SATA (deprecated; conflicts with libata SATA driver) 702CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_SATA 703 There are two drivers for Serial ATA controllers. 704 705 The main driver, "libata", exists inside the SCSI subsystem 706 and supports most modern SATA controllers. 707 708 The IDE driver (which you are currently configuring) supports 709 a few first-generation SATA controllers. 710 711 In order to eliminate conflicts between the two subsystems, 712 this config option enables the IDE driver's SATA support. 713 Normally this is disabled, as it is preferred that libata 714 supports SATA controllers, and this (IDE) driver supports 715 PATA controllers. 716 717 If unsure, say N. 718 719Old hard disk (MFM/RLL/IDE) driver 720CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_ONLY 721 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. Most people use 722 the newer enhanced driver, but this old one is still around for two 723 reasons. Some older systems have strange timing problems and seem to 724 work only with the old driver (which itself does not work with some 725 newer systems). The other reason is that the old driver is smaller, 726 since it lacks the enhanced functionality of the new one. This makes 727 it a good choice for systems with very tight memory restrictions, or 728 for systems with only older MFM/RLL/ESDI drives. Choosing the old 729 driver can save 13 KB or so of kernel memory. 730 731 If you are unsure, then just choose the Enhanced IDE/MFM/RLL driver 732 instead of this one. For more detailed information, read the 733 Disk-HOWTO, available from 734 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 735 736Use old disk-only driver on primary interface 737CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE 738 There are two drivers for MFM/RLL/IDE disks. Most people use just 739 the new enhanced driver by itself. This option however installs the 740 old hard disk driver to control the primary IDE/disk interface in 741 the system, leaving the new enhanced IDE driver to take care of only 742 the 2nd/3rd/4th IDE interfaces. Doing this will prevent you from 743 having an IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM or tape drive connected to the primary 744 IDE interface. Choosing this option may be useful for older systems 745 which have MFM/RLL/ESDI controller+drives at the primary port 746 address (0x1f0), along with IDE drives at the secondary/3rd/4th port 747 addresses. 748 749 Normally, just say N here; you will then use the new driver for all 750 4 interfaces. 751 752Include IDE/ATA-2 DISK support 753CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK 754 This will include enhanced support for MFM/RLL/IDE hard disks. If 755 you have a MFM/RLL/IDE disk, and there is no special reason to use 756 the old hard disk driver instead, say Y. If you have an SCSI-only 757 system, you can say N here. 758 759 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 760 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 761 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 762 will be called ide-disk.o. Do not compile this driver as a module 763 if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) is 764 located on the IDE disk. If unsure, say Y. 765 766Use multi-mode by default 767CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE 768 If you get this error, try to say Y here: 769 770 hda: set_multmode: status=0x51 { DriveReady SeekComplete Error } 771 hda: set_multmode: error=0x04 { DriveStatusError } 772 773 If in doubt, say N. 774 775PCMCIA IDE support 776CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECS 777 Support for outboard IDE disks, tape drives, and CD-ROM drives 778 connected through a PCMCIA card. 779 780 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 781 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 782 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 783 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 784 ide-cs.o 785 786Cardbus IDE support (Delkin/ASKA/Workbit) 787CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DELKIN 788 Support for Delkin/ASKA/Workbit cardbus CompactFlash Adapters. 789 This may also work for similar SD and XD adapters. If you want 790 to be able to use one of these, then say M here. The module will 791 be called delkin_cb.o 792 793Include IDE/ATAPI CD-ROM support 794CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECD 795 If you have a CD-ROM drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. ATAPI is 796 a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM and TAPE drives, similar to the 797 SCSI protocol. Most new CD-ROM drives use ATAPI, including the 798 NEC-260, Mitsumi FX400, Sony 55E, and just about all non-SCSI 799 double(2X) or better speed drives. 800 801 If you say Y here, the CD-ROM drive will be identified at boot time 802 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something 803 similar (check the boot messages with dmesg). If this is your only 804 CD-ROM drive, you can say N to all other CD-ROM options, but be sure 805 to say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support". 806 807 Note that older versions of LILO (LInux LOader) cannot properly deal 808 with IDE/ATAPI CD-ROMs, so install LILO 16 or higher, available from 809 <ftp://brun.dyndns.org/pub/linux/lilo/>. 810 811 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 812 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 813 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 814 will be called ide-cd.o. 815 816Include IDE/ATAPI TAPE support 817CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE 818 If you have an IDE tape drive using the ATAPI protocol, say Y. 819 ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE tape and CD-ROM drives, 820 similar to the SCSI protocol. If you have an SCSI tape drive 821 however, you can say N here. 822 823 You should also say Y if you have an OnStream DI-30 tape drive; this 824 will not work with the SCSI protocol, until there is support for the 825 SC-30 and SC-50 versions. 826 827 If you say Y here, the tape drive will be identified at boot time 828 along with other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something 829 similar, and will be mapped to a character device such as "ht0" 830 (check the boot messages with dmesg). Be sure to consult the 831 <file:drivers/ide/ide-tape.c> and <file:Documentation/ide.txt> files 832 for usage information. 833 834 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 835 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 836 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 837 will be called ide-tape.o. 838 839Include IDE/ATAPI FLOPPY support 840CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY 841 If you have an IDE floppy drive which uses the ATAPI protocol, 842 answer Y. ATAPI is a newer protocol used by IDE CD-ROM/tape/floppy 843 drives, similar to the SCSI protocol. 844 845 The LS-120 and the IDE/ATAPI Iomega ZIP drive are also supported by 846 this driver. For information about jumper settings and the question 847 of when a ZIP drive uses a partition table, see 848 <http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/zip/zip-1.html>. 849 (ATAPI PD-CD/CDR drives are not supported by this driver; support 850 for PD-CD/CDR drives is available if you answer Y to 851 "SCSI emulation support", below). 852 853 If you say Y here, the FLOPPY drive will be identified along with 854 other IDE devices, as "hdb" or "hdc", or something similar (check 855 the boot messages with dmesg). 856 857 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 858 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 859 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 860 will be called ide-floppy.o. 861 862AWARD Bios Work-Around 863CONFIG_IDEDISK_STROKE 864 Should you have a system w/ an AWARD Bios and your drives are larger 865 than 32GB and it will not boot, one is required to perform a few OEM 866 operations first. The option is called "STROKE" because it allows 867 one to "soft clip" the drive to work around a barrier limit. For 868 Maxtor drives it is called "jumpon.exe". Please search Maxtor's 869 web-site for "JUMPON.EXE". IBM has a similar tool at: 870 <http://www.storage.ibm.com/hdd/support/download.htm>. 871 872 If you are unsure, say N here. 873 874Raw Access to Media 875CONFIG_IDE_TASK_IOCTL 876 This is a direct raw access to the media. It is a complex but 877 elegant solution to test and validate the domain of the hardware and 878 perform below the driver data recover if needed. This is the most 879 basic form of media-forensics. 880 881 If you are unsure, say N here. 882 883Use Taskfile I/O 884CONFIG_IDE_TASKFILE_IO 885 This is the "Jewel" of the patch. It will go away and become the new 886 driver core. Since all the chipsets/host side hardware deal w/ their 887 exceptions in "their local code" currently, adoption of a 888 standardized data-transport is the only logical solution. 889 Additionally we packetize the requests and gain rapid performance and 890 a reduction in system latency. Additionally by using a memory struct 891 for the commands we can redirect to a MMIO host hardware in the next 892 generation of controllers, specifically second generation Ultra133 893 and Serial ATA. 894 895 Since this is a major transition, it was deemed necessary to make the 896 driver paths buildable in separate models. Therefore if using this 897 option fails for your arch then we need to address the needs for that 898 arch. 899 900 If you want to test this functionality, say Y here. 901 902Force DMA 903CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_FORCED 904 This is an old piece of lost code from Linux 2.0 Kernels. 905 906 Generally say N here. 907 908DMA Only on Disks 909CONFIG_IDEDMA_ONLYDISK 910 This is used if you know your ATAPI Devices are going to fail DMA 911 Transfers. 912 913 Generally say N here. 914 915SCSI emulation support 916CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDESCSI 917 This will provide SCSI host adapter emulation for IDE ATAPI devices, 918 and will allow you to use a SCSI device driver instead of a native 919 ATAPI driver. 920 921 This is useful if you have an ATAPI device for which no native 922 driver has been written (for example, an ATAPI PD-CD or CDR drive); 923 you can then use this emulation together with an appropriate SCSI 924 device driver. In order to do this, say Y here and to "SCSI support" 925 and "SCSI generic support", below. You must then provide the kernel 926 command line "hdx=scsi" (try "man bootparam" or see the 927 documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to 928 pass options to the kernel at boot time) for devices if you want the 929 native EIDE sub-drivers to skip over the native support, so that 930 this SCSI emulation can be used instead. This is required for use of 931 CD-RW's. 932 933 Note that this option does NOT allow you to attach SCSI devices to a 934 box that doesn't have a SCSI host adapter installed. 935 936 If both this SCSI emulation and native ATAPI support are compiled 937 into the kernel, the native support will be used. 938 939 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 940 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 941 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 942 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 943 ide-scsi.o 944 945Use the NOOP Elevator (WARNING) 946CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ELEVATOR_NOOP 947 If you are using a raid class top-level driver above the ATA/IDE core, 948 one may find a performance boost by preventing a merging and re-sorting 949 of the new requests. 950 951 If unsure, say N. 952 953ISA-PNP EIDE support 954CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ISAPNP 955 If you have an ISA EIDE card that is PnP (Plug and Play) and 956 requires setup first before scanning for devices, say Y here. 957 958 If unsure, say N. 959 960CMD640 chipset bugfix/support 961CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640 962 The CMD-Technologies CMD640 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and 963 Pentium motherboards, usually in combination with a "Neptune" or 964 "SiS" chipset. Unfortunately, it has a number of rather nasty 965 design flaws that can cause severe data corruption under many common 966 conditions. Say Y here to include code which tries to automatically 967 detect and correct the problems under Linux. This option also 968 enables access to the secondary IDE ports in some CMD640 based 969 systems. 970 971 This driver will work automatically in PCI based systems (most new 972 systems have PCI slots). But if your system uses VESA local bus 973 (VLB) instead of PCI, you must also supply a kernel boot parameter 974 to enable the CMD640 bugfix/support: "ide0=cmd640_vlb". (Try "man 975 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to 976 pass options to the kernel.) 977 978 The CMD640 chip is also used on add-in cards by Acculogic, and on 979 the "CSA-6400E PCI to IDE controller" that some people have. For 980 details, read <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 981 982CMD640 enhanced support 983CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED 984 This option includes support for setting/autotuning PIO modes and 985 prefetch on CMD640 IDE interfaces. For details, read 986 <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. If you have a CMD640 IDE interface 987 and your BIOS does not already do this for you, then say Y here. 988 Otherwise say N. 989 990RZ1000 chipset bugfix/support 991CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RZ1000 992 The PC-Technologies RZ1000 IDE chip is used on many common 486 and 993 Pentium motherboards, usually along with the "Neptune" chipset. 994 Unfortunately, it has a rather nasty design flaw that can cause 995 severe data corruption under many conditions. Say Y here to include 996 code which automatically detects and corrects the problem under 997 Linux. This may slow disk throughput by a few percent, but at least 998 things will operate 100% reliably. 999 1000Generic PCI IDE chipset support 1001CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI 1002 Say Y here for PCI systems which use IDE drive(s). 1003 This option helps the IDE driver to automatically detect and 1004 configure all PCI-based IDE interfaces in your system. 1005 1006Support for sharing PCI IDE interrupts 1007CONFIG_IDEPCI_SHARE_IRQ 1008 Some ATA/IDE chipsets have hardware support which allows for 1009 sharing a single IRQ with other cards. To enable support for 1010 this in the ATA/IDE driver, say Y here. 1011 1012 It is safe to say Y to this question, in most cases. 1013 If unsure, say N. 1014 1015Generic PCI bus-master DMA support 1016CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI 1017 If your PCI system uses IDE drive(s) (as opposed to SCSI, say) and 1018 is capable of bus-master DMA operation (most Pentium PCI systems), 1019 you will want to say Y here to reduce CPU overhead. You can then use 1020 the "hdparm" utility to enable DMA for drives for which it was not 1021 enabled automatically. By default, DMA is not enabled automatically 1022 for these drives, but you can change that by saying Y to the 1023 following question "Use DMA by default when available". You can get 1024 the latest version of the hdparm utility from 1025 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/hardware/>. 1026 1027 Read the comments at the beginning of <file:drivers/ide/ide-dma.c> 1028 and the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt> for more information. 1029 1030 It is safe to say Y to this question. 1031 1032Good-Bad DMA Model-Firmware (WIP) 1033CONFIG_IDEDMA_NEW_DRIVE_LISTINGS 1034 If you say Y here, the model and firmware revision of your drive 1035 will be compared against a blacklist of buggy drives that claim to 1036 be (U)DMA capable but aren't. This is a blanket on/off test with no 1037 speed limit options. 1038 1039 Straight GNU GCC 2.7.3/2.8.X compilers are known to be safe; 1040 whereas, many versions of EGCS have a problem and miscompile if you 1041 say Y here. 1042 1043 If in doubt, say N. 1044 1045Attempt to HACK around Chipsets that TIMEOUT (WIP) 1046CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_TIMEOUT 1047 If you say Y here, this is a NASTY UGLY HACK! 1048 1049 We have to issue an abort and requeue the request DMA engine got 1050 turned off by a goofy ASIC, and we have to clean up the mess, and 1051 here is as good as any. Do it globally for all chipsets. 1052 1053 If in doubt, say N. 1054 1055Boot off-board chipsets first support 1056CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD 1057 Normally, IDE controllers built into the motherboard (on-board 1058 controllers) are assigned to ide0 and ide1 while those on add-in PCI 1059 cards (off-board controllers) are relegated to ide2 and ide3. 1060 Answering Y here will allow you to reverse the situation, with 1061 off-board controllers on ide0/1 and on-board controllers on ide2/3. 1062 This can improve the usability of some boot managers such as lilo 1063 when booting from a drive on an off-board controller. 1064 1065 If you say Y here, and you actually want to reverse the device scan 1066 order as explained above, you also need to issue the kernel command 1067 line option "ide=reverse". (Try "man bootparam" or see the 1068 documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to 1069 pass options to the kernel at boot time.) 1070 1071 Note that, if you do this, the order of the hd* devices will be 1072 rearranged which may require modification of fstab and other files. 1073 1074 If in doubt, say N. 1075 1076Use PCI DMA by default when available 1077CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_AUTO 1078 Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use 1079 DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns 1080 about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage, 1081 the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the 1082 previous behaviour, say Y to this question. 1083 1084 If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here. 1085 Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue! 1086 1087 It is normally safe to answer Y to this question unless your 1088 motherboard uses a VIA VP2 chipset, in which case you should say N. 1089 1090IGNORE word93 Validation BITS 1091CONFIG_IDEDMA_IVB 1092 There are unclear terms in ATA-4 and ATA-5 standards how certain 1093 hardware (an 80c ribbon) should be detected. Different interpretations 1094 of the standards have been released in hardware. This causes problems: 1095 for example, a host with Ultra Mode 4 (or higher) will not run 1096 in that mode with an 80c ribbon. 1097 1098 If you are experiencing compatibility or performance problems, you 1099 MAY try to answering Y here. However, it does not necessarily solve 1100 any of your problems, it could even cause more of them. 1101 1102 It is normally safe to answer Y; however, the default is N. 1103 1104ATA Work(s) In Progress (EXPERIMENTAL) 1105CONFIG_IDEDMA_PCI_WIP 1106 If you enable this you will be able to use and test highly 1107 developmental projects. If you say N, the configurator will 1108 simply skip those options. 1109 1110 It is SAFEST to say N to this question. 1111 1112Asynchronous DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1113CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ADMA 1114 Please read the comments at the top of 1115 <file:drivers/ide/ide-adma.c>. 1116 1117Pacific Digital A-DMA support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1118CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC_ADMA 1119 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/setup-pci.c>. 1120 11213ware Hardware ATA-RAID support 1122CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID 1123 3ware is the only hardware ATA-Raid product in Linux to date. 1124 This card is 2,4, or 8 channel master mode support only. 1125 SCSI support required!!! 1126 1127 <http://www.3ware.com/> 1128 1129 Please read the comments at the top of 1130 <file:drivers/scsi/3w-xxxx.c>. 1131 1132 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 1133 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 1134 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 1135 will be called 3w-xxxx.o. 1136 1137AEC62XX chipset support 1138CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AEC62XX 1139 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 1140 interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. In 1141 order to get this card to initialize correctly in some cases, you 1142 should say Y here, and preferably also to "Use DMA by default when 1143 available". 1144 1145 The ATP850U/UF is an UltraDMA 33 chipset base. 1146 The ATP860 is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base. 1147 The ATP860M(acintosh) version is an UltraDMA 66 chipset base. 1148 1149 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>. 1150 If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" 1151 as well. 1152 1153AEC62XX Tuning support 1154CONFIG_AEC62XX_TUNING 1155 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/aec62xx.c>. 1156 If unsure, say N. 1157 1158ALI M15x3 chipset support 1159CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI15X3 1160 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for ALI 1533, 1543 and 1543C 1161 onboard chipsets. It also tests for Simplex mode and enables 1162 normal dual channel support. 1163 1164 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 1165 when available", above. Please read the comments at the top of 1166 <file:drivers/ide/pci/alim15x3.c>. 1167 1168 If unsure, say N. 1169 1170ALI M15x3 WDC support (DANGEROUS) 1171CONFIG_WDC_ALI15X3 1172 This allows for UltraDMA support for WDC drives that ignore CRC 1173 checking. You are a fool for enabling this option, but there have 1174 been requests. DO NOT COMPLAIN IF YOUR DRIVE HAS FS CORRUPTION, IF 1175 YOU ENABLE THIS! No one will listen, just laugh for ignoring this 1176 SERIOUS WARNING. 1177 1178 Using this option can allow WDC drives to run at ATA-4/5 transfer 1179 rates with only an ATA-2 support structure. 1180 1181 SAY N! 1182 1183AMD and nVidia IDE support 1184CONFIG_BLK_DEV_AMD74XX 1185 This driver adds explicit support for AMD-7xx and AMD-8111 chips 1186 and also for the nVidia nForce chip. This allows the kernel to 1187 change PIO, DMA and UDMA speeds and to configure the chip to 1188 optimum performance. 1189 1190 If you say Y here, you also need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 1191 when available", above. 1192 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/amd74xx.c>. 1193 1194 If unsure, say N. 1195 1196AMD Viper ATA-66 Override support (WIP) 1197CONFIG_AMD74XX_OVERRIDE 1198 This option auto-forces the ata66 flag. 1199 This effect can be also invoked by calling "idex=ata66" 1200 If unsure, say N. 1201 1202ATI IXP chipset IDE support 1203CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATIIXP 1204 This driver adds explicit support for ATI IXP chipset. 1205 This allows the kernel to change PIO, DMA and UDMA speeds 1206 and to configure the chip to optimum performance. 1207 1208 Say Y here if you have an ATI IXP chipset IDE controller. 1209 1210CMD64X/CMD680 chipset support 1211CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD64X 1212 Say Y here if you have an IDE controller which uses any of these 1213 chipsets: CMD643, CMD646 and CMD648. 1214 1215Compaq Triflex IDE support 1216CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRIFLEX 1217 Say Y here if you have a Compaq Triflex IDE controller, such 1218 as those commonly found on Compaq Pentium-Pro systems 1219 1220 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 1221 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 1222 triflex.o. 1223 1224CY82C693 chipset support 1225CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CY82C693 1226 This driver adds detection and support for the CY82C693 chipset 1227 used on Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards. 1228 1229 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default 1230 when available" as well. 1231 1232Cyrix CS5530 MediaGX chipset support 1233CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CS5530 1234 Include support for UDMA on the Cyrix MediaGX 5530 chipset. This 1235 will automatically be detected and configured if found. 1236 1237 It is safe to say Y to this question. 1238 1239 People with SCSI-only systems should say N here. If unsure, say Y. 1240 1241HPT34X chipset support 1242CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT34X 1243 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 1244 interrupt. The HPT343 chipset in its current form is a non-bootable 1245 controller; the HPT345/HPT363 chipset is a bootable (needs BIOS FIX) 1246 PCI UDMA controllers. This driver requires dynamic tuning of the 1247 chipset during the ide-probe at boot time. It is reported to support 1248 DVD II drives, by the manufacturer. 1249 1250HPT34X AUTODMA support (WIP) 1251CONFIG_HPT34X_AUTODMA 1252 This is a dangerous thing to attempt currently! Please read the 1253 comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/hpt34x.c>. If you say Y 1254 here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" as well. 1255 1256 If unsure, say N. 1257 1258HPT36X/37X chipset support 1259CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HPT366 1260 HPT366 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66. 1261 HPT368 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-66 RAID Based. 1262 HPT370 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-100. 1263 HPT372 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133. 1264 HPT374 is an Ultra DMA chipset for ATA-133. 1265 1266 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 1267 interrupt. 1268 1269 The HPT366 chipset in its current form is bootable. One solution 1270 for this problem are special LILO commands for redirecting the 1271 reference to device 0x80. The other solution is to say Y to "Boot 1272 off-board chipsets first support" (CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OFFBOARD) unless 1273 your mother board has the chipset natively mounted. Regardless one 1274 should use the fore mentioned option and call at LILO or include 1275 "ide=reverse" in LILO's append-line. 1276 1277 This driver requires dynamic tuning of the chipset during the 1278 ide-probe at boot. It is reported to support DVD II drives, by the 1279 manufacturer. 1280 1281NS87415 chipset support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1282CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NS87415 1283 This driver adds detection and support for the NS87415 chip 1284 (used in SPARC64, among others). 1285 1286 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/ns87415.c>. 1287 1288OPTi 82C621 chipset enhanced support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1289CONFIG_BLK_DEV_OPTI621 1290 This is a driver for the OPTi 82C621 EIDE controller. 1291 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/opti621.c>. 1292 1293National SCx200 chipset support 1294CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SC1200 1295 This driver adds support for the built in IDE on the National 1296 SCx200 series of embedded x86 "Geode" systems 1297 1298 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 1299 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 1300 sc1200.o. 1301 1302ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5 chipset support 1303CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SVWKS 1304 This driver adds PIO/(U)DMA support for the ServerWorks OSB4/CSB5 1305 chipsets. 1306 1307SGI IOC4 chipset support 1308CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SGIIOC4 1309 This driver adds PIO & MultiMode DMA-2 support for the SGI IOC4 1310 chipset. Please say Y here, if you have an Altix System from 1311 Silicon Graphics Inc. 1312 1313Intel PIIXn chipsets support 1314CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PIIX 1315 This driver adds PIO mode setting and tuning for all PIIX IDE 1316 controllers by Intel. Since the BIOS can sometimes improperly tune 1317 PIO 0-4 mode settings, this allows dynamic tuning of the chipset 1318 via the standard end-user tool 'hdparm'. 1319 1320 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/piix.c>. 1321 1322 If unsure, say N. 1323 1324Promise PDC202{46|62|65|67} support 1325CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX_OLD 1326 Promise Ultra 33 [PDC20246] 1327 Promise Ultra 66 [PDC20262] 1328 Promise FastTrak 66 [PDC20263] 1329 Promise MB Ultra 100 [PDC20265] 1330 Promise Ultra 100 [PDC20267] 1331 1332 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 1333 interrupt. This add-on card is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since 1334 multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that 1335 happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (three-max) do 1336 not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset 1337 at boot-time for max-speed. Ultra33 BIOS 1.25 or newer is required 1338 for more than one card. This card may require that you say Y to 1339 "Force (U)DMA burst transfers" (old name: "Special UDMA Feature"). 1340 1341 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 1342 available" as well. 1343 1344 Please read the comments at the top of 1345 <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>. 1346 1347 If unsure, say N. 1348 1349Promise PDC202{68|69|70|71|75|76|77} support 1350CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC202XX_NEW 1351 Promise Ultra 100 TX2 [PDC20268] 1352 Promise Ultra 133 PTX2 [PDC20269] 1353 Promise FastTrak LP/TX2/TX4 [PDC20270] 1354 Promise FastTrak TX2000 [PDC20271] 1355 Promise MB Ultra 133 [PDC20275] 1356 Promise MB FastTrak 133 [PDC20276] 1357 Promise FastTrak 133 [PDC20277] 1358 1359 This driver adds up to 4 more EIDE devices sharing a single 1360 interrupt. This device is a bootable PCI UDMA controller. Since 1361 multiple cards can be installed and there are BIOS ROM problems that 1362 happen if the BIOS revisions of all installed cards (max of five) do 1363 not match, the driver attempts to do dynamic tuning of the chipset 1364 at boot-time for max speed. 1365 1366 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 1367 available" as well. 1368 1369 If unsure, say N. 1370 1371Force (U)DMA burst transfers 1372CONFIG_PDC202XX_BURST 1373 This option causes the pdc202xx_old driver to enable UDMA modes on the 1374 PDC202xx even when the PDC202xx BIOS has not done so. 1375 1376 It was originally designed for the PDC20246/Ultra33, whose BIOS will 1377 only setup UDMA on the first two PDC20246 cards. It has also been 1378 used successfully on a PDC20265/Ultra100, allowing use of UDMA modes 1379 when the PDC20265 BIOS has been disabled (for faster boot up). 1380 1381 Please read the comments at the top of 1382 <file:drivers/ide/pci/pdc202xx_old.c>. 1383 1384 If unsure, say N. 1385 1386Ignore BIOS port disabled setting on FastTrak 1387CONFIG_PDC202XX_FORCE 1388 Chipsets affected: 1389 1390 PDC202{46|62|63|65|67} 1391 (pdc202xx_old driver) 1392 1393 PDC202{70|76} 1394 (pdc202xx_new driver) 1395 1396 Say Y unless you want to use Promise proprietary driver. 1397 1398SiS5513 chipset support 1399CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIS5513 1400 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for SIS5513 chipset family based 1401 mainboards. 1402 1403 The following chipsets are supported: 1404 ATA16: SiS5511, SiS5513 1405 ATA33: SiS5591, SiS5597, SiS5598, SiS5600 1406 ATA66: SiS530, SiS540, SiS620, SiS630, SiS640 1407 ATA100: SiS635, SiS645, SiS650, SiS730, SiS735, SiS740, 1408 SiS745, SiS750 1409 1410 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 1411 available" as well. 1412 1413 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/sis5513.c>. 1414 1415Silicon Image chipset support 1416CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SIIMAGE 1417 This driver provides (U)DMA support for the SII3112 SATA controllers and 1418 for the CMD/SI680 UDMA/DMA ATA controller. 1419 1420SLC90E66 chipset support 1421CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SLC90E66 1422 This driver ensures (U)DMA support for Victroy66 SouthBridges for 1423 SMsC with Intel NorthBridges. This is an Ultra66 based chipset. 1424 The nice thing about it is that you can mix Ultra/DMA/PIO devices 1425 and it will handle timing cycles. Since this is an improved 1426 look-a-like to the PIIX4 it should be a nice addition. 1427 1428 If you say Y here, you need to say Y to "Use DMA by default when 1429 available" as well. 1430 1431 Please read the comments at the top of 1432 <file:drivers/ide/pci/slc90e66.c>. 1433 1434Winbond SL82c105 support 1435CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SL82C105 1436 If you have a Winbond SL82c105 IDE controller, say Y here to enable 1437 special configuration for this chip. This is common on various CHRP 1438 motherboards, but could be used elsewhere. If in doubt, say Y. 1439 1440Tekram TRM290 chipset support 1441CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TRM290 1442 This driver adds support for bus master DMA transfers 1443 using the Tekram TRM290 PCI IDE chip. Volunteers are 1444 needed for further tweaking and development. 1445 Please read the comments at the top of <file:drivers/ide/pci/trm290.c>. 1446 1447VIA82CXXX chipset support 1448CONFIG_BLK_DEV_VIA82CXXX 1449 This allows you to configure your chipset for a better use while 1450 running PIO/(U)DMA, it will allow you to enable efficiently the 1451 second channel dma usage, as it may not be set by BIOS. It will try 1452 to set fifo configuration at its best. It will allow you to get 1453 information from /proc/ide/via provided you enabled "/proc file 1454 system" support. 1455 1456 Please read the comments at the top of 1457 <file:drivers/ide/pci/via82cxxx.c>. 1458 1459 If you say Y here, then say Y to "Use DMA by default when available" 1460 as well. 1461 1462 If unsure, say N. 1463 1464RapIDE interface support 1465CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_RAPIDE 1466 Say Y here if you want to support the Yellowstone RapIDE controller 1467 manufactured for use with Acorn computers. 1468 1469Other IDE chipset support 1470CONFIG_IDE_CHIPSETS 1471 Say Y here if you want to include enhanced support for various IDE 1472 interface chipsets used on motherboards and add-on cards. You can 1473 then pick your particular IDE chip from among the following options. 1474 This enhanced support may be necessary for Linux to be able to 1475 access the 3rd/4th drives in some systems. It may also enable 1476 setting of higher speed I/O rates to improve system performance with 1477 these chipsets. Most of these also require special kernel boot 1478 parameters to actually turn on the support at runtime; you can find 1479 a list of these in the file <file:Documentation/ide.txt>. 1480 1481 People with SCSI-only systems can say N here. 1482 1483Generic 4 drives/port support 1484CONFIG_BLK_DEV_4DRIVES 1485 Certain older chipsets, including the Tekram 690CD, use a single set 1486 of I/O ports at 0x1f0 to control up to four drives, instead of the 1487 customary two drives per port. Support for this can be enabled at 1488 runtime using the "ide0=four" kernel boot parameter if you say Y 1489 here. 1490 1491ALI M14xx support 1492CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ALI14XX 1493 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ali14xx" kernel 1494 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 1495 of the ALI M1439/1443/1445/1487/1489 chipsets, and permits faster 1496 I/O speeds to be set as well. See the files 1497 <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ali14xx.c> for 1498 more info. 1499 1500DTC-2278 support 1501CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DTC2278 1502 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=dtc2278" kernel 1503 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 1504 of the DTC-2278 card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as 1505 well. See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 1506 <file:drivers/ide/legacy/dtc2278.c> files for more info. 1507 1508Holtek HT6560B support 1509CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HT6560B 1510 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=ht6560b" kernel 1511 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 1512 of the Holtek card, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well. 1513 See the <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 1514 <file:drivers/ide/legacy/ht6560b.c> files for more info. 1515 1516PROMISE DC4030 support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1517CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PDC4030 1518 This driver provides support for the secondary IDE interface and 1519 cache of Promise IDE chipsets, e.g. DC4030 and DC5030. This driver 1520 is known to incur timeouts/retries during heavy I/O to drives 1521 attached to the secondary interface. CD-ROM and TAPE devices are 1522 not supported yet. This driver is enabled at runtime using the 1523 "ide0=dc4030" kernel boot parameter. See the 1524 <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/pdc4030.c> files 1525 for more info. 1526 1527QDI QD65XX support 1528CONFIG_BLK_DEV_QD65XX 1529 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=qd65xx" kernel 1530 boot parameter. It permits faster I/O speeds to be set. See the 1531 <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and <file:drivers/ide/legacy/qd65xx.c> for 1532 more info. 1533 1534UMC 8672 support 1535CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMC8672 1536 This driver is enabled at runtime using the "ide0=umc8672" kernel 1537 boot parameter. It enables support for the secondary IDE interface 1538 of the UMC-8672, and permits faster I/O speeds to be set as well. 1539 See the files <file:Documentation/ide.txt> and 1540 <file:drivers/ide/legacy/umc8672.c> for more info. 1541 1542Amiga Gayle IDE interface support 1543CONFIG_BLK_DEV_GAYLE 1544 This is the IDE driver for the Amiga Gayle IDE interface. It supports 1545 both the `A1200 style' and `A4000 style' of the Gayle IDE interface, 1546 This includes builtin IDE interfaces on some Amiga models (A600, 1547 A1200, A4000, and A4000T), and IDE interfaces on the Zorro expansion 1548 bus (M-Tech E-Matrix 530 expansion card). 1549 Say Y if you have an Amiga with a Gayle IDE interface and want to use 1550 IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to it. 1551 Note that you also have to enable Zorro bus support if you want to 1552 use Gayle IDE interfaces on the Zorro expansion bus. 1553 1554Falcon IDE interface support 1555CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE 1556 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on the Atari 1557 Falcon. Say Y if you have a Falcon and want to use IDE devices (hard 1558 disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the builtin IDE 1559 interface. 1560 1561Amiga Buddha/Catweasel/X-Surf IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1562CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA 1563 This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha, 1564 Catweasel and X-Surf expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces 1565 on the Buddha, three on the Catweasel and two on the X-Surf. 1566 1567 Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to 1568 use IDE devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected 1569 to one of its IDE interfaces. 1570 1571Amiga IDE Doubler support (EXPERIMENTAL) 1572CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDOUBLER 1573 This driver provides support for the so-called `IDE doublers' (made 1574 by various manufacturers, e.g. Eyetech) that can be connected to the 1575 builtin IDE interface of some Amiga models. Using such an IDE 1576 doubler, you can connect up to four instead of two IDE devices on 1577 the Amiga's builtin IDE interface. 1578 1579 Note that the normal Amiga Gayle IDE driver may not work correctly 1580 if you have an IDE doubler and don't enable this driver! 1581 1582 Say Y if you have an IDE doubler. The driver is enabled at kernel 1583 runtime using the "ide=doubler" kernel boot parameter. 1584 1585Builtin PowerMac IDE support 1586CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_PMAC 1587 This driver provides support for the built-in IDE controller on 1588 most of the recent Apple Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks. 1589 If unsure, say Y. 1590 1591PowerMac IDE DMA support 1592CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC 1593 This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on 1594 Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA (direct memory access) 1595 to transfer data to and from memory. Saying Y is safe and improves 1596 performance. 1597 1598Broadcom SiByte onboard IDE support 1599CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_SIBYTE 1600 Include the driver for on-board IDE on the SiByte Generic Bus. Note 1601 that this limits the number of IDE devices to 4 (ide0...ide3). 1602 1603Use DMA by default 1604CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PMAC_AUTO 1605 This option allows the driver for the built-in IDE controller on 1606 Power Macintoshes and PowerBooks to use DMA automatically, without 1607 it having to be explicitly enabled. This option is provided because 1608 of concerns about a couple of cases where using DMA on buggy PC 1609 hardware may have caused damage. Saying Y should be safe on all 1610 Apple machines. 1611 1612Macintosh Quadra/Powerbook IDE interface support 1613CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MAC_IDE 1614 This is the IDE driver for the builtin IDE interface on some m68k 1615 Macintosh models. It supports both the `Quadra style' (used in 1616 Quadra/ Centris 630 and Performa 588 models) and `Powerbook style' 1617 (used in the Powerbook 150 and 190 models) IDE interface. 1618 1619 Say Y if you have such an Macintosh model and want to use IDE 1620 devices (hard disks, CD-ROM drives, etc.) that are connected to the 1621 builtin IDE interface. 1622 1623ICS IDE interface support 1624CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_ICSIDE 1625 On Acorn systems, say Y here if you wish to use the ICS IDE 1626 interface card. This is not required for ICS partition support. 1627 If you are unsure, say N to this. 1628 1629ICS DMA support 1630CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_ICS 1631 Say Y here if you want to add DMA (Direct Memory Access) support to 1632 the ICS IDE driver. 1633 1634Use ICS DMA by default 1635CONFIG_IDEDMA_ICS_AUTO 1636 Prior to kernel version 2.1.112, Linux used to automatically use 1637 DMA for IDE drives and chipsets which support it. Due to concerns 1638 about a couple of cases where buggy hardware may have caused damage, 1639 the default is now to NOT use DMA automatically. To revert to the 1640 previous behaviour, say Y to this question. 1641 1642 If you suspect your hardware is at all flakey, say N here. 1643 Do NOT email the IDE kernel people regarding this issue! 1644 1645XT hard disk support 1646CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XD 1647 Very old 8 bit hard disk controllers used in the IBM XT computer 1648 will be supported if you say Y here. 1649 1650 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 1651 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 1652 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 1653 will be called xd.o. 1654 1655 It's pretty unlikely that you have one of these: say N. 1656 1657PS/2 ESDI hard disk support 1658CONFIG_BLK_DEV_PS2 1659 Say Y here if you have a PS/2 machine with a MCA bus and an ESDI 1660 hard disk. 1661 1662 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 1663 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 1664 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 1665 will be called ps2esdi.o. 1666 1667Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller support 1668CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 1669 This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and 1670 eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers. See the file 1671 <file:Documentation/README.DAC960> for further information about 1672 this driver. 1673 1674 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 1675 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 1676 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 1677 will be called DAC960.o. 1678 1679Parallel port IDE device support 1680CONFIG_PARIDE 1681 There are many external CD-ROM and disk devices that connect through 1682 your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices 1683 using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE 1684 subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives. 1685 Read <file:Documentation/paride.txt> for more information. 1686 1687 If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration 1688 option, you may share a single port between your printer and other 1689 parallel port devices. Answer Y to build PARIDE support into your 1690 kernel, or M if you would like to build it as a loadable module. If 1691 your parallel port support is in a loadable module, you must build 1692 PARIDE as a module. If you built PARIDE support into your kernel, 1693 you may still build the individual protocol modules and high-level 1694 drivers as loadable modules. If you build this support as a module, 1695 it will be called paride.o. 1696 1697 To use the PARIDE support, you must say Y or M here and also to at 1698 least one high-level driver (e.g. "Parallel port IDE disks", 1699 "Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs", "Parallel port ATAPI disks" etc.) and 1700 to at least one protocol driver (e.g. "ATEN EH-100 protocol", 1701 "MicroSolutions backpack protocol", "DataStor Commuter protocol" 1702 etc.). 1703 1704Parallel port IDE disks 1705CONFIG_PARIDE_PD 1706 This option enables the high-level driver for IDE-type disk devices 1707 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 1708 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1709 parallel port IDE driver, otherwise you should answer M to build 1710 it as a loadable module. The module will be called pd.o. You 1711 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your 1712 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the SyQuest 1713 EZ-135, EZ-230 and SparQ drives, the Avatar Shark and the backpack 1714 hard drives from MicroSolutions. 1715 1716Parallel port ATAPI CD-ROMs 1717CONFIG_PARIDE_PCD 1718 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI CD-ROM devices 1719 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 1720 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1721 parallel port ATAPI CD-ROM driver, otherwise you should answer M to 1722 build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pcd.o. You 1723 must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in your 1724 system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the 1725 MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM drives and the Freecom Power CD. If 1726 you have such a CD-ROM drive, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 1727 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the file 1728 system used on CD-ROMs. 1729 1730Parallel port ATAPI disks 1731CONFIG_PARIDE_PF 1732 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI disk devices 1733 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 1734 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1735 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M 1736 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pf.o. 1737 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 1738 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver are the 1739 MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD drive and the Imation Superdisk 1740 LS-120 drive. 1741 1742Parallel port ATAPI tapes 1743CONFIG_PARIDE_PT 1744 This option enables the high-level driver for ATAPI tape devices 1745 connected through a parallel port. If you chose to build PARIDE 1746 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1747 parallel port ATAPI disk driver, otherwise you should answer M 1748 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called pt.o. 1749 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 1750 your system. Among the devices supported by this driver is the 1751 parallel port version of the HP 5GB drive. 1752 1753Parallel port generic ATAPI devices 1754CONFIG_PARIDE_PG 1755 This option enables a special high-level driver for generic ATAPI 1756 devices connected through a parallel port. The driver allows user 1757 programs, such as cdrtools, to send ATAPI commands directly to a 1758 device. 1759 1760 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 1761 answer Y here to build in the parallel port generic ATAPI driver, 1762 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The 1763 module will be called pg.o. 1764 1765 You must also have at least one parallel port protocol driver in 1766 your system. 1767 1768 This driver implements an API loosely related to the generic SCSI 1769 driver. See <file:include/linux/pg.h>. for details. 1770 1771 You can obtain the most recent version of cdrtools from 1772 <ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/>. Versions 1.6.1a3 and 1773 later fully support this driver. 1774 1775ATEN EH-100 protocol 1776CONFIG_PARIDE_ATEN 1777 This option enables support for the ATEN EH-100 parallel port IDE 1778 protocol. This protocol is used in some inexpensive low performance 1779 parallel port kits made in Hong Kong. If you chose to build PARIDE 1780 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1781 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 1782 loadable module. The module will be called aten.o. You must also 1783 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 1784 support. 1785 1786Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 5 protocol 1787CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK 1788 This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK 1789 parallel port Series 5 IDE protocol. (Most BACKPACK drives made 1790 before 1999 were Series 5) Series 5 drives will NOT always have the 1791 Series noted on the bottom of the drive. Series 6 drivers will. 1792 1793 In other words, if your BACKPACK drive dosen't say "Series 6" on the 1794 bottom, enable this option. 1795 1796 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 1797 answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should 1798 answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1799 called bpck.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1800 of device that you want to support. 1801 1802Micro Solutions BACKPACK Series 6 protocol 1803CONFIG_PARIDE_BPCK6 1804 This option enables support for the Micro Solutions BACKPACK 1805 parallel port Series 6 IDE protocol. (Most BACKPACK drives made 1806 after 1999 were Series 6) Series 6 drives will have the Series noted 1807 on the bottom of the drive. Series 5 drivers don't always have it 1808 noted. 1809 1810 In other words, if your BACKPACK drive says "Series 6" on the 1811 bottom, enable this option. 1812 1813 If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may 1814 answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should 1815 answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1816 called bpck6.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1817 of device that you want to support. 1818 1819DataStor Commuter protocol 1820CONFIG_PARIDE_COMM 1821 This option enables support for the Commuter parallel port IDE 1822 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support 1823 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 1824 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 1825 module. The module will be called comm.o. You must also have 1826 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 1827 1828DataStor EP-2000 protocol 1829CONFIG_PARIDE_DSTR 1830 This option enables support for the EP-2000 parallel port IDE 1831 protocol from DataStor. If you chose to build PARIDE support 1832 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 1833 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 1834 module. The module will be called dstr.o. You must also have 1835 a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 1836 1837Shuttle EPAT/EPEZ protocol 1838CONFIG_PARIDE_EPAT 1839 This option enables support for the EPAT parallel port IDE protocol. 1840 EPAT is a parallel port IDE adapter manufactured by Shuttle 1841 Technology and widely used in devices from major vendors such as 1842 Hewlett-Packard, SyQuest, Imation and Avatar. If you chose to build 1843 PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in 1844 the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 1845 loadable module. The module will be called epat.o. You must also 1846 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 1847 support. 1848 1849Shuttle EPAT c7/c8 extension 1850CONFIG_PARIDE_EPATC8 1851 This option enables support for the newer Shuttle EP1284 (aka c7 and 1852 c8) chip. You need this if you are using any recent Imation SuperDisk 1853 (LS-120) drive. 1854 1855Shuttle EPIA protocol 1856CONFIG_PARIDE_EPIA 1857 This option enables support for the (obsolete) EPIA parallel port 1858 IDE protocol from Shuttle Technology. This adapter can still be 1859 found in some no-name kits. If you chose to build PARIDE support 1860 into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol 1861 driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable 1862 module. The module will be called epia.o. You must also have a 1863 high-level driver for the type of device that you want to support. 1864 1865FIT TD-2000 protocol 1866CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT2 1867 This option enables support for the TD-2000 parallel port IDE 1868 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This is a simple 1869 (low speed) adapter that is used in some portable hard drives. If 1870 you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you may answer Y 1871 here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M 1872 to build it as a loadable module. The module will be called fit2.o. 1873 You must also have a high-level driver for the type of device that 1874 you want to support. 1875 1876FIT TD-3000 protocol 1877CONFIG_PARIDE_FIT3 1878 This option enables support for the TD-3000 parallel port IDE 1879 protocol from Fidelity International Technology. This protocol is 1880 used in newer models of their portable disk, CD-ROM and PD/CD 1881 devices. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 1882 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 1883 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1884 called fit3.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1885 of device that you want to support. 1886 1887Freecom IQ ASIC-2 protocol 1888CONFIG_PARIDE_FRIQ 1889 This option enables support for version 2 of the Freecom IQ parallel 1890 port IDE adapter. This adapter is used by the Maxell Superdisk 1891 drive. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 1892 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 1893 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1894 called friq.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1895 of device that you want to support. 1896 1897FreeCom power protocol 1898CONFIG_PARIDE_FRPW 1899 This option enables support for the Freecom power parallel port IDE 1900 protocol. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 1901 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 1902 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1903 called frpw.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1904 of device that you want to support. 1905 1906KingByte KBIC-951A/971A protocols 1907CONFIG_PARIDE_KBIC 1908 This option enables support for the KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A parallel 1909 port IDE protocols from KingByte Information Corp. KingByte's 1910 adapters appear in many no-name portable disk and CD-ROM products, 1911 especially in Europe. If you chose to build PARIDE support into your 1912 kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, 1913 otherwise you should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The 1914 module will be called kbic.o. You must also have a high-level driver 1915 for the type of device that you want to support. 1916 1917KT PHd protocol 1918CONFIG_PARIDE_KTTI 1919 This option enables support for the "PHd" parallel port IDE protocol 1920 from KT Technology. This is a simple (low speed) adapter that is 1921 used in some 2.5" portable hard drives. If you chose to build PARIDE 1922 support into your kernel, you may answer Y here to build in the 1923 protocol driver, otherwise you should answer M to build it as a 1924 loadable module. The module will be called ktti.o. You must also 1925 have a high-level driver for the type of device that you want to 1926 support. 1927 1928OnSpec 90c20 protocol 1929CONFIG_PARIDE_ON20 1930 This option enables support for the (obsolete) 90c20 parallel port 1931 IDE protocol from OnSpec (often marketed under the ValuStore brand 1932 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 1933 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 1934 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will 1935 be called on20.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the 1936 type of device that you want to support. 1937 1938OnSpec 90c26 protocol 1939CONFIG_PARIDE_ON26 1940 This option enables support for the 90c26 parallel port IDE protocol 1941 from OnSpec Electronics (often marketed under the ValuStore brand 1942 name). If you chose to build PARIDE support into your kernel, you 1943 may answer Y here to build in the protocol driver, otherwise you 1944 should answer M to build it as a loadable module. The module will be 1945 called on26.o. You must also have a high-level driver for the type 1946 of device that you want to support. 1947 1948Logical Volume Manager (LVM) support 1949CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LVM 1950 This driver lets you combine several hard disks, hard disk 1951 partitions, multiple devices or even loop devices (for evaluation 1952 purposes) into a volume group. Imagine a volume group as a kind of 1953 virtual disk. Logical volumes, which can be thought of as virtual 1954 partitions, can be created in the volume group. You can resize 1955 volume groups and logical volumes after creation time, corresponding 1956 to new capacity needs. Logical volumes are accessed as block 1957 devices named /dev/VolumeGroupName/LogicalVolumeName. 1958 1959 For details see <file:Documentation/LVM-HOWTO>. You will need 1960 supporting user space software; location is in 1961 <file:Documentation/Changes>. 1962 1963 If you want to compile this support as a module ( = code which can 1964 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 1965 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 1966 module will be called lvm-mod.o. 1967 1968Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) 1969CONFIG_MD 1970 Support multiple physical spindles through a single logical device. 1971 Required for RAID and logical volume management (LVM). 1972 1973Multiple devices driver support 1974CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD 1975 This driver lets you combine several hard disk partitions into one 1976 logical block device. This can be used to simply append one 1977 partition to another one or to combine several redundant hard disks 1978 into a RAID1/4/5 device so as to provide protection against hard 1979 disk failures. This is called "Software RAID" since the combining of 1980 the partitions is done by the kernel. "Hardware RAID" means that the 1981 combining is done by a dedicated controller; if you have such a 1982 controller, you do not need to say Y here. 1983 1984 More information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 1985 Software RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 1986 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also learn 1987 where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 1988 1989 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 1990 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 1991 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 1992 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 1993 md.o 1994 1995 If unsure, say N. 1996 1997Linear (append) mode 1998CONFIG_MD_LINEAR 1999 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to 2000 use the so-called linear mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk 2001 partitions by simply appending one to the other. 2002 2003 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 2004 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 2005 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 2006 will be called linear.o. 2007 2008 If unsure, say Y. 2009 2010RAID-0 (striping) mode 2011CONFIG_MD_RAID0 2012 If you say Y here, then your multiple devices driver will be able to 2013 use the so-called raid0 mode, i.e. it will combine the hard disk 2014 partitions into one logical device in such a fashion as to fill them 2015 up evenly, one chunk here and one chunk there. This will increase 2016 the throughput rate if the partitions reside on distinct disks. 2017 2018 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 2019 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 2020 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 2021 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 2022 2023 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 2024 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 2025 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 2026 will be called raid0.o. 2027 2028 If unsure, say Y. 2029 2030RAID-1 (mirroring) mode 2031CONFIG_MD_RAID1 2032 A RAID-1 set consists of several disk drives which are exact copies 2033 of each other. In the event of a mirror failure, the RAID driver 2034 will continue to use the operational mirrors in the set, providing 2035 an error free MD (multiple device) to the higher levels of the 2036 kernel. In a set with N drives, the available space is the capacity 2037 of a single drive, and the set protects against a failure of (N - 1) 2038 drives. 2039 2040 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 2041 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 2042 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 2043 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 2044 2045 If you want to use such a RAID-1 set, say Y. This code is also 2046 available as a module called raid1.o ( = code which can be inserted 2047 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). If you 2048 want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2049 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2050 2051 If unsure, say Y. 2052 2053RAID-4/RAID-5 mode 2054CONFIG_MD_RAID5 2055 A RAID-5 set of N drives with a capacity of C MB per drive provides 2056 the capacity of C * (N - 1) MB, and protects against a failure 2057 of a single drive. For a given sector (row) number, (N - 1) drives 2058 contain data sectors, and one drive contains the parity protection. 2059 For a RAID-4 set, the parity blocks are present on a single drive, 2060 while a RAID-5 set distributes the parity across the drives in one 2061 of the available parity distribution methods. 2062 2063 Information about Software RAID on Linux is contained in the 2064 Software-RAID mini-HOWTO, available from 2065 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. There you will also 2066 learn where to get the supporting user space utilities raidtools. 2067 2068 If you want to use such a RAID-4/RAID-5 set, say Y. This code is 2069 also available as a module called raid5.o ( = code which can be 2070 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 2071 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2072 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2073 2074 If unsure, say Y. 2075 2076Multipath I/O support 2077CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH 2078 Multipath-IO is the ability of certain devices to address the same 2079 physical disk over multiple 'IO paths'. The code ensures that such 2080 paths can be defined and handled at runtime, and ensures that a 2081 transparent failover to the backup path(s) happens if a IO errors 2082 arrives on the primary path. 2083 2084 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 2085 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 2086 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2087 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 2088 multipath.o 2089 2090 If unsure, say N. 2091 2092Support for IDE Raid controllers 2093CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID 2094 Say Y or M if you have an IDE Raid controller and want linux 2095 to use its softwareraid feature. You must also select an 2096 appropriate for your board low-level driver below. 2097 2098 Note, that Linux does not use the Raid implementation in BIOS, and 2099 the main purpose for this feature is to retain compatibility and 2100 data integrity with other OS-es, using the same disk array. Linux 2101 has its own Raid drivers, which you should use if you need better 2102 performance. 2103 2104 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 2105 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 2106 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2107 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 2108 ataraid.o 2109 2110Support Promise software RAID (Fasttrak(tm)) 2111CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_PDC 2112 Say Y or M if you have a Promise Fasttrak (tm) Raid controller 2113 and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card. 2114 This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device 2115 names. 2116 2117 If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 2118 pdcraid.o. 2119 2120Highpoint 370 software RAID 2121CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_HPT 2122 Say Y or M if you have a Highpoint HPT 370 Raid controller 2123 and want linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card. 2124 This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device 2125 names. 2126 2127 If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 2128 hptraid.o. 2129 2130CMD/Silicon Image Medley Software RAID 2131CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_MEDLEY 2132 Say Y or M if you have a Silicon Image 3112 SATA RAID controller, 2133 a CMD680 based controller, or another IDE RAID controller that uses 2134 CMD's Medley software RAID, and want Linux to use the software RAID 2135 feature of this card. This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y 2136 numbers) as device names. 2137 2138 This driver currently only supports RAID0 (striped) mode, so if you 2139 are using RAID1 (mirroring) this will not work for you. In that 2140 case, you may want to try the Silicon Image Medley Software RAID 2141 driver (below). 2142 2143 Support for mirroring is planned in the future. 2144 2145 If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 2146 medley.o. 2147 2148Silicon Image Medley Software RAID (old driver) 2149CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ATARAID_SII 2150 Say Y or M if you have a Silicon Image SATARaid controller 2151 and want Linux to use the softwareraid feature of this card. 2152 This driver uses /dev/ataraid/dXpY (X and Y numbers) as device 2153 names. 2154 2155 This driver does not reliably detect all Medley RAID sets, and could 2156 be dangerous if you have a striped set with disks of different size. 2157 2158 You should use the new Medley RAID driver (above), unless you use 2159 RAID1 (mirroring), which the new driver does not yet support. 2160 2161 If you choose to compile this as a module, the module will be called 2162 silraid.o. 2163 2164Support for Acer PICA 1 chipset 2165CONFIG_ACER_PICA_61 2166 This is a machine with a R4400 133/150 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 2167 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 2168 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 2169 <http://www.linux-mips.org/>. 2170 2171Support for Algorithmics P4032 (EXPERIMENTAL) 2172CONFIG_ALGOR_P4032 2173 This is an evaluation board of the British company Algorithmics. 2174 The board uses the R4300 and a R5230 CPUs. For more information 2175 about this board see <http://www.algor.co.uk/>. 2176 2177SGI SN2 L1 serial port support 2178CONFIG_SGI_L1_SERIAL 2179 If you have an SGI SN2 and you want to use the serial port connected 2180 to the system controller (you want this!), say Y. Otherwise, say N. 2181 2182SGI SN2 L1 serial console support 2183CONFIG_SGI_L1_SERIAL_CONSOLE 2184 If you have an SGI SN2 and you would like to use the system 2185 controller serial port as your console (you want this!), say Y. 2186 Otherwise, say N. 2187 2188Support for BAGET MIPS series 2189CONFIG_BAGET_MIPS 2190 This enables support for the Baget, a Russian embedded system. For 2191 more details about the Baget see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on 2192 <http://www.linux-mips.org/>. 2193 2194Baget AMD LANCE support 2195CONFIG_BAGETLANCE 2196 Say Y to enable kernel support for AMD Lance Ethernet cards on the 2197 MIPS-32-based Baget embedded system. This chipset is better known 2198 via the NE2100 cards. 2199 2200Support for DECstations 2201CONFIG_DECSTATION 2202 This enables support for DEC's MIPS based workstations. For details 2203 see the Linux/MIPS FAQ on <http://www.linux-mips.org/> and the 2204 DECstation porting pages on <http://decstation.unix-ag.org/>. 2205 2206 If you have one of the following DECstation Models you definitely 2207 want to choose R4xx0 for the CPU Type: 2208 2209 DECstation 5000/50 2210 DECstation 5000/150 2211 DECstation 5000/260 2212 DECsystem 5900/260 2213 2214 otherwise choose R3000. 2215 2216Support for Cobalt Micro Server 2217CONFIG_COBALT_MICRO_SERVER 2218 Support for MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they have been bought by Sun 2219 and are now the "Server Appliance Business Unit") including the 2700 2220 series -- versions 1 of the Qube and Raq. To compile a Linux kernel 2221 for this hardware, say Y here. 2222 2223Support for Cobalt 2800 2224CONFIG_COBALT_28 2225 Support for the second generation of MIPS-based Cobalt boxes (they 2226 have been bought by Sun and are now the "Server Appliance Business 2227 Unit") including the 2800 series -- versions 2 of the Qube and Raq. 2228 To compile a Linux kernel for this hardware, say Y here. 2229 2230Support for the Momentum Computer Ocelot SBC 2231CONFIG_MOMENCO_OCELOT 2232 The Ocelot is a MIPS-based Single Board Computer (SBC) made by 2233 Momentum Computer <http://www.momenco.com/>. 2234 2235Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5074 2236CONFIG_DDB5074 2237 This enables support for the VR5000-based NEC DDB Vrc-5074 2238 evaluation board. 2239 2240Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5476 2241CONFIG_DDB5476 2242 This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5476 2243 evaluation board. 2244 2245 Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board 2246 ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>), 2247 USB, AC97, PCI, PCI VGA card & framebuffer console, IDE controller, 2248 PS2 keyboard, PS2 mouse, etc. 2249 2250Support for NEC DDB Vrc-5477 2251CONFIG_DDB5477 2252 This enables support for the R5432-based NEC DDB Vrc-5477 2253 evaluation board. 2254 2255 Features : kernel debugging, serial terminal, NFS root fs, on-board 2256 ether port (Need an additional patch at <http://linux.junsun.net/>), 2257 USB, AC97, PCI, etc. 2258 2259Support for MIPS Atlas board 2260CONFIG_MIPS_ATLAS 2261 This enables support for the QED R5231-based MIPS Atlas evaluation 2262 board. 2263 2264Support for MIPS Malta board 2265CONFIG_MIPS_MALTA 2266 This enables support for the VR5000-based MIPS Malta evaluation 2267 board. 2268 2269# Choice: bcmboard 2270Support for Broadcom SiByte boards 2271CONFIG_SIBYTE_SWARM 2272 Enable support for boards based on the Broadcom SiByte family: 2273 2274 BCM91250A-SWARM BCM1250 ATX size Eval Board (BCM91250A-SWARM) 2275 2276 BCM91250E-Sentosa BCM1250 PCI card Eval Board (BCM91250E-Sentosa) 2277 2278 BCM91125E-Rhone BCM1125 PCI card Eval Board (BCM91125E-Rhone) 2279 2280 Other Non-Broadcom SiByte-based platform 2281 2282# Choice: bcmsoc 2283Support for Broadcom BCM1xxx SOCs 2284CONFIG_SIBYTE_SB1250 2285 2286 BCM1250 Dual-CPU SB1 with PCI and HyperTransport. 2287 2288 BCM1120 Uniprocessor SB1. 2289 2290 BCM1125 Uniprocessor SB1 with PCI (and HyperTransport for 1125H). 2291 2292BCM1250 Stepping 2293CONFIG_CPU_SB1_PASS_1 2294 Which pass of the SOC is supported (see the "system_revision" 2295 register in the User Manual for more discussion of revisions): 2296 2297 Pass1 1250 "Pass 1" 2298 2299 An 1250 "Pass 2" 2300 2301 Bn 1250 "Pass 2.2" 2302 2303 Cn 1250 "Pass 3" 2304 2305BCM112x Stepping 2306CONFIG_CPU_SB1_PASS_2 2307 Which pass of the SOC is supported (see the "system_revision" 2308 register in the User Manual for more discussion of revisions): 2309 2310 Hybrid 1250 "Pass 2" 2311 2312 An 112x "Pass 1" 2313 2314Booting from CFE 2315CONFIG_SIBYTE_CFE 2316 Make use of the CFE API for enumerating available memory, 2317 controlling secondary CPUs, and possibly console output. 2318 2319Use firmware console 2320CONFIG_SIBYTE_CFE_CONSOLE 2321 Use the CFE API's console write routines during boot. Other console 2322 options (VT console, sb1250 duart console, etc.) should not be 2323 configured. 2324 2325Support for Bus Watcher statistics 2326CONFIG_SIBYTE_BUS_WATCHER 2327 Handle and keep statistics on the bus error interrupts (COR_ECC, 2328 BAD_ECC, IO_BUS). 2329 2330Bus trace dump on bus error 2331CONFIG_SIBYTE_BW_TRACE 2332 Run a continuous bus trace, dumping the raw data as soon as a ZBbus 2333 error is detected. Cannot work if ZBbus profiling is turned on, and 2334 also will interfere with JTAG-based trace buffer activity. Raw 2335 buffer data is dumped to console, and must be processed off-line. 2336 2337Corelis Debugger 2338CONFIG_SB1XXX_CORELIS 2339 Select compile flags that produce code that can be processed by the 2340 Corelis mksym utility and UDB Emulator. 2341 2342DMA for page clear and copy 2343CONFIG_SIBYTE_DMA_PAGEOPS 2344 Instead of using the CPU to zero and copy pages, use a Data Mover 2345 channel. These DMA channels are otherwise unused by the standard 2346 SiByte Linux port. Seems to give a small performance benefit. 2347 2348Support for Galileo Evaluation board or CoSine Orion 2349CONFIG_ORION 2350 Say Y if configuring for the Galileo evaluation board 2351 or CoSine Orion. More information is available at 2352 <http://tochna.technion.ac.il/project/linux/html/linux.html>. 2353 2354 Otherwise, say N. 2355 2356Support for Mips Magnum 4000 2357CONFIG_MIPS_MAGNUM_4000 2358 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 2359 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 2360 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 2361 <http://www.linux-mips.org/>. 2362 2363Enable Qtronix 990P Keyboard Support 2364CONFIG_QTRONIX_KEYBOARD 2365 Images of Qtronix keyboards are at 2366 <http://www.qtronix.com/keyboard.html>. 2367 2368Support for Olivetti M700 2369CONFIG_OLIVETTI_M700 2370 This is a machine with a R4000 100 MHz CPU. To compile a Linux 2371 kernel that runs on these, say Y here. For details about Linux on 2372 the MIPS architecture, check out the Linux/MIPS FAQ on the WWW at 2373 <http://www.linux-mips.org/>. 2374 2375Support for SNI RM200 PCI 2376CONFIG_SNI_RM200_PCI 2377 The SNI RM200 PCI was a MIPS-based platform manufactured by Siemens 2378 Nixdorf Informationssysteme (SNI), parent company of Pyramid 2379 Technology and now in turn merged with Fujitsu. Say Y here to 2380 support this machine type. 2381 2382Support for SGI-IP22 (Indy/Indigo2) 2383CONFIG_SGI_IP22 2384 This are the SGI Indy, Challenge S and Indigo2, as well as certain 2385 OEM variants like the Tandem CMN B006S. To compile a Linux kernel 2386 that runs on these, say Y here. 2387 2388Support for SGI IP27 (Origin200/2000) 2389CONFIG_SGI_IP27 2390 This are the SGI Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 Graphics 2391 workstations. To compile a Linux kernel that runs on these, say Y 2392 here. 2393 2394IP27 N-Mode 2395CONFIG_SGI_SN0_N_MODE 2396 The nodes of Origin 200, Origin 2000 and Onyx 2 systems can be 2397 configured in either N-Modes which allows for more nodes or M-Mode 2398 which allows for more memory. Your system is most probably 2399 running in M-Mode, so you should say N here. 2400 2401Lasi Ethernet 2402CONFIG_LASI_82596 2403 Say Y here to support the on-board Intel 82596 ethernet controller 2404 built into Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC machines. 2405 2406MIPS JAZZ onboard SONIC Ethernet support 2407CONFIG_MIPS_JAZZ_SONIC 2408 This is the driver for the onboard card of MIPS Magnum 4000, 2409 Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM systems. 2410 2411MIPS JAZZ FAS216 SCSI support 2412CONFIG_JAZZ_ESP 2413 This is the driver for the onboard SCSI host adapter of MIPS Magnum 2414 4000, Acer PICA, Olivetti M700-10 and a few other identical OEM 2415 systems. 2416 2417MIPS GT96100 Ethernet support 2418CONFIG_MIPS_GT96100ETH 2419 Say Y here to support the Ethernet subsystem on your GT96100 card. 2420 2421Zalon SCSI support 2422CONFIG_SCSI_ZALON 2423 The Zalon is an interface chip that sits between the PA-RISC 2424 processor and the NCR 53c720 SCSI controller on K-series PA-RISC 2425 boards (these are used, among other places, on some HP 780 2426 workstations). Say Y here to make sure it gets initialized 2427 correctly before the Linux kernel tries to talk to the controller. 2428 2429SGI PROM Console Support 2430CONFIG_SGI_PROM_CONSOLE 2431 Say Y here to set up the boot console on serial port 0. 2432 2433DECstation serial support 2434CONFIG_SERIAL_DEC 2435 This selects whether you want to be asked about drivers for 2436 DECstation serial ports. 2437 2438 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 2439 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 2440 the questions about DECstation serial ports. 2441 2442 If unsure, say Y. 2443 2444Support for console on a DECstation serial port 2445CONFIG_SERIAL_DEC_CONSOLE 2446 If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the 2447 system console (the system console is the device which receives all 2448 kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user 2449 mode). Note that the firmware uses ttyS0 as the serial console on 2450 the Maxine and ttyS2 on the others. 2451 2452 If unsure, say Y. 2453 2454DZ11 Serial Support 2455CONFIG_DZ 2456 DZ11-family serial controllers for VAXstations, including the 2457 DC7085, M7814, and M7819. 2458 2459TURBOchannel support 2460CONFIG_TC 2461 TurboChannel is a DEC (now Compaq) bus for Alpha and MIPS processors. 2462 Documentation on writing device drivers for TurboChannel is available at: 2463 <http://www.cs.arizona.edu/computer.help/policy/DIGITAL_unix/AA-PS3HD-TET1_html/TITLE.html>. 2464 2465# Choice: galileo_clock 246675 2467CONFIG_SYSCLK_75 2468 Configure the kernel for clock speed of your Galileo board. 2469 The choices are 75MHz, 83.3MHz, and 100MHz. 2470 247183.3 2472CONFIG_SYSCLK_83 2473 Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 83.3 MHz. 2474 2475100 2476CONFIG_SYSCLK_100 2477 Configure the Galileo kernel for a clock speed of 100 MHz. 2478 2479Z85C30 Serial Support 2480CONFIG_ZS 2481 Documentation on the Zilog 85C350 serial communications controller 2482 is downloadable at <http://www.zilog.com/pdfs/serial/z85c30.pdf>. 2483 2484PCMCIA SCSI adapter support 2485CONFIG_SCSI_PCMCIA 2486 Say Y here if you intend to attach a PCMCIA or CardBus card to your 2487 computer which acts as a SCSI host adapter. These are credit card 2488 size devices often used with laptops. 2489 2490 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 2491 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 2492 the questions PCMCIA SCSI host adapters. 2493 2494Adaptec APA1480 CardBus support 2495CONFIG_PCMCIA_APA1480 2496 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of CardBus SCSI host 2497 adapter to your computer. 2498 2499 This driver is also available as a module called apa1480_cb.o ( = 2500 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 2501 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 2502 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2503 2504NinjaSCSI-3 / NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) PCMCIA support 2505CONFIG_PCMCIA_NINJA_SCSI 2506 If you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host adapter to 2507 your computer, say Y here and read 2508 <file:Documentation/README.nsp_cs.eng>. 2509 2510 This driver is also available as a module called nsp_cs.o ( = 2511 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 2512 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 2513 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2514 2515Adaptec AHA152X PCMCIA support 2516CONFIG_PCMCIA_AHA152X 2517 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 2518 adapter to your computer. 2519 2520 This driver is also available as a module called aha152x_cs.o ( = 2521 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 2522 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 2523 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2524 2525Qlogic PCMCIA support 2526CONFIG_PCMCIA_QLOGIC 2527 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 2528 adapter to your computer. 2529 2530 This driver is also available as a module called qlogic_cs.o ( = 2531 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 2532 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 2533 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2534 2535Future Domain PCMCIA support 2536CONFIG_PCMCIA_FDOMAIN 2537 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA SCSI host 2538 adapter to your computer. 2539 2540 This driver is also available as a module called fdomain_cs.o ( = 2541 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 2542 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 2543 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 2544 2545# Choice: mipstype 2546CPU type 2547CONFIG_CPU_MIPS32 2548 Please make sure to pick the right CPU type. Linux/MIPS is not 2549 designed to be generic, i.e. kernels compiled for R3000 CPUs will 2550 *not* work on R4000 machines and vice versa. However, since most 2551 of the supported machines have an R4000 (or similar) CPU, R4x00 2552 might be a safe bet. If the resulting kernel does not work, 2553 try to recompile with R3000. 2554 2555 R3000 MIPS Technologies R3000-series processors, 2556 including the 3041, 3051, and 3081. 2557 2558 R6000 MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors, 2559 including the 64474, 64475, 64574 and 64575. 2560 2561 R4300 MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors. 2562 2563 R4x00 MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300, 2564 including the 4640, 4650, and 4700. 2565 2566 R5000 MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the 2567 Nevada. 2568 2569 R52xx MIPS Technologies R52xx-series ("Nevada") processors. 2570 2571 R10000 MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors. 2572 2573 SB1 Broadcom SiByte SB1 processor. 2574 2575R6000 2576CONFIG_CPU_R6000 2577 MIPS Technologies R6000-series processors, including the 64474, 2578 64475, 64574 and 64575. 2579 2580R4300 2581CONFIG_CPU_R4300 2582 MIPS Technologies R4300-series processors. 2583 2584R4x00 2585CONFIG_CPU_R4X00 2586 MIPS Technologies R4000-series processors other than 4300, including 2587 the 4640, 4650, and 4700. 2588 2589R5000 2590CONFIG_CPU_R5000 2591 MIPS Technologies R5000-series processors other than the Nevada. 2592 2593R52x0 2594CONFIG_CPU_NEVADA 2595 MIPS Technologies R52x0-series ("Nevada") processors. 2596 2597R8000 2598CONFIG_CPU_R8000 2599 MIPS Technologies R8000-series processors. 2600 2601R10000 2602CONFIG_CPU_R10000 2603 MIPS Technologies R10000-series processors. 2604 2605SB1 2606CONFIG_CPU_SB1 2607 Broadcom SiByte SB1 processor. 2608 2609Discontiguous Memory Support 2610CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM 2611 Say Y to support efficient handling of discontiguous physical memory, 2612 for architectures which are either NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory Access) 2613 or have huge holes in the physical address space for other reasons. 2614 See <file:Documentation/vm/numa> for more. 2615 2616Mapped kernel support 2617CONFIG_MAPPED_KERNEL 2618 Change the way a Linux kernel is loaded unto memory on a MIPS64 2619 machine. This is required in order to support text replication and 2620 NUMA. If you need to understand it, read the source code. 2621 2622Kernel text replication support 2623CONFIG_REPLICATE_KTEXT 2624 Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel text across multiple 2625 nodes in a NUMA cluster. This trades memory for speed. 2626 2627Exception handler replication support 2628CONFIG_REPLICATE_EXHANDLERS 2629 Say Y here to enable replicating the kernel exception handlers 2630 across multiple nodes in a NUMA cluster. This trades memory for 2631 speed. 2632 2633NUMA support? 2634CONFIG_NUMA 2635 Say Y to compile the kernel to support NUMA (Non-Uniform Memory 2636 Access). This option is for configuring high-end multiprocessor 2637 server machines. If in doubt, say N. 2638 2639R41xx 2640CONFIG_CPU_VR41XX 2641 The options selects support for the NEC VR41xx series of processors. 2642 Only choose this option if you have one of these processors as a 2643 kernel built with this option will not run on any other type of 2644 processor or vice versa. 2645 2646CPU feature configuration 2647CONFIG_CPU_ADVANCED 2648 Saying yes here allows you to select support for various features 2649 your CPU may or may not have. Most people should say N here. 2650 2651ll and sc instructions available 2652CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLSC 2653 MIPS R4000 series and later provide the Load Linked (ll) 2654 and Store Conditional (sc) instructions. More information is 2655 available at <http://www.go-ecs.com/mips/miptek1.htm>. 2656 2657 Say Y here if your CPU has the ll and sc instructions. Say Y here 2658 for better performance, N if you don't know. You must say Y here 2659 for multiprocessor machines. 2660 2661lld and scd instructions available 2662CONFIG_CPU_HAS_LLDSCD 2663 Say Y here if your CPU has the lld and scd instructions, the 64-bit 2664 equivalents of ll and sc. Say Y here for better performance, N if 2665 you don't know. You must say Y here for multiprocessor machines. 2666 2667Writeback Buffer available 2668CONFIG_CPU_HAS_WB 2669 Say N here for slightly better performance. You must say Y here for 2670 machines which require flushing of write buffers in software. Saying 2671 Y is the safe option; N may result in kernel malfunction and crashes. 2672 2673Use 64-bit ELF format for building 2674CONFIG_BUILD_ELF64 2675 A 64-bit kernel is usually built using the 64-bit ELF binary object 2676 format as it's one that allows arbitrary 64-bit constructs. For 2677 kernels that are loaded within the KSEG compatibility segments the 2678 32-bit ELF format can optionally be used resulting in a somewhat 2679 smaller binary, but this option is not explicitly supported by the 2680 toolchain and since binutils 2.14 it does not even work at all. 2681 2682 Say Y to use the 64-bit format or N to use the 32-bit one. 2683 2684 If unsure say Y. 2685 2686Support for large 64-bit configurations 2687CONFIG_MIPS_INSANE_LARGE 2688 MIPS R10000 does support a 44 bit / 16TB address space as opposed to 2689 previous 64-bit processors which only supported 40 bit / 1TB. If you 2690 need processes of more than 1TB virtual address space, say Y here. 2691 This will result in additional memory usage, so it is not 2692 recommended for normal users. 2693 2694Generate little endian code 2695CONFIG_CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN 2696 Some MIPS machines can be configured for either little or big endian 2697 byte order. These modes require different kernels. Say Y if your 2698 machine is little endian, N if it's a big endian machine. 2699 2700Use power LED as a heartbeat 2701CONFIG_HEARTBEAT 2702 Use the power-on LED on your machine as a load meter. The exact 2703 behaviour is platform-dependent, but normally the flash frequency is 2704 a hyperbolic function of the 5-minute load average. 2705 2706Networking support 2707CONFIG_NET 2708 Unless you really know what you are doing, you should say Y here. 2709 The reason is that some programs need kernel networking support even 2710 when running on a stand-alone machine that isn't connected to any 2711 other computer. If you are upgrading from an older kernel, you 2712 should consider updating your networking tools too because changes 2713 in the kernel and the tools often go hand in hand. The tools are 2714 contained in the package net-tools, the location and version number 2715 of which are given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. 2716 2717 For a general introduction to Linux networking, it is highly 2718 recommended to read the NET-HOWTO, available from 2719 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 2720 2721Socket filtering 2722CONFIG_FILTER 2723 The Linux Socket Filter is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter. 2724 If you say Y here, user-space programs can attach a filter to any 2725 socket and thereby tell the kernel that it should allow or disallow 2726 certain types of data to get through the socket. Linux Socket 2727 Filtering works on all socket types except TCP for now. See the 2728 text file <file:Documentation/networking/filter.txt> for more 2729 information. 2730 2731 You need to say Y here if you want to use PPP packet filtering 2732 (see the CONFIG_PPP_FILTER option below). 2733 2734 If unsure, say N. 2735 2736Network packet filtering (replaces ipchains) 2737CONFIG_NETFILTER 2738 Netfilter is a framework for filtering and mangling network packets 2739 that pass through your Linux box. 2740 2741 The most common use of packet filtering is to run your Linux box as 2742 a firewall protecting a local network from the Internet. The type of 2743 firewall provided by this kernel support is called a "packet 2744 filter", which means that it can reject individual network packets 2745 based on type, source, destination etc. The other kind of firewall, 2746 a "proxy-based" one, is more secure but more intrusive and more 2747 bothersome to set up; it inspects the network traffic much more 2748 closely, modifies it and has knowledge about the higher level 2749 protocols, which a packet filter lacks. Moreover, proxy-based 2750 firewalls often require changes to the programs running on the local 2751 clients. Proxy-based firewalls don't need support by the kernel, but 2752 they are often combined with a packet filter, which only works if 2753 you say Y here. 2754 2755 You should also say Y here if you intend to use your Linux box as 2756 the gateway to the Internet for a local network of machines without 2757 globally valid IP addresses. This is called "masquerading": if one 2758 of the computers on your local network wants to send something to 2759 the outside, your box can "masquerade" as that computer, i.e. it 2760 forwards the traffic to the intended outside destination, but 2761 modifies the packets to make it look like they came from the 2762 firewall box itself. It works both ways: if the outside host 2763 replies, the Linux box will silently forward the traffic to the 2764 correct local computer. This way, the computers on your local net 2765 are completely invisible to the outside world, even though they can 2766 reach the outside and can receive replies. It is even possible to 2767 run globally visible servers from within a masqueraded local network 2768 using a mechanism called portforwarding. Masquerading is also often 2769 called NAT (Network Address Translation). 2770 2771 Another use of Netfilter is in transparent proxying: if a machine on 2772 the local network tries to connect to an outside host, your Linux 2773 box can transparently forward the traffic to a local server, 2774 typically a caching proxy server. 2775 2776 Various modules exist for netfilter which replace the previous 2777 masquerading (ipmasqadm), packet filtering (ipchains), transparent 2778 proxying, and portforwarding mechanisms. Please see 2779 <file:Documentation/Changes> under "iptables" for the location of 2780 these packages. 2781 2782 Make sure to say N to "Fast switching" below if you intend to say Y 2783 here, as Fast switching currently bypasses netfilter. 2784 2785 Chances are that you should say Y here if you compile a kernel which 2786 will run as a router and N for regular hosts. If unsure, say N. 2787 2788Network packet filtering debugging 2789CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG 2790 You can say Y here if you want to get additional messages useful in 2791 debugging the netfilter code. 2792 2793Connection tracking (required for masq/NAT) 2794CONFIG_IP_NF_CONNTRACK 2795 Connection tracking keeps a record of what packets have passed 2796 through your machine, in order to figure out how they are related 2797 into connections. 2798 2799 This is required to do Masquerading or other kinds of Network 2800 Address Translation (except for Fast NAT). It can also be used to 2801 enhance packet filtering (see `Connection state match support' 2802 below). 2803 2804 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2805 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2806 2807Amanda protocol support 2808CONFIG_IP_NF_AMANDA 2809 If you are running the Amanda backup package (http://www.amanda.org/) 2810 on this machine or machines that will be MASQUERADED through this 2811 machine, then you may want to enable this feature. This allows the 2812 connection tracking and natting code to allow the sub-channels that 2813 Amanda requires for communication of the backup data, messages and 2814 index. 2815 2816 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2817 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2818 2819 2820IRC Send/Chat protocol support 2821CONFIG_IP_NF_IRC 2822 There is a commonly-used extension to IRC called 2823 Direct Client-to-Client Protocol (DCC). This enables users to send 2824 files to each other, and also chat to each other without the need 2825 of a server. DCC Sending is used anywhere you send files over IRC, 2826 and DCC Chat is most commonly used by Eggdrop bots. If you are 2827 using NAT, this extension will enable you to send files and initiate 2828 chats. Note that you do NOT need this extension to get files or 2829 have others initiate chats, or everything else in IRC. 2830 2831 If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read 2832 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'N'. 2833 2834TFTP protocol support 2835CONFIG_IP_NF_TFTP 2836 TFTP connection tracking helper, this is required depending 2837 on how restrictive your ruleset is. 2838 If you are using a tftp client behind -j SNAT or -j MASQUERADING 2839 you will need this. 2840 2841 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2842 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `Y'. 2843 2844FTP protocol support 2845CONFIG_IP_NF_FTP 2846 Tracking FTP connections is problematic: special helpers are 2847 required for tracking them, and doing masquerading and other forms 2848 of Network Address Translation on them. 2849 2850 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2851 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `Y'. 2852 2853User space queueing via NETLINK 2854CONFIG_IP_NF_QUEUE 2855 Netfilter has the ability to queue packets to user space: the 2856 netlink device can be used to access them using this driver. 2857 2858 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2859 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2860 2861IP tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) 2862CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES 2863 iptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. 2864 The packet filtering and full NAT (masquerading, port forwarding, 2865 etc) subsystems now use this: say `Y' or `M' here if you want to use 2866 either of those. 2867 2868 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2869 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2870 2871recent match support 2872CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_RECENT 2873 This match is used for creating one or many lists of recently 2874 used addresses and then matching against that/those list(s). 2875 2876 Short options are available by using 'iptables -m recent -h' 2877 Official Website: <http://snowman.net/projects/ipt_recent/> 2878 2879 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2880 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2881 2882limit match support 2883CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LIMIT 2884 limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be 2885 matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG 2886 target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks. 2887 2888 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2889 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2890 2891skb->pkt_type packet match support 2892CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_PKTTYPE 2893 This patch allows you to match packet in accrodance 2894 to its "class", eg. BROADCAST, MULTICAST, ... 2895 2896 Typical usage: 2897 iptables -A INPUT -m pkttype --pkt-type broadcast -j LOG 2898 2899 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2900 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2901 2902MAC address match support 2903CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MAC 2904 MAC matching allows you to match packets based on the source 2905 Ethernet address of the packet. 2906 2907 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2908 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2909 2910Netfilter MARK match support 2911CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MARK 2912 Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the 2913 `nfmark' value in the packet. This can be set by the MARK target 2914 (see below). 2915 2916 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2917 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2918 2919Multiple port match support 2920CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT 2921 Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on 2922 a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only 2923 match a single range of ports. 2924 2925 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2926 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2927 2928TTL match support 2929CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL 2930 This adds CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL option, which enabled the user 2931 to match packets by their TTL value. 2932 2933 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2934 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2935 2936LENGTH match support 2937CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LENGTH 2938 This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a 2939 specific value or range of values. 2940 2941 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2942 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2943 2944AH/ESP match support 2945CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH_ESP 2946 These two match extensions (`ah' and `esp') allow you to match a 2947 range of SPIs inside AH or ESP headers of IPSec packets. 2948 2949 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2950 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2951 2952DSCP match support 2953CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_DSCP 2954 This option adds a `DSCP' match, which allows you to match against 2955 the IPv4 header DSCP field (DSCP codepoint). 2956 2957 The DSCP codepoint can have any value between 0x0 and 0x4f. 2958 2959 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2960 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2961 2962 2963 2964ECN match support 2965CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN 2966 This option adds a `ECN' match, which allows you to match against 2967 the IPv4 and TCP header ECN fields. 2968 2969 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2970 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2971 2972 2973 2974TOS match support 2975CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TOS 2976 TOS matching allows you to match packets based on the Type Of 2977 Service fields of the IP packet. 2978 2979 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2980 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 2981 2982conntrack match support 2983CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNTRACK 2984 This is a general conntrack match module, a superset of the state match. 2985 2986 It allows matching on additional conntrack information, which is 2987 useful in complex configurations, such as NAT gateways with multiple 2988 internet links or tunnels. 2989 2990 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 2991 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 2992 2993 2994Connection state match support 2995CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_STATE 2996 Connection state matching allows you to match packets based on their 2997 relationship to a tracked connection (ie. previous packets). This 2998 is a powerful tool for packet classification. 2999 3000 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3001 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3002 3003Unclean match support 3004CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_UNCLEAN 3005 Unclean packet matching matches any strange or invalid packets, by 3006 looking at a series of fields in the IP, TCP, UDP and ICMP headers. 3007 3008 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3009 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3010 3011Owner match support 3012CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_OWNER 3013 Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets 3014 based on who created them: the user, group, process or session. 3015 3016 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3017 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3018 3019Packet filtering 3020CONFIG_IP_NF_FILTER 3021 Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of 3022 rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and 3023 local output. See the man page for iptables(8). 3024 3025 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3026 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3027 3028REJECT target support 3029CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REJECT 3030 The REJECT target allows a filtering rule to specify that an ICMP 3031 error should be issued in response to an incoming packet, rather 3032 than silently being dropped. 3033 3034 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3035 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3036 3037MIRROR target support 3038CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MIRROR 3039 The MIRROR target allows a filtering rule to specify that an 3040 incoming packet should be bounced back to the sender. 3041 3042 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3043 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3044 3045Full NAT (Network Address Translation) 3046CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT 3047 The Full NAT option allows masquerading, port forwarding and other 3048 forms of full Network Address Port Translation. It is controlled by 3049 the `nat' table in iptables: see the man page for iptables(8). 3050 3051 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3052 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3053 3054MASQUERADE target support 3055CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE 3056 Masquerading is a special case of NAT: all outgoing connections are 3057 changed to seem to come from a particular interface's address, and 3058 if the interface goes down, those connections are lost. This is 3059 only useful for dialup accounts with dynamic IP address (ie. your IP 3060 address will be different on next dialup). 3061 3062 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3063 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3064 3065Basic SNMP-ALG support 3066CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT_SNMP_BASIC 3067 3068 This module implements an Application Layer Gateway (ALG) for 3069 SNMP payloads. In conjunction with NAT, it allows a network 3070 management system to access multiple private networks with 3071 conflicting addresses. It works by modifying IP addresses 3072 inside SNMP payloads to match IP-layer NAT mapping. 3073 3074 This is the "basic" form of SNMP-ALG, as described in RFC 2962 3075 3076 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3077 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3078 3079REDIRECT target support 3080CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT 3081 REDIRECT is a special case of NAT: all incoming connections are 3082 mapped onto the incoming interface's address, causing the packets to 3083 come to the local machine instead of passing through. This is 3084 useful for transparent proxies. 3085 3086 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3087 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3088 3089Packet mangling 3090CONFIG_IP_NF_MANGLE 3091 This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for 3092 iptables(8). This table is used for various packet alterations 3093 which can effect how the packet is routed. 3094 3095 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3096 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3097 3098DSCP target support 3099CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_DSCP 3100 This option adds a `DSCP' target, which allows you to create rules in 3101 the iptables mangle table. The selected packet has the DSCP field set 3102 to the hex value provided on the command line; unlike the TOS target 3103 which will only set the legal values within ip.h. 3104 3105 The DSCP field can be set to any value between 0x0 and 0x4f. It does 3106 take into account that bits 6 and 7 are used by ECN. 3107 3108 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3109 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3110 3111 3112 3113ECN target support 3114CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN 3115 This option adds a `ECN' target, which can be used in the iptables mangle 3116 table. 3117 3118 You can use this target to remove the ECN bits from the IPv4 header of 3119 an IP packet. This is particularly useful, if you need to work around 3120 existing ECN blackholes on the internet, but don't want to disable 3121 ECN support in general. 3122 3123 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3124 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3125 3126 3127 3128TOS target support 3129CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TOS 3130 This option adds a `TOS' target, which allows you to create rules in 3131 the `mangle' table which alter the Type Of Service field of an IP 3132 packet prior to routing. 3133 3134 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3135 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3136 3137MARK target support 3138CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MARK 3139 This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules 3140 in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field 3141 associated with the packet prior to routing. This can change 3142 the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing 3143 key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their 3144 behaviour. 3145 3146 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3147 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3148 3149TCPMSS target support 3150CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TCPMSS 3151 This option adds a `TCPMSS' target, which allows you to alter the 3152 MSS value of TCP SYN packets, to control the maximum size for that 3153 connection (usually limiting it to your outgoing interface's MTU 3154 minus 40). 3155 3156 This is used to overcome criminally braindead ISPs or servers which 3157 block ICMP Fragmentation Needed packets. The symptoms of this 3158 problem are that everything works fine from your Linux 3159 firewall/router, but machines behind it can never exchange large 3160 packets: 3161 1) Web browsers connect, then hang with no data received. 3162 2) Small mail works fine, but large emails hang. 3163 3) ssh works fine, but scp hangs after initial handshaking. 3164 3165 Workaround: activate this option and add a rule to your firewall 3166 configuration like: 3167 3168 iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp --tcp-flags SYN,RST SYN \ 3169 -j TCPMSS --clamp-mss-to-pmtu 3170 3171 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3172 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3173 3174Helper match support 3175CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_HELPER 3176 Helper matching allows you to match packets in dynamic connections 3177 tracked by a conntrack-helper, ie. ip_conntrack_ftp 3178 3179 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3180 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `Y'. 3181 3182TCPMSS match support 3183CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TCPMSS 3184 This option adds a `tcpmss' match, which allows you to examine the 3185 MSS value of TCP SYN packets, which control the maximum packet size 3186 for that connection. 3187 3188 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3189 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3190 3191ULOG target support 3192CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG 3193 This option adds a `ULOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 3194 any iptables table. The packet is passed to a userspace logging 3195 daemon using netlink multicast sockets; unlike the LOG target 3196 which can only be viewed through syslog. 3197 3198 The appropriate userspace logging daemon (ulogd) may be obtained from 3199 <http://www.gnumonks.org/projects/ulogd> 3200 3201 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3202 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3203 3204LOG target support 3205CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_LOG 3206 This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 3207 any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog. 3208 3209 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3210 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3211 3212CLASSIFY target support 3213CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CLASSIFY 3214 This option adds a `CLASSIFY' target, which enables the user to set 3215 the priority of a packet. Some qdiscs can use this value for classification, 3216 among these are: 3217 3218 atm, cbq, dsmark, pfifo_fast, htb, prio 3219 3220 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3221 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3222 3223ipchains (2.2-style) support 3224CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPCHAINS 3225 This option places ipchains (with masquerading and redirection 3226 support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter 3227 infrastructure. It is not recommended for new installations (see 3228 `Packet filtering'). With this enabled, you should be able to use 3229 the ipchains tool exactly as in 2.2 kernels. 3230 3231 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3232 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3233 3234ipfwadm (2.0-style) support 3235CONFIG_IP_NF_COMPAT_IPFWADM 3236 This option places ipfwadm (with masquerading and redirection 3237 support) back into the kernel, using the new netfilter 3238 infrastructure. It is not recommended for new installations (see 3239 `Packet filtering'). With this enabled, you should be able to use 3240 the ipfwadm tool exactly as in 2.0 kernels. 3241 3242 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3243 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3244 3245EUI64 address check (EXPERIMENTAL) 3246CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_EUI64 3247 This module performs checking on the IPv6 source address 3248 Compares the last 64 bits with the EUI64 (delivered 3249 from the MAC address) address 3250 3251 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3252 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3253 3254MAC address match support 3255CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MAC 3256 mac matching allows you to match packets based on the source 3257 Ethernet address of the packet. 3258 3259 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3260 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3261 3262length match support 3263CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LENGTH 3264 This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a 3265 specific value or range of values. 3266 3267 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3268 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3269 3270Netfilter MARK match support 3271CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MARK 3272 Netfilter mark matching allows you to match packets based on the 3273 `nfmark' value in the packet. This can be set by the MARK target 3274 (see below). 3275 3276 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3277 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3278 3279Multiple port match support 3280CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT 3281 Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on 3282 a series of source or destination ports: normally a rule can only 3283 match a single range of ports. 3284 3285 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3286 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3287 3288IPV6 queue handler (EXPERIMENTAL) 3289CONFIG_IP6_NF_QUEUE 3290 3291 This option adds a queue handler to the kernel for IPv6 3292 packets which lets us to receive the filtered packets 3293 with QUEUE target using libiptc as we can do with 3294 the IPv4 now. 3295 3296 (C) Fernando Anton 2001 3297 IPv64 Project - Work based in IPv64 draft by Arturo Azcorra. 3298 Universidad Carlos III de Madrid 3299 Universidad Politecnica de Alcala de Henares 3300 email: fanton@it.uc3m.es 3301 3302 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3303 Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. 3304 3305Owner match support 3306CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OWNER 3307 Packet owner matching allows you to match locally-generated packets 3308 based on who created them: the user, group, process or session. 3309 3310 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3311 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3312 3313Packet filtering 3314CONFIG_IP6_NF_FILTER 3315 Packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of 3316 rules for simple packet filtering at local input, forwarding and 3317 local output. See the man page for iptables(8). 3318 3319 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3320 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3321 3322Packet mangling 3323CONFIG_IP6_NF_MANGLE 3324 This option adds a `mangle' table to iptables: see the man page for 3325 iptables(8). This table is used for various packet alterations 3326 which can effect how the packet is routed. 3327 3328 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3329 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3330 3331MARK target support 3332CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MARK 3333 This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules 3334 in the `mangle' table which alter the netfilter mark (nfmark) field 3335 associated with the packet packet prior to routing. This can change 3336 the routing method (see `Use netfilter MARK value as routing 3337 key') and can also be used by other subsystems to change their 3338 behaviour. 3339 3340 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3341 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3342 3343ARP tables support 3344CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPTABLES 3345 arptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. 3346 The ARP packet filtering and mangling (manipulation)subsystems 3347 use this: say Y or M here if you want to use either of those. 3348 3349 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3350 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3351 3352ARP packet filtering 3353CONFIG_IP_NF_ARPFILTER 3354 ARP packet filtering defines a table `filter', which has a series of 3355 rules for simple ARP packet filtering at local input and 3356 local output. See the man page for arptables(8). 3357 3358 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3359 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3360 3361ARP payload mangling 3362CONFIG_IP_NF_ARP_MANGLE 3363 Allows altering the ARP packet payload: source and destination 3364 hardware and network addresses. 3365 3366 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3367 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3368 3369TCP Explicit Congestion Notification support 3370CONFIG_INET_ECN 3371 Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) allows routers to notify 3372 clients about network congestion, resulting in fewer dropped packets 3373 and increased network performance. This option adds ECN support to 3374 the Linux kernel, as well as a sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn) 3375 which allows ECN support to be disabled at runtime. 3376 3377 Note that, on the Internet, there are many broken firewalls which 3378 refuse connections from ECN-enabled machines, and it may be a while 3379 before these firewalls are fixed. Until then, to access a site 3380 behind such a firewall (some of which are major sites, at the time 3381 of this writing) you will have to disable this option, either by 3382 saying N now or by using the sysctl. 3383 3384 If in doubt, say N. 3385 3386IPv6 tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) 3387CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES 3388 ip6tables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. 3389 Currently only the packet filtering and packet mangling subsystem 3390 for IPv6 use this, but connection tracking is going to follow. 3391 Say 'Y' or 'M' here if you want to use either of those. 3392 3393 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3394 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3395 3396IPv6 limit match support 3397CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_LIMIT 3398 limit matching allows you to control the rate at which a rule can be 3399 matched: mainly useful in combination with the LOG target ("LOG 3400 target support", below) and to avoid some Denial of Service attacks. 3401 3402 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3403 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3404 3405LOG target support 3406CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_LOG 3407 This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in 3408 any iptables table which records the packet header to the syslog. 3409 3410 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3411 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. 3412 3413IP: virtual server support 3414CONFIG_IP_VS 3415 IP Virtual Server support will let you build a high-performance 3416 virtual server based on cluster of two or more real servers. This 3417 option must be enabled for at least one of the clustered computers 3418 that will take care of intercepting incomming connections to a 3419 single IP address and scheduling them to real servers. 3420 3421 Three request dispatching techniques are implemented, they are 3422 virtual server via NAT, virtual server via tunneling and virtual 3423 server via direct routing. The several scheduling algorithms can 3424 be used to choose which server the connection is directed to, 3425 thus load balancing can be achieved among the servers. For more 3426 information and its administration program, please visit the 3427 following URL: 3428 http://www.linuxvirtualserver.org/ 3429 3430 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3431 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3432 unsure, say N. 3433 3434IP virtual server debugging 3435CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG 3436 Say Y here if you want to get additional messages useful in 3437 debugging the IP virtual server code. You can change the debug 3438 level in /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/debug_level 3439 3440IPVS connection hash table size (the Nth power of 2) 3441CONFIG_IP_VS_TAB_BITS 3442 The IPVS connection hash table uses the chaining scheme to handle 3443 hash collisions. Using a big IPVS connection hash table will greatly 3444 reduce conflicts when there are hundreds of thousands of connections 3445 in the hash table. 3446 3447 Note the table size must be power of 2. The table size will be the 3448 value of 2 to the your input number power. The number to choose is 3449 from 8 to 20, the default number is 12, which means the table size 3450 is 4096. Don't input the number too small, otherwise you will lose 3451 performance on it. You can adapt the table size yourself, according 3452 to your virtual server application. It is good to set the table size 3453 not far less than the number of connections per second multiplying 3454 average lasting time of connection in the table. For example, your 3455 virtual server gets 200 connections per second, the connection lasts 3456 for 200 seconds in average in the connection table, the table size 3457 should be not far less than 200x200, it is good to set the table 3458 size 32768 (2**15). 3459 3460 Another note that each connection occupies 128 bytes effectively and 3461 each hash entry uses 8 bytes, so you can estimate how much memory is 3462 needed for your box. 3463 3464IPVS: round-robin scheduling 3465CONFIG_IP_VS_RR 3466 The robin-robin scheduling algorithm simply directs network 3467 connections to different real servers in a round-robin manner. 3468 3469 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3470 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3471 unsure, say N. 3472 3473IPVS: weighted round-robin scheduling 3474CONFIG_IP_VS_WRR 3475 The weighted robin-robin scheduling algorithm directs network 3476 connections to different real servers based on server weights 3477 in a round-robin manner. Servers with higher weights receive 3478 new connections first than those with less weights, and servers 3479 with higher weights get more connections than those with less 3480 weights and servers with equal weights get equal connections. 3481 3482 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3483 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3484 unsure, say N. 3485 3486IPVS: least-connection scheduling 3487CONFIG_IP_VS_LC 3488 The least-connection scheduling algorithm directs network 3489 connections to the server with the least number of active 3490 connections. 3491 3492 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3493 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3494 unsure, say N. 3495 3496IPVS: weighted least-connection scheduling 3497CONFIG_IP_VS_WLC 3498 The weighted least-connection scheduling algorithm directs network 3499 connections to the server with the least active connections 3500 normalized by the server weight. 3501 3502 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3503 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3504 unsure, say N. 3505 3506IPVS: locality-based least-connection scheduling 3507CONFIG_IP_VS_LBLC 3508 The locality-based least-connection scheduling algorithm is for 3509 destination IP load balancing. It is usually used in cache cluster. 3510 This algorithm usually directs packet destined for an IP address to 3511 its server if the server is alive and under load. If the server is 3512 overloaded (its active connection numbers is larger than its weight) 3513 and there is a server in its half load, then allocate the weighted 3514 least-connection server to this IP address. 3515 3516 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3517 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3518 unsure, say N. 3519 3520IPVS: locality-based least-connection with replication scheduling 3521CONFIG_IP_VS_LBLCR 3522 The locality-based least-connection with replication scheduling 3523 algorithm is also for destination IP load balancing. It is 3524 usually used in cache cluster. It differs from the LBLC scheduling 3525 as follows: the load balancer maintains mappings from a target 3526 to a set of server nodes that can serve the target. Requests for 3527 a target are assigned to the least-connection node in the target's 3528 server set. If all the node in the server set are over loaded, 3529 it picks up a least-connection node in the cluster and adds it 3530 in the sever set for the target. If the server set has not been 3531 modified for the specified time, the most loaded node is removed 3532 from the server set, in order to avoid high degree of replication. 3533 3534 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3535 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3536 unsure, say N. 3537 3538IPVS: destination hashing scheduling 3539CONFIG_IP_VS_DH 3540 The destination hashing scheduling algorithm assigns network 3541 connections to the servers through looking up a statically assigned 3542 hash table by their destination IP addresses. 3543 3544 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3545 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3546 unsure, say N. 3547 3548IPVS: source hashing scheduling 3549CONFIG_IP_VS_SH 3550 The source hashing scheduling algorithm assigns network 3551 connections to the servers through looking up a statically assigned 3552 hash table by their source IP addresses. 3553 3554 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3555 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3556 unsure, say N. 3557 3558IPVS: shortest expected delay scheduling 3559CONFIG_IP_VS_SED 3560 The shortest expected delay scheduling algorithm assigns network 3561 connections to the server with the shortest expected delay. The 3562 expected delay that the job will experience is (Ci + 1) / Ui if 3563 sent to the ith server, in which Ci is the number of connections 3564 on the the ith server and Ui is the fixed service rate (weight) 3565 of the ith server. 3566 3567 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3568 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3569 unsure, say N. 3570 3571IPVS: never queue scheduling 3572CONFIG_IP_VS_NQ 3573 The never queue scheduling algorithm adopts a two-speed model. 3574 When there is an idle server available, the job will be sent to 3575 the idle server, instead of waiting for a fast one. When there 3576 is no idle server available, the job will be sent to the server 3577 that minimize its expected delay (The Shortest Expected Delay 3578 scheduling algorithm). 3579 3580 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3581 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3582 unsure, say N. 3583 3584IPVS: FTP protocol helper 3585CONFIG_IP_VS_FTP 3586 FTP is a protocol that transfers IP address and/or port number in 3587 the payload. In the virtual server via Network Address Translation, 3588 the IP address and port number of real servers cannot be sent to 3589 clients in ftp connections directly, so FTP protocol helper is 3590 required for tracking the connection and mangling it back to that of 3591 virtual service. 3592 3593 If you want to compile it in kernel, say Y. If you want to compile 3594 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If 3595 unsure, say N. 3596 3597AH/ESP match support (EXPERIMENTAL) 3598CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_AHESP 3599 This module allows one to match AH and ESP packets. 3600 3601 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3602 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The modules will be called 3603 ip6t_ah.o and ip6t_esp.o. 3604 3605 If unsure, say 'N'. 3606 3607Routing header match support 3608CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_RT 3609 rt matching allows you to match packets based on the routing 3610 header of the packet. 3611 3612 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3613 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 3614 ip6t_rt.o. 3615 3616 If unsure, say 'N'. 3617 3618Hop-by-hop and Dst opts header match support 3619CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_OPTS 3620 This allows one to match packets based on the hop-by-hop 3621 and destination options headers of a packet. 3622 3623 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3624 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The modules will be called 3625 ip6t_hbh.o and ip6t_dst.o. 3626 3627 If unsure, say 'N'. 3628 3629Fragmentation header match support 3630CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_FRAG 3631 frag matching allows you to match packets based on the fragmentation 3632 header of the packet. 3633 3634 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3635 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 3636 ip6t_frag.o. 3637 3638 If unsure, say 'N'. 3639 3640HL match support 3641CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_HL 3642 HL matching allows you to match packets based on the hop 3643 limit of the packet. 3644 3645 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3646 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 3647 ip6t_hl.o. 3648 3649 If unsure, say 'N'. 3650 3651IPv6 Extension Headers Match (EXPERIMENTAL) 3652CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_IPV6HEADER 3653 This module allows one to match packets based upon 3654 the ipv6 extension headers. 3655 3656 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 3657 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 3658 ip6t_ipv6header.o. 3659 3660 If unsure, say 'N'. 3661 3662SYN flood protection 3663CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES 3664 Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as "SYN 3665 flooding". This denial-of-service attack prevents legitimate remote 3666 users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing 3667 attack and requires very little work from the attacker, who can 3668 operate from anywhere on the Internet. 3669 3670 SYN cookies provide protection against this type of attack. If you 3671 say Y here, the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge 3672 protocol known as "SYN cookies" to enable legitimate users to 3673 continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. There 3674 is no need for the legitimate users to change their TCP/IP software; 3675 SYN cookies work transparently to them. For technical information 3676 about SYN cookies, check out <http://cr.yp.to/syncookies.html>. 3677 3678 If you are SYN flooded, the source address reported by the kernel is 3679 likely to have been forged by the attacker; it is only reported as 3680 an aid in tracing the packets to their actual source and should not 3681 be taken as absolute truth. 3682 3683 SYN cookies may prevent correct error reporting on clients when the 3684 server is really overloaded. If this happens frequently better turn 3685 them off. 3686 3687 If you say Y here, note that SYN cookies aren't enabled by default; 3688 you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and 3689 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command 3690 3691 echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies 3692 3693 at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 3694 3695 If unsure, say N. 3696 3697# Choice: alphatype 3698Alpha system type 3699CONFIG_ALPHA_GENERIC 3700 This is the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel will 3701 run on any supported Alpha system. However, if you configure a 3702 kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller. 3703 3704 To find out what type of Alpha system you have, you may want to 3705 check out the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from 3706 <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. In summary: 3707 3708 Alcor/Alpha-XLT AS 600 3709 Alpha-XL XL-233, XL-266 3710 AlphaBook1 Alpha laptop 3711 Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, AS 400 3712 Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64 3713 DP264 DP264 3714 EB164 EB164 21164 evaluation board 3715 EB64+ EB64+ 21064 evaluation board 3716 EB66 EB66 21066 evaluation board 3717 EB66+ EB66+ 21066 evaluation board 3718 Jensen DECpc 150, DEC 2000 model 300, 3719 DEC 2000 model 500 3720 LX164 AlphaPC164-LX 3721 Miata Personal Workstation 433a, 433au, 500a, 3722 500au, 600a, or 600au 3723 Mikasa AS 1000 3724 Noname AXPpci33, UDB (Multia) 3725 Noritake AS 1000A, AS 600A, AS 800 3726 PC164 AlphaPC164 3727 Rawhide AS 1200, AS 4000, AS 4100 3728 Ruffian RPX164-2, AlphaPC164-UX, AlphaPC164-BX 3729 SX164 AlphaPC164-SX 3730 Sable AS 2000, AS 2100 3731 Shark DS 20L 3732 Takara Takara 3733 Titan Privateer 3734 Wildfire AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320 3735 3736 If you don't know what to do, choose "generic". 3737 3738# Most of the information on these variants is from 3739# <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/alpha-howto.html> 3740Alcor/Alpha-XLT 3741CONFIG_ALPHA_ALCOR 3742 For systems using the Digital ALCOR chipset: 5 chips (4, 64-bit data 3743 slices (Data Switch, DSW) - 208-pin PQFP and 1 control (Control, I/O 3744 Address, CIA) - a 383 pin plastic PGA). It provides a DRAM 3745 controller (256-bit memory bus) and a PCI interface. It also does 3746 all the work required to support an external Bcache and to maintain 3747 memory coherence when a PCI device DMAs into (or out of) memory. 3748 3749Alpha-XL 3750CONFIG_ALPHA_XL 3751 XL-233 and XL-266-based Alpha systems. 3752 3753AlphaBook1 3754CONFIG_ALPHA_BOOK1 3755 Dec AlphaBook1/Burns Alpha-based laptops. 3756 3757Avanti 3758CONFIG_ALPHA_AVANTI 3759 Avanti AS 200, AS 205, AS 250, AS 255, AS 300, and AS 400-based 3760 Alphas. Info at 3761 <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/Avanti.html>. 3762 3763Cabriolet 3764CONFIG_ALPHA_CABRIOLET 3765 Cabriolet AlphaPC64, AlphaPCI64 systems. Derived from EB64+ but now 3766 baby-AT with Flash boot ROM, no on-board SCSI or Ethernet. 3 ISA 3767 slots, 4 PCI slots (one pair are on a shared slot), uses plug-in 3768 Bcache SIMMs. Requires power supply with 3.3V output. 3769 3770DP264 3771CONFIG_ALPHA_DP264 3772 Various 21264 systems with the tsunami core logic chipset. 3773 API Networks: 264DP, UP2000(+), CS20; 3774 Compaq: DS10(E,L), XP900, XP1000, DS20(E), ES40. 3775 3776EB164 3777CONFIG_ALPHA_EB164 3778 EB164 21164 evaluation board from DEC. Uses 21164 and ALCOR. Has 3779 ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA slots, 2 64-bit PCI slots (one is 3780 shared with an ISA slot) and 2 32-bit PCI slots. Uses plus-in 3781 Bcache SIMMs. I/O sub-system provides SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), KBD, 3782 MOUSE (PS2 style), RTC/NVRAM. Boot ROM is Flash. PC-AT-sized 3783 motherboard. Requires power supply with 3.3V output. 3784 3785EB64+ 3786CONFIG_ALPHA_EB64P 3787 Uses 21064 or 21064A and APECs. Has ISA and PCI expansion (3 ISA, 3788 2 PCI, one pair are on a shared slot). Supports 36-bit DRAM SIMs. 3789 ISA bus generated by Intel SaturnI/O PCI-ISA bridge. On-board SCSI 3790 (NCR 810 on PCI) Ethernet (Digital 21040), KBD, MOUSE (PS2 style), 3791 SuperI/O (2S, 1P, FD), RTC/NVRAM. Boot ROM is EPROM. PC-AT size. 3792 Runs from standard PC power supply. 3793 3794EB66 3795CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66 3796 A Digital DS group board. Uses 21066 or 21066A. I/O sub-system is 3797 identical to EB64+. Baby PC-AT size. Runs from standard PC power 3798 supply. The EB66 schematic was published as a marketing poster 3799 advertising the 21066 as "the first microprocessor in the world with 3800 embedded PCI". 3801 3802EB66+ 3803CONFIG_ALPHA_EB66P 3804 Later variant of the EB66 board. 3805 3806Eiger 3807CONFIG_ALPHA_EIGER 3808 Apparently an obscure OEM single-board computer based on the 3809 Typhoon/Tsunami chipset family. Information on it is scanty. 3810 3811Jensen 3812CONFIG_ALPHA_JENSEN 3813 DEC PC 150 AXP (aka Jensen): This is a very old Digital system - one 3814 of the first-generation Alpha systems. A number of these systems 3815 seem to be available on the second- hand market. The Jensen is a 3816 floor-standing tower system which originally used a 150MHz 21064 It 3817 used programmable logic to interface a 486 EISA I/O bridge to the 3818 CPU. 3819 3820LX164 3821CONFIG_ALPHA_LX164 3822 A technical overview of this board is available at 3823 <http://www.unix-ag.org/Linux-Alpha/Architectures/LX164.html>. 3824 3825Miata 3826CONFIG_ALPHA_MIATA 3827 The Digital PersonalWorkStation (PWS 433a, 433au, 500a, 500au, 600a, 3828 or 600au). There is an Installation HOWTO for this hardware at 3829 <http://members.brabant.chello.nl/~s.vandereijk/miata.html>. 3830 3831Mikasa 3832CONFIG_ALPHA_MIKASA 3833 AlphaServer 1000-based Alpha systems. 3834 3835Nautilus 3836CONFIG_ALPHA_NAUTILUS 3837 Alpha systems based on the AMD 751 & ALI 1543C chipsets. 3838 3839Noname 3840CONFIG_ALPHA_NONAME 3841 The AXPpci33 (aka NoName), is based on the EB66 (includes the Multia 3842 UDB). This design was produced by Digital's Technical OEM (TOEM) 3843 group. It uses the 21066 processor running at 166MHz or 233MHz. It 3844 is a baby-AT size, and runs from a standard PC power supply. It has 3845 5 ISA slots and 3 PCI slots (one pair are a shared slot). There are 3846 2 versions, with either PS/2 or large DIN connectors for the 3847 keyboard. 3848 3849Noritake 3850CONFIG_ALPHA_NORITAKE 3851 AlphaServer 1000A, AlphaServer 600A, and AlphaServer 800-based 3852 systems. 3853 3854Rawhide 3855CONFIG_ALPHA_RAWHIDE 3856 AlphaServer 1200, AlphaServer 4000 and AlphaServer 4100 machines. 3857 See HOWTO at 3858 <http://www.alphalinux.org/docs/rawhide/4100_install.shtml>. 3859 3860Ruffian 3861CONFIG_ALPHA_RUFFIAN 3862 Samsung APC164UX. There is a page on known problems and workarounds 3863 at <http://www.alphalinux.org/faq/FAQ-11.html>. 3864 3865Sable 3866CONFIG_ALPHA_SABLE 3867 Digital AlphaServer 2000 and 2100-based systems. 3868 3869Takara 3870CONFIG_ALPHA_TAKARA 3871 Alpha 11164-based OEM single-board computer. 3872 3873Wildfire 3874CONFIG_ALPHA_WILDFIRE 3875 AlphaServer GS 40/80/160/320 SMP based on the EV67 core. 3876 3877EV5 CPU daughtercard (model 5/xxx) 3878CONFIG_ALPHA_PRIMO 3879 Say Y if you have an AS 1000 5/xxx or an AS 1000A 5/xxx. 3880 3881EV5 CPU(s) (model 5/xxx) 3882CONFIG_ALPHA_GAMMA 3883 Say Y if you have an AS 2000 5/xxx or an AS 2100 5/xxx. 3884 3885EV67 (or later) CPU (speed > 600MHz)? 3886CONFIG_ALPHA_EV67 3887 Is this a machine based on the EV67 core? If in doubt, select N here 3888 and the machine will be treated as an EV6. 3889 3890Use SRM as bootloader 3891CONFIG_ALPHA_SRM 3892 There are two different types of booting firmware on Alphas: SRM, 3893 which is command line driven, and ARC, which uses menus and arrow 3894 keys. Details about the Linux/Alpha booting process are contained in 3895 the Linux/Alpha FAQ, accessible on the WWW from 3896 <http://www.alphalinux.org/>. 3897 3898 The usual way to load Linux on an Alpha machine is to use MILO 3899 (a bootloader that lets you pass command line parameters to the 3900 kernel just like lilo does for the x86 architecture) which can be 3901 loaded either from ARC or can be installed directly as a permanent 3902 firmware replacement from floppy (which requires changing a certain 3903 jumper on the motherboard). If you want to do either of these, say N 3904 here. If MILO doesn't work on your system (true for Jensen 3905 motherboards), you can bypass it altogether and boot Linux directly 3906 from an SRM console; say Y here in order to do that. Note that you 3907 won't be able to boot from an IDE disk using old versions of SRM. 3908 3909 If unsure, say N. 3910 3911Legacy kernel start address 3912CONFIG_ALPHA_LEGACY_START_ADDRESS 3913 The 2.4 kernel changed the kernel start address from 0x310000 3914 to 0x810000 to make room for the Wildfire's larger SRM console. 3915 3916 If you're using aboot 0.7 or later, the bootloader will examine the 3917 ELF headers to determine where to transfer control. Unfortunately, 3918 most older bootloaders -- APB or MILO -- hardcoded the kernel start 3919 address rather than examining the ELF headers, and the result is a 3920 hard lockup. 3921 3922 Say Y if you have a broken bootloader. Say N if you do not, or if 3923 you wish to run on Wildfire. 3924 3925Large VMALLOC support 3926CONFIG_ALPHA_LARGE_VMALLOC 3927 Process creation and other aspects of virtual memory management can 3928 be streamlined if we restrict the kernel to one PGD for all vmalloc 3929 allocations. This equates to about 8GB. 3930 3931 Under normal circumstances, this is so far and above what is needed 3932 as to be laughable. However, there are certain applications (such 3933 as benchmark-grade in-kernel web serving) that can make use of as 3934 much vmalloc space as is available. 3935 3936 Say N unless you know you need gobs and gobs of vmalloc space. 3937 3938Non-standard serial port support 3939CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD 3940 Say Y here if you have any non-standard serial boards -- boards 3941 which aren't supported using the standard "dumb" serial driver. 3942 This includes intelligent serial boards such as Cyclades, 3943 Digiboards, etc. These are usually used for systems that need many 3944 serial ports because they serve many terminals or dial-in 3945 connections. 3946 3947 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 3948 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 3949 the questions about non-standard serial boards. 3950 3951 Most people can say N here. 3952 3953Extended dumb serial driver options 3954CONFIG_SERIAL_EXTENDED 3955 If you wish to use any non-standard features of the standard "dumb" 3956 driver, say Y here. This includes HUB6 support, shared serial 3957 interrupts, special multiport support, support for more than the 3958 four COM 1/2/3/4 boards, etc. 3959 3960 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 3961 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 3962 the questions about serial driver options. If unsure, say N. 3963 3964Support more than 4 serial ports 3965CONFIG_SERIAL_MANY_PORTS 3966 Say Y here if you have dumb serial boards other than the four 3967 standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports. This may happen if you have an AST 3968 FourPort, Accent Async, Boca (read the Boca mini-HOWTO, available 3969 from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), or other custom 3970 serial port hardware which acts similar to standard serial port 3971 hardware. If you only use the standard COM 1/2/3/4 ports, you can 3972 say N here to save some memory. You can also say Y if you have an 3973 "intelligent" multiport card such as Cyclades, Digiboards, etc. 3974 3975Support for sharing serial interrupts 3976CONFIG_SERIAL_SHARE_IRQ 3977 Some serial boards have hardware support which allows multiple dumb 3978 serial ports on the same board to share a single IRQ. To enable 3979 support for this in the serial driver, say Y here. 3980 3981Auto-detect IRQ on standard ports (unsafe) 3982CONFIG_SERIAL_DETECT_IRQ 3983 Say Y here if you want the kernel to try to guess which IRQ 3984 to use for your serial port. 3985 3986 This is considered unsafe; it is far better to configure the IRQ in 3987 a boot script using the setserial command. 3988 3989 If unsure, say N. 3990 3991Support special multiport boards 3992CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTIPORT 3993 Some multiport serial ports have special ports which are used to 3994 signal when there are any serial ports on the board which need 3995 servicing. Say Y here to enable the serial driver to take advantage 3996 of those special I/O ports. 3997 3998SGI IP22 Zilog85C30 serial support 3999CONFIG_IP22_SERIAL 4000 If you want to use your IP22's built-in serial ports under Linux, 4001 answer Y. 4002 4003SGI Newport Console support 4004CONFIG_SGI_NEWPORT_CONSOLE 4005 Say Y here if you want the console on the Newport aka XL graphics 4006 card of your Indy. Most people say Y here. 4007 4008SGI DS1286 RTC support 4009CONFIG_SGI_DS1286 4010 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 4011 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 4012 will get access to the real time clock built into your computer. 4013 Every SGI has such a clock built in. It reports status information 4014 via the file /proc/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on 4015 /dev/rtc. 4016 4017Dallas DS1742 RTC Support 4018CONFIG_DS1742 4019 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 4020 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 4021 will get access to the real time clock present on various Toshiba 4022 MIPS-based boards. It reports status information via the file 4023 /proc/driver/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on 4024 /dev/rtc or /dev/misc/rtc if using devfs. 4025 4026 For technical information and application notes, please see the 4027 Dallas Semiconductor website: 4028 <http://www.dalsemi.com/quick_view2.cfm?qv_pk=2768>. 4029 4030 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4031 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4032 The module is called ds1742.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 4033 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4034 4035Indy/I2 Hardware Watchdog 4036CONFIG_INDYDOG 4037 Hardwaredriver for the Indy's/I2's watchdog. This is a 4038 watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after a 60 second 4039 timer expired and no process has written to /dev/watchdog during 4040 that time. 4041 4042Support the Bell Technologies HUB6 card 4043CONFIG_HUB6 4044 Say Y here to enable support in the dumb serial driver to support 4045 the HUB6 card. 4046 4047PCMCIA serial device support 4048CONFIG_PCMCIA_SERIAL_CS 4049 Say Y here to enable support for 16-bit PCMCIA serial devices, 4050 including serial port cards, modems, and the modem functions of 4051 multi-function Ethernet/modem cards. (PCMCIA- or PC-cards are 4052 credit-card size devices often used with laptops.) 4053 4054 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4055 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4056 The module will be called serial_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 4057 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4058 If unsure, say N. 4059 4060CONFIG_SYNCLINK_CS 4061 Enable support for the SyncLink PC Card serial adapter, running 4062 asynchronous and HDLC communications up to 512Kbps. The port is 4063 selectable for RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21 4064 4065 This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be 4066 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4067 The module will be called synclinkmp.o. If you want to do that, say M 4068 here. 4069 4070ACP Modem (Mwave) support 4071CONFIG_MWAVE 4072 The ACP modem (Mwave) for Linux is a WinModem. It is composed of a 4073 kernel driver and a user level application. Together these components 4074 support direct attachment to public switched telephone networks (PSTNs) 4075 and support selected world wide countries. 4076 4077 This version of the ACP Modem driver supports the IBM Thinkpad 600E, 4078 600, and 770 that include on board ACP modem hardware. 4079 4080 The modem also supports the standard communications port interface 4081 (ttySx) and is compatible with the Hayes AT Command Set. 4082 4083 The user level application needed to use this driver can be found at 4084 the IBM Linux Technology Center (LTC) web site: 4085 <http://www.ibm.com/linux/ltc/>. 4086 4087 If you own one of the above IBM Thinkpads which has the Mwave chipset 4088 in it, say Y. 4089 4090 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4091 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4092 The module will be called mwave.o. If you want to compile it as 4093 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 4094 4095/dev/agpgart (AGP Support) 4096CONFIG_AGP 4097 AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) is a bus system mainly used to 4098 connect graphics cards to the rest of the system. 4099 4100 If you have an AGP system and you say Y here, it will be possible to 4101 use the AGP features of your 3D rendering video card. This code acts 4102 as a sort of "AGP driver" for the motherboard's chipset. 4103 4104 If you need more texture memory than you can get with the AGP GART 4105 (theoretically up to 256 MB, but in practice usually 64 or 128 MB 4106 due to kernel allocation issues), you could use PCI accesses 4107 and have up to a couple gigs of texture space. 4108 4109 Note that this is the only means to have XFree4/GLX use 4110 write-combining with MTRR support on the AGP bus. Without it, OpenGL 4111 direct rendering will be a lot slower but still faster than PIO. 4112 4113 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4114 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4115 4116 This driver is available as a module. If you want to compile it as 4117 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 4118 module will be called agpgart.o. 4119 4120Intel 440LX/BX/GX/815/820/830/840/845/850/860 support 4121CONFIG_AGP_INTEL 4122 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 4123 XFree86 4.x on Intel 440LX/BX/GX, 815, 820, 830, 840, 845, 850 and 860 chipsets. 4124 4125 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4126 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4127 4128Intel 460GX support 4129CONFIG_AGP_I460 4130 This option gives you AGP support for the Intel 460GX chipset. This 4131 chipset, the first to support Intel Itanium processors, is new and 4132 this option is correspondingly a little experimental. 4133 4134 If you don't have a 460GX based machine (such as BigSur) with an AGP 4135 slot then this option isn't going to do you much good. If you're 4136 dying to do Direct Rendering on IA-64, this is what you're looking for. 4137 4138Intel I810/I815 DC100/I810e support 4139CONFIG_AGP_I810 4140 This option gives you AGP support for the Xserver on the Intel 810 4141 815 and 830m chipset boards for their on-board integrated graphics. This 4142 is required to do any useful video modes with these boards. 4143 4144VIA chipset support 4145CONFIG_AGP_VIA 4146 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 4147 XFree86 4.x on VIA MPV3/Apollo Pro chipsets. 4148 4149 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4150 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4151 4152AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 support 4153CONFIG_AGP_AMD 4154 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 4155 XFree86 4.x on AMD Irongate, 761, and 762 chipsets. 4156 4157 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4158 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4159 4160CONFIG_AGP_AMD_K8 4161 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of 4162 XFree86 on an AMD Opteron/Athlon64 using the on-CPU GART. 4163 4164 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4165 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4166 4167Generic SiS support 4168CONFIG_AGP_SIS 4169 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of 4170 XFree86 4.x on Silicon Integrated Systems [SiS] chipsets. 4171 4172 Note that 5591/5592 AGP chipsets are NOT specifically supported; 4173 However, the driver works well on these, too. 4174 4175 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4176 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4177 4178Serverworks LE/HE support 4179CONFIG_AGP_SWORKS 4180 Say Y here to support the Serverworks AGP card. See 4181 <http://www.serverworks.com/> for product descriptions and images. 4182 4183NVIDIA chipset support 4184CONFIG_AGP_NVIDIA 4185 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 4186 XFree86 4.x on NVIDIA nForce/nForce2 chipsets. 4187 4188 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4189 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4190 4191ALI chipset support 4192CONFIG_AGP_ALI 4193 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of the 4194 XFree86 4.x on the following ALi chipsets. The supported chipsets 4195 include M1541, M1621, M1631, M1632, M1641,M1647,and M1651. 4196 For the ALi-chipset question, ALi suggests you refer to 4197 <http://www.ali.com.tw/eng/support/index.shtml>. 4198 4199 The M1541 chipset can do AGP 1x and 2x, but note that there is an 4200 acknowledged incompatibility with Matrox G200 cards. Due to 4201 timing issues, this chipset cannot do AGP 2x with the G200. 4202 This is a hardware limitation. AGP 1x seems to be fine, though. 4203 4204 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4205 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4206 4207CONFIG_AGP_HP_ZX1 4208 This option gives you AGP GART support for the HP ZX1 chipset 4209 for IA64 processors. 4210 4211CONFIG_AGP_ATI 4212 This option gives you AGP support for the GLX component of 4213 XFree86 4.x on the ATI RadeonIGP family of chipsets. 4214 4215 You should say Y here if you use XFree86 3.3.6 or 4.x and want to 4216 use GLX or DRI. If unsure, say N. 4217 4218Support for ISA-bus hardware 4219CONFIG_ISA 4220 Find out whether you have ISA slots on your motherboard. ISA is the 4221 name of a bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff 4222 inside your box. Other bus systems are PCI, EISA, MicroChannel 4223 (MCA) or VESA. ISA is an older system, now being displaced by PCI; 4224 newer boards don't support it. If you have ISA, say Y, otherwise N. 4225 4226Support for PCI bus hardware 4227CONFIG_PCI 4228 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 4229 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 4230 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 4231 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 4232 4233 The PCI-HOWTO, available from 4234 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 4235 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 4236 doesn't. 4237 4238PCI support 4239CONFIG_PCI_INTEGRATOR 4240 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 4241 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 4242 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 4243 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 4244 4245 The PCI-HOWTO, available from 4246 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 4247 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 4248 doesn't. 4249 4250QSpan PCI 4251CONFIG_PCI_QSPAN 4252 Find out whether you have a PCI motherboard. PCI is the name of a 4253 bus system, i.e. the way the CPU talks to the other stuff inside 4254 your box. Other bus systems are ISA, EISA, MicroChannel (MCA) or 4255 VESA. If you have PCI, say Y, otherwise N. 4256 4257 The PCI-HOWTO, available from 4258 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 4259 information about which PCI hardware does work under Linux and which 4260 doesn't. 4261 4262# Choice: pci_access 4263PCI access mode 4264CONFIG_PCI_GOBIOS 4265 On PCI systems, the BIOS can be used to detect the PCI devices and 4266 determine their configuration. However, some old PCI motherboards 4267 have BIOS bugs and may crash if this is done. Also, some embedded 4268 PCI-based systems don't have any BIOS at all. Linux can also try to 4269 detect the PCI hardware directly without using the BIOS. 4270 4271 With this option, you can specify how Linux should detect the PCI 4272 devices. If you choose "BIOS", the BIOS will be used, if you choose 4273 "Direct", the BIOS won't be used, and if you choose "Any", the 4274 kernel will try the direct access method and falls back to the BIOS 4275 if that doesn't work. If unsure, go with the default, which is 4276 "Any". 4277 4278PCI device name database 4279CONFIG_PCI_NAMES 4280 By default, the kernel contains a database of all known PCI device 4281 names to make the information in /proc/pci, /proc/ioports and 4282 similar files comprehensible to the user. This database increases 4283 size of the kernel image by about 80KB, but it gets freed after the 4284 system boots up, so it doesn't take up kernel memory. Anyway, if you 4285 are building an installation floppy or kernel for an embedded system 4286 where kernel image size really matters, you can disable this feature 4287 and you'll get device ID numbers instead of names. 4288 4289 When in doubt, say Y. 4290 4291Generic PCI hotplug support 4292CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI 4293 Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a PCI Hotplug controller. 4294 This allows you to add and remove PCI cards while the machine is 4295 powered up and running. The file system pcihpfs must be mounted 4296 in order to interact with any PCI Hotplug controllers. 4297 4298 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4299 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4300 The module will be called pci_hotplug.o. If you want to compile it 4301 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4302 4303 When in doubt, say N. 4304 4305Compaq PCI Hotplug driver 4306CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ 4307 Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a Compaq PCI Hotplug 4308 controller. 4309 4310 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4311 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4312 The module will be called cpqphp.o. If you want to compile it 4313 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4314 4315 When in doubt, say N. 4316 4317PCI Compaq Hotplug controller NVRAM support 4318CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_COMPAQ_NVRAM 4319 Say Y here if you have a Compaq server that has a PCI Hotplug 4320 controller. This will allow the PCI Hotplug driver to store the PCI 4321 system configuration options in NVRAM. 4322 4323 When in doubt, say N. 4324 4325ACPI PCI Hotplug driver 4326CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI 4327 Say Y here if you have a system that supports PCI Hotplug using 4328 ACPI. 4329 4330 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4331 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4332 The module will be called acpiphp.o. If you want to compile it 4333 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4334 4335CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC 4336 Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a SHPC PCI Hotplug 4337 controller. 4338 4339 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4340 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4341 The module will be called shpchp.o. If you want to compile it 4342 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4343 4344 When in doubt, say N. 4345 4346CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC_POLL_EVENT_MODE 4347 Say Y here if you want to use the polling mechanism for hot-plug 4348 events for early platform testing. 4349 4350 When in doubt, say N. 4351 4352CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_SHPC_PHPRM_LEGACY 4353 Say Y here for AMD SHPC. You have to select this option if you are 4354 using this driver on platform with AMD SHPC. 4355 4356 When in doubt, say N. 4357 4358CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE 4359 Say Y here if you have a motherboard that supports PCI Express Native 4360 Hotplug 4361 4362 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4363 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4364 The module will be called pciehp.o. If you want to compile it 4365 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4366 4367 When in doubt, say N. 4368 4369CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_PCIE_POLL_EVENT_MODE 4370 Say Y here if you want to use the polling mechanism for hot-plug 4371 events for early platform testing. 4372 4373 When in doubt, say N. 4374 4375MCA support 4376CONFIG_MCA 4377 MicroChannel Architecture is found in some IBM PS/2 machines and 4378 laptops. It is a bus system similar to PCI or ISA. See 4379 <file:Documentation/mca.txt> (and especially the web page given 4380 there) before attempting to build an MCA bus kernel. 4381 4382Support for EISA-bus hardware 4383CONFIG_EISA 4384 The Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus was 4385 developed as an open alternative to the IBM MicroChannel bus. 4386 4387 The EISA bus provided some of the features of the IBM MicroChannel 4388 bus while maintaining backward compatibility with cards made for 4389 the older ISA bus. The EISA bus saw limited use between 1988 and 4390 1995 when it was made obsolete by the PCI bus. 4391 4392 Say Y here if you are building a kernel for an EISA-based machine. 4393 4394 Otherwise, say N. 4395 4396SGI Visual Workstation support 4397CONFIG_VISWS 4398 The SGI Visual Workstation series is an IA32-based workstation 4399 based on SGI systems chips with some legacy PC hardware attached. 4400 Say Y here to create a kernel to run on the SGI 320 or 540. 4401 A kernel compiled for the Visual Workstation will not run on other 4402 PC boards and vice versa. 4403 See <file:Documentation/sgi-visws.txt> for more. 4404 4405SGI Visual Workstation framebuffer support 4406CONFIG_FB_SGIVW 4407 SGI Visual Workstation support for framebuffer graphics. 4408 4409I2O support 4410CONFIG_I2O 4411 The Intelligent Input/Output (I2O) architecture allows hardware 4412 drivers to be split into two parts: an operating system specific 4413 module called the OSM and an hardware specific module called the 4414 HDM. The OSM can talk to a whole range of HDM's, and ideally the 4415 HDM's are not OS dependent. This allows for the same HDM driver to 4416 be used under different operating systems if the relevant OSM is in 4417 place. In order for this to work, you need to have an I2O interface 4418 adapter card in your computer. This card contains a special I/O 4419 processor (IOP), thus allowing high speeds since the CPU does not 4420 have to deal with I/O. 4421 4422 If you say Y here, you will get a choice of interface adapter 4423 drivers and OSM's with the following questions. 4424 4425 This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4426 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4427 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 4428 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You will get modules called 4429 i2o_core.o and i2o_config.o. 4430 4431 If unsure, say N. 4432 4433I2O PCI support 4434CONFIG_I2O_PCI 4435 Say Y for support of PCI bus I2O interface adapters. Currently this 4436 is the only variety supported, so you should say Y. 4437 4438 This support is also available as a module called i2o_pci.o ( = code 4439 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4440 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4441 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4442 4443I2O Block OSM 4444CONFIG_I2O_BLOCK 4445 Include support for the I2O Block OSM. The Block OSM presents disk 4446 and other structured block devices to the operating system. 4447 4448 This support is also available as a module called i2o_block.o ( = 4449 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4450 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4451 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4452 4453I2O LAN OSM 4454CONFIG_I2O_LAN 4455 Include support for the LAN OSM. You will also need to include 4456 support for token ring or FDDI if you wish to use token ring or FDDI 4457 I2O cards with this driver. 4458 4459 This support is also available as a module called i2o_lan.o ( = code 4460 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4461 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4462 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4463 4464I2O SCSI OSM 4465CONFIG_I2O_SCSI 4466 Allows direct SCSI access to SCSI devices on a SCSI or FibreChannel 4467 I2O controller. You can use both the SCSI and Block OSM together if 4468 you wish. 4469 4470 This support is also available as a module called i2o_scsi.o ( = 4471 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4472 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4473 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4474 4475I2O /proc support 4476CONFIG_I2O_PROC 4477 If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support", you will be 4478 able to read I2O related information from the virtual directory 4479 /proc/i2o. 4480 4481 This support is also available as a module called i2o_proc.o ( = 4482 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4483 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4484 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4485 4486Plug and Play support 4487CONFIG_PNP 4488 Plug and Play (PnP) is a standard for peripherals which allows those 4489 peripherals to be configured by software, e.g. assign IRQ's or other 4490 parameters. No jumpers on the cards are needed, instead the values 4491 are provided to the cards from the BIOS, from the operating system, 4492 or using a user-space utility. 4493 4494 Say Y here if you would like Linux to configure your Plug and Play 4495 devices. You should then also say Y to "ISA Plug and Play support", 4496 below. Alternatively, you can say N here and configure your PnP 4497 devices using the user space utilities contained in the isapnptools 4498 package. 4499 4500 This support is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4501 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4502 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 4503 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4504 4505ISA Plug and Play support 4506CONFIG_ISAPNP 4507 Say Y here if you would like support for ISA Plug and Play devices. 4508 Some information is in <file:Documentation/isapnp.txt>. 4509 4510 This support is also available as a module called isapnp.o ( = 4511 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 4512 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 4513 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4514 4515 If unsure, say Y. 4516 4517PNPBIOS support 4518CONFIG_PNPBIOS 4519 Linux uses the PNPBIOS as defined in "Plug and Play BIOS 4520 Specification Version 1.0A May 5, 1994" to autodetect built-in 4521 mainboard resources (e.g. parallel port resources). 4522 4523 Other features (e.g. change resources, ESCD, event notification, 4524 Docking station information, ISAPNP services) are not used. 4525 4526 Note: ACPI is expected to supersede PNPBIOS some day, currently it 4527 co-exists nicely. 4528 4529 See latest pcmcia-cs (stand-alone package) for a nice "lspnp" tools, 4530 or have a look at /proc/bus/pnp. 4531 4532 If unsure, say Y. 4533 4534Support for hot-pluggable devices 4535CONFIG_HOTPLUG 4536 Say Y here if you want to plug devices into your computer while 4537 the system is running, and be able to use them quickly. In many 4538 cases, the devices can likewise be unplugged at any time too. 4539 4540 One well known example of this is PCMCIA- or PC-cards, credit-card 4541 size devices such as network cards, modems or hard drives which are 4542 plugged into slots found on all modern laptop computers. Another 4543 example, used on modern desktops as well as laptops, is USB. 4544 4545 Enable HOTPLUG and KMOD, and build a modular kernel. Get agent 4546 software (at <http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/>) and install it. 4547 Then your kernel will automatically call out to a user mode "policy 4548 agent" (/sbin/hotplug) to load modules and set up software needed 4549 to use devices as you hotplug them. 4550 4551PCMCIA/CardBus support 4552CONFIG_PCMCIA 4553 Say Y here if you want to attach PCMCIA- or PC-cards to your Linux 4554 computer. These are credit-card size devices such as network cards, 4555 modems or hard drives often used with laptops computers. There are 4556 actually two varieties of these cards: the older 16 bit PCMCIA cards 4557 and the newer 32 bit CardBus cards. If you want to use CardBus 4558 cards, you need to say Y here and also to "CardBus support" below. 4559 4560 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 4561 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 4562 for location). Please also read the PCMCIA-HOWTO, available from 4563 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 4564 4565 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4566 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4567 When compiled this way, there will be modules called pcmcia_core.o 4568 and ds.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and 4569 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4570 4571CardBus card and (Yenta) bridge support 4572CONFIG_CARDBUS 4573 CardBus is a bus mastering architecture for PC-cards, which allows 4574 for 32 bit PC-cards (the original PCMCIA standard specifies only 4575 a 16 bit wide bus). Many newer PC-cards are actually CardBus cards. 4576 4577 This option enables support for CardBus PC Cards, as well as support 4578 for CardBus host bridges. Virtually all modern PCMCIA bridges are 4579 CardBus compatible. A "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer 4580 that PCMCIA cards are plugged into. 4581 4582 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 4583 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 4584 for location). 4585 4586 If unsure, say Y. 4587 4588i82092 compatible bridge support 4589CONFIG_I82092 4590 This provides support for the Intel I82092AA PCI-to-PCMCIA bridge device, 4591 found in some older laptops and more commonly in evaluation boards for the 4592 chip. 4593 4594i82365 compatible host bridge support 4595CONFIG_I82365 4596 Say Y here to include support for ISA-bus PCMCIA host bridges that 4597 are register compatible with the Intel i82365. These are found on 4598 older laptops and ISA-bus card readers for desktop systems. A 4599 "bridge" is the hardware inside your computer that PCMCIA cards are 4600 plugged into. If unsure, say N. 4601 4602Databook TCIC host bridge support 4603CONFIG_TCIC 4604 Say Y here to include support for the Databook TCIC family of PCMCIA 4605 host bridges. These are only found on a handful of old systems. 4606 "Bridge" is the name used for the hardware inside your computer that 4607 PCMCIA cards are plugged into. If unsure, say N. 4608 4609CONFIG_PCMCIA_SIBYTE 4610 Say Y here to include support for the SiByte SOC's built-in PCMCIA 4611 interface. Only ATA cards and CompactFlash are currently 4612 supported. 4613 4614System V IPC 4615CONFIG_SYSVIPC 4616 Inter Process Communication is a suite of library functions and 4617 system calls which let processes (running programs) synchronize and 4618 exchange information. It is generally considered to be a good thing, 4619 and some programs won't run unless you say Y here. In particular, if 4620 you want to run the DOS emulator dosemu under Linux (read the 4621 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from 4622 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), you'll need to say Y 4623 here. 4624 4625 You can find documentation about IPC with "info ipc" and also in 4626 section 6.4 of the Linux Programmer's Guide, available from 4627 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. 4628 4629BSD Process Accounting 4630CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT 4631 If you say Y here, a user level program will be able to instruct the 4632 kernel (via a special system call) to write process accounting 4633 information to a file: whenever a process exits, information about 4634 that process will be appended to the file by the kernel. The 4635 information includes things such as creation time, owning user, 4636 command name, memory usage, controlling terminal etc. (the complete 4637 list is in the struct acct in <file:include/linux/acct.h>). It is 4638 up to the user level program to do useful things with this 4639 information. This is generally a good idea, so say Y. 4640 4641Sysctl support 4642CONFIG_SYSCTL 4643 The sysctl interface provides a means of dynamically changing 4644 certain kernel parameters and variables on the fly without requiring 4645 a recompile of the kernel or reboot of the system. The primary 4646 interface consists of a system call, but if you say Y to "/proc 4647 file system support", a tree of modifiable sysctl entries will be 4648 generated beneath the /proc/sys directory. They are explained in the 4649 files in <file:Documentation/sysctl/>. Note that enabling this 4650 option will enlarge the kernel by at least 8 KB. 4651 4652 As it is generally a good thing, you should say Y here unless 4653 building a kernel for install/rescue disks or your system is very 4654 limited in memory. 4655 4656# Choice: kcore 4657Kernel core (/proc/kcore) format 4658CONFIG_KCORE_ELF 4659 If you enabled support for /proc file system then the file 4660 /proc/kcore will contain the kernel core image. This can be used 4661 in gdb: 4662 4663 $ cd /usr/src/linux ; gdb vmlinux /proc/kcore 4664 4665 You have two choices here: ELF and A.OUT. Selecting ELF will make 4666 /proc/kcore appear in ELF core format as defined by the Executable 4667 and Linking Format specification. Selecting A.OUT will choose the 4668 old "a.out" format which may be necessary for some old versions 4669 of binutils or on some architectures. 4670 4671 This is especially useful if you have compiled the kernel with the 4672 "-g" option to preserve debugging information. It is mainly used 4673 for examining kernel data structures on the live kernel so if you 4674 don't understand what this means or are not a kernel hacker, just 4675 leave it at its default value ELF. 4676 4677Select a.out format for /proc/kcore 4678CONFIG_KCORE_AOUT 4679 Not necessary unless you're using a very out-of-date binutils 4680 version. You probably want KCORE_ELF. 4681 4682Kernel support for ELF binaries 4683CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF 4684 ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) is a format for libraries and 4685 executables used across different architectures and operating 4686 systems. Saying Y here will enable your kernel to run ELF binaries 4687 and enlarge it by about 13 KB. ELF support under Linux has now all 4688 but replaced the traditional Linux a.out formats (QMAGIC and ZMAGIC) 4689 because it is portable (this does *not* mean that you will be able 4690 to run executables from different architectures or operating systems 4691 however) and makes building run-time libraries very easy. Many new 4692 executables are distributed solely in ELF format. You definitely 4693 want to say Y here. 4694 4695 Information about ELF is contained in the ELF HOWTO available from 4696 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 4697 4698 If you find that after upgrading from Linux kernel 1.2 and saying Y 4699 here, you still can't run any ELF binaries (they just crash), then 4700 you'll have to install the newest ELF runtime libraries, including 4701 ld.so (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> for location and 4702 latest version). 4703 4704Kernel support for a.out binaries 4705CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT 4706 A.out (Assembler.OUTput) is a set of formats for libraries and 4707 executables used in the earliest versions of UNIX. Linux used the 4708 a.out formats QMAGIC and ZMAGIC until they were replaced with the 4709 ELF format. 4710 4711 As more and more programs are converted to ELF, the use for a.out 4712 will gradually diminish. If you disable this option it will reduce 4713 your kernel by one page. This is not much and by itself does not 4714 warrant removing support. However its removal is a good idea if you 4715 wish to ensure that absolutely none of your programs will use this 4716 older executable format. If you don't know what to answer at this 4717 point then answer Y. If someone told you "You need a kernel with 4718 QMAGIC support" then you'll have to say Y here. You may answer M to 4719 compile a.out support as a module and later load the module when you 4720 want to use a program or library in a.out format. The module will be 4721 called binfmt_aout.o. Saying M or N here is dangerous though, 4722 because some crucial programs on your system might still be in A.OUT 4723 format. 4724 4725OSF/1 v4 readv/writev compatibility 4726CONFIG_OSF4_COMPAT 4727 Say Y if you are using OSF/1 binaries (like Netscape and Acrobat) 4728 with v4 shared libraries freely available from Compaq. If you're 4729 going to use shared libraries from Tru64 version 5.0 or later, say N. 4730 4731Kernel support for Linux/Intel ELF binaries 4732CONFIG_BINFMT_EM86 4733 Say Y here if you want to be able to execute Linux/Intel ELF 4734 binaries just like native Alpha binaries on your Alpha machine. For 4735 this to work, you need to have the emulator /usr/bin/em86 in place. 4736 4737 You can get the same functionality by saying N here and saying Y to 4738 "Kernel support for MISC binaries". 4739 4740 You may answer M to compile the emulation support as a module and 4741 later load the module when you want to use a Linux/Intel binary. The 4742 module will be called binfmt_em86.o. If unsure, say Y. 4743 4744Kernel support for SOM binaries 4745CONFIG_BINFMT_SOM 4746 SOM is a binary executable format inherited from HP/UX. Say Y here 4747 to be able to load and execute SOM binaries directly. 4748 4749Kernel support for MISC binaries 4750CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC 4751 If you say Y here, it will be possible to plug wrapper-driven binary 4752 formats into the kernel. You will like this especially when you use 4753 programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python or 4754 Emacs-Lisp. It's also useful if you often run DOS executables under 4755 the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from 4756 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). Once you have 4757 registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of 4758 those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt; Linux 4759 will automatically feed it to the correct interpreter. 4760 4761 You can do other nice things, too. Read the file 4762 <file:Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt> to learn how to use this 4763 feature, and <file:Documentation/java.txt> for information about how 4764 to include Java support. 4765 4766 You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to 4767 use this part of the kernel. 4768 4769 You may say M here for module support and later load the module when 4770 you have use for it; the module is called binfmt_misc.o. If you 4771 don't know what to answer at this point, say Y. 4772 4773Kernel support for JAVA binaries 4774CONFIG_BINFMT_JAVA 4775 If you say Y here, the kernel will load and execute Java J-code 4776 binaries directly. Note: this option is obsolete and scheduled for 4777 removal, use CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC instead. 4778 4779Solaris binary emulation 4780CONFIG_SOLARIS_EMUL 4781 This is experimental code which will enable you to run (many) 4782 Solaris binaries on your SPARC Linux machine. 4783 4784 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4785 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4786 The module will be called solaris.o. If you want to compile it as a 4787 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4788 4789SUN SME environment monitoring 4790CONFIG_ENVCTRL 4791 Kernel support for temperature and fan monitoring on Sun SME 4792 machines. 4793 4794 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4795 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 4796 The module will be called envctrl.o. If you want to compile it as a 4797 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4798 4799# Choice: x86type 4800Processor family 4801CONFIG_M386 4802 This is the processor type of your CPU. This information is used for 4803 optimizing purposes. In order to compile a kernel that can run on 4804 all x86 CPU types (albeit not optimally fast), you can specify 4805 "386" here. 4806 4807 The kernel will not necessarily run on earlier architectures than 4808 the one you have chosen, e.g. a Pentium optimized kernel will run on 4809 a PPro, but not necessarily on a i486. 4810 4811 Here are the settings recommended for greatest speed: 4812 - "386" for the AMD/Cyrix/Intel 386DX/DXL/SL/SLC/SX, Cyrix/TI 4813 486DLC/DLC2, UMC 486SX-S and NexGen Nx586. Only "386" kernels 4814 will run on a 386 class machine. 4815 - "486" for the AMD/Cyrix/IBM/Intel 486DX/DX2/DX4 or 4816 SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or U5S. 4817 - "586" for generic Pentium CPUs, possibly lacking the TSC 4818 (time stamp counter) register. 4819 - "Pentium-Classic" for the Intel Pentium. 4820 - "Pentium-MMX" for the Intel Pentium MMX. 4821 - "Pentium-Pro" for the Intel Pentium Pro/Celeron/Pentium II. 4822 - "Pentium-III" for the Intel Pentium III 4823 and Celerons based on the Coppermine core. 4824 - "Pentium-4" for the Intel Pentium 4. 4825 - "K6" for the AMD K6, K6-II and K6-III (aka K6-3D). 4826 - "Athlon" for the AMD K7 family (Athlon/Duron/Thunderbird). 4827 - "Elan" for the AMD Elan family (Elan SC400/SC410). 4828 - "Crusoe" for the Transmeta Crusoe series. 4829 - "Winchip-C6" for original IDT Winchip. 4830 - "Winchip-2" for IDT Winchip 2. 4831 - "Winchip-2A" for IDT Winchips with 3dNow! capabilities. 4832 - "CyrixIII" for VIA Cyrix III or VIA C3. 4833 - "VIA C3-2 for VIA C3-2 "Nehemiah" (model 9 and above). 4834 - "Geode GX/LX" for AMD/NSC Geode GX and AMD Geode LX. 4835 4836 If you don't know what to do, choose "386". 4837 4838486 4839CONFIG_M486 4840 Select this for a x486 processor, ether Intel or one of the 4841 compatible processors from AMD, Cyrix, IBM, or Intel. Includes DX, 4842 DX2, and DX4 variants; also SL/SLC/SLC2/SLC3/SX/SX2 and UMC U5D or 4843 U5S. 4844 4845586/K5/5x86/6x86/6x86MX 4846CONFIG_M586 4847 Select this for an x586 or x686 processor such as the AMD K5, the 4848 Intel 5x86 or 6x86, or the Intel 6x86MX. This choice does not 4849 assume the RDTSC instruction. 4850 4851Pentium Classic 4852CONFIG_M586TSC 4853 Select this for a Pentium Classic processor with the RDTSC (Read 4854 Time Stamp Counter) instruction for benchmarking. 4855 4856VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah) 4857CONFIG_MVIAC3_2 4858 Select this for a VIA C3 "Nehemiah". Selecting this enables usage of SSE 4859 and tells gcc to treat the CPU as a 686. 4860 4861 Note, this kernel will not boot on older (pre model 9) C3s. 4862 486332-bit PDC 4864CONFIG_PDC_NARROW 4865 Saying Y here will allow developers with a C180, C200, C240, C360, 4866 J200, J210, and/or a J2240 to test 64-bit kernels by providing a 4867 wrapper for the 32-bit PDC calls. Since the machines which require 4868 this option do not support over 4G of RAM, this option is targeted 4869 for developers of these machines wishing to test changes on both 4870 32-bit and 64-bit configurations. 4871 4872 If unsure, say N. 4873 4874VGA text console 4875CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE 4876 Saying Y here will allow you to use Linux in text mode through a 4877 display that complies with the generic VGA standard. Virtually 4878 everyone wants that. 4879 4880 The program SVGATextMode can be used to utilize SVGA video cards to 4881 their full potential in text mode. Download it from 4882 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/console/>. 4883 4884 Say Y. 4885 4886Distribute interrupts on all CPUs by default 4887CONFIG_IRQ_ALL_CPUS 4888 This option gives the kernel permission to distribute IRQs across 4889 multiple CPUs. Saying N here will route all IRQs to the first 4890 CPU. Generally SMP PowerMacs can answer Y. SMP IBM CHRP boxes or 4891 Power3 boxes should say N for now. 4892 4893Video mode selection support 4894CONFIG_VIDEO_SELECT 4895 This enables support for text mode selection on kernel startup. If 4896 you want to take advantage of some high-resolution text mode your 4897 card's BIOS offers, but the traditional Linux utilities like 4898 SVGATextMode don't, you can say Y here and set the mode using the 4899 "vga=" option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) or set 4900 "vga=ask" which brings up a video mode menu on kernel startup. (Try 4901 "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about 4902 how to pass options to the kernel.) 4903 4904 Read the file <file:Documentation/svga.txt> for more information 4905 about the Video mode selection support. If unsure, say N. 4906 4907Support for frame buffer devices 4908CONFIG_FB 4909 The frame buffer device provides an abstraction for the graphics 4910 hardware. It represents the frame buffer of some video hardware and 4911 allows application software to access the graphics hardware through 4912 a well-defined interface, so the software doesn't need to know 4913 anything about the low-level (hardware register) stuff. 4914 4915 Frame buffer devices work identically across the different 4916 architectures supported by Linux and make the implementation of 4917 application programs easier and more portable; at this point, an X 4918 server exists which uses the frame buffer device exclusively. 4919 On several non-X86 architectures, the frame buffer device is the 4920 only way to use the graphics hardware. 4921 4922 The device is accessed through special device nodes, usually located 4923 in the /dev directory, i.e. /dev/fb*. 4924 4925 You need an utility program called fbset to make full use of frame 4926 buffer devices. Please read <file:Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt> 4927 and the Framebuffer-HOWTO at 4928 <http://www.tahallah.demon.co.uk/programming/prog.html> for more 4929 information. 4930 4931 Say Y here and to the driver for your graphics board below if you 4932 are compiling a kernel for a non-x86 architecture. 4933 4934 If you are compiling for the x86 architecture, you can say Y if you 4935 want to play with it, but it is not essential. Please note that 4936 running graphical applications that directly touch the hardware 4937 (e.g. an accelerated X server) and that are not frame buffer 4938 device-aware may cause unexpected results. If unsure, say N. 4939 4940Acorn VIDC support 4941CONFIG_FB_ACORN 4942 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Acorn VIDC graphics 4943 hardware found in Acorn RISC PCs and other ARM-based machines. If 4944 unsure, say N. 4945 4946Permedia2 support 4947CONFIG_FB_PM2 4948 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Permedia2 AGP frame 4949 buffer card from ASK, aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme'. There is a 4950 product page at 4951 <http://www.ask.com.hk/product/Permedia%202/permedia2.htm>. 4952 4953Enable FIFO disconnect feature 4954CONFIG_FB_PM2_FIFO_DISCONNECT 4955 Support the Permedia2 FIFOI disconnect feature (see CONFIG_FB_PM2). 4956 4957Generic Permedia2 PCI board support 4958CONFIG_FB_PM2_PCI 4959 Say Y to enable support for Permedia2 AGP frame buffer card from 4960 3Dlabs (aka `Graphic Blaster Exxtreme') on the PCI bus. 4961 4962Phase5 CVisionPPC/BVisionPPC support 4963CONFIG_FB_PM2_CVPPC 4964 Say Y to enable support for the Amiga Phase 5 CVisionPPC BVisionPPC 4965 framebuffer cards. Phase 5 is no longer with us, alas. 4966 4967Amiga native chipset support 4968CONFIG_FB_AMIGA 4969 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics 4970 chipset found in Amigas. 4971 4972 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 4973 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 4974 module will be called amifb.o. If you want to compile it as a 4975 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 4976 4977Amiga OCS chipset support 4978CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_OCS 4979 This enables support for the original Agnus and Denise video chips, 4980 found in the Amiga 1000 and most A500's and A2000's. If you intend 4981 to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise say N. 4982 4983Amiga ECS chipset support 4984CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_ECS 4985 This enables support for the Enhanced Chip Set, found in later 4986 A500's, later A2000's, the A600, the A3000, the A3000T and CDTV. If 4987 you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; otherwise 4988 say N. 4989 4990Amiga AGA chipset support 4991CONFIG_FB_AMIGA_AGA 4992 This enables support for the Advanced Graphics Architecture (also 4993 known as the AGA or AA) Chip Set, found in the A1200, A4000, A4000T 4994 and CD32. If you intend to run Linux on any of these systems, say Y; 4995 otherwise say N. 4996 4997Amiga CyberVision support 4998CONFIG_FB_CYBER 4999 This enables support for the Cybervision 64 graphics card from 5000 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if 5001 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a 5002 Cybervision 64 or plan to get one before you next recompile the 5003 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the 5004 Cybervision 64 3D card, as they use incompatible video chips. 5005 5006CyberPro 20x0 support 5007CONFIG_FB_CYBER2000 5008 This enables support for the Integraphics CyberPro 20x0 and 5000 5009 VGA chips used in the Rebel.com Netwinder and other machines. 5010 Say Y if you have a NetWinder or a graphics card containing this 5011 device, otherwise say N. 5012 5013Amiga CyberVision3D support 5014CONFIG_FB_VIRGE 5015 This enables support for the Cybervision 64/3D graphics card from 5016 Phase5. Please note that its use is not all that intuitive (i.e. if 5017 you have any questions, be sure to ask!). Say N unless you have a 5018 Cybervision 64/3D or plan to get one before you next recompile the 5019 kernel. Please note that this driver DOES NOT support the older 5020 Cybervision 64 card, as they use incompatible video chips. 5021 5022Amiga RetinaZ3 support 5023CONFIG_FB_RETINAZ3 5024 This enables support for the Retina Z3 graphics card. Say N unless 5025 you have a Retina Z3 or plan to get one before you next recompile 5026 the kernel. 5027 5028Cirrus Logic generic driver 5029CONFIG_FB_CLGEN 5030 This enables support for Cirrus Logic GD542x/543x based boards on 5031 Amiga: SD64, Piccolo, Picasso II/II+, Picasso IV, or EGS Spectrum. 5032 5033 If you have a PCI-based system, this enables support for these 5034 chips: GD-543x, GD-544x, GD-5480. 5035 5036 Please read the file <file:Documentation/fb/clgenfb.txt>. 5037 5038 Say N unless you have such a graphics board or plan to get one 5039 before you next recompile the kernel. 5040 5041Apollo support 5042CONFIG_APOLLO 5043 Say Y here if you want to run Linux on an MC680x0-based Apollo 5044 Domain workstation such as the DN3500. 5045 5046Apollo 3c505 "EtherLink Plus" support 5047CONFIG_APOLLO_ELPLUS 5048 Say Y or M here if your Apollo has a 3Com 3c505 ISA Ethernet card. 5049 If you don't have one made for Apollos, you can use one from a PC, 5050 except that your Apollo won't be able to boot from it (because the 5051 code in the ROM will be for a PC). 5052 5053Atari native chipset support 5054CONFIG_FB_ATARI 5055 This is the frame buffer device driver for the builtin graphics 5056 chipset found in Ataris. 5057 5058Amiga FrameMaster II/Rainbow II support 5059CONFIG_FB_FM2 5060 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Amiga FrameMaster 5061 card from BSC (exhibited 1992 but not shipped as a CBM product). 5062 5063Open Firmware frame buffer device support 5064CONFIG_FB_OF 5065 Say Y if you want support with Open Firmware for your graphics 5066 board. 5067 5068S3 Trio frame buffer device support 5069CONFIG_FB_S3TRIO 5070 If you have a S3 Trio say Y. Say N for S3 Virge. 5071 50723Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3 display support 5073CONFIG_FB_3DFX 5074 This driver supports graphics boards with the 3Dfx Banshee/Voodoo3 5075 chips. Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5076 5077 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5078 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5079 module will be called tdfxfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5080 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5081 5082nVidia Riva support 5083CONFIG_FB_RIVA 5084 This driver supports graphics boards with the nVidia Riva/Geforce 5085 chips. 5086 Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5087 5088 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5089 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5090 module will be called rivafb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5091 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5092 5093Trident Blade/Image support 5094CONFIG_FB_TRIDENT 5095 This driver is supposed to support graphics boards with the 5096 Trident CyberXXXX/Image/CyberBlade chips mostly found in laptops 5097 but also on some motherboards.Read <file:Documentation/fb/tridentfb.txt> 5098 5099 Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5100 5101 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5102 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5103 module will be called tridentfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5104 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5105 5106ATI Mach64 display support 5107CONFIG_FB_ATY 5108 This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Mach64 chips. 5109 Say Y if you have such a graphics board. 5110 5111 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5112 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5113 module will be called atyfb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5114 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5115 5116ATI Rage128 display support 5117CONFIG_FB_ATY128 5118 This driver supports graphics boards with the ATI Rage128 chips. 5119 Say Y if you have such a graphics board and read 5120 <file:Documentation/fb/aty128fb.txt>. 5121 5122 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5123 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5124 module will be called aty128fb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5125 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5126 5127Maxine (Personal DECstation) onboard framebuffer support 5128CONFIG_FB_MAXINE 5129 Support for the onboard framebuffer (1024x768x8) in the Personal 5130 DECstation series (Personal DECstation 5000/20, /25, /33, /50, 5131 Codename "Maxine"). 5132 5133PMAG-AA TURBOchannel framebuffer support 5134CONFIG_FB_PMAG_AA 5135 Support for the PMAG-AA TURBOchannel framebuffer card (1280x1024x1) 5136 used mainly in the MIPS-based DECstation series. 5137 5138PMAG-BA TURBOchannel framebuffer support 5139CONFIG_FB_PMAG_BA 5140 Support for the PMAG-BA TURBOchannel framebuffer card (1024x864x8) 5141 used mainly in the MIPS-based DECstation series. 5142 5143PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer support 5144CONFIG_FB_PMAGB_B 5145 Support for the PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer card used mainly 5146 in the MIPS-based DECstation series. The card is currently only 5147 supported in 1280x1024x8 mode. 5148 5149FutureTV PCI card 5150CONFIG_ARCH_FTVPCI 5151 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a FutureTV (nee Nexus 5152 Electronics) StrongARM PCI card. 5153 5154ANAKIN Vehicle Telematics Platform 5155CONFIG_ARCH_ANAKIN 5156 The Anakin is a StrongArm based SA110 - 2 DIN Vehicle Telematics Platform. 5157 64MB SDRAM - 4 Mb Flash - Compact Flash Interface - 1 MB VRAM 5158 5159 On board peripherals: 5160 * Front display: 400x234 16 bit TFT touchscreen 5161 * External independent second screen interface 5162 * CAN controller SJA1000 5163 * USB host controller 5164 * 6 channel video codec with hardware overlay 5165 * Smartcard reader 5166 * IrDa 5167 5168 Modules interfaced over the Multi Media Extension slots: 5169 * A communication card 5170 Wavecom GPRS modem 5171 uBlock GPS 5172 Bosch DAB module 5173 * An audio card ( 4 * 40W, AC97 Codec, I2S) 5174 5175Altera Excalibur XA10 Dev Board 5176ARCH_CAMELOT 5177 This enables support for Altera's Excalibur XA10 development board. 5178 If you would like to build your kernel to run on one of these boards 5179 then you must say 'Y' here. Otherwise say 'N' 5180 5181Link-Up Systems LCD support 5182CONFIG_FB_L7200 5183 This driver supports the L7200 Color LCD. 5184 Say Y if you want graphics support. 5185 5186NeoMagic display support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5187CONFIG_FB_NEOMAGIC 5188 This driver supports notebooks with NeoMagic PCI chips. 5189 Say Y if you have such a graphics card. 5190 5191 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5192 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5193 module will be called neofb.o. If you want to compile it as a 5194 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 5195 5196PowerMac "control" frame buffer device support 5197CONFIG_FB_CONTROL 5198 This driver supports a frame buffer for the graphics adapter in the 5199 Power Macintosh 7300 and others. 5200 5201PowerMac "platinum" frame buffer device support 5202CONFIG_FB_PLATINUM 5203 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "platinum" graphics 5204 adapter in some Power Macintoshes. 5205 5206PowerMac "valkyrie" frame buffer device support 5207CONFIG_FB_VALKYRIE 5208 This driver supports a frame buffer for the "valkyrie" graphics 5209 adapter in some Power Macintoshes. 5210 5211Chips 65550 display support 5212CONFIG_FB_CT65550 5213 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Chips & Technologies 5214 65550 graphics chip in PowerBooks. 5215 5216TGA/SFB+ frame buffer support 5217CONFIG_FB_TGA 5218 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic TGA and SFB+ 5219 graphic cards. These include DEC ZLXp-E1, E2 and E3 PCI cards, 5220 also known as PBXGA-A, B and C, and DEC ZLX-E2 and E3 TURBOchannel 5221 cards, also known as PMAGD-B and C. The DEC ZLX-E1 or PMAGD-A card 5222 is currently unsupported. Due to hardware limitations ZLX-E2 and 5223 E3 cards are only supported for DECstation 5000/1xx and Personal 5224 DECstation 5000/xx systems. 5225 5226 Say Y if you have one of those. 5227 5228VESA VGA graphics console 5229CONFIG_FB_VESA 5230 This is the frame buffer device driver for generic VESA 2.0 5231 compliant graphic cards. The older VESA 1.2 cards are not supported. 5232 You will get a boot time penguin logo at no additional cost. Please 5233 read <file:Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt>. If unsure, say Y. 5234 5235VGA 16-color planar support 5236CONFIG_FBCON_VGA_PLANES 5237 This low level frame buffer console driver enable the kernel to use 5238 the 16-color planar modes of the old VGA cards where the bits of 5239 each pixel are separated into 4 planes. 5240 5241 Only answer Y here if you have a (very old) VGA card that isn't VESA 5242 2 compatible. 5243 5244VGA 16-color graphics console 5245CONFIG_FB_VGA16 5246 This is the frame buffer device driver for VGA 16 color graphic 5247 cards. Say Y if you have such a card. 5248 5249 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it 5250 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 5251 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5252 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5253 vga16fb.o. 5254 5255Generic STI frame buffer device support 5256CONFIG_FB_STI 5257 STI refers to the HP "Standard Text Interface" which is a set of 5258 BIOS routines contained in a ROM chip in HP PA-RISC based machines. 5259 Enabling this option will implement the linux framebuffer device and 5260 an fbcon color text console using calls to the STI BIOS routines. 5261 The HP framebuffer device is sometimes planar, using a strange memory 5262 layout, and changing the plane mask to create colored pixels 5263 can require a call to the STI routines, so /dev/fb may not actually 5264 be useful. However, on some systems packed pixel formats are supported. 5265 It is sufficient for basic text console functions, including fonts. 5266 5267 You should probably enable this option, unless you are having 5268 trouble getting video when booting the kernel (make sure it isn't 5269 just that you are running the console on the serial port, though). 5270 Really old HP boxes may not have STI, and must use the PDC BIOS 5271 console or the IODC BIOS. 5272 5273Select other compiled-in fonts 5274CONFIG_FBCON_FONTS 5275 Say Y here if you would like to use fonts other than the default 5276 your frame buffer console usually use. 5277 5278 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 5279 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 5280 the questions about foreign fonts. 5281 5282 If unsure, say N (the default choices are safe). 5283 5284VGA 8x16 font 5285CONFIG_FONT_8x16 5286 This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one 5287 provided by the VGA text console 80x25 mode. 5288 5289 If unsure, say Y. 5290 5291Support only 8 pixels wide fonts 5292CONFIG_FBCON_FONTWIDTH8_ONLY 5293 Answer Y here will make the kernel provide only the 8x8 fonts (these 5294 are the less readable). 5295 5296 If unsure, say N. 5297 5298Sparc console 8x16 font 5299CONFIG_FONT_SUN8x16 5300 This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines. Say Y. 5301 5302Sparc console 12x22 font (not supported by all drivers) 5303CONFIG_FONT_SUN12x22 5304 This is the high resolution console font for Sun machines with very 5305 big letters (like the letters used in the SPARC PROM). If the 5306 standard font is unreadable for you, say Y, otherwise say N. 5307 5308VGA 8x8 font 5309CONFIG_FONT_8x8 5310 This is the "high resolution" font for the VGA frame buffer (the one 5311 provided by the text console 80x50 (and higher) modes). 5312 5313 Note that this is a poor quality font. The VGA 8x16 font is quite a 5314 lot more readable. 5315 5316 Given the resolution provided by the frame buffer device, answer N 5317 here is safe. 5318 5319Mac console 6x11 font (not supported by all drivers) 5320CONFIG_FONT_6x11 5321 Small console font with Macintosh-style high-half glyphs. Some Mac 5322 framebuffer drivers don't support this one at all. 5323 5324Pearl (old m68k) console 8x8 font 5325CONFIG_FONT_PEARL_8x8 5326 Small console font with PC-style control-character and high-half 5327 glyphs. 5328 5329Acorn console 8x8 font 5330CONFIG_FONT_ACORN_8x8 5331 Small console font with PC-style control characters and high-half 5332 glyphs. 5333 5334Backward compatibility mode for Xpmac 5335CONFIG_FB_COMPAT_XPMAC 5336 If you use the Xpmac X server (common with mklinux), you'll need to 5337 say Y here to use X. You should consider changing to XFree86 which 5338 includes a server that supports the frame buffer device directly 5339 (XF68_FBDev). 5340 5341Hercules (HGA) mono graphics support 5342CONFIG_FB_HGA 5343 Say Y here if you have a Hercules mono graphics card. 5344 5345 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5346 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5347 The module will be called hgafb.o. If you want to compile it as 5348 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5349 5350 As this card technology is 15 years old, most people will answer N 5351 here. 5352 5353Epson 1355 framebuffer support 5354CONFIG_FB_E1355 5355 Build in support for the SED1355 Epson Research Embedded RAMDAC 5356 LCD/CRT Controller (since redesignated as the S1D13505) as a 5357 framebuffer. Product specs at 5358 <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/products.htm>. 5359 5360Dreamcast Frame Buffer support 5361CONFIG_FB_DC 5362 Say Y here to enable support for the framebuffer on the Sega 5363 Dreamcast. This driver is also available as a module, dcfb.o. 5364 5365Register Base Address 5366CONFIG_E1355_REG_BASE 5367 Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller register base address. 5368 See the manuals at 5369 <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for 5370 discussion. 5371 5372Framebuffer Base Address 5373CONFIG_E1355_FB_BASE 5374 Epson SED1355/S1D13505 LCD/CRT controller memory base address. See 5375 the manuals at 5376 <http://www.erd.epson.com/vdc/html/contents/S1D13505.htm> for 5377 discussion. 5378 5379NEC PowerVR 2 display support 5380CONFIG_FB_PVR2 5381 Say Y here if you have a PowerVR 2 card in your box. If you plan to 5382 run linux on your Dreamcast, you will have to say Y here. 5383 This driver may or may not work on other PowerVR 2 cards, but is 5384 totally untested. Use at your own risk. If unsure, say N. 5385 5386 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5387 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5388 The module will be called pvr2fb.o. If you want to compile it as 5389 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5390 5391 You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at 5392 module load time. The parameters look like "video=pvr2:XXX", where 5393 the meaning of XXX can be found at the end of the main source file 5394 (<file:drivers/video/pvr2fb.c>). Please see the file 5395 <file:Documentation/fb/pvr2fb.txt>. 5396 5397Debug pvr2fb 5398CONFIG_FB_PVR2_DEBUG 5399 Say Y here if you wish for the pvr2fb driver to print out debugging 5400 messages. Most people will want to say N here. If unsure, you will 5401 also want to say N. 5402 5403Matrox unified accelerated driver 5404CONFIG_FB_MATROX 5405 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium, Millennium II, Mystique, 5406 Mystique 220, Productiva G100, Mystique G200, Millennium G200, 5407 Matrox G400, G450 or G550 card in your box. At this time, support for 5408 the G-series digital output is almost non-existant. 5409 5410 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5411 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5412 The module will be called matroxfb.o. If you want to compile it as 5413 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5414 5415 You can pass several parameters to the driver at boot time or at 5416 module load time. The parameters look like "video=matrox:XXX", and 5417 are described in <file:Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt>. 5418 5419Matrox Millennium I/II support 5420CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MILLENIUM 5421 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium or Matrox Millennium II 5422 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below, 5423 you should check 4 bpp packed pixel, 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp 5424 packed pixel, 24 bpp packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can 5425 also use font widths different from 8. 5426 5427Matrox Mystique support 5428CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MYSTIQUE 5429 Say Y here if you have a Matrox Mystique or Matrox Mystique 220 5430 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options" below, 5431 you should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp 5432 packed pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths 5433 different from 8. 5434 5435CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G450 5436 Say Y here if you have a Matrox G100, G200, G400, G450 or G550 based 5437 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you 5438 should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed 5439 pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths 5440 different from 8. 5441 5442 If you need support for G400 secondary head, you must first say Y to 5443 "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices 5444 section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head 5445 support" here in the framebuffer section. G450/G550 secondary head 5446 and digital output are supported without additional modules. 5447 5448 The driver starts in monitor mode. You must use the matroxset tool 5449 (available at <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to 5450 swap primary and secondary head outputs, or to change output mode. 5451 Secondary head driver always start in 640x480 resolution and you 5452 must use fbset to change it. 5453 5454 Do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp 5455 packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel 5456 too. You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic 5457 painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration 5458 engine). 5459 5460 G450/G550 hardware can display TV picture only from secondary CRTC, 5461 and it performs no scaling, so picture must have 525 or 625 lines. 5462 5463CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100A 5464 Say Y here if you have a Matrox G100, G200 or G400 based 5465 video card. If you select "Advanced lowlevel driver options", you 5466 should check 8 bpp packed pixel, 16 bpp packed pixel, 24 bpp packed 5467 pixel and 32 bpp packed pixel. You can also use font widths 5468 different from 8. 5469 5470 If you need support for G400 secondary head, you must first say Y to 5471 "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices 5472 section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head 5473 support" here in the framebuffer section. 5474 5475CONFIG_FB_MATROX_I2C 5476 This drivers creates I2C buses which are needed for accessing the 5477 DDC (I2C) bus present on all Matroxes, an I2C bus which 5478 interconnects Matrox optional devices, like MGA-TVO on G200 and 5479 G400, and the secondary head DDC bus, present on G400 only. 5480 5481 You can say Y or M here if you want to experiment with monitor 5482 detection code. You must say Y or M here if you want to use either 5483 second head of G400 or MGA-TVO on G200 or G400. 5484 5485 If you compile it as module, it will create a module named 5486 i2c-matroxfb.o. 5487 5488Matrox G400 second head support 5489CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MAVEN 5490 WARNING !!! This support does not work with G450 !!! 5491 5492 Say Y or M here if you want to use a secondary head (meaning two 5493 monitors in parallel) on G400 or MGA-TVO add-on on G200. Secondary 5494 head is not compatible with accelerated XFree 3.3.x SVGA servers - 5495 secondary head output is blanked while you are in X. With XFree 5496 3.9.17 preview you can use both heads if you use SVGA over fbdev or 5497 the fbdev driver on first head and the fbdev driver on second head. 5498 5499 If you compile it as module, two modules are created, 5500 matroxfb_crtc2.o and matroxfb_maven.o. Matroxfb_maven is needed for 5501 both G200 and G400, matroxfb_crtc2 is needed only by G400. You must 5502 also load i2c-matroxfb to get it to run. 5503 5504 The driver starts in monitor mode and you must use the matroxset 5505 tool (available at 5506 <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to switch it to 5507 PAL or NTSC or to swap primary and secondary head outputs. 5508 Secondary head driver also always start in 640x480 resolution, you 5509 must use fbset to change it. 5510 5511 Also do not forget that second head supports only 16 and 32 bpp 5512 packed pixels, so it is a good idea to compile them into the kernel 5513 too. You can use only some font widths, as the driver uses generic 5514 painting procedures (the secondary head does not use acceleration 5515 engine). 5516 5517CONFIG_FB_MATROX_PROC 5518 Say Y or M here if you want to access some informations about driver 5519 state through /proc interface. 5520 5521 You should download matrox_pins tool (available at 5522 <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/matrox-latest/>) to get human 5523 readable output. 5524 5525CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD 5526 Say Y here if you have more than one (supported) Matrox device in 5527 your computer and you want to use all of them for different monitors 5528 ("multihead"). If you have only one device, you should say N because 5529 the driver compiled with Y is larger and a bit slower, especially on 5530 ia32 (ix86). 5531 5532 If you said M to "Matrox unified accelerated driver" and N here, you 5533 will still be able to use several Matrox devices simultaneously: 5534 insert several instances of the module matroxfb.o into the kernel 5535 with insmod, supplying the parameter "dev=N" where N is 0, 1, etc. 5536 for the different Matrox devices. This method is slightly faster but 5537 uses 40 KB of kernel memory per Matrox card. 5538 5539 There is no need for enabling 'Matrox multihead support' if you have 5540 only one Matrox card in the box. 5541 55423Dfx Voodoo Graphics / Voodoo2 frame buffer support 5543CONFIG_FB_VOODOO1 5544 Say Y here if you have a 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics (Voodoo1/sst1) or 5545 Voodoo2 (cvg) based graphics card. 5546 5547 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5548 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5549 The module will be called sstfb.o. If you want to compile it as 5550 a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 5551 5552 WARNING: Do not use any application that uses the 3D engine 5553 (namely glide) while using this driver. 5554 Please read the file Documentation/fb/README-sstfb.txt for supported 5555 options and other important info support. 5556 5557MDA text console (dual-headed) 5558CONFIG_MDA_CONSOLE 5559 Say Y here if you have an old MDA or monochrome Hercules graphics 5560 adapter in your system acting as a second head ( = video card). You 5561 will then be able to use two monitors with your Linux system. Do not 5562 say Y here if your MDA card is the primary card in your system; the 5563 normal VGA driver will handle it. 5564 5565 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5566 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5567 The module will be called mdacon.o. If you want to compile it as 5568 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5569 5570 If unsure, say N. 5571 5572SBUS and UPA framebuffers 5573CONFIG_FB_SBUS 5574 Say Y if you want support for SBUS or UPA based frame buffer device. 5575 5576Creator/Creator3D support 5577CONFIG_FB_CREATOR 5578 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Creator and Creator3D 5579 graphics boards. 5580 5581CGsix (GX,TurboGX) support 5582CONFIG_FB_CGSIX 5583 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGsix (GX, TurboGX) 5584 frame buffer. 5585 5586BWtwo support 5587CONFIG_FB_BWTWO 5588 This is the frame buffer device driver for the BWtwo frame buffer. 5589 5590CGthree support 5591CONFIG_FB_CGTHREE 5592 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGthree frame buffer. 5593 5594CGfourteen (SX) support 5595CONFIG_FB_CGFOURTEEN 5596 This is the frame buffer device driver for the CGfourteen frame 5597 buffer on Desktop SPARCsystems with the SX graphics option. 5598 5599P9100 (Sparcbook 3 only) support 5600CONFIG_FB_P9100 5601 This is the frame buffer device driver for the P9100 card 5602 supported on Sparcbook 3 machines. 5603 5604Leo (ZX) support 5605CONFIG_FB_LEO 5606 This is the frame buffer device driver for the SBUS-based Sun ZX 5607 (leo) frame buffer cards. 5608 5609IGA 168x display support 5610CONFIG_FB_IGA 5611 This is the framebuffer device for the INTERGRAPHICS 1680 and 5612 successor frame buffer cards. 5613 5614TCX (SS4/SS5 only) support 5615CONFIG_FB_TCX 5616 This is the frame buffer device driver for the TCX 24/8bit frame 5617 buffer. 5618 5619HD64461 Frame Buffer support 5620CONFIG_FB_HIT 5621 This is the frame buffer device driver for the Hitachi HD64461 LCD 5622 frame buffer card. 5623 5624SIS display support 5625CONFIG_FB_SIS 5626 This is the frame buffer device driver for the SiS 300, 315 and 330 5627 series chipsets. Documentation available at the maintainer's site 5628 at <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>. 5629 5630SIS 300 series support 5631CONFIG_FB_SIS_300 5632 This enables support for SiS 300 series chipsets (300/305, 540, 630, 5633 630S, 730S). Documentation available at the maintainer's website at 5634 <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>. 5635 5636SIS 315/330 series support 5637CONFIG_FB_SIS_315 5638 This enables support for SiS 315/330 series chipsets (315, 315PRO, 5639 55x, (M)650, 651, (M)661FX, 661MX, 740, (M)741(GX), (M)760, 330). 5640 Documentation available at the maintainer's website at 5641 <http://www.winischhofer.net/linuxsisvga.shtml>. 5642 5643IMS Twin Turbo display support 5644CONFIG_FB_IMSTT 5645 The IMS Twin Turbo is a PCI-based frame buffer card bundled with 5646 many Macintosh and compatible computers. 5647 5648CONFIG_FB_TX3912 5649 The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based on the MIPS 3900 core; 5650 see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. 5651 5652 Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board framebuffer. 5653 5654Virtual Frame Buffer support (ONLY FOR TESTING!) 5655CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL 5656 This is a `virtual' frame buffer device. It operates on a chunk of 5657 unswappable kernel memory instead of on the memory of a graphics 5658 board. This means you cannot see any output sent to this frame 5659 buffer device, while it does consume precious memory. The main use 5660 of this frame buffer device is testing and debugging the frame 5661 buffer subsystem. Do NOT enable it for normal systems! To protect 5662 the innocent, it has to be enabled explicitly at boot time using the 5663 kernel option `video=vfb:'. 5664 5665 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5666 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The 5667 module will be called vfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 5668 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5669 5670 If unsure, say N. 5671 5672Mach64 CT/VT/GT/LT (incl. 3D RAGE) support 5673CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT 5674 Say Y here to support use of ATI's 64-bit Rage boards (or other 5675 boards based on the Mach64 CT, VT, GT, and LT chipsets) as a 5676 framebuffer device. The ATI product support page for these boards 5677 is at <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/>. 5678 5679Sony Vaio Picturebook laptop LCD panel support 5680CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT_VAIO_LCD 5681 Say Y here if you want to use the full width of the Sony Vaio 5682 Picturebook laptops LCD panels (you will get a 128x30 console). 5683 5684 Note that you need to activate this mode using the 'vga=0x301' 5685 option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin). See the 5686 documentation of your boot loader about how to pass options to the 5687 kernel. 5688 5689Mach64 GX support 5690CONFIG_FB_ATY_GX 5691 Say Y here to support use of the ATI Mach64 Graphics Expression 5692 board (or other boards based on the Mach64 GX chipset) as a 5693 framebuffer device. The ATI product support page for these boards 5694 is at 5695 <http://support.ati.com/products/pc/mach64/graphics_xpression.html>. 5696 5697Mach64 Generic LCD support 5698CONFIG_FB_ATY_GENERIC_LCD 5699 Enabling this option enables the Atyfb driver to drive LCD panels. It 5700 will autodetect the resulution and format of your display and emulate 5701 other resolutions using the hardware stretcher on the chip. 5702 Say Y here if you have computer with a Rage LT Pro, Rage Mobility M1, 5703 Rage XC or Rage XL chip and a laptop LCD display or any other LCD display 5704 that needs to be digitally driven. It is not necessary to enable this 5705 option if you are using an LCD display with a normal VGA connector, 5706 but it won't hurt if you do. 5707 5708ATI Radeon display support 5709CONFIG_FB_RADEON 5710 Choose this option if you want to use an ATI Radeon graphics card as 5711 a framebuffer device. There are both PCI and AGP versions. You 5712 don't need to choose this to run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. 5713 There is a product page at 5714 <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. 5715 5716SA-1100 LCD support 5717CONFIG_FB_SA1100 5718 This is a framebuffer device for the SA-1100 LCD Controller. 5719 See <http://www.linux-fbdev.org/> for information on framebuffer 5720 devices. 5721 5722 If you plan to use the LCD display with your SA-1100 system, say 5723 Y here. 5724 5725Advanced low level driver options 5726CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED 5727 The frame buffer console uses character drawing routines that are 5728 tailored to the specific organization of pixels in the memory of 5729 your graphics hardware. These are called the low level frame buffer 5730 console drivers. Note that they are used for text console output 5731 only; they are NOT needed for graphical applications. 5732 5733 If you say N here, the needed low level drivers are automatically 5734 enabled, depending on what frame buffer devices you selected above. 5735 This is recommended for most users. 5736 5737 If you say Y here, you have more fine-grained control over which low 5738 level drivers are enabled. You can e.g. leave out low level drivers 5739 for color depths you do not intend to use for text consoles. 5740 5741 Low level frame buffer console drivers can be modules ( = code which 5742 can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you 5743 want). The modules will be called fbcon-*.o. If you want to compile 5744 (some of) them as modules, read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 5745 5746 If unsure, say N. 5747 5748Monochrome support 5749CONFIG_FBCON_MFB 5750 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome 5751 (2 colors) packed pixels. 5752 57532 bpp packed pixels support 5754CONFIG_FBCON_CFB2 5755 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 bits per 5756 pixel (4 colors) packed pixels. 5757 57584 bpp packed pixels support 5759CONFIG_FBCON_CFB4 5760 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 bits per 5761 pixel (16 colors) packed pixels. 5762 57638 bpp packed pixels support 5764CONFIG_FBCON_CFB8 5765 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 bits per 5766 pixel (256 colors) packed pixels. 5767 576816 bpp packed pixels support 5769CONFIG_FBCON_CFB16 5770 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 15 or 16 bits 5771 per pixel (32K or 64K colors, also known as `hicolor') packed 5772 pixels. 5773 577424 bpp packed pixels support 5775CONFIG_FBCON_CFB24 5776 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 24 bits per 5777 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') packed pixels. It is 5778 NOT for `sparse' 32 bits per pixel mode. 5779 578032 bpp packed pixels support 5781CONFIG_FBCON_CFB32 5782 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 32 bits per 5783 pixel (16M colors, also known as `truecolor') sparse packed pixels. 5784 5785Amiga bitplanes support 5786CONFIG_FBCON_AFB 5787 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8 5788 bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga. 5789 5790Amiga interleaved bitplanes support 5791CONFIG_FBCON_ILBM 5792 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1 to 8 5793 interleaved bitplanes (2 to 256 colors) on Amiga. 5794 5795Atari interleaved bitplanes (2 planes) support 5796CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P2 5797 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 2 interleaved 5798 bitplanes (4 colors) on Atari. 5799 5800Atari interleaved bitplanes (4 planes) support 5801CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P4 5802 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 4 interleaved 5803 bitplanes (16 colors) on Atari. 5804 5805Atari interleaved bitplanes (8 planes) support 5806CONFIG_FBCON_IPLAN2P8 5807 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 8 interleaved 5808 bitplanes (256 colors) on Atari. 5809 5810Mac variable bpp packed pixels support 5811CONFIG_FBCON_MAC 5812 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for 1/2/4/8/16/32 5813 bits per pixel packed pixels on Mac. It supports variable font 5814 widths for low resolution screens. 5815 5816Permedia3 support (EXPERIMENTAL) 5817CONFIG_FB_PM3 5818 This is the frame buffer device driver for the 3DLabs Permedia3 5819 chipset, used in Formac ProFormance III, 3DLabs Oxygen VX1 & 5820 similar boards, 3DLabs Permedia3 Create!, Appian Jeronimo 2000 5821 and maybe other boards. 5822 5823HGA monochrome support 5824CONFIG_FBCON_HGA 5825 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for Hercules mono 5826 graphics cards. 5827 5828VGA characters/attributes support 5829CONFIG_FBCON_VGA 5830 This is the low level frame buffer console driver for VGA text mode; 5831 it is used by frame buffer device drivers that support VGA text 5832 mode. 5833 5834Parallel-port support 5835CONFIG_PARPORT 5836 If you want to use devices connected to your machine's parallel port 5837 (the connector at the computer with 25 holes), e.g. printer, ZIP 5838 drive, PLIP link (Parallel Line Internet Protocol is mainly used to 5839 create a mini network by connecting the parallel ports of two local 5840 machines) etc., then you need to say Y here; please read 5841 <file:Documentation/parport.txt> and 5842 <file:drivers/parport/BUGS-parport>. 5843 5844 For extensive information about drivers for many devices attaching 5845 to the parallel port see <http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html> on 5846 the WWW. 5847 5848 It is possible to share a single parallel port among several devices 5849 and it is safe to compile all the corresponding drivers into the 5850 kernel. If you want to compile parallel port support as a module 5851 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 5852 kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5853 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5854 parport.o. If you have more than one parallel port and want to 5855 specify which port and IRQ to be used by this driver at module load 5856 time, take a look at <file:Documentation/parport.txt>. 5857 5858 If unsure, say Y. 5859 5860PC-style hardware 5861CONFIG_PARPORT_PC 5862 You should say Y here if you have a PC-style parallel port. All IBM 5863 PC compatible computers and some Alphas have PC-style parallel 5864 ports. 5865 5866 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile it 5867 as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 5868 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 5869 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5870 parport_pc.o. 5871 5872 If unsure, say Y. 5873 5874Parallel+serial PCI multi-IO card support 5875CONFIG_PARPORT_SERIAL 5876 This adds support for multi-IO PCI cards that have parallel and 5877 serial ports. You should say Y or M here. If you say M, the module 5878 will be called parport_serial.o. 5879 5880Use FIFO/DMA if available 5881CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO 5882 Many parallel port chipsets provide hardware that can speed up 5883 printing. Say Y here if you want to take advantage of that. 5884 5885 As well as actually having a FIFO, or DMA capability, the kernel 5886 will need to know which IRQ the parallel port has. By default, 5887 parallel port interrupts will not be used, and so neither will the 5888 FIFO. See <file:Documentation/parport.txt> to find out how to 5889 specify which IRQ/DMA to use. 5890 5891SuperIO chipset support 5892CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_SUPERIO 5893 Saying Y here enables some probes for Super-IO chipsets in order to 5894 find out things like base addresses, IRQ lines and DMA channels. It 5895 is safe to say N. 5896 5897Support for PCMCIA management for PC-style ports 5898CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_PCMCIA 5899 Say Y here if you need PCMCIA support for your PC-style parallel 5900 ports. If unsure, say N. 5901 5902 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 5903 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 5904 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 5905 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 5906 parport_cs.o 5907 5908Support foreign hardware 5909CONFIG_PARPORT_OTHER 5910 Say Y here if you want to be able to load driver modules to support 5911 other non-standard types of parallel ports. This causes a 5912 performance loss, so most people say N. 5913 5914Amiga built-in parallel port support 5915CONFIG_PARPORT_AMIGA 5916 Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on 5917 Amiga machines. This code is also available as a module (say M), 5918 called parport_amiga.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5919 5920Atari built-in parallel port support 5921CONFIG_PARPORT_ATARI 5922 Say Y here if you need support for the parallel port hardware on 5923 Atari machines. This code is also available as a module (say M), 5924 called parport_atari.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5925 5926Multiface III parallel port support 5927CONFIG_PARPORT_MFC3 5928 Say Y here if you need parallel port support for the MFC3 card. 5929 This code is also available as a module (say M), called 5930 parport_mfc3.o. If in doubt, saying N is the safe plan. 5931 5932Support IEEE 1284 status readback 5933CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK 5934 If you have a device on your parallel port that support this 5935 protocol, this option will allow the device to report its status. It 5936 is safe to say Y. 5937 5938IEEE 1284 transfer modes 5939CONFIG_PARPORT_1284 5940 If you have a printer that supports status readback or device ID, or 5941 want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes 5942 such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284 5943 transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to 5944 appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N. 5945 5946Enable loadable module support 5947CONFIG_MODULES 5948 Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be 5949 inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs 5950 insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file 5951 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>, including the fact that you have 5952 to say "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose 5953 during kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file 5954 systems, binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you 5955 may want to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then 5956 say Y here. If unsure, say Y. 5957 5958Set version information on all symbols for modules 5959CONFIG_MODVERSIONS 5960 Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new 5961 kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the 5962 same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the 5963 program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in 5964 the modutils package (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 5965 for location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't 5966 have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above 5967 mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will 5968 fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from 5969 non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise 5970 it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet. 5971 5972Kernel module loader support 5973CONFIG_KMOD 5974 Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or file systems to 5975 be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to 5976 load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or 5977 modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the 5978 kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the 5979 kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate 5980 arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a 5981 replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it 5982 in <file:Documentation/kmod.txt>. 5983 5984ARP daemon support 5985CONFIG_ARPD 5986 Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP 5987 addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that 5988 Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on 5989 the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few 5990 hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address 5991 resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However, 5992 maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large 5993 switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP 5994 connections are made to many machines on the network. 5995 5996 If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow 5997 to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO 5998 manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP 5999 daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either 6000 from its own cache or by asking the net. 6001 6002 This code is experimental and also obsolete. If you want to use it, 6003 you need to find a version of the daemon arpd on the net somewhere, 6004 and you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver", 6005 below. If unsure, say N. 6006 6007TCP/IP networking 6008CONFIG_INET 6009 These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local 6010 Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge 6011 your kernel by about 144 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window 6012 system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any 6013 other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which 6014 allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!). 6015 6016 For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the 6017 NET-3-HOWTO, available from 6018 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 6019 6020 This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of 6021 term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet 6022 connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some 6023 Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read 6024 <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). 6025 6026 If you say Y here and also to "/proc file system support" and 6027 "Sysctl support" below, you can change various aspects of the 6028 behaviour of the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in 6029 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file 6030 <file:Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt>. 6031 6032 Short answer: say Y. 6033 6034IP multicasting 6035CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST 6036 This is code for addressing several networked computers at once, 6037 enlarging your kernel by about 2 KB. You need multicasting if you 6038 intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top 6039 of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More 6040 information about the MBONE is on the WWW at 6041 <http://www-itg.lbl.gov/mbone/>. Information about the multicast 6042 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in 6043 <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. For most people, it's 6044 safe to say N. 6045 6046Advanced router 6047CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER 6048 If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a 6049 computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you 6050 will then be presented with several options that allow more precise 6051 control about the routing process. 6052 6053 The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel: 6054 answering N will just cause the configurator to skip all the 6055 questions about advanced routing. 6056 6057 Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP 6058 forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc 6059 file system support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the 6060 line 6061 6062 echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward 6063 6064 at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 6065 6066 If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which 6067 automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry 6068 for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're 6069 arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the 6070 so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use 6071 asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path 6072 than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing 6073 host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn 6074 rp_filter on use: 6075 6076 echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter 6077 and 6078 echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter 6079 6080 If unsure, say N here. 6081 6082Policy routing 6083CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES 6084 Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based 6085 solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here, 6086 the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source 6087 address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "Use TOS 6088 value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the 6089 packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if 6090 you say Y here and to "Fast network address translation" below, 6091 the router will also be able to modify source and destination 6092 addresses of forwarded packets. 6093 6094 If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary 6095 documentation at <http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt> 6096 and <ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex>. 6097 You will need supporting software from 6098 <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>. 6099 6100 If unsure, say N. 6101 6102Equal cost multipath 6103CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH 6104 Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in 6105 a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here 6106 however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet 6107 pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel 6108 for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of 6109 equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion 6110 if a matching packet arrives. 6111 6112Use TOS value as routing key 6113CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS 6114 The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type Of Service) value 6115 with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low 6116 latency (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high 6117 reliability. If you say Y here, you will be able to specify 6118 different routes for packets with different TOS values. 6119 6120Use netfilter MARK value as routing key 6121CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK 6122 If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for 6123 packets with different mark values (see iptables(8), MARK target). 6124 6125Verbose route monitoring 6126CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE 6127 If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print 6128 verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about 6129 received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an 6130 attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is 6131 handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages 6132 ("man klogd"). 6133 6134Fast network address translation 6135CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_NAT 6136 If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and 6137 destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner 6138 you specify. General information about Network Address Translation 6139 can be gotten from the document 6140 <http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html>. 6141 6142Kernel level IP autoconfiguration 6143CONFIG_IP_PNP 6144 This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and 6145 of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information 6146 supplied on the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols. 6147 You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network 6148 access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system 6149 on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network 6150 in their startup scripts. 6151 6152BOOTP support 6153CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP 6154 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 6155 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 6156 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 6157 discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a 6158 special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case 6159 the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and 6160 does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel 6161 command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you 6162 want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network. 6163 Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. 6164 6165DHCP support 6166CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP 6167 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 6168 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 6169 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 6170 discovered automatically at boot time using the DHCP protocol (a 6171 special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case 6172 the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and 6173 does DHCP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel 6174 command line, you can say N here. 6175 6176 If unsure, say Y. Note that if you want to use DHCP, a DHCP server 6177 must be operating on your network. Read 6178 <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. 6179 6180RARP support 6181CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP 6182 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 6183 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 6184 net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be 6185 discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an 6186 older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y 6187 here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be 6188 operating on your network. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for 6189 details. 6190 6191IP tunneling 6192CONFIG_NET_IPIP 6193 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within 6194 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the 6195 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements 6196 encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but 6197 can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine 6198 appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use 6199 mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between 6200 networks without changing their IP addresses). 6201 6202 Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can 6203 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 6204 want). Most people won't need this and can say N. 6205 6206 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6207 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6208 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 6209 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 6210 ipip.o 6211 6212GRE tunnels over IP 6213CONFIG_NET_IPGRE 6214 Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within 6215 another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the 6216 encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements 6217 GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows 6218 encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure. 6219 This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco 6220 likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP 6221 tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution 6222 through the tunnel. 6223 6224 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6225 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6226 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 6227 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 6228 ip_gre.o 6229 6230Broadcast GRE over IP 6231CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST 6232 One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area 6233 Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area 6234 Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want 6235 to do that, say Y here and to "IP multicast routing" below. 6236 6237IP multicast routing 6238CONFIG_IP_MROUTE 6239 This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP 6240 packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the 6241 MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries 6242 audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most 6243 likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast 6244 capabilities of the various network cards is contained in 6245 <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. If you haven't heard 6246 about it, you don't need it. 6247 6248PIM-SM version 1 support 6249CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1 6250 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent 6251 Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely 6252 because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it 6253 (pimd-v1). Please see <http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/> for more 6254 information about PIM. 6255 6256 Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if 6257 you just want to use Dense Mode PIM. 6258 6259PIM-SM version 2 support 6260CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2 6261 Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use 6262 this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or 6263 gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless 6264 you want to play with it. 6265 6266Unix domain sockets 6267CONFIG_UNIX 6268 If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets; 6269 sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and 6270 accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as 6271 the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your 6272 machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on 6273 an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely 6274 want to say Y here. 6275 6276 However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code 6277 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 6278 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 6279 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 6280 called unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have 6281 said Y to "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add 6282 'alias net-pf-1 unix' to your /etc/modules.conf file. Note that 6283 several important services won't work correctly if you say M here 6284 and then neglect to load the module. 6285 6286 Say Y unless you know what you are doing. 6287 6288The IPv6 protocol 6289CONFIG_IPV6 6290 This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet 6291 Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation"). 6292 Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space, 6293 authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the 6294 current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about 6295 IPv6, see <http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html>; 6296 for specific information about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at 6297 <http://www.bieringer.de/linux/IPv6/> and the file net/ipv6/README 6298 in the kernel source. 6299 6300 If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as 6301 given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. You will still be able to do 6302 regular IPv4 networking as well. 6303 6304 This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which 6305 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 6306 want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it 6307 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6308 6309 It is safe to say N here for now. 6310 6311The SCTP Protocol (EXPERIMENTAL) 6312CONFIG_IP_SCTP 6313 Stream Control Transmission Protocol 6314 6315 From RFC 2960 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2960.txt) 6316 6317 "SCTP is a reliable transport protocol operating on top of a 6318 connectionless packet network such as IP. It offers the following 6319 services to its users: 6320 6321 -- acknowledged error-free non-duplicated transfer of user data, 6322 -- data fragmentation to conform to discovered path MTU size, 6323 -- sequenced delivery of user messages within multiple streams, 6324 with an option for order-of-arrival delivery of individual user 6325 messages, 6326 -- optional bundling of multiple user messages into a single SCTP 6327 packet, and 6328 -- network-level fault tolerance through supporting of multi- 6329 homing at either or both ends of an association." 6330 6331 This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which 6332 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 6333 want). The module will be called sctp. If you want to compile it 6334 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6335 6336 If in doubt, say N. 6337 6338SCTP: Debug messages 6339CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_MSG 6340 If you say Y, this will enable verbose debugging messages. 6341 6342 If unsure, say N. However, if you are running into problems, use 6343 this option to gather detailed trace information 6344 6345SCTP: Debug object counts 6346CONFIG_SCTP_DBG_OBJCNT 6347 If you say Y, this will enable debugging support for counting the 6348 type of objects that are currently allocated. This is useful for 6349 identifying memory leaks. If the /proc filesystem is enabled this 6350 debug information can be viewed by 6351 'cat /proc/net/sctp/sctp_dbg_objcnt' 6352 6353 If unsure, say N 6354 6355#choice 6356SCTP: HMAC algorithm 6357CONFIG_SCTP_HMAC_NONE 6358 Choose an HMAC algorithm to be used during association establishment. 6359 It can be one of SHA1, MD5 or NONE. It is advised to use either HMAC-MD5 6360 or HMAC-SHA1. 6361 See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms 6362 to make usable by SCTP. 6363 6364SCTP: SHA1 HMAC algorithm 6365CONFIG_SCTP_HMAC_SHA1 6366 Enable the use of HMAC-SHA1 during association establishment. It 6367 is advised to use either HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA1. 6368 See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms 6369 to make usable by SCTP. 6370 6371SCTP: MD5 HMAC algorithm 6372config SCTP_HMAC_MD5 6373 Enable the use of HMAC-MD5 during association establishment. It is 6374 advised to use either HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA1. 6375 See configuration for Cryptographic API and enable these algorithms 6376 to make usable by SCTP. 6377 6378Kernel httpd acceleration 6379CONFIG_KHTTPD 6380 The kernel httpd acceleration daemon (kHTTPd) is a (limited) web 6381 server built into the kernel. It is limited since it can only serve 6382 files from the file system and cannot deal with executable content 6383 such as CGI scripts. Serving files is sped up if you use kHTTPd. 6384 If kHTTPd is not able to fulfill a request, it can transparently 6385 pass it through to a user space web server such as apache. 6386 6387 Saying "M" here builds the kHTTPd module; this is NOT enough to have 6388 a working kHTTPd. For safety reasons, the module has to be activated 6389 by doing a "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/khttpd/start" after inserting the 6390 module. 6391 6392 Before using this, read the README in net/khttpd ! 6393 6394 The kHTTPd is experimental. Be careful when using it on a production 6395 machine. Also note that kHTTPd doesn't support virtual servers yet. 6396 6397The IPX protocol 6398CONFIG_IPX 6399 This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly 6400 used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you 6401 want to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux 6402 Novell client ncpfs (available from 6403 <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/ncpfs/>) or from 6404 within the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, 6405 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). In order 6406 to do the former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP file system 6407 support", below. 6408 6409 IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX, 6410 is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in 6411 Linux (see "SPX networking", below). 6412 6413 To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and 6414 IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from 6415 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/> or 6416 mars_nwe from <ftp://www.compu-art.de/mars_nwe/>. For more 6417 information, read the IPX-HOWTO available from 6418 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 6419 6420 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 6421 Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. 6422 6423 The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 16 KB. This driver 6424 is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 6425 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will 6426 be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 6427 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Unless you want to 6428 integrate your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N. 6429 6430Full internal IPX network 6431CONFIG_IPX_INTERN 6432 Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is 6433 useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well 6434 (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different 6435 IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the 6436 same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal 6437 "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this 6438 network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at 6439 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. 6440 6441 The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on 6442 different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by 6443 evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the 6444 bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field 6445 to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the 6446 socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the 6447 kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full 6448 internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at 6449 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is 6450 disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP 6451 daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net 6452 can be found on <ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs/>. 6453 6454 If you don't know what you are doing, say N. 6455 6456#(We're told this will come back someday) 6457 6458SPX networking 6459CONFIG_SPX 6460 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Petr Vandrovec * 6461 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 6462 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 6463 The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol 6464 built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for 6465 client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top 6466 of IP). 6467 6468 Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a 6469 protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available 6470 ("NCP file system support" below for the client side, and the user 6471 space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side). 6472 6473 Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at 6474 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. 6475 6476 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6477 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6478 The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a 6479 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6480 6481DECnet networking 6482CONFIG_DECNET 6483 The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by 6484 Digital (now Compaq). It provides reliable stream and sequenced 6485 packet communications over which run a variety of services similar 6486 to those which run over TCP/IP. 6487 6488 To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please 6489 look at Patrick Caulfield's web site: 6490 <http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/>. 6491 6492 More detailed documentation is available in 6493 <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt>. 6494 6495 Be sure to say Y to "/proc file system support" and "Sysctl support" 6496 below when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid 6497 in configuration at run time. 6498 6499 The DECnet code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6500 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6501 The module is called decnet.o. 6502 6503DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support 6504CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF 6505 This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that 6506 you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which 6507 use this system call and the proper way to get the information 6508 provided by this call is to use rtnetlink. 6509 6510 If unsure, say N. 6511 6512DECnet router support 6513CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER 6514 Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2 6515 router. This is an unfinished option for developers only. If you 6516 do say Y here, then make sure that you also say Y to "Kernel/User 6517 network link driver", "Routing messages" and "Network packet 6518 filtering". The first two are required to allow configuration via 6519 rtnetlink (currently you need Alexey Kuznetsov's iproute2 package 6520 from <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/>). The "Network packet filtering" option 6521 will be required for the forthcoming routing daemon to work. 6522 6523 See <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt> for more information. 6524 6525Use FWMARK value as DECnet routing key 6526CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTE_FWMARK 6527 If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for 6528 packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values 6529 (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument). 6530 6531AppleTalk interfaces support 6532CONFIG_DEV_APPLETALK 6533 AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate 6534 on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network, and wish 6535 to do IP over it, or you have a LocalTalk card and wish to use it to 6536 connect to the AppleTalk network, say Y. 6537 6538AppleTalk protocol support 6539CONFIG_ATALK 6540 AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate 6541 on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you 6542 wish to connect to it, say Y. You will need to use the netatalk package 6543 so that your Linux box can act as a print and file server for Macs as 6544 well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out 6545 <http://www.zettabyte.net/netatalk/> on the WWW for details. 6546 EtherTalk is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the 6547 cheaper and slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple 6548 network using serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully 6549 supported by Linux. 6550 6551 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 6552 Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. The 6553 NET-3-HOWTO, available from 6554 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable 6555 information as well. 6556 6557 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6558 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6559 The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a 6560 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You 6561 almost certainly want to compile it as a module so you can restart 6562 your AppleTalk stack without rebooting your machine. I hear that 6563 the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people 6564 are allowed to say Y here. 6565 6566AppleTalk-IP driver support 6567CONFIG_IPDDP 6568 This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk 6569 networking available. This feature is experimental. With this 6570 driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux 6571 box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if 6572 you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of 6573 AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file 6574 <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. 6575 6576 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into 6577 the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or 6578 decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you 6579 decide which one you want. 6580 6581 If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a 6582 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 6583 running kernel whenever you want, read 6584 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>). The module is called ipddp.o. 6585 In this case, you will be able to use both encapsulation and 6586 decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two copies of the module 6587 and specifying different values for the module option ipddp_mode. 6588 6589IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support 6590CONFIG_IPDDP_ENCAP 6591 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate 6592 IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box 6593 is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a 6594 decapsulator somewhere). Please see 6595 <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. If 6596 you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y 6597 here, then you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation 6598 support", below. 6599 6600AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support 6601CONFIG_IPDDP_DECAP 6602 If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate 6603 AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your 6604 Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network. 6605 Please see <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more 6606 information. If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above 6607 and you say Y here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP 6608 Encapsulation support", above. 6609 6610Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support 6611CONFIG_LTPC 6612 This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk 6613 networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card. 6614 If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it. 6615 You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package. 6616 This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work. 6617 See the file <file:Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt>. 6618 6619 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6620 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6621 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 6622 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 6623 ltpc.o 6624 6625COPS LocalTalk PC card support 6626CONFIG_COPS 6627 This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk 6628 networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk 6629 package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not 6630 work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP" 6631 networking support, above. 6632 Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/cops.txt>. 6633 6634 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6635 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6636 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 6637 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 6638 cops.o 6639 6640Dayna firmware support 6641CONFIG_COPS_DAYNA 6642 Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna 6643 DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC 6644 III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II). 6645 6646Tangent firmware support 6647CONFIG_COPS_TANGENT 6648 Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent 6649 ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200. 6650 6651Amateur Radio support 6652CONFIG_HAMRADIO 6653 If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y 6654 here. You want to read <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html> and 6655 the AX25-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 6656 6657 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 6658 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 6659 the questions about amateur radio. 6660 6661Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 protocol 6662CONFIG_AX25 6663 This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur 6664 radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to 6665 carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device 6666 that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either 6667 use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of 6668 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's 6669 microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or 6670 one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530 6671 or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial 6672 and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their 6673 own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of 6674 those drivers. 6675 6676 Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur 6677 radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 6678 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 6679 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to 6680 check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt> in the 6681 kernel source. More information about digital amateur radio in 6682 general is on the WWW at 6683 <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 6684 6685 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6686 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6687 The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a 6688 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6689 6690AX.25 DAMA Slave support 6691CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE 6692 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 6693 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic 6694 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves. 6695 If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is 6696 transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA 6697 configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure, 6698 say N. 6699 6700AX.25 DAMA Master support 6701CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER 6702 DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 6703 networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic 6704 from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other 6705 slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server. 6706 If unsure, say N. 6707 6708Amateur Radio NET/ROM support 6709CONFIG_NETROM 6710 NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for 6711 routing. 6712 6713 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio 6714 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 6715 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 6716 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to 6717 check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More 6718 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at 6719 <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 6720 6721 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6722 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6723 The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a 6724 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6725 6726Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose) 6727CONFIG_ROSE 6728 The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25 6729 connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in 6730 particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM. 6731 6732 A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio 6733 users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is 6734 contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from 6735 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to 6736 check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More 6737 information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at 6738 <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. 6739 6740 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 6741 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 6742 The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a 6743 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 6744 6745Serial port KISS driver for AX.25 6746CONFIG_MKISS 6747 KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer 6748 and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly 6749 used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it 6750 connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone 6751 input and speaker output). 6752 6753 Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has 6754 the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs 6755 without the need for a firmware upgrade. 6756 6757 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6758 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6759 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 6760 will be called mkiss.o. 6761 6762Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25 6763CONFIG_6PACK 6764 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your 6765 PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of 6766 modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's 6767 microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as 6768 an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio 6769 connections, but it has some extended functionality. 6770 6771 Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause 6772 problems. For details about the features and the usage of the 6773 driver, read <file:Documentation/networking/6pack.txt>. 6774 6775 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6776 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6777 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 6778 will be called 6pack.o. 6779 6780BPQ Ethernet driver 6781CONFIG_BPQETHER 6782 AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur 6783 radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25 6784 traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be 6785 useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct 6786 amateur radio connection. 6787 6788 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 6789 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6790 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 6791 will be called bpqether.o. 6792 6793High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25 6794CONFIG_DMASCC 6795 This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting 6796 DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your 6797 computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps 6798 modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network 6799 traffic. 6800 6801 Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2, Paccomm/Gracilis 6802 PackeTwin, and S5SCC/DMA boards. They are detected automatically. 6803 If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read the AX25-HOWTO, 6804 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 6805 6806 This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you 6807 compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called 6808 dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all 6809 possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices 6810 that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses 6811 to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the 6812 kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The 6813 network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board 6814 detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on. 6815 6816 Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set 6817 certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and 6818 DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program, 6819 dmascc_cfg, available at 6820 <http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/>. Please be sure to get 6821 at least version 1.27 of dmascc_cfg, as older versions will not 6822 work with the current driver. 6823 6824Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25 6825CONFIG_SCC 6826 These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio 6827 in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use 6828 this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> and the 6829 AX25-HOWTO, available from 6830 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y 6831 to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support. 6832 6833 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 6834 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6835 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 6836 will be called scc.o. 6837 6838Support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx 6839CONFIG_SCC_TRXECHO 6840 Some transmitters feed the transmitted signal back to the receive 6841 line. Say Y here to foil this by explicitly disabling the receiver 6842 during data transmission. If in doubt, say Y. 6843 6844Additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards 6845CONFIG_SCC_DELAY 6846 Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not 6847 working properly; please read 6848 <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> for details. If unsure, 6849 say N. 6850 6851YAM driver for AX.25 6852CONFIG_YAM 6853 The YAM is a modem for packet radio which connects to the serial 6854 port and includes some of the functions of a Terminal Node 6855 Controller. If you have one of those, say Y here. 6856 6857 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 6858 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6859 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 6860 will be called yam.o. 6861 6862BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25 6863CONFIG_BAYCOM_PAR 6864 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that 6865 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and 6866 par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility 6867 available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on 6868 the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file 6869 <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 6870 6871 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6872 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6873 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 6874 recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. 6875 6876BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25 6877CONFIG_BAYCOM_EPP 6878 This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that 6879 connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP 6880 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available 6881 in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the 6882 modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file 6883 <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 6884 6885 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6886 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6887 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 6888 recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. 6889 6890BAYCOM ser12 full-duplex driver for AX.25 6891CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX 6892 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio 6893 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the 6894 ser12 design in full-duplex mode. In addition, it allows the 6895 baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems 6896 support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next 6897 driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25" is the old 6898 driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with 6899 your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc 6900 utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For 6901 information on the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and 6902 <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 6903 6904 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6905 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6906 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 6907 recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o. 6908 6909BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25 6910CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX 6911 This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio 6912 modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the 6913 ser12 design in full-duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is 6914 still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with 6915 the full-duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure 6916 the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25 6917 utilities package. For information on the modems, see 6918 <http://www.baycom.de/> and 6919 <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. 6920 6921 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6922 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6923 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 6924 recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o. 6925 6926Sound card modem driver for AX.25 6927CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM 6928 This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or 6929 WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet 6930 radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic 6931 over amateur radio. 6932 6933 To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer 6934 utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For 6935 information on how to key the transmitter, see 6936 <http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html> and 6937 <file:Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt>. 6938 6939 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 6940 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 6941 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 6942 recommended. The module will be called soundmodem.o. 6943 6944Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards 6945CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC 6946 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and 6947 compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards 6948 with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to 6949 "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because 6950 this usually results in better performance. This option also 6951 supports SB16/32/64 in full-duplex mode. 6952 6953Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards 6954CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS 6955 This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem 6956 compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either 6957 Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal 6958 Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports 6959 the WSS full-duplex operation which currently works with Crystal 6960 CS423x chips. If you don't need full-duplex operation, do not enable 6961 it to save performance. 6962 6963Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation 6964CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200 6965 This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem, 6966 compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The 6967 demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU 6968 per channel. 6969 6970Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal) 6971CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7 6972 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, 6973 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz 6974 crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply 6975 that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users 6976 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this 6977 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility 6978 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if 6979 used) is operated widely outside its specifications. 6980 6981Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal) 6982CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8 6983 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, 6984 compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal. 6985 Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I 6986 recommend building such links. It is only here since users 6987 especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this 6988 modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility 6989 with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if 6990 used) is operated widely outside its specifications. 6991 6992Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation 6993CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666 6994 This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem. 6995 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything 6996 else I know of. 6997 6998Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation 6999CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800 7000 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem. 7001 This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything 7002 else I know of. 7003 7004Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation 7005CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800 7006 This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1 7007 compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down 7008 under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not 7009 test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-) 7010 7011Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation 7012CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600 7013 This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem, 7014 compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4% 7015 of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to 7016 both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you 7017 can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end 7018 can understand). 7019 7020CCITT X.25 Packet Layer 7021CONFIG_X25 7022 X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to 7023 frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network 7024 entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections 7025 (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25 7026 network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it 7027 to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many 7028 countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two 7029 protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here 7030 if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB 7031 (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that). 7032 7033 You can read more about X.25 at <http://www.sangoma.com/x25.htm> and 7034 <http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm>. 7035 Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files 7036 <file:Documentation/networking/x25.txt> and 7037 <file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt>. 7038 7039 One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card 7040 using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do 7041 X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y 7042 to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary 7043 Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2 7044 LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" 7045 and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below). 7046 7047 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 7048 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 7049 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 7050 will be called x25.o. If unsure, say N. 7051 7052LAPB Data Link Driver 7053CONFIG_LAPB 7054 Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e. 7055 the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable 7056 connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and 7057 it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet 7058 Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well). 7059 Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux 7060 currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want 7061 to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over 7062 Ethernet driver" below. Read 7063 <file:Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt> for technical 7064 details. 7065 7066 If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which 7067 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 7068 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 7069 module will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N. 7070 7071802.2 LLC 7072CONFIG_LLC 7073 This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over 7074 Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards. 7075 7076Frame Diverter 7077CONFIG_NET_DIVERT 7078 The Frame Diverter allows you to divert packets from the 7079 network, that are not aimed at the interface receiving it (in 7080 promisc. mode). Typically, a Linux box setup as an Ethernet bridge 7081 with the Frames Diverter on, can do some *really* transparent www 7082 caching using a Squid proxy for example. 7083 7084 This is very useful when you don't want to change your router's 7085 config (or if you simply don't have access to it). 7086 7087 The other possible usages of diverting Ethernet Frames are 7088 numberous: 7089 - reroute smtp traffic to another interface 7090 - traffic-shape certain network streams 7091 - transparently proxy smtp connections 7092 - etc... 7093 7094 For more informations, please refer to: 7095 <http://diverter.sourceforge.net/> 7096 <http://perso.wanadoo.fr/magpie/EtherDivert.html> 7097 7098 If unsure, say N. 7099 7100802.1d Ethernet Bridging 7101CONFIG_BRIDGE 7102 If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an 7103 Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it 7104 is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants. 7105 Several such bridges can work together to create even larger 7106 networks of Ethernets using the IEEE 802.1 spanning tree algorithm. 7107 As this is a standard, Linux bridges will cooperate properly with 7108 other third party bridge products. 7109 7110 In order to use the Ethernet bridge, you'll need the bridge 7111 configuration tools; see <file:Documentation/networking/bridge.txt> 7112 for location. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO for more 7113 information. 7114 7115 Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it probably contains several 7116 Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not able to recognize more than 7117 one at boot time without help; for details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 7118 available from in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 7119 7120 If you want to compile this code as a module ( = code which can be 7121 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 7122 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 7123 will be called bridge.o. 7124 7125 If unsure, say N. 7126 7127Packet socket 7128CONFIG_PACKET 7129 The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate 7130 directly with network devices without an intermediate network 7131 protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them 7132 to work, choose Y. 7133 7134 This driver is also available as a module called af_packet.o ( = 7135 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 7136 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 7137 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>; if you use modprobe 7138 or kmod, you may also want to add "alias net-pf-17 af_packet" to 7139 /etc/modules.conf. 7140 7141 If unsure, say Y. 7142 7143Packet socket: mmapped IO 7144CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP 7145 If you say Y here, the Packet protocol driver can use a faster and 7146 more efficient capture method. This feature also allows bigger 7147 receive buffers. To take advantage of this method who have to use 7148 a libpcap library that supports it. For more info see 7149 <file:Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt>. 7150 7151 If unsure, say N. 7152 7153Netlink device emulation 7154CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV 7155 This option will be removed soon. Any programs that want to use 7156 character special nodes like /dev/tap0 or /dev/route (all with major 7157 number 36) need this option, and need to be rewritten soon to use 7158 the real netlink socket. 7159 This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now. 7160 7161 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7162 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7163 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 7164 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 7165 netlink_dev.o 7166 7167Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) 7168CONFIG_ATM 7169 ATM is a high-speed networking technology for Local Area Networks 7170 and Wide Area Networks. It uses a fixed packet size and is 7171 connection oriented, allowing for the negotiation of minimum 7172 bandwidth requirements. 7173 7174 In order to participate in an ATM network, your Linux box needs an 7175 ATM networking card. If you have that, say Y here and to the driver 7176 of your ATM card below. 7177 7178 Note that you need a set of user-space programs to actually make use 7179 of ATM. See the file <file:Documentation/networking/atm.txt> for 7180 further details. 7181 7182Classical IP over ATM 7183CONFIG_ATM_CLIP 7184 Classical IP over ATM for PVCs and SVCs, supporting InARP and 7185 ATMARP. If you want to communication with other IP hosts on your ATM 7186 network, you will typically either say Y here or to "LAN Emulation 7187 (LANE)" below. 7188 7189Do NOT send ICMP if no neighbour 7190CONFIG_ATM_CLIP_NO_ICMP 7191 Normally, an "ICMP host unreachable" message is sent if a neighbour 7192 cannot be reached because there is no VC to it in the kernel's 7193 ATMARP table. This may cause problems when ATMARP table entries are 7194 briefly removed during revalidation. If you say Y here, packets to 7195 such neighbours are silently discarded instead. 7196 7197RFC1483/2684 Bridged protocols 7198CONFIG_ATM_BR2684 7199 ATM PVCs can carry ethernet PDUs according to rfc2684 (formerly 1483) 7200 This device will act like an ethernet from the kernels point of view, 7201 with the traffic being carried by ATM PVCs (currently 1 PVC/device). 7202 This is sometimes used over DSL lines. If in doubt, say N. 7203 7204Per-VC IP filter kludge 7205CONFIG_ATM_BR2684_IPFILTER 7206 This is an experimental mechanism for users who need to terminating a 7207 large number of IP-only vcc's. Do not enable this unless you are sure 7208 you know what you are doing. 7209 7210LAN Emulation (LANE) support 7211CONFIG_ATM_LANE 7212 LAN Emulation emulates services of existing LANs across an ATM 7213 network. Besides operating as a normal ATM end station client, Linux 7214 LANE client can also act as an proxy client bridging packets between 7215 ELAN and Ethernet segments. You need LANE if you want to try MPOA. 7216 7217Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) support 7218CONFIG_ATM_MPOA 7219 Multi-Protocol Over ATM allows ATM edge devices such as routers, 7220 bridges and ATM attached hosts establish direct ATM VCs across 7221 subnetwork boundaries. These shortcut connections bypass routers 7222 enhancing overall network performance. 7223 7224ATM over TCP 7225CONFIG_ATM_TCP 7226 ATM over TCP driver. Useful mainly for development and for 7227 experiments. If unsure, say N. 7228 7229Efficient Networks ENI155P 7230CONFIG_ATM_ENI 7231 Driver for the Efficient Networks ENI155p series and SMC ATM 7232 Power155 155 Mbps ATM adapters. Both, the versions with 512KB and 7233 2MB on-board RAM (Efficient calls them "C" and "S", respectively), 7234 and the FPGA and the ASIC Tonga versions of the board are supported. 7235 The driver works with MMF (-MF or ...F) and UTP-5 (-U5 or ...D) 7236 adapters. 7237 7238 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7239 it as a module, say M here and read 7240 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called eni.o. 7241 7242Enable extended debugging 7243CONFIG_ATM_ENI_DEBUG 7244 Extended debugging records various events and displays that list 7245 when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than 7246 generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. 7247 Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions 7248 itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. 7249 7250Fine-tune burst settings 7251CONFIG_ATM_ENI_TUNE_BURST 7252 In order to obtain good throughput, the ENI NIC can transfer 7253 multiple words of data per PCI bus access cycle. Such a multi-word 7254 transfer is called a burst. 7255 7256 The default settings for the burst sizes are suitable for most PCI 7257 chipsets. However, in some cases, large bursts may overrun buffers 7258 in the PCI chipset and cause data corruption. In such cases, large 7259 bursts must be disabled and only (slower) small bursts can be used. 7260 The burst sizes can be set independently in the send (TX) and 7261 receive (RX) direction. 7262 7263 Note that enabling many different burst sizes in the same direction 7264 may increase the cost of setting up a transfer such that the 7265 resulting throughput is lower than when using only the largest 7266 available burst size. 7267 7268 Also, sometimes larger bursts lead to lower throughput, e.g. on an 7269 Intel 440FX board, a drop from 135 Mbps to 103 Mbps was observed 7270 when going from 8W to 16W bursts. 7271 7272Enable 16W TX bursts (discouraged) 7273CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_16W 7274 Burst sixteen words at once in the send direction. This may work 7275 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. 7276 7277Enable 8W TX bursts (recommended) 7278CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_8W 7279 Burst eight words at once in the send direction. This is the default 7280 setting. 7281 7282Enable 4W TX bursts (optional) 7283CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_4W 7284 Burst four words at once in the send direction. You may want to try 7285 this if you have disabled 8W bursts. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set 7286 may or may not improve throughput. 7287 7288Enable 2W TX bursts (optional) 7289CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_2W 7290 Burst two words at once in the send direction. You may want to try 7291 this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 8W 7292 are also set may or may not improve throughput. 7293 7294Enable 16W RX bursts (discouraged) 7295CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_16W 7296 Burst sixteen words at once in the receive direction. This may work 7297 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. 7298 7299Enable 8W RX bursts (discouraged) 7300CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_8W 7301 Burst eight words at once in the receive direction. This may work 7302 with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets, 7303 such as the Intel Neptune series. 7304 7305Enable 4W RX bursts (recommended) 7306CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_4W 7307 Burst four words at once in the receive direction. This is the 7308 default setting. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set may or may not 7309 improve throughput. 7310 7311Enable 2W RX bursts (optional) 7312CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_2W 7313 Burst two words at once in the receive direction. You may want to 7314 try this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 7315 8W are also set may or may not improve throughput. 7316 7317ZeitNet ZN1221/ZN1225 7318CONFIG_ATM_ZATM 7319 Driver for the ZeitNet ZN1221 (MMF) and ZN1225 (UTP-5) 155 Mbps ATM 7320 adapters. 7321 7322 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7323 it as a module, say M here and read 7324 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called zatm.o. 7325 7326Enable extended debugging 7327CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_DEBUG 7328 Extended debugging records various events and displays that list 7329 when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than 7330 generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. 7331 Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions 7332 itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. 7333 7334Fujitsu FireStream (FS50/FS155) 7335CONFIG_ATM_FIRESTREAM 7336 Driver for the Fujitsu FireStream 155 (MB86697) and 7337 FireStream 50 (MB86695) ATM PCI chips. 7338 7339 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7340 it as a module, say M here and read 7341 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 7342 firestream.o. 7343 7344Enable usec resolution timestamps 7345CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_EXACT_TS 7346 The uPD98401 SAR chip supports a high-resolution timer (approx. 30 7347 MHz) that is used for very accurate reception timestamps. Because 7348 that timer overflows after 140 seconds, and also to avoid timer 7349 drift, time measurements need to be periodically synchronized with 7350 the normal system time. Enabling this feature will add some general 7351 overhead for timer synchronization and also per-packet overhead for 7352 time conversion. 7353 7354IDT 77201/11 (NICStAR) (ForeRunnerLE) 7355CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR 7356 The NICStAR chipset family is used in a large number of ATM NICs for 7357 25 and for 155 Mbps, including IDT cards and the Fore ForeRunnerLE 7358 series. Say Y if you have one of those. 7359 7360 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7361 it as a module, say M here and read 7362 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 7363 nicstar.o. 7364 7365Use suni PHY driver (155Mbps) 7366CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_SUNI 7367 Support for the S-UNI and compatible PHYsical layer chips. These are 7368 found in most 155Mbps NICStAR based ATM cards, namely in the 7369 ForeRunner LE155 cards. This driver provides detection of cable~ 7370 removal and reinsertion and provides some statistics. This driver 7371 doesn't have removal capability when compiled as a module, so if you 7372 need that capability don't include S-UNI support (it's not needed to 7373 make the card work). 7374 7375Use IDT77015 PHY driver (25Mbps) 7376CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_IDT77105 7377 Support for the PHYsical layer chip in ForeRunner LE25 cards. In 7378 addition to cable removal/reinsertion detection, this driver allows 7379 you to control the loopback mode of the chip via a dedicated IOCTL. 7380 This driver is required for proper handling of temporary carrier 7381 loss, so if you have a 25Mbps NICStAR based ATM card you must say Y. 7382 7383IDT 77252 (NICStAR II) 7384CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252 7385 Driver for the IDT 77252 ATM PCI chips. 7386 7387 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7388 it as a module, say M here and read 7389 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called idt77252.o 7390 7391Enable debugging messages 7392CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_DEBUG 7393 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 7394 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 7395 module argument. See the file <file:drivers/atm/idt77252.h> for 7396 the meanings of the bits in the mask. 7397 7398 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 7399 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 7400 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 7401 7402Receive ALL cells in raw queue 7403CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_RCV_ALL 7404 Enable receiving of all cells on the ATM link, that do not match 7405 an open connection in the raw cell queue of the driver. Useful 7406 for debugging or special applications only, so the safe answer is N. 7407 7408Madge Ambassador (Collage PCI 155 Server) 7409CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR 7410 This is a driver for ATMizer based ATM card produced by Madge 7411 Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module named ambassador.o) 7412 here if you have one of these cards. 7413 7414Enable debugging messages 7415CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR_DEBUG 7416 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 7417 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 7418 module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 7419 dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the 7420 string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file 7421 <file:drivers/atm/ambassador.h> for the meanings of the bits in the 7422 mask. 7423 7424 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 7425 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 7426 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 7427 7428Madge Horizon [Ultra] (Collage PCI 25 and Collage PCI 155 Client) 7429CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON 7430 This is a driver for the Horizon chipset ATM adapter cards once 7431 produced by Madge Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 7432 named horizon.o) here if you have one of these cards. 7433 7434Enable debugging messages 7435CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON_DEBUG 7436 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 7437 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 7438 module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 7439 dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the 7440 string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file 7441 <file:drivers/atm/horizon.h> for the meanings of the bits in the 7442 mask. 7443 7444 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 7445 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 7446 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 7447 7448Interphase ATM PCI x575/x525/x531 7449CONFIG_ATM_IA 7450 This is a driver for the Interphase (i)ChipSAR adapter cards 7451 which include a variety of variants in term of the size of the 7452 control memory (128K-1KVC, 512K-4KVC), the size of the packet 7453 memory (128K, 512K, 1M), and the PHY type (Single/Multi mode OC3, 7454 UTP155, UTP25, DS3 and E3). Go to: 7455 <http://www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM> 7456 for more info about the cards. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 7457 named iphase.o) here if you have one of these cards. 7458 7459 See the file <file:Documentation/networking/iphase.txt> for further 7460 details. 7461 7462Enable debugging messages 7463CONFIG_ATM_IA_DEBUG 7464 Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of 7465 messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a 7466 module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed 7467 dynamically using an ioctl (Get the debug utility, iadbg, from 7468 <ftp://ftp.iphase.com/pub/atm/pci/>). 7469 7470 See the file <file:drivers/atm/iphase.h> for the meanings of the 7471 bits in the mask. 7472 7473 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the 7474 speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When 7475 inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. 7476 7477Efficient Networks Speedstream 3010 7478CONFIG_ATM_LANAI 7479 Supports ATM cards based on the Efficient Networks "Lanai" 7480 chipset such as the Speedstream 3010 and the ENI-25p. The 7481 Speedstream 3060 is currently not supported since we don't 7482 have the code to drive the on-board Alcatel DSL chipset (yet). 7483 7484Linux telephony support 7485CONFIG_PHONE 7486 Say Y here if you have a telephony card, which for example allows 7487 you to use a regular phone for voice-over-IP applications. 7488 7489 Note: this has nothing to do with modems. You do not need to say Y 7490 here in order to be able to use a modem under Linux. 7491 7492 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 7493 it as a module, say M here and read 7494 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 7495 phonedev.o. 7496 7497Compaq Smart Array support 7498CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA 7499 This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers. 7500 Everyone using these boards should say Y here. 7501 See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for the current list of 7502 boards supported by this driver, and for further information 7503 on the use of this driver. 7504 7505 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7506 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7507 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 7508 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 7509 cciss.o 7510 7511SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx 7512CONFIG_CISS_SCSI_TAPE 7513 When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium 7514 changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array 7515 controller. (See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for more details.) 7516 7517 "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this 7518 option to work. 7519 7520 When this option is disabled (N), the SCSI portion of the driver 7521 is not compiled. 7522 7523Enable monitor thread 7524CONFIG_CISS_MONITOR_THREAD 7525 Intended for use with multipath configurations (see the md driver). 7526 This option allows a per-adapter monitoring thread to periodically 7527 poll the adapter to detect failure modes in which the processor 7528 is unable to receive interrupts from the adapter, thus enabling 7529 fail-over to an alternate adapter in such situations. See 7530 <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for more details. 7531 7532QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack support 7533CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ 7534 Say M if you have a telephony card manufactured by Quicknet 7535 Technologies, Inc. These include the Internet PhoneJACK and 7536 Internet LineJACK Telephony Cards. You will get a module called 7537 ixj.o. 7538 7539 For the ISA versions of these products, you can configure the 7540 cards using the isapnp tools (pnpdump/isapnp) or you can use the 7541 isapnp support. Please read <file:Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt>. 7542 7543 For more information on these cards, see Quicknet's web site at: 7544 <http://www.quicknet.net/>. 7545 7546 If you do not have any Quicknet telephony cards, you can safely 7547 say N here. 7548 7549QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack PCMCIA support 7550CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ_PCMCIA 7551 Say Y here to configure in PCMCIA service support for the Quicknet 7552 cards manufactured by Quicknet Technologies, Inc. This builds an 7553 additional support module for the PCMCIA version of the card. 7554 7555FORE Systems 200E-series 7556CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_MAYBE 7557 This is a driver for the FORE Systems 200E-series ATM adapter 7558 cards. It simultaneously supports PCA-200E and SBA-200E models 7559 on PCI and SBUS hosts. Say Y (or M to compile as a module 7560 named fore_200e.o) here if you have one of these ATM adapters. 7561 7562 Note that the driver will actually be compiled only if you 7563 additionally enable the support for PCA-200E and/or SBA-200E 7564 cards. 7565 7566 See the file <file:Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt> for 7567 further details. 7568 7569Enable PCA-200E card support on PCI-based hosts 7570CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA 7571 Say Y here if you want your PCA-200E cards to be probed. 7572 7573Use default PCA-200E firmware 7574CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_DEFAULT_FW 7575 Use the default PCA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. 7576 7577 Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so 7578 they should say Y here. 7579 7580Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware 7581CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_FW 7582 This defines the pathname of an alternative PCA-200E binary 7583 firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be 7584 absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. 7585 7586 The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do 7587 not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use 7588 default PCA-200E firmware" instead. 7589 7590Enable SBA-200E card support on SBUS-based hosts 7591CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA 7592 Say Y here if you want your SBA-200E cards to be probed. 7593 7594Use default SBA-200E firmware 7595CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_DEFAULT_FW 7596 Use the default SBA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. 7597 7598 Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so 7599 they should say Y here. 7600 7601Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware 7602CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_FW 7603 This defines the pathname of an alternative SBA-200E binary 7604 firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be 7605 absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. 7606 7607 The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do 7608 not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use 7609 default SBA-200E firmware", above. 7610 7611CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_USE_TASKLET 7612 This defers work to be done by the interrupt handler to a 7613 tasklet instead of handling everything at interrupt time. This 7614 may improve the responsiveness of the host. 7615 7616Maximum number of tx retries 7617CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_TX_RETRY 7618 Specifies the number of times the driver attempts to transmit 7619 a message before giving up, if the transmit queue of the ATM card 7620 is transiently saturated. 7621 7622 Saturation of the transmit queue may occur only under extreme 7623 conditions, e.g. when a fast host continuously submits very small 7624 frames (<64 bytes) or raw AAL0 cells (48 bytes) to the ATM adapter. 7625 7626 Note that under common conditions, it is unlikely that you encounter 7627 a saturation of the transmit queue, so the retry mechanism never 7628 comes into play. 7629 7630Debugging level (0-3) 7631CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_DEBUG 7632 Specifies the level of debugging messages issued by the driver. 7633 The verbosity of the driver increases with the value of this 7634 parameter. 7635 7636 When active, these messages can have a significant impact on 7637 the performances of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! 7638 Keep the debugging level to 0 during normal operations. 7639 7640ForeRunner HE Series 7641CONFIG_ATM_HE 7642 This is a driver for the Marconi ForeRunner HE-series ATM adapter 7643 cards. It simultaneously supports the 155 and 622 versions. 7644 7645Use S/UNI PHY driver 7646 Support for the S/UNI-Ultra and S/UNI-622 found in the ForeRunner 7647 HE cards. This driver provides carrier detection some statistics. 7648 7649PPP over ATM 7650CONFIG_PPPOATM 7651 Support PPP (Point to Point Protocol) encapsulated in ATM frames. 7652 This implementation does not yet comply with section 8 of RFC2364, 7653 which can lead to bad results idf the ATM peer loses state and 7654 changes its encapsulation unilaterally. 7655 7656Fusion MPT device support 7657CONFIG_FUSION 7658 LSI Logic Fusion(TM) Message Passing Technology (MPT) device support 7659 provides high performance SCSI host initiator, and LAN [1] interface 7660 services to a host system. The Fusion architecture is capable of 7661 duplexing these protocols on high-speed Fibre Channel 7662 (up to 2 GHz x 2 ports = 4 GHz) and parallel SCSI (up to Ultra-320) 7663 physical medium. 7664 7665 [1] LAN is not supported on parallel SCSI medium. 7666 7667 These drivers require a Fusion MPT compatible PCI adapter installed 7668 in the host system. MPT adapters contain specialized I/O processors 7669 to handle I/O workload, and more importantly to offload this work 7670 from the host CPU(s). 7671 7672 If you have Fusion MPT hardware and want to use it, you can say 7673 Y or M here to add MPT (base + ScsiHost) drivers. 7674 <Y> = build lib (fusion.o), and link [static] into the kernel [2] 7675 proper 7676 <M> = compiled as [dynamic] modules [3] named: (mptbase.o, 7677 mptscsih.o) 7678 7679 [2] In order enable capability to boot the linux kernel 7680 natively from a Fusion MPT target device, you MUST 7681 answer Y here! (currently requires CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD) 7682 [3] This support is also available as a module ( = code 7683 which can be inserted in and removed from the running 7684 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile as 7685 modules, say M here and read 7686 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 7687 7688 If unsure, say N. 7689 7690 If you say Y or M here you will get a choice of these 7691 additional protocol and support module options: Module Name: 7692 <M> Enhanced SCSI error reporting (isense.o) 7693 <M> Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver (mptctl.o) 7694 <M> Fusion MPT LAN driver (mptlan.o) 7695 7696 --- 7697 Fusion MPT is trademark of LSI Logic Corporation, and its 7698 architecture is based on LSI Logic's Message Passing Interface (MPI) 7699 specification. 7700 7701Maximum number of scatter gather entries 7702CONFIG_FUSION_MAX_SGE 7703 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of scatter- 7704 gather entries per I/O. The driver defaults to 40, a reasonable number 7705 for most systems. However, the user may increase this up to 128. 7706 Increasing this parameter will require significantly more memory 7707 on a per controller instance. Increasing the parameter is not 7708 necessary (or recommended) unless the user will be running 7709 large I/O's via the raw interface. 7710 7711Fusion MPT enhanced SCSI error reporting [optional] module 7712CONFIG_FUSION_ISENSE 7713 The isense module (roughly stands for Interpret SENSE data) is 7714 completely optional. It simply provides extra English readable 7715 strings in SCSI Error Report(s) that might be generated from the 7716 Fusion MPT SCSI Host driver, for example when a target device 7717 returns a SCSI check condition on a I/O. Without this module 7718 loaded you might see: 7719 7720 SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) 7721 SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) 7722 Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 7723 SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 7724 SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h 7725 ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h 7726 7727 Where otherwise, if this module had been loaded, you would see: 7728 7729 SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) 7730 SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) 7731 Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 - "WRITE(10)" 7732 SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 7733 SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h 7734 ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h "LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY, INITIALIZING CMD. REQUIRED" 7735 7736 Say M for "Enhanced SCSI error reporting" to compile this optional module, 7737 creating a driver named: isense.o. 7738 7739 NOTE: Support for building this feature into the kernel is not 7740 available, due to kernel size considerations. 7741 7742Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver [optional] module 7743CONFIG_FUSION_CTL 7744 The Fusion MPT misc device driver provides specialized control 7745 of MPT adapters via system ioctl calls. Use of ioctl calls to 7746 the MPT driver requires that you create and use a misc device 7747 node ala: 7748 mknod /dev/mptctl c 10 220 7749 7750 One use of this ioctl interface is to perform an upgrade (reflash) 7751 of the MPT adapter firmware. Refer to readme file(s) distributed 7752 with the Fusion MPT linux driver for additional details. 7753 7754 If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptctl.o 7755 will be compiled. 7756 7757 If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. 7758 7759Fusion MPT LAN driver [optional] 7760CONFIG_FUSION_LAN 7761 This module supports LAN IP traffic over Fibre Channel port(s) 7762 on Fusion MPT compatible hardware (LSIFC9xx chips). 7763 The physical interface used is defined in RFC 2625. 7764 Please refer to that document for details. 7765 7766 Installing this driver requires the knowledge to configure and 7767 activate a new network interface, "fc0", using standard Linux tools. 7768 7769 If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptlan.o 7770 will be compiled. 7771 7772 If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. 7773 7774 NOTES: This feature is NOT available nor supported for linux-2.2.x 7775 kernels. You must be building a linux-2.3.x or linux-2.4.x kernel 7776 in order to configure this option. 7777 Support for building this feature into the linux kernel is not 7778 yet available. 7779 7780SCSI support 7781CONFIG_SCSI 7782 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CD-ROM or 7783 any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know 7784 the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer 7785 that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller), 7786 because you will be asked for it. 7787 7788 You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel 7789 port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive. 7790 7791 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7792 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7793 The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as 7794 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7795 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. However, do not compile this as a 7796 module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) 7797 is located on a SCSI device. 7798 7799SCSI disk support 7800CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD 7801 If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port 7802 version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the 7803 SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from 7804 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This is NOT for SCSI 7805 CD-ROMs. 7806 7807 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7808 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7809 The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a 7810 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7811 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. Do not compile this driver as a 7812 module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) 7813 is located on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver 7814 for your SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either. 7815 7816Maximum number of SCSI disks that can be loaded as modules 7817CONFIG_SD_EXTRA_DEVS 7818 This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 7819 drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 7820 the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 7821 value is the number of additional disks that can be loaded after the 7822 first host driver is loaded. 7823 7824 Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 7825 involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 7826 flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 7827 7828 If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 7829 7830Maximum number of SCSI tapes that can be loaded as modules 7831CONFIG_ST_EXTRA_DEVS 7832 This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 7833 drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 7834 the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 7835 value is the number of additional tapes that can be loaded after the 7836 first host driver is loaded. 7837 7838 Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 7839 involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 7840 flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 7841 7842 If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 7843 7844SCSI tape support 7845CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST 7846 If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the 7847 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 7848 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and 7849 <file:drivers/scsi/README.st> in the kernel source. This is NOT for 7850 SCSI CD-ROMs. 7851 7852 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7853 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7854 The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a 7855 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7856 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 7857 7858OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape support 7859CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST 7860 The OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape drives can not be driven by the 7861 standard st driver, but instead need this special osst driver and 7862 use the /dev/osstX char device nodes (major 206). Via usb-storage 7863 and ide-scsi, you may be able to drive the USB-x0 and DI-x0 drives 7864 as well. Note that there is also a second generation of OnStream 7865 tape drives (ADR-x0) that supports the standard SCSI-2 commands for 7866 tapes (QIC-157) and can be driven by the standard driver st. 7867 For more information, you may have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO 7868 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and 7869 <file:drivers/scsi/README.osst> in the kernel source. 7870 More info on the OnStream driver may be found on 7871 <http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/> 7872 Please also have a look at the standard st docu, as most of it 7873 applies to osst as well. 7874 7875 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7876 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7877 The module will be called osst.o. If you want to compile it as a 7878 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7879 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 7880 7881SCSI CD-ROM support 7882CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR 7883 If you want to use a SCSI CD-ROM under Linux, say Y and read the 7884 SCSI-HOWTO and the CD-ROM-HOWTO at 7885 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y 7886 or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" later. 7887 7888 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7889 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7890 The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a 7891 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7892 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. 7893 7894Maximum number of CD-ROM devices that can be loaded as modules 7895CONFIG_SR_EXTRA_DEVS 7896 This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for 7897 drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In 7898 the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this 7899 value is the number of additional CD-ROMs that can be loaded after 7900 the first host driver is loaded. 7901 7902 Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions 7903 involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this 7904 flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. 7905 7906 If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. 7907 7908Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CD-ROM) 7909CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR 7910 This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is 7911 required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom 7912 drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first 7913 session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N. 7914 7915SCSI generic support 7916CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG 7917 If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just 7918 about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks, 7919 CD-ROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel 7920 directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to 7921 talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol: 7922 7923 For scanners, look at SANE (<http://www.mostang.com/sane/>). For CD 7924 writer software look at Cdrtools 7925 (<http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/cdrecord.html>) 7926 and for burning a "disk at once": CDRDAO 7927 (<http://cdrdao.sourceforge.net/>). Cdparanoia is a high 7928 quality digital reader of audio CDs (<http://www.xiph.org/paranoia/>). 7929 For other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the 7930 driver software yourself. Please read the file 7931 <file:Documentation/scsi-generic.txt> for more information. 7932 7933 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 7934 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 7935 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 7936 <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure, 7937 say N. 7938 7939Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device 7940CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN 7941 If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical 7942 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you 7943 can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs. 7944 A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI 7945 devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and 7946 so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it 7947 is safer. 7948 7949Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K) 7950CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS 7951 The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to 7952 understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about 7953 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y. 7954 7955SCSI logging facility 7956CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING 7957 This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number 7958 of SCSI related problems. 7959 7960 If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you 7961 can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and 7962 "Sysctl support" below and executing the command 7963 7964 echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi 7965 7966 at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. 7967 7968 There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can 7969 find them in the source: <file:drivers/scsi/scsi.c>), and this 7970 allows you to select the types of information you want, and the 7971 level allows you to select the level of verbosity. 7972 7973 If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI 7974 problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but 7975 there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have 7976 logging turned off. 7977 7978QDIO base support for IBM S/390 and zSeries 7979CONFIG_QDIO 7980 This driver provides the Queued Direct I/O base support for the 7981 IBM S/390 (G5 and G6) and eServer zSeries (z800, z900 and z990). 7982 7983 For details please refer to the documentation provided by IBM at 7984 <http://www10.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390> 7985 7986 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 7987 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 7988 The module will be called qdio.o. If you want to compile it as a 7989 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 7990 7991 If unsure, say Y. 7992 7993Performance statistics for QDIO base support 7994CONFIG_QDIO_PERF_STATS 7995 Say Y here to get performance statistics in /proc/qdio_perf 7996 7997 If unsure, say N. 7998 7999IBM S/390 and zSeries OSA-Express and HiperSockets device driver 8000CONFIG_QETH 8001 This driver supports the IBM S/390 and zSeries OSA Express adapters 8002 in QDIO mode (all media types), HiperSockets interfaces and VM GuestLAN 8003 interfaces in QDIO and HIPER mode. 8004 8005 For details please refer to the documentation provided by IBM at 8006 <http://www10.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390> 8007 8008 This driver is also available as a module (code which can be 8009 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 8010 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and 8011 read file Documentation/modules.txt. 8012 8013IPv6 support for qeth 8014CONFIG_QETH_IPV6 8015 If CONFIG_QETH is switched on, this option will include IPv6 8016 support in the qeth device driver. 8017 8018IEEE 802.1q VLAN support for qeth 8019CONFIG_QETH_VLAN 8020 If CONFIG_QETH is switched on, this option will include IEEE 8021 802.1q VLAN support in the qeth device driver. 8022 8023Performance statistics for the qeth drivers 8024CONFIG_QETH_PERF_STATS 8025 When switched on, this option will add a file in the proc-fs 8026 (/proc/qeth_perf_stats) containing performance statistics. It 8027 may slightly impact performance, so this is only recommended for 8028 internal tuning of the device driver. 8029 8030SGI WD93C93 SCSI Driver 8031CONFIG_SCSI_SGIWD93 8032 Say Y here to support the on-board WD93C93 SCSI controller found (a) 8033 on the Indigo2 and other MIPS-based SGI machines, and (b) on ARCS 8034 ARM-based machines. 8035 8036DEC NCR53C94 SCSI Driver 8037CONFIG_SCSI_DECNCR 8038 Say Y here to support the NCR53C94 SCSI controller chips on IOASIC 8039 based TURBOchannel DECstations and TURBOchannel PMAZ-A cards. 8040 8041AdvanSys SCSI support 8042CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS 8043 This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by 8044 AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in 8045 <file:drivers/scsi/advansys.c>. 8046 8047 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8048 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8049 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 8050 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 8051 advansys.o. 8052 8053Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support 8054CONFIG_SCSI_AHA152X 8055 This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825 8056 SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc. 8057 must be manually specified in this case. 8058 8059 It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8060 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to 8061 read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.aha152x>. 8062 8063 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8064 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8065 The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a 8066 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8067 8068Adaptec AHA1542 support 8069CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1542 8070 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 8071 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8072 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that Trantor was 8073 purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being 8074 sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the box, you 8075 may have to change some settings in <file:drivers/scsi/aha1542.h>. 8076 8077 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8078 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8079 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8080 will be called aha1542.o. 8081 8082Adaptec AHA1740 support 8083CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1740 8084 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 8085 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8086 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 8087 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 8088 <file:drivers/scsi/aha1740.h>. 8089 8090 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8091 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8092 The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a 8093 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8094 8095Adaptec AIC7xxx support 8096CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX 8097 This driver supports all of Adaptec's Fast through Ultra 160 PCI 8098 based SCSI controllers as well as the aic7770 based EISA and VLB 8099 SCSI controllers (the 274x and 284x series). For AAA and ARO based 8100 configurations, only SCSI functionality is provided. 8101 8102 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8103 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8104 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8105 will be called aic7xxx.o. 8106 8107Maximum number of TCQ commands per device 8108CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 8109 Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI 8110 device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. 8111 8112 This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions 8113 to be used for any device. The aic7xxx driver will automatically 8114 vary this number based on device behavior. For devices with a 8115 fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum 8116 and display a console message indicating this value. 8117 8118 Due to resource allocation issues in the Linux SCSI mid-layer, using 8119 a high number of commands per device may result in memory allocation 8120 failures when many devices are attached to the system. For this reason, 8121 the default is set to 32. Higher values may result in higer performance 8122 on some devices. The upper bound is 253. 0 disables tagged queueing. 8123 8124 Per device tag depth can be controlled via the kernel command line 8125 "tag_info" option. See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic7xxx 8126 for details. 8127 8128 Default: 32 8129 8130Initial bus reset delay in milli-seconds 8131CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY_MS 8132 The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset. 8133 The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is 8134 dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value. 8135 8136 Default: 15000 (15 seconds) 8137 8138Probe for EISA and VL AIC7XXX Adapters 8139CONFIG_AIC7XXX_PROBE_EISA_VL 8140 Probe for EISA and VLB Aic7xxx controllers. In many newer systems, 8141 the invasive probes necessary to detect these controllers can cause 8142 other devices to fail. For this reason, the non-PCI probe code is 8143 disabled by default. The current value of this option can be "toggled" 8144 via the no_probe kernel command line option. 8145 8146CONFIG_AIC7XXX_BUILD_FIRMWARE 8147 This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware 8148 source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware 8149 include files updated during a normal kernel build. The assembler 8150 for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well 8151 as the db v1 library. You may have to install additional packages 8152 or modify the assembler Makefile or the files it includes if your 8153 build environment is different than that of the author. 8154 8155Compile in Debugging Code 8156CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_ENABLE 8157 Compile in aic7xxx debugging code that can be useful in diagnosing 8158 driver errors. 8159 8160Debug code enable mask (2048 for all debugging) 8161CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_MASK 8162 Bit mask of debug options that is only valid if the 8163 CONFIG_AIC7XXX_DEBUG_ENABLE option is enabled. The bits in this mask 8164 are defined in the drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic7xxx.h - search for the 8165 variable ahc_debug in that file to find them. 8166 8167 Default: 0 8168 8169Decode registers during diagnostics 8170CONFIG_AIC7XXX_REG_PRETTY_PRINT 8171 Compile in register value tables for the output of expanded register 8172 contents in diagnostics. This make it much easier to understand debug 8173 output without having to refer to a data book and/or the aic7xxx.reg file. 8174 8175Old Adaptec AIC7xxx support 8176CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD 8177 WARNING This driver is an older aic7xxx driver and is no longer 8178 under active development. Adaptec, Inc. is writing a new driver to 8179 take the place of this one, and it is recommended that whenever 8180 possible, people should use the new Adaptec written driver instead 8181 of this one. This driver will eventually be phased out entirely. 8182 8183 This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI 8184 controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards; 8185 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and 8186 motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support 8187 the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever 8188 support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that 8189 use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you 8190 need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver. 8191 8192 In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller 8193 chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver 8194 should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically 8195 not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x 8196 cards). 8197 8198 Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this 8199 driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have 8200 one of those. 8201 8202 Information on the configuration options for this controller can be 8203 found by checking the help file for each of the available 8204 configuration options. You should read 8205 <file:drivers/scsi/aic7xxx_old/README.aic7xxx> at a minimum before 8206 contacting the maintainer with any questions. The SCSI-HOWTO, 8207 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, can also 8208 be of great help. 8209 8210 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 8211 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8212 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8213 will be called aic7xxx_old.o. 8214 8215Enable tagged command queueing (TCQ) by default 8216CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT 8217 This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use Tagged 8218 Command Queueing (TCQ) on all devices that claim to support it. 8219 8220 TCQ is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 8221 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 8222 previous commands haven't finished yet. Because the device is 8223 intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head positioning) 8224 based on its own request queue. Not all devices implement this 8225 correctly. 8226 8227 If you say Y here, you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices 8228 with the use of the tag_info boot parameter. See the file 8229 <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> for more information on that and 8230 other aic7xxx setup commands. If this option is turned off, you may 8231 still enable TCQ on known good devices by use of the tag_info boot 8232 parameter. 8233 8234 If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N 8235 here. 8236 8237 However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much 8238 as 50% or more, so it is recommended that if you say N here, you 8239 should at least read the <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> file so 8240 you will know how to enable this option manually should your drives 8241 prove to be safe in regards to TCQ. 8242 8243 Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets 8244 when TCQ is enabled on them. If you have a Western Digital 8245 Enterprise SCSI drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable 8246 TCQ on it as the drive will become unreliable, and it will actually 8247 reduce performance. 8248 8249Default number of TCQ commands per device 8250CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 8251 Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI 8252 device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. 8253 8254 Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device, 8255 but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that 8256 figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the 8257 driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes 8258 of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices 8259 eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of 8260 memory if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a 8261 more reasonable figure. 8262 8263 NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given 8264 more commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives 8265 are the most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball 8266 drives it is suggested to use no more than 8 commands per device. 8267 8268 Default: 8 8269 8270Collect statistics to report in /proc 8271CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_PROC_STATS 8272 This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have 8273 been sent to each particular device and report that information to 8274 the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of 8275 the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a 8276 small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx 8277 driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this 8278 information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if 8279 you also say Y to "/proc file system support", below. 8280 8281 If unsure, say N. 8282 8283CONFIG_SCSI_AIC79XX 8284 This driver supports all of Adaptec's Ultra 320 PCI-X based SCSI controllers. 8285 8286CONFIG_AIC79XX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE 32 8287 Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI 8288 device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. 8289 8290 This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions 8291 to be used for any device. The aic7xxx driver will automatically 8292 vary this number based on device behavior. For devices with a 8293 fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum 8294 and display a console message indicating this value. 8295 8296 Due to resource allocation issues in the Linux SCSI mid-layer, using 8297 a high number of commands per device may result in memory allocation 8298 failures when many devices are attached to the system. For this reason, 8299 the default is set to 32. Higher values may result in higer performance 8300 on some devices. The upper bound is 253. 8301 8302 Per device tag depth can be controlled via the kernel command line 8303 "tag_info" option. See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic79xx 8304 for details. 8305 8306 Default: 32 8307 8308CONFIG_AIC79XX_RESET_DELAY_MS 15000 8309 The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset. 8310 The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is 8311 dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value. 8312 8313 Default: 15000 (15 seconds) 8314 8315CONFIG_AIC79XX_BUILD_FIRMWARE 8316 This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware 8317 source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware 8318 include files updated during a normal kernel build. The assembler 8319 for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well 8320 as the db v1 library. You may have to install additional packages 8321 or modify the assembler Makefile or the files it includes if your 8322 build environment is different than that of the author. 8323 8324CONFIG_AIC79XX_ENABLE_RD_STRM 8325 Read Streaming is a U320 protocol option that should enhance performance. 8326 Early U320 drive firmware actually performs slower with read streaming 8327 enabled so it is disabled by default. Read Streaming can be configured 8328 in much the same way as tagged queueing using the "rd_strm" command line 8329 option. See drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/README.aic79xx for details. 8330 8331CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_ENABLE 8332 Compile in aic79xx debugging code that can be useful in diagnosing 8333 driver errors. 8334 8335CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_MASK 8336 Bit mask of debug options that is only valid if the 8337 CONFIG_AIC79XX_DEBUG_ENABLE option is enabled. The bits in this mask 8338 are defined in the drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h - search for the 8339 variable ahd_debug in that file to find them. 8340 8341 Default: 0 8342 8343CONFIG_AIC79XX_REG_PRETTY_PRINT 8344 Compile in register value tables for the output of expanded register 8345 contents in diagnostics. This make it much easier to understand debug 8346 output without having to refer to a data book and/or the aic7xxx.reg file. 8347 8348Adaptec I2O RAID support 8349CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O 8350 This driver supports all of Adaptec's I2O based RAID controllers as 8351 well as the DPT SmartRaid V cards. This is an Adaptec maintained 8352 driver by Deanna Bonds. See <file:drivers/scsi/README.dpti>. 8353 8354 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8355 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8356 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 8357 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 8358 dpt_i2o.o. 8359 8360IBM ServeRAID support 8361CONFIG_SCSI_IPS 8362 This is support for the IBM ServeRAID hardware RAID controllers. 8363 See <http://www.developer.ibm.com/welcome/netfinity/serveraid.html> 8364 for more information. If this driver does not work correctly 8365 without modification please contact the author by email at 8366 ipslinux@us.ibm.com. 8367 8368 You can build this driver as a module ( = code which can be 8369 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8370 but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it 8371 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8372 The module will be called ips.o. 8373 8374BusLogic SCSI support 8375CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC 8376 This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host 8377 Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8378 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the files 8379 <file:drivers/scsi/README.BusLogic> and 8380 <file:drivers/scsi/README.FlashPoint> for more information. If this 8381 driver does not work correctly without modification, please contact 8382 the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by email to lnz@dandelion.com. 8383 8384 You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be 8385 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8386 but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it 8387 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8388 The module will be called BusLogic.o. 8389 8390Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support 8391CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT 8392 This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the 8393 BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is 8394 substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit 8395 it. 8396 8397Compaq Fibre Channel 64-bit/66Mhz HBA support 8398CONFIG_SCSI_CPQFCTS 8399 Say Y here to compile in support for the Compaq StorageWorks Fibre 8400 Channel 64-bit/66Mhz Host Bus Adapter. 8401 8402 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8403 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8404 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8405 will be called cpqfc.o. 8406 8407DMX3191D SCSI support 8408CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D 8409 This is support for Domex DMX3191D SCSI Host Adapters. 8410 8411 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8412 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8413 The module will be called dmx3191d.o. If you want to compile it as 8414 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8415 8416DTC3180/3280 SCSI support 8417CONFIG_SCSI_DTC3280 8418 This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read 8419 the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8420 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the file 8421 <file:drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80>. 8422 8423 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8424 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8425 The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a 8426 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8427 8428EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support 8429CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA 8430 This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host 8431 Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families 8432 and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers. 8433 8434 Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above 8435 SCSI Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA 8436 ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available 8437 from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 8438 8439 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8440 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8441 The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as 8442 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8443 8444EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support 8445CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO 8446 This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host 8447 Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant 8448 host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from 8449 doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks 8450 numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO, 8451 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 8452 8453 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8454 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8455 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8456 will be called eata_pio.o. 8457 8458UltraStor 14F/34F support 8459CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F 8460 This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters. 8461 The source at <file:drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c> contains some 8462 information about this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of 8463 the box, you may have to change some settings in 8464 <file: drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c>. Read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8465 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that there is also 8466 another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support", 8467 below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as 8468 well. 8469 8470 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8471 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8472 The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a 8473 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8474 8475enable elevator sorting 8476CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS 8477 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and 8478 CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing 8479 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable 8480 performance improvement: your mileage may vary... 8481 8482 The safe answer is N. 8483 8484maximum number of queued commands 8485CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS 8486 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for 8487 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8 8488 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. 8489 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size 8490 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used 8491 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. 8492 8493Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support 8494CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN 8495 This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters 8496 (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and 8497 other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum 8498 ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board). 8499 It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8500 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 8501 8502 NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip 8503 and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI 8504 controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older 8505 Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them. 8506 8507 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8508 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8509 The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a 8510 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8511 8512Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support 8513CONFIG_SCSI_FD_MCS 8514 This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters. 8515 Some PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which 8516 is identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver. 8517 This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part). 8518 It supports multiple adapters in the same system. 8519 8520 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8521 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8522 The module will be called fd_mcs.o. If you want to compile it as a 8523 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8524 8525Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support 8526CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380 8527 This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be 8528 confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in 8529 section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8530 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 8531 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 8532 <file:drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h>. 8533 8534 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8535 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8536 The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as 8537 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8538 8539Enable NCR53c400 extensions 8540CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400 8541 This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. 8542 You might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe 8543 for the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have 8544 to pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it does 8545 not detect your card. See the file 8546 <file:drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380> for details. 8547 8548# Choice: ncr5380 8549NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B) 8550CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT 8551 The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties: 8552 port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most 8553 common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode. 8554 8555NCR Dual 700 MCA SCSI support 8556CONFIG_SCSI_NCR_D700 8557 This is a driver for the MicroChannel Dual 700 card produced by 8558 NCR and commonly used in 345x/35xx/4100 class machines. It always 8559 tries to negotiate sync and uses tag command queueing. 8560 8561 Unless you have an NCR manufactured machine, the chances are that 8562 you do not have this SCSI card, so say N. 8563 8564 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8565 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8566 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8567 will be called NCR_D700.o. 8568 8569HP LASI SCSI support for 53c700/710 8570CONFIG_SCSI_LASI700 8571 This is a driver for the lasi baseboard in some parisc machines 8572 which is based on the 53c700 chip. Will also support LASI subsystems 8573 based on the 710 chip using 700 emulation mode. 8574 8575 Unless you know you have a 53c700 or 53c710 based lasi, say N here 8576 8577NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support 8578CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx 8579 This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI 8580 controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It 8581 is explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8582 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 8583 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 8584 <file:drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h>. Please read 8585 <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx> for the available boot time 8586 command line options. 8587 8588 Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers 8589 ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you 8590 need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be 8591 active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the 8592 other driver. 8593 8594 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8595 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8596 The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as 8597 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8598 8599Always negotiate synchronous transfers 8600CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync 8601 In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there 8602 are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet 8603 is N. 8604 8605Allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz] 8606CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST 8607 This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host 8608 adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest 8609 to say N here. 8610 8611Allow DISCONNECT 8612CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT 8613 This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI 8614 controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock 8615 the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use 8616 of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and 8617 providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI 8618 devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate 8619 properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system 8620 to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer 8621 therefore is to say N. 8622 8623SYM53C8XX Version 2 SCSI support 8624CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 8625 This driver supports the whole NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX family of 8626 PCI-SCSI controllers. It also supports the subset of LSI53C10XX 8627 Ultra-160 controllers that are based on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS 8628 language. It does not support LSI53C10XX Ultra-320 PCI-X SCSI 8629 controllers. 8630 8631 If your system has problems using this new major version of the 8632 SYM53C8XX driver, you may switch back to driver version 1. 8633 8634 Please read <file:drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/Documentation.txt> for more 8635 information. 8636 8637 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8638 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8639 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8640 will be called sym53c8xx_2.o. 8641 8642PCI DMA addressing mode 8643CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE 8644 This option only applies to PCI-SCSI chip that are PCI DAC capable 8645 (875A, 895A, 896, 1010-33, 1010-66, 1000). 8646 8647 When set to 0, only PCI 32 bit DMA addressing (SAC) will be performed. 8648 When set to 1, 40 bit DMA addressing (with upper 24 bits of address 8649 set to zero) is supported. The addressable range is here 1 TB. 8650 When set to 2, full 64 bits of address for DMA are supported, but only 8651 16 segments of 4 GB can be addressed. The addressable range is so 8652 limited to 64 GB. 8653 8654 The safest value is 0 (32 bit DMA addressing) that is guessed to still 8655 fit most of real machines. 8656 8657 The preferred value 1 (40 bit DMA addressing) should make happy 8658 properly engineered PCI DAC capable host bridges. You may configure 8659 this option for Intel platforms with more than 4 GB of memory. 8660 8661 The still experimental value 2 (64 bit DMA addressing with 16 x 4GB 8662 segments limitation) can be used on systems that require PCI address 8663 bits past bit 39 to be set for the addressing of memory using PCI 8664 DAC cycles. 8665 8666use normal IO 8667CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_IOMAPPED 8668 If you say Y here, the driver will preferently use normal IO rather than 8669 memory mapped IO. 8670 8671maximum number of queued commands 8672CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS 8673 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands 8674 that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is 8675 possible. The driver supports up to 256 queued commands per device. 8676 This value is used as a compiled-in hard limit. 8677 8678default tagged command queue depth 8679CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS 8680 This is the default value of the command queue depth the driver will 8681 announce to the generic SCSI layer for devices that support tagged 8682 command queueing. This value can be changed from the boot command line. 8683 This is a soft limit that cannot exceed CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS. 8684 8685NCR53C8XX SCSI support 8686CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX 8687 This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family 8688 of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking, 8689 tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80 8690 MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers. 8691 8692 Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the 8693 option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below. 8694 8695 Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of 8696 controllers ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use 8697 them both, you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but 8698 only one may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, you 8699 probably do not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support". 8700 8701 Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more 8702 information. 8703 8704 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8705 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8706 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8707 will be called ncr53c8xx.o. 8708 8709SYM53C8XX Version 1 SCSI support 8710CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX 8711 This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used 8712 in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch 8713 feature of the SYM53C896. 8714 8715 Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this 8716 driver. If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825 8717 rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX 8718 driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the 8719 NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to 8720 the kernel image. 8721 8722 When both drivers are linked into the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver 8723 is called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr' 8724 driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the 8725 SYM53C8XX driver. For example, entering 8726 'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at the lilo prompt prevents 8727 adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from being attached by the 8728 SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX driver to attach them. 8729 The 'excl' option is also supported by the NCR53C8XX driver. 8730 8731 Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more 8732 information. 8733 8734 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 8735 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8736 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8737 will be called sym53c8xx.o. 8738 8739Synchronous transfer frequency in MHz 8740CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC 8741 The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 5 classes of transfer 8742 rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20, FAST-40 and FAST-80. The numbers 8743 are respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers 8744 per second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is 8745 able to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a 8746 total rate of 40 MB/s. 8747 8748 You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data 8749 transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify 8750 a value between 5 and 80, depending on the capability of your SCSI 8751 controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer. 8752 Note that 80 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the 8753 value automatically according to the controller's capabilities. 8754 8755 Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM, 8756 since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It 8757 also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows 8758 (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate 8759 for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per 8760 second). 8761 8762 The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to 8763 select the maximum value 80 allowing the driver to use the maximum 8764 value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with 8765 your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value. 8766 8767 There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right 8768 terminations and SCSI conformant devices. 8769 8770Use normal IO 8771CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED 8772 If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to 8773 memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO 8774 and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only 8775 normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option 8776 has no effect on those systems. 8777 8778 The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI 8779 related problems. 8780 8781Not allow targets to disconnect 8782CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT 8783 This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI 8784 device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect 8785 feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to 8786 not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more 8787 than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N. 8788 8789Default tagged command queue depth 8790CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS 8791 "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves 8792 performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a 8793 device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet. 8794 Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations 8795 (like head positioning) based on its own request queue. Some SCSI 8796 devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable this 8797 feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which). 8798 8799 The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks. 8800 This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the 8801 'tags' option as follows (example): 8802 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to 8803 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0 8804 and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1. 8805 8806 The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use 8807 a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different 8808 command queue depth. 8809 8810 There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices. 8811 8812Maximum number of queued commands 8813CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS 8814 This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands 8815 that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is 8816 possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64. 8817 Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but 8818 do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used. 8819 8820 So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless 8821 you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that 8822 are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands. 8823 8824 There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended. 8825 8826Assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible 8827CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT 8828 This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO 8829 wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for 8830 vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS 8831 features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for 8832 controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating 8833 singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards 8834 uses a different GPIO wiring. 8835 8836 Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have 8837 NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the 8838 NVRAM format. 8839 8840 If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or 8841 use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here, 8842 otherwise N. N is the safe answer. 8843 8844Enable traffic profiling 8845CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE 8846 This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering. 8847 These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency 8848 of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact 8849 on systems that use very fast devices. 8850 8851 The normal answer therefore is N. 8852 8853Include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card 8854CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS 8855 Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR 8856 corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need 8857 this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this 8858 device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite 8859 safe. 8860 8861 The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe. 8862 8863Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE support 8864CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32 8865 This is support for the Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE PCI/Cardbus 8866 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8867 <http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>. 8868 8869 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8870 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8871 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8872 will be called nsp32.o. 8873 8874IBMMCA SCSI support 8875CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA 8876 This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2 8877 series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to 8878 answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read 8879 <file:Documentation/mca.txt>. 8880 8881 If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models 8882 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel 8883 option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but 8884 if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of 8885 model 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some 8886 activity info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting 8887 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man 8888 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to 8889 pass options to the kernel. 8890 8891 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 8892 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8893 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8894 will be called ibmmca.o. 8895 8896Standard SCSI-order 8897CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD 8898 In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks 8899 are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id 8900 (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and 8901 similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the 8902 ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong. 8903 The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7 8904 has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host 8905 adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default. 8906 In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the 8907 disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the 8908 highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest 8909 SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the 8910 original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and 8911 process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSes 8912 (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do. 8913 8914 If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same 8915 assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your 8916 machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you 8917 must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want 8918 to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the 8919 IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than 8920 June 1997). 8921 8922 If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as 8923 modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but 8924 is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N 8925 here. If unsure, say Y. 8926 8927Reset SCSI-devices at boot time 8928CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET 8929 By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on. 8930 However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices, 8931 SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do 8932 not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected 8933 to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been 8934 probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with 8935 more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these 8936 reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if 8937 you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe 8938 answer. 8939 8940NCR MCA 53C9x SCSI support 8941CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X 8942 Some MicroChannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI 8943 controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of 8944 the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others. 8945 8946 If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be 8947 inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say 8948 M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will 8949 be called mca_53c9x.o. 8950 8951Always IN2000 SCSI support 8952CONFIG_SCSI_IN2000 8953 This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more 8954 information in <file:drivers/scsi/README.in2000>. If it doesn't work 8955 out of the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or 8956 address selection. 8957 8958 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8959 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8960 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8961 will be called in2000.o. 8962 8963Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support 8964CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO 8965 This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter. Please 8966 read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8967 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 8968 8969 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8970 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8971 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8972 will be called initio.o. 8973 8974PAS16 SCSI support 8975CONFIG_SCSI_PAS16 8976 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 8977 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8978 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 8979 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 8980 <file:drivers/scsi/pas16.h>. 8981 8982 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 8983 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 8984 The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a 8985 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 8986 8987Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support 8988CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 8989 This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter. 8990 Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 8991 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 8992 8993 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 8994 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 8995 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 8996 will be called a100u2w.o. 8997 8998PCI2000 support 8999CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2000 9000 This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a 9001 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9002 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9003 9004 This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code 9005 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9006 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9007 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9008 9009PCI2220i support 9010CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I 9011 This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a 9012 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9013 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9014 9015 This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code 9016 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9017 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9018 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9019 9020PSI240i support 9021CONFIG_SCSI_PSI240I 9022 This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a 9023 SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9024 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9025 9026 This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code 9027 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9028 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9029 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9030 9031Qlogic FAS SCSI support 9032CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS 9033 This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic 9034 FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip 9035 (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards). 9036 9037 This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The 9038 PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP 9039 SCSI support"), below. 9040 9041 Information about this driver is contained in 9042 <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas>. You should also read the 9043 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9044 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9045 9046 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9047 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9048 The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as 9049 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9050 9051Qlogic ISP SCSI support 9052CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP 9053 This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI, 9054 IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter 9055 card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver.) 9056 9057 If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI 9058 access mode". 9059 9060 Please read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp>. You 9061 should also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9062 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9063 9064 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9065 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9066 The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as 9067 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9068 9069Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support 9070CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC 9071 This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter. 9072 9073 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9074 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9075 The module will be called qlogicfc.o. If you want to compile it as 9076 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9077 9078Include loadable firmware in driver 9079CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC_FIRMWARE 9080 Say Y to include ISP2100 Fabric Initiator/Target Firmware, with 9081 expanded LUN addressing and FcTape (FCP-2) support, in the 9082 Qlogic QLA 1280 driver. This is required on some platforms. 9083 9084Qlogic QLA 1280 SCSI support 9085CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 9086 Say Y if you have a QLogic ISP1x80/1x160 SCSI host adapter. 9087 9088 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9089 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9090 The module will be called qla1280.o. If you want to compile it as 9091 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9092 9093Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support 9094CONFIG_SCSI_SEAGATE 9095 These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by 9096 this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO, 9097 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it 9098 doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in 9099 <file:drivers/scsi/seagate.h>. 9100 9101 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9102 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9103 The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a 9104 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9105 9106Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support 9107CONFIG_SCSI_T128 9108 This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section 9109 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9110 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 9111 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 9112 <file:drivers/scsi/t128.h>. Note that Trantor was purchased by 9113 Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being sold under the 9114 Adaptec name. 9115 9116 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9117 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9118 The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a 9119 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9120 9121UltraStor SCSI support 9122CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR 9123 This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host 9124 adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the 9125 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9126 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out 9127 of the box, you may have to change some settings in 9128 <file:drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h>. 9129 9130 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware: 9131 "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above. 9132 9133 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9134 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9135 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9136 will be called ultrastor.o. 9137 91387000FASST SCSI support 9139CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST 9140 This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter 9141 family. Some information is in the source: 9142 <file:drivers/scsi/wd7000.c>. 9143 9144 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9145 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9146 The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it as a 9147 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9148 9149ACARD SCSI support 9150CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD 9151 This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter. 9152 9153 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9154 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9155 The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a 9156 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9157 9158EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support 9159CONFIG_SCSI_EATA 9160 This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT 9161 ISA and all EISA I/O addresses are probed looking for the "EATA" 9162 signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode", 9163 the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI 9164 subsystem are probed as well. 9165 9166 You want to read the start of <file:drivers/scsi/eata.c> and the 9167 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9168 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9169 9170 Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware 9171 available: "EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, 9172 Alphatronix) support". You should say Y to only one of them. 9173 9174 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9175 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9176 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9177 will be called eata.o. 9178 9179enable tagged command queueing 9180CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE 9181 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 9182 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 9183 previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate 9184 this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is 9185 N. The safe answer is N. 9186 9187enable elevator sorting 9188CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS 9189 This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and 9190 CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing 9191 random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable 9192 performance improvement: your mileage may vary... 9193 The safe answer is N. 9194 9195maximum number of queued commands 9196CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS 9197 This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for 9198 each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16 9199 only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. 9200 Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size 9201 used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used 9202 by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. 9203 9204NCR53c406a SCSI support 9205CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A 9206 This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user 9207 configurable parameters, check out <file:drivers/scsi/NCR53c406a.c> 9208 in the kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9209 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 9210 9211 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9212 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9213 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9214 will be called NCR53c406.o. 9215 9216Symbios 53c416 SCSI support 9217CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416 9218 This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI 9219 adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that 9220 the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of PnP 9221 configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you 9222 are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module 9223 and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters 9224 of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format 9225 is: 9226 9227 insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>] 9228 9229 There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile 9230 this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 9231 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and 9232 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 9233 sym53c416.o. 9234 9235Simple 53c710 SCSI support (Compaq, NCR machines) 9236CONFIG_SCSI_SIM710 9237 This is a simple driver for NCR53c710 based SCSI host adapters. 9238 9239 More complex drivers for this chip are available ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI 9240 support", above), but they require that the scsi chip be able to do 9241 DMA block moves between memory and on-chip registers, which can 9242 cause problems under certain conditions. This driver is designed to 9243 avoid these problems and is intended to work with any Intel machines 9244 using 53c710 chips, including various Compaq and NCR machines. 9245 9246 Please read the comments at the top of the file 9247 <file:drivers/scsi/sim710.c> for more information. 9248 9249 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9250 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9251 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9252 will be called sim710.o. 9253 9254Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 SCSI support 9255CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T 9256 This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A 9257 chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard 9258 PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions. 9259 9260 Documentation can be found in <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. 9261 9262 Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are 9263 based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those. 9264 Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver, 9265 "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one. 9266 9267 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9268 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9269 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9270 will be called tmscsim.o. 9271 9272Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters 9273CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP 9274 If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390 9275 EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed, 9276 termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use 9277 defaults or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details 9278 on driver configuration see <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. 9279 9280 If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and 9281 thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if 9282 you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for 9283 some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver. 9284 9285 If unsure, say N. 9286 9287AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support 9288CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974 9289 This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read 9290 <file:drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974> for details. Also, the 9291 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 9292 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, is for you. 9293 9294 Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters: 9295 "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You 9296 can pick either one. 9297 9298 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9299 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9300 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9301 will be called AM53C974.o. 9302 9303AMI MegaRAID support (old driver) 9304CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID 9305 This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490, 9306 467, 471 and 493 SCSI host adapters. 9307 9308 This is the old and very heavily tested driver but lacks features 9309 like clustering. 9310 9311 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9312 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9313 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9314 will be called megaraid.o. 9315 9316AMI MegaRAID support (new driver) 9317CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID2 9318 This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490, 9319 467, 471, 493 and new Ultra320(518, 520, 531, 532) SCSI host adapters. 9320 9321 This is the newer less tested but more featureful driver. 9322 9323 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 9324 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9325 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9326 will be called megaraid2.o. 9327 9328CONFIG_SCSI_SATA 9329 This driver family supports Serial ATA host controllers 9330 and devices. 9331 9332 If unsure, say N. 9333 9334CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_AHCI 9335 This option enables support for AHCI Serial ATA. 9336 9337 If unsure, say N. 9338 9339CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SVW 9340 This option enables support for Broadcom/Serverworks/Apple K2 9341 SATA support. 9342 9343 If unsure, say N. 9344 9345CONFIG_SCSI_ATA_PIIX 9346 This option enables support for ICH5 Serial ATA. 9347 9348 If unsure, say N. 9349 9350CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_NV 9351 This option enables support for NVIDIA Serial ATA. 9352 9353 If unsure, say N. 9354 9355CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_PROMISE 9356 This option enables support for Promise Serial ATA TX2/TX4. 9357 9358 If unsure, say N. 9359 9360CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_QSTOR 9361 This option enables support for Pacific Digital Serial ATA QStor. 9362 9363 If unsure, say N. 9364 9365CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SX4 9366 This option enables support for Promise Serial ATA SX4. 9367 9368 If unsure, say N. 9369 9370CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SIL 9371 This option enables support for Silicon Image Serial ATA. 9372 9373 If unsure, say N. 9374 9375CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_SIS 9376 This option enables support for SiS Serial ATA 964/180. 9377 9378 If unsure, say N. 9379 9380CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_ULI 9381 This option enables support for ULi Electronics SATA. 9382 9383 If unsure, say N. 9384 9385CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_VIA 9386 This option enables support for VIA Serial ATA. 9387 9388 If unsure, say N. 9389 9390CONFIG_SCSI_SATA_VITESSE 9391 This option enables support for Vitesse VSC7174 Serial ATA. 9392 9393 If unsure, say N. 9394 9395Intel/ICP (former GDT SCSI Disk Array) RAID Controller support 9396CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH 9397 Formerly called GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller Support. 9398 9399 This is a driver for RAID/SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI) 9400 manufactured by Intel/ICP vortex (an Intel Company). It is documented 9401 in the kernel source in <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.c> and 9402 <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.h.> 9403 9404 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 9405 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9406 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9407 will be called gdth.o. 9408 9409IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives) 9410CONFIG_SCSI_PPA 9411 This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP 9412 drive (a 100 MB removable media device). 9413 9414 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP 9415 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the 9416 generic "SCSI disk support", above. 9417 9418 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP 9419 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") 9420 then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm - 9421 newer drives)", below. 9422 9423 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should 9424 read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read 9425 the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from 9426 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, 9427 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, 9428 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the 9429 kernel. 9430 9431 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in 9432 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile 9433 this driver as a module, say M here and read 9434 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ppa.o. 9435 9436IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives) 9437CONFIG_SCSI_IMM 9438 This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP 9439 drive (a 100 MB removable media device). 9440 9441 Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP 9442 drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the 9443 generic "SCSI disk support", above. 9444 9445 If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP 9446 drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") 9447 then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N 9448 here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above. 9449 9450 For more information about this driver and how to use it you should 9451 read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read 9452 the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from 9453 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, 9454 you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, 9455 such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the 9456 kernel. 9457 9458 This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in 9459 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile 9460 this driver as a module, say M here and read 9461 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called imm.o. 9462 9463Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16 9464CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16 9465 EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which 9466 allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64 9467 peripheral devices. 9468 9469 Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and 9470 so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every 9471 now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y 9472 here. 9473 9474 Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit. 9475 9476Assume slow parallel port control register 9477CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR 9478 Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between 9479 changing the parallel port control register and good data being 9480 available on the parallel port data/status register. This option 9481 forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the 9482 control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may 9483 result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports 9484 (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly. 9485 9486 Generally, saying N is fine. 9487 9488SCSI debugging host simulator 9489CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG 9490 This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate 9491 a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The 9492 advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a 9493 controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing 9494 important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug 9495 the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N. 9496 9497 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 9498 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9499 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9500 will be called scsi_debug.o. 9501 9502Fibre Channel and FC4 SCSI support 9503CONFIG_FC4 9504 Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to 9505 connect large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with 9506 and intended to replace SCSI. 9507 9508 This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to your 9509 computer using optical fibre cables and the "X3.269-199X Fibre 9510 Channel Protocol for SCSI" specification. If you want to use this, 9511 you need to say Y here and to "SCSI support" as well as to the 9512 drivers for the storage array itself and for the interface adapter 9513 such as SOC or SOC+. This subsystem could even serve for IP 9514 networking, with some code extensions. 9515 9516 If unsure, say N. 9517 9518Sun SOC/Sbus 9519CONFIG_FC4_SOC 9520 Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre 9521 Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Note 9522 that if you have older firmware in the card, you'll need the 9523 microcode from the Solaris driver to make it work. 9524 9525 This support is also available as a module called soc.o ( = code 9526 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9527 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9528 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9529 9530Sun SOC+ (aka SOCAL) 9531CONFIG_FC4_SOCAL 9532 Serial Optical Channel Plus is an interface card with up to two 9533 Fibre Optic ports. This card supports FC Arbitrated Loop (usually 9534 A5000 or internal FC disks in E[3-6]000 machines through the 9535 Interface Board). You'll probably need the microcode from the 9536 Solaris driver to make it work. 9537 9538 This support is also available as a module called socal.o ( = code 9539 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9540 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9541 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9542 9543SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series 9544CONFIG_SCSI_PLUTO 9545 If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N. 9546 9547 This support is also available as a module called pluto.o ( = code 9548 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9549 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9550 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 9551 9552Sun Enterprise Network Array (A5000 and EX500) 9553CONFIG_SCSI_FCAL 9554 This driver drives FC-AL disks connected through a Fibre Channel 9555 card using the drivers/fc4 layer (currently only SOCAL). The most 9556 common is either A5000 array or internal disks in E[3-6]000 9557 machines. 9558 9559 This support is also available as a module called fcal.o ( = code 9560 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 9561 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 9562 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. 9563 9564Acorn SCSI card (aka30) support 9565CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3 9566 This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an 9567 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 9568 9569Support SCSI 2 Tagged queueing 9570CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE 9571 Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card. 9572 9573 This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host 9574 adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if 9575 previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't 9576 implement this properly, so the safe answer is N. 9577 9578Support SCSI 2 Synchronous Transfers 9579CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC 9580 Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all 9581 targets on the Acorn SCSI card. 9582 9583 In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices 9584 don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N. 9585 9586ARXE SCSI support 9587CONFIG_SCSI_ARXESCSI 9588 Around 1991, Arxe Systems Limited released a high density floppy 9589 disc interface for the Acorn Archimedes range, to allow the use of 9590 HD discs from the then new A5000 on earlier models. This interface 9591 was either sold on its own or with an integral SCSI controller. 9592 Technical details on this NCR53c94-based device are available at 9593 <http://www.cryton.demon.co.uk/acornbits/scsi_arxe.html> 9594 Say Y here to compile in support for the SCSI controller. 9595 9596Oak SCSI support 9597CONFIG_SCSI_OAK1 9598 This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn 9599 system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 9600 9601Cumana SCSI I support 9602CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1 9603 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an 9604 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 9605 9606Cumana SCSI II support 9607CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2 9608 This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an 9609 Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 9610 9611EcoSCSI support 9612CONFIG_SCSI_ECOSCSI 9613 This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits 9614 in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these, 9615 say Y. If unsure, say N. 9616 9617EESOX SCSI support 9618CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI 9619 This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn 9620 system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N. 9621 9622PowerTec SCSI support 9623CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI 9624 This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If 9625 you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. 9626 9627IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support 9628CONFIG_IEEE1394 9629 IEEE 1394 describes a high performance serial bus, which is also 9630 known as FireWire(tm) or i.Link(tm) and is used for connecting all 9631 sorts of devices (most notably digital video cameras) to your 9632 computer. 9633 9634 If you have FireWire hardware and want to use it, say Y here. This 9635 is the core support only, you will also need to select a driver for 9636 your IEEE 1394 adapter. 9637 9638 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9639 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9640 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9641 will be called ieee1394.o. 9642 9643Texas Instruments PCILynx support 9644CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX 9645 Say Y here if you have an IEEE-1394 controller with the Texas 9646 Instruments PCILynx chip. Note: this driver is written for revision 9647 2 of this chip and may not work with revision 0. 9648 9649 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9650 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9651 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9652 will be called pcilynx.o. 9653 9654Use local RAM on PCILynx board 9655CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_LOCALRAM 9656 This option makes the PCILynx driver use local RAM available on some 9657 PCILynx setups for Packet Control Lists. Local RAM is random access 9658 memory which resides on the PCILynx board as opposed to on your 9659 computer's motherboard. Local RAM may speed up command processing 9660 because no PCI transfers are necessary during use of the Packet 9661 Control Lists. 9662 9663 Note that there are no known PCILynx systems providing local RAM 9664 except for the evaluation boards by Texas Instruments and that the 9665 PCILynx does not reliably report missing RAM. This means that it is 9666 dangerous to say Y here if you are not absolutely sure that your 9667 board provides 64KB of local RAM. 9668 9669 If unsure, say N. 9670 9671Support for non-IEEE1394 local ports 9672CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_PORTS 9673 This option enables driver code to access the RAM, ROM and AUX ports 9674 of the PCILynx through character devices in /dev. If you don't know 9675 what this is about then you won't need it. 9676 9677 If unsure, say N. 9678 9679#Adaptec AIC-5800 IEEE 1394 support 9680#CONFIG_IEEE1394_AIC5800 9681# Say Y here if you have a IEEE 1394 controller using the Adaptec 9682# AIC-5800 chip. All Adaptec host adapters (89xx series) use this 9683# chip, as well as miro's DV boards. 9684# 9685# If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9686# inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9687# say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9688# will be called aic5800.o. 9689# 9690OHCI-1394 (Open Host Controller Interface) support 9691CONFIG_IEEE1394_OHCI1394 9692 Enable this driver if you have an IEEE 1394 controller based on the 9693 OHCI-1394 specification. The current driver is only tested with OHCI 9694 chipsets made by Texas Instruments and NEC. Most third-party vendors 9695 use one of these chipsets. It should work with any OHCI-1394 9696 compliant card, however. 9697 9698 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9699 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9700 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9701 will be called ohci1394.o. 9702 9703OHCI-1394 Video support 9704CONFIG_IEEE1394_VIDEO1394 9705 This option enables video device usage for OHCI-1394 cards. Enable 9706 this option only if you have an IEEE 1394 video device connected to 9707 an OHCI-1394 card. 9708 9709SBP-2 support (Harddisks etc.) 9710CONFIG_IEEE1394_SBP2 9711 This option enables you to use SBP-2 devices connected to your IEEE 9712 1394 bus. SBP-2 devices include harddrives and DVD devices. 9713 9714Raw IEEE 1394 I/O support 9715CONFIG_IEEE1394_RAWIO 9716 Say Y here if you want support for the raw device. This is generally 9717 a good idea, so you should say Y here. The raw device enables 9718 direct communication of user programs with the IEEE 1394 bus and 9719 thus with the attached peripherals. 9720 9721 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9722 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9723 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9724 will be called raw1394.o. 9725 9726Excessive debugging output 9727CONFIG_IEEE1394_VERBOSEDEBUG 9728 If you say Y here, you will get very verbose debugging logs from the 9729 subsystem which includes a dump of the header of every sent and 9730 received packet. This can amount to a high amount of data collected 9731 in a very short time which is usually also saved to disk by the 9732 system logging daemons. 9733 9734 Say Y if you really want or need the debugging output, everyone else 9735 says N. 9736 9737CONFIG_IEEE1394_OUI_DB 9738 If you say Y here, then an OUI list (vendor unique ID's) will be 9739 compiled into the ieee1394 module. This doesn't really do much 9740 except being able to display the vendor of a hardware node. The 9741 downside is that it adds about 300k to the size of the module, 9742 or kernel (depending on whether you compile ieee1394 as a 9743 module, or static in the kernel). 9744 9745 This option is not needed for userspace programs like gscanbus 9746 to show this information. 9747 9748Network device support 9749CONFIG_NETDEVICES 9750 You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to 9751 any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a 9752 telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to 9753 forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read 9754 the UUCP-HOWTO, available from 9755 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>) or dialing up a shell 9756 account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you 9757 almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up 9758 shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read 9759 <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). 9760 9761 You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that 9762 you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you 9763 will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you 9764 plan to use more than one network card under Linux)) or if you want 9765 to use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to 9766 send Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or 9767 CSLIP (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better 9768 and newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet 9769 Protocol is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the 9770 parallel ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for 9771 sending Internet traffic over amateur radio links). 9772 9773 Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read 9774 Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's 9775 Guide", to be found in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. If 9776 unsure, say Y. 9777 9778Dummy net driver support 9779CONFIG_DUMMY 9780 This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to 9781 this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP 9782 address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently 9783 inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs. 9784 If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Since this 9785 thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your 9786 kernel either. What a deal. Read about it in the Network 9787 Administrator's Guide, available from 9788 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. 9789 9790 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9791 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9792 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9793 will be called dummy.o. If you want to use more than one dummy 9794 device at a time, you need to compile this driver as a module. 9795 Instead of 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0', 9796 'dummy1' etc. 9797 9798Bonding driver support 9799CONFIG_BONDING 9800 Say 'Y' or 'M' if you wish to be able to 'bond' multiple Ethernet 9801 Channels together. This is called 'Etherchannel' by Cisco, 9802 'Trunking' by Sun, and 'Bonding' in Linux. 9803 9804 If you have two Ethernet connections to some other computer, you can 9805 make them behave like one double speed connection using this driver. 9806 Naturally, this has to be supported at the other end as well, either 9807 with a similar Bonding Linux driver, a Cisco 5500 switch or a 9808 SunTrunking SunSoft driver. 9809 9810 This is similar to the EQL driver, but it merges Ethernet segments 9811 instead of serial lines. 9812 9813 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9814 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9815 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9816 will be called bonding.o. 9817 9818SLIP (serial line) support 9819CONFIG_SLIP 9820 Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to 9821 connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some 9822 other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a 9823 Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line 9824 Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over 9825 serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables; 9826 nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same 9827 purpose. 9828 9829 Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you 9830 to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP 9831 around (available from 9832 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which 9833 allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If 9834 you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The 9835 NET-3-HOWTO, available from 9836 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to 9837 configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just 9838 want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full 9839 Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on 9840 some Internet connected Unix computer. Read 9841 <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). SLIP 9842 support will enlarge your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N. 9843 9844 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 9845 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9846 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 9847 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 9848 called slip.o. 9849 9850CSLIP compressed headers 9851CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED 9852 This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the 9853 TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported 9854 on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and 9855 answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If 9856 you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available from 9857 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which 9858 allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you 9859 definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available from 9860 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to configure 9861 CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel. 9862 9863Keepalive and linefill 9864CONFIG_SLIP_SMART 9865 Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the 9866 RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality 9867 analogue lines. 9868 9869Six bit SLIP encapsulation 9870CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6 9871 Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial 9872 networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven 9873 bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP: 9874 "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over 9875 the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other 9876 end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP 9877 over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N. 9878 9879PPP (point-to-point protocol) support 9880CONFIG_PPP 9881 PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP. It serves 9882 the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other 9883 serial) lines. Ask your access provider if they support it, because 9884 otherwise you can't use it; most Internet access providers these 9885 days support PPP rather than SLIP. 9886 9887 To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described 9888 in the PPP-HOWTO, available at 9889 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Make sure that you have 9890 the version of pppd recommended in <file:Documentation/Changes>. 9891 The PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB. 9892 9893 There are actually two versions of PPP: the traditional PPP for 9894 asynchronous lines, such as regular analog phone lines, and 9895 synchronous PPP which can be used over digital ISDN lines for 9896 example. If you want to use PPP over phone lines or other 9897 asynchronous serial lines, you need to say Y (or M) here and also to 9898 the next option, "PPP support for async serial ports". For PPP over 9899 synchronous lines, you should say Y (or M) here and to "Support 9900 synchronous PPP", below. 9901 9902 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 9903 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 9904 If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then 9905 you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only 9906 compile it as a module. The module will be called ppp_generic.o. 9907 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 9908 <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 9909 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 9910 9911PPP multilink support 9912CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK 9913 PPP multilink is a protocol (defined in RFC 1990) which allows you 9914 to combine several (logical or physical) lines into one logical PPP 9915 connection, so that you can utilize your full bandwidth. 9916 9917 This has to be supported at the other end as well and you need a 9918 version of the pppd daemon which understands the multilink protocol. 9919 9920 If unsure, say N. 9921 9922PPP filtering 9923CONFIG_PPP_FILTER 9924 Say Y here if you want to be able to filter the packets passing over 9925 PPP interfaces. This allows you to control which packets count as 9926 activity (i.e. which packets will reset the idle timer or bring up 9927 a demand-dialled link) and which packets are to be dropped entirely. 9928 You need to say Y here if you wish to use the pass-filter and 9929 active-filter options to pppd. 9930 9931 If unsure, say N. 9932 9933PPP support for async serial ports 9934CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC 9935 Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over standard 9936 asynchronous serial ports, such as COM1 or COM2 on a PC. If you use 9937 a modem (not a synchronous or ISDN modem) to contact your ISP, you 9938 need this option. 9939 9940 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 9941 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9942 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9943 will be called ppp_async.o. 9944 9945 If unsure, say Y. 9946 9947PPP support for sync tty ports 9948CONFIG_PPP_SYNC_TTY 9949 Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over synchronous 9950 (HDLC) tty devices, such as the SyncLink adapter. These devices 9951 are often used for high-speed leased lines like T1/E1. 9952 9953 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 9954 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9955 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9956 will be called ppp_synctty.o. 9957 9958PPP Deflate compression 9959CONFIG_PPP_DEFLATE 9960 Support for the Deflate compression method for PPP, which uses the 9961 Deflate algorithm (the same algorithm that gzip uses) to compress 9962 each PPP packet before it is sent over the wire. The machine at the 9963 other end of the PPP link (usually your ISP) has to support the 9964 Deflate compression method as well for this to be useful. Even if 9965 they don't support it, it is safe to say Y here. 9966 9967 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 9968 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 9969 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 9970 will be called ppp_deflate.o. 9971 9972PPP BSD-Compress compression 9973CONFIG_PPP_BSDCOMP 9974 Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses 9975 the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is 9976 sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link 9977 (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression 9978 method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it, 9979 it is safe to say Y here. 9980 9981 The PPP Deflate compression method ("PPP Deflate compression", 9982 above) is preferable to BSD-Compress, because it compresses better 9983 and is patent-free. 9984 9985 Note that the BSD compression code will always be compiled as a 9986 module; it is called bsd_comp.o and will show up in the directory 9987 modules once you have said "make modules". If unsure, say N. 9988 9989PPP over Ethernet 9990CONFIG_PPPOE 9991 Support for PPP over Ethernet. 9992 9993 This driver requires a ppp release >= 2.4.2. 9994 9995Wireless LAN (non-hamradio) 9996CONFIG_NET_RADIO 9997 Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio, 9998 but not with amateur radio or FM broadcasting. 9999 10000 Saying Y here also enables the Wireless Extensions (creates 10001 /proc/net/wireless and enables ifconfig access). The Wireless 10002 Extension is a generic API allowing a driver to expose to the user 10003 space configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs. 10004 The beauty of it is that a single set of tool can support all the 10005 variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type (as long as 10006 the driver supports Wireless Extension). Another advantage is that 10007 these parameters may be changed on the fly without restarting the 10008 driver (or Linux). If you wish to use Wireless Extensions with 10009 wireless PCMCIA (PC-) cards, you need to say Y here; you can fetch 10010 the tools from 10011 <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. 10012 10013 Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require 10014 special kernel support are available from 10015 <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/>. 10016 10017STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP) 10018CONFIG_STRIP 10019 Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio 10020 IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project 10021 (on the WWW at <http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/>) to send Internet 10022 traffic using Metricom radios. Metricom radios are small, battery 10023 powered, 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and 10024 weight of a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called 10025 "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads 10026 many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a 10027 phone line and use it as a modem.) 10028 10029 You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although 10030 it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you 10031 think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm 10032 in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit 10033 bigger. 10034 10035 You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted 10036 in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M 10037 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 10038 called strip.o. 10039 10040AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support 10041CONFIG_WAVELAN 10042 The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is 10043 a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the 10044 radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz. 10045 10046 This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card. A separate 10047 driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David 10048 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 10049 for location). 10050 10051 If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read 10052 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 10053 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some more specific 10054 information is contained in 10055 <file:Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt> and in the source code 10056 <file:drivers/net/wavelan.p.h>. 10057 10058 You will also need the wireless tools package available from 10059 <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. 10060 Please read the man pages contained therein. 10061 10062 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10063 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10064 The module will be called wavelan.o. If you want to compile it as a 10065 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 10066 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 10067 10068Aironet Arlan 655 & IC2200 DS support 10069CONFIG_ARLAN 10070 Aironet makes Arlan, a class of wireless LAN adapters. These use the 10071 www.Telxon.com chip, which is also used on several similar cards. 10072 This driver is tested on the 655 and IC2200 series cards. Look at 10073 <http://www.ylenurme.ee/~elmer/655/> for the latest information. 10074 10075 The driver is built as two modules, arlan and arlan-proc. The latter 10076 is the /proc interface and is not needed most of time. 10077 10078 On some computers the card ends up in non-valid state after some 10079 time. Use a ping-reset script to clear it. 10080 10081Aironet 4500/4800 series adapters 10082CONFIG_AIRONET4500 10083 www.aironet.com (recently bought by Cisco) makes these 802.11 DS 10084 adapters. Driver by Elmer Joandi (elmer@ylenurme.ee). 10085 10086 Say Y here if you have such an adapter, and then say Y below to 10087 the option that applies to your particular type of card (PCI, ISA, 10088 or PCMCIA). 10089 10090 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10091 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10092 The module will be called aironet4500_core.o. If you want to 10093 compile it as a module, say M here and read 10094 <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 10095 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 10096 10097 quick config parameters: 10098 SSID=tsunami - "The Password" 10099 adhoc=1 there are no Access Points around 10100 master=1 Adhoc master (the one who creates network 10101 sync) 10102 slave=1 Adhoc slave (btw, it is still forming own net 10103 sometimes, and has problems with firmware... 10104 change IbssJoinNetTimeout from /proc...) 10105 channel=1..? meaningful in adhoc mode 10106 10107 If you have problems with screwing up card, both_bap_lock=1 is a 10108 conservative value (performance hit 15%). 10109 10110 All other parameters can be set via the proc interface. 10111 10112Aironet 4500/4800 ISA/PCI/PNP/365 support 10113CONFIG_AIRONET4500_NONCS 10114 If you have an ISA, PCI or PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 wireless LAN 10115 card, say Y here, and then also to the options below that apply 10116 to you. 10117 10118 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10119 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10120 The module will be called aironet4500_card.o. If you want to 10121 compile it as a module, say M here and read 10122 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10123 10124Aironet 4500/4800 PNP support 10125CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PNP 10126 If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use in 10127 PnP (Plug and Play) mode, say Y here. This is the recommended mode 10128 for ISA cards. Remember however to enable the PnP jumper on the 10129 board if you say Y here. 10130 10131Aironet 4500/4800 PCI support 10132CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PCI 10133 If you have an PCI Aironet 4500/4800 card, say Y here. 10134 10135Aironet 4500/4800 ISA broken support 10136CONFIG_AIRONET4500_ISA 10137 If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to run in 10138 non-PnP mode, say Y here. This is not recommended and does not work 10139 correctly at this point. Say N. 10140 10141Aironet 4500/4800 I365 broken support 10142CONFIG_AIRONET4500_I365 10143 If you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use 10144 without the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the pcmcia-cs 10145 package, say Y here. This is not recommended, so say N. 10146 10147Aironet 4500/4800 PCMCIA support 10148CONFIG_AIRONET4500_CS 10149 Say Y here if you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you 10150 want to use with the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the 10151 pcmcia-cs package. 10152 10153 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10154 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10155 The module will be called aironet4500_cs.o. If you want to 10156 compile it as a module, say M here and read 10157 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10158 10159Intersil 802.11(a/b/g) Prism GT/Duette/Indigo support 10160CONFIG_PRISM54 10161 Enable PCI and Cardbus support for the following chipset based cards: 10162 10163 ISL3880 - Prism GT 802.11 b/g 10164 ISL3877 - Prism Indigo 802.11 a 10165 ISL3890 - Prism Duette 802.11 a/b/g 10166 10167 For a complete list of supported cards visit <http://prism54.org>. 10168 Here is the latest confirmed list of supported cards: 10169 10170 3com OfficeConnect 11g Cardbus Card aka 3CRWE154G72 10171 Allnet ALL0271 PCI Card 10172 Compex WL54G Cardbus Card 10173 Corega CG-WLCB54GT Cardbus Card 10174 D-Link Air Plus Xtreme G A1 Cardbus Card aka DWL-g650 10175 I-O Data WN-G54/CB Cardbus Card 10176 Kobishi XG-300 aka Z-Com Cardbus Card 10177 Netgear WG511 Cardbus Card 10178 Ovislink WL-5400PCI PCI Card 10179 Peabird WLG-PCI PCI Card 10180 Sitecom WL-100i Cardbus Card 10181 Sitecom WL-110i PCI Card 10182 SMC2802W - EZ Connect g 2.4GHz 54 Mbps Wireless PCI Card 10183 SMC2835W - EZ Connect g 2.4GHz 54 Mbps Wireless Cardbus Card 10184 Z-Com XG-900 PCI Card 10185 Zyxel G-100 Cardbus Card 10186 10187 If you enable this, you require a firmware file as well. 10188 You will need to copy this to /usr/lib/hotplug/firmware/isl3890. 10189 You can get this non-GPL'd firmware file from the Prism54 project page: 10190 <http://prism54.org>. 10191 You will also need the /etc/hotplug/firmware.agent script from 10192 a current hotplug package. 10193 10194 10195 Note: You need a motherboard with DMA support to use any of these cards 10196 10197 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 10198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10199 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10200 will be called prism54.o. 10201 10202Aironet 4500/4800 PROC interface 10203CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PROC 10204 If you say Y here (and to the "/proc file system" below), you will 10205 be able to configure your Aironet card via the 10206 /proc/sys/aironet4500 interface. 10207 10208 Additional info: look in <file:drivers/net/aironet4500_rid.c>. 10209 10210 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10211 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10212 The module will be called aironet4500_proc.o. If you want to 10213 compile it as a module, say M here and read 10214 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10215 10216 NOTE: the proc interface uses a lot of memory, so it is recommended 10217 to compile it as a module and remove the module after 10218 configuration. 10219 10220LAPB over Ethernet driver 10221CONFIG_LAPBETHER 10222 This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0) 10223 which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some 10224 other computer on your Ethernet network. In order to do this, you 10225 need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as 10226 to "LAPB Data Link Driver". 10227 10228 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 10229 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10230 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10231 will be called lapbether.o. If unsure, say N. 10232 10233X.25 async driver 10234CONFIG_X25_ASY 10235 This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular 10236 asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with 10237 ordinary modems. Experts should note that this driver doesn't 10238 currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in 10239 CCITT recommendation X.25. 10240 10241 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 10242 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10243 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10244 will be called x25_asy.o. If unsure, say N. 10245 10246PCMCIA network device support 10247CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA 10248 Say Y if you would like to include support for any PCMCIA or CardBus 10249 network adapters, then say Y to the driver for your particular card 10250 below. PCMCIA- or PC-cards are credit-card size devices often used 10251 with laptops computers; CardBus is the newer and faster version of 10252 PCMCIA. 10253 10254 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 10255 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 10256 for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, 10257 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 10258 10259 If unsure, say N. 10260 102613Com 3c589 PCMCIA support 10262CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C589 10263 Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c589 or compatible PCMCIA 10264 (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. 10265 10266 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10267 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10268 The module will be called 3c589_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10269 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10270 unsure, say N. 10271 102723Com 3c574 PCMCIA support 10273CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C574 10274 Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c574 or compatible PCMCIA 10275 (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer. 10276 10277 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10278 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10279 The module will be called 3c574_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10280 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10281 unsure, say N. 10282 10283Fujitsu FMV-J18x PCMCIA support 10284CONFIG_PCMCIA_FMVJ18X 10285 Say Y here if you intend to attach a Fujitsu FMV-J18x or compatible 10286 PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. 10287 10288 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10289 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10290 The module will be called fmvj18x_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10291 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10292 If unsure, say N. 10293 10294NE2000 compatible PCMCIA support 10295CONFIG_PCMCIA_PCNET 10296 Say Y here if you intend to attach an NE2000 compatible PCMCIA 10297 (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. 10298 10299 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10300 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10301 The module will be called pcnet_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10302 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10303 unsure, say N. 10304 10305Asix AX88190 PCMCIA support 10306CONFIG_PCMCIA_AXNET 10307 Say Y here if you intend to attach an Asix AX88190-based PCMCIA 10308 (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer. These cards are 10309 nearly NE2000 compatible but need a separate driver due to a few 10310 misfeatures. 10311 10312 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10313 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10314 The module will be called axnet_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10315 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10316 unsure, say N. 10317 10318New Media PCMCIA support 10319CONFIG_PCMCIA_NMCLAN 10320 Say Y here if you intend to attach a New Media Ethernet or LiveWire 10321 PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. 10322 10323 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10324 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10325 The module will be called nmclan_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10326 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10327 unsure, say N. 10328 10329SMC 91Cxx PCMCIA support 10330CONFIG_PCMCIA_SMC91C92 10331 Say Y here if you intend to attach an SMC 91Cxx compatible PCMCIA 10332 (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. 10333 10334 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10335 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10336 The module will be called smc91c92_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10337 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10338 If unsure, say N. 10339 10340Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA support 10341CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRC2PS 10342 Say Y here if you intend to attach a Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA (PC-card) 10343 Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. 10344 10345 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10346 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10347 The module will be called xirc2ps_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10348 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10349 If unsure, say N. 10350 10351COM20020 ARCnet PCMCIA support 10352CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020_CS 10353 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of ARCnet PCMCIA card 10354 to your computer. 10355 10356 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10357 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10358 The module will be called com20020_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10359 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10360 If unsure, say N. 10361 10362IBM PCMCIA Token Ring adapter support 10363CONFIG_PCMCIA_IBMTR 10364 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of Token Ring PCMCIA 10365 card to your computer. You then also need to say Y to "Token Ring 10366 driver support". 10367 10368 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10369 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10370 The module will be called ibmtr_cs.o. If you want to compile it as 10371 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10372 10373Xircom Tulip-like CardBus support (old driver) 10374CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRTULIP 10375 This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters. 10376 It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well 10377 as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and 10378 ASIX. 10379 10380 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10381 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10382 The module will be called xircom_tulip_cb.o. If you want to compile 10383 it as a module, say M here and read 10384 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. 10385 10386Xircom CardBus support (new driver) 10387CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRCOM 10388 This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters. 10389 It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well 10390 as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and 10391 ASIX. 10392 10393 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10394 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10395 The module will be called xircom_cb.o. If you want to compile 10396 it as a module, say M here and read 10397 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. 10398 10399PCMCIA Wireless LAN 10400CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA_RADIO 10401 Say Y here if you would like to use a PCMCIA (PC-card) device to 10402 connect to a wireless local area network. Then say Y to the driver 10403 for your particular card below. 10404 10405 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 10406 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 10407 for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, 10408 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 10409 10410Hermes chipset 802.11b support (Orinoco/Prism2/Symbol cards) 10411CONFIG_HERMES 10412 A driver for 802.11b wireless cards based based on the "Hermes" or 10413 Intersil HFA384x (Prism 2) MAC controller. This includes the vast 10414 majority of the PCMCIA 802.11b cards (which are nearly all rebadges) 10415 - except for the Cisco/Aironet cards. Cards supported include the 10416 Apple Airport (not a PCMCIA card), WavelanIEEE/Orinoco, 10417 Cabletron/EnteraSys Roamabout, ELSA AirLancer, MELCO Buffalo, Avaya, 10418 IBM High Rate Wireless, Farralon Syyline, Samsung MagicLAN, Netgear 10419 MA401, LinkSys WPC-11, D-Link DWL-650, 3Com AirConnect, Intel 10420 PRO/Wireless, and Symbol Spectrum24 High Rate amongst others. 10421 10422 This option includes the guts of the driver, but in order to 10423 actually use a card you will also need to enable support for PCMCIA 10424 Hermes cards, PLX9052 based PCI adaptors or the Apple Airport below. 10425 10426 You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to 10427 configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works : 10428 <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html> 10429 10430 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 10431 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10432 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10433 will be called hermes.o. 10434 10435Hermes 802.11b in PLX9052 based PCI adaptor support 10436CONFIG_PLX_HERMES 10437 Enable support for PCMCIA cards supported by the "Hermes" (aka 10438 orinoco_cs) driver when used in PLX9052 based PCI adaptors. These 10439 adaptors are not a full PCMCIA controller but act as a more limited 10440 PCI <-> PCMCIA bridge. Several vendors sell such adaptors so that 10441 802.11b PCMCIA cards can be used in desktop machines. The Netgear 10442 MA301 is such an adaptor. 10443 10444 Support for these adaptors is so far still incomplete and buggy. 10445 You have been warned. 10446 10447Hermes 802.11b in TMD7160/NCP130 based PCI adaptor support 10448CONFIG_TMD_HERMES 10449 Enable support for PCMCIA cards supported by the "Hermes" (aka 10450 orinoco) driver when used in TMD7160 based PCI adaptors. These 10451 adaptors are not a full PCMCIA controller but act as a more limited 10452 PCI <-> PCMCIA bridge. Several vendors sell such adaptors so that 10453 802.11b PCMCIA cards can be used in desktop machines. 10454 10455 Support for these adaptors is so far still incomplete and buggy. 10456 You have been warned. 10457 10458Prism 2.5 PCI 802.11b adaptor support 10459CONFIG_PCI_HERMES 10460 Enable support for PCI and mini-PCI 802.11b wireless NICs based on 10461 the Prism 2.5 chipset. These are true PCI cards, not the 802.11b 10462 PCMCIA cards bundled with PCI<->PCMCIA adaptors which are also 10463 common. Some of the built-in wireless adaptors in laptops are of 10464 this variety. 10465 10466Hermes support (Orinoco/WavelanIEEE/PrismII/Symbol 802.11b cards) 10467CONFIG_PCMCIA_HERMES 10468 A driver for "Hermes" chipset based PCMCIA wireless adaptors, such 10469 as the Lucent WavelanIEEE/Orinoco cards and their OEM (Cabletron/ 10470 EnteraSys RoamAbout 802.11, ELSA Airlancer, Melco Buffalo and 10471 others). It should also be usable on various Prism II based cards 10472 such as the Linksys, D-Link and Farallon Skyline. It should also 10473 work on Symbol cards such as the 3Com AirConnect and Ericsson WLAN. 10474 10475 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 10476 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 10477 for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, 10478 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 10479 10480 You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to 10481 configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works: 10482 <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. 10483 10484 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 10485 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10486 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10487 will be called orinoco_cs.o. 10488 10489Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 ISA and PCI cards 10490CONFIG_AIRO 10491 This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet ISA and 10492 PCI 802.11 wireless cards. 10493 It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X 10494 - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco 10495 acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B). 10496 10497 This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions 10498 and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the 10499 Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card. 10500 10501 The driver can be compiled as a module and will be named "airo.o". 10502 10503Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 PCMCIA cards 10504CONFIG_AIRO_CS 10505 This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet PCMCIA 10506 802.11 wireless cards. This driver is the same as the Aironet 10507 driver part of the Linux Pcmcia package. 10508 It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X 10509 - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco 10510 acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B). It also 10511 supports OEM of Cisco such as the DELL TrueMobile 4800 and Xircom 10512 802.11b cards. 10513 10514 This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions 10515 and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the 10516 Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card. 10517 10518 To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David 10519 Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> 10520 for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, 10521 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 10522 10523 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 10524 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10525 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10526 will be called airo_cs.o. 10527 10528Atmel at76c502/at76c504 PCMCIA cards 10529CONFIG_PCMCIA_ATMEL 10530 A driver for PCMCIA 802.11 wireless cards based on the 10531 Atmel fast-vnet chips. This driver supports standard 10532 Linux wireless extensions. 10533 10534 Many cards based on this chipset do not have flash memory 10535 and need their firmware loaded at start-up. If yours is 10536 one of these, you will need to provide a firmware image 10537 to be loaded into the card by the driver. The Atmel 10538 firmware package can be downloaded from 10539 http://www.thekelleys.org.uk/atmel/atmel_firmware.tar.gz 10540 10541Aviator/Raytheon 2.4MHz wireless support 10542CONFIG_PCMCIA_RAYCS 10543 Say Y here if you intend to attach an Aviator/Raytheon PCMCIA 10544 (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. 10545 Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt> for 10546 details. 10547 10548 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10549 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10550 The module will be called ray_cs.o. If you want to compile it as a 10551 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10552 unsure, say N. 10553 10554Apple Airport support (built-in) 10555CONFIG_APPLE_AIRPORT 10556 Say Y here to support the Airport 802.11b wireless Ethernet hardware 10557 built into the Macintosh iBook and other recent PowerPC-based 10558 Macintosh machines. This is essentially a Lucent Orinoco card with 10559 a non-standard interface 10560 10561Xircom Netwave AirSurfer wireless support 10562CONFIG_PCMCIA_NETWAVE 10563 Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA (PC-card) 10564 wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. 10565 10566 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10567 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10568 The module will be called netwave_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10569 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10570 If unsure, say N. 10571 10572AT&T/Lucent Wavelan wireless support 10573CONFIG_PCMCIA_WAVELAN 10574 Say Y here if you intend to attach an AT&T/Lucent Wavelan PCMCIA 10575 (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. This 10576 driver is for the non-IEEE-802.11 Wavelan cards. 10577 10578 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10579 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10580 The module will be called wavelan_cs.o. If you want to compile it 10581 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10582 If unsure, say N. 10583 10584PLIP (parallel port) support 10585CONFIG_PLIP 10586 PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a 10587 reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more) 10588 local machines. A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to 10589 install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a 10590 CD-ROM drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies 10591 first). The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option 10592 enabled for this to work. 10593 10594 The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1. The parallel 10595 ports (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected 10596 with "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4 10597 bits at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on 10598 bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a 10599 time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in 10600 <file:Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt>. The cables can be up to 10601 15m long. Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows 10602 and has some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet 10603 driver (<http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html>) 10604 and winsock or NCSA's telnet. 10605 10606 If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO as well 10607 as the NET-3-HOWTO, both available from 10608 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that the PLIP 10609 protocol has been changed and this PLIP driver won't work together 10610 with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x. This option enlarges 10611 your kernel by about 8 KB. 10612 10613 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 10614 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10615 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 10616 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 10617 called plip.o. If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop 10618 later. 10619 10620EQL (serial line load balancing) support 10621CONFIG_EQUALIZER 10622 If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this 10623 usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use 10624 SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone 10625 lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like 10626 one double speed connection using this driver. Naturally, this has 10627 to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL 10628 Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e. 10629 10630 Say Y if you want this and read 10631 <file:Documentation/networking/eql.txt>. You may also want to read 10632 section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available from 10633 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 10634 10635 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10636 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10637 The module will be called eql.o. If you want to compile it as a 10638 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 10639 unsure, say N. 10640 10641Universal TUN/TAP device driver support 10642CONFIG_TUN 10643 TUN/TAP provides packet reception and transmission for user space 10644 programs. It can be viewed as a simple Point-to-Point or Ethernet 10645 device, which instead of receiving packets from a physical media, 10646 receives them from user space program and instead of sending packets 10647 via physical media writes them to the user space program. 10648 10649 When a program opens /dev/net/tun, driver creates and registers 10650 corresponding net device tunX or tapX. After a program closed above 10651 devices, driver will automatically delete tunXX or tapXX device and 10652 all routes corresponding to it. 10653 10654 Please read <file:Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt> for more 10655 information. 10656 10657 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10658 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10659 The module will be called tun.o. If you want to compile it as a 10660 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10661 10662 If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it. 10663 10664Ethertap network tap (OBSOLETE) 10665CONFIG_ETHERTAP 10666 If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link 10667 driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with 10668 major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 10669 will be able to have a user space program read and write raw 10670 Ethernet frames from/to that special file. tap0 can be configured 10671 with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not 10672 connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to 10673 /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN 10674 to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the 10675 device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user 10676 mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary 10677 Ethernet device. Please read the file 10678 <file:Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt> for more information. 10679 10680 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10681 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10682 The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a 10683 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10684 10685 If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it. 10686 10687Sealevel Systems 4021 support 10688CONFIG_SEALEVEL_4021 10689 This is a driver for the Sealevel Systems ACB 56 serial I/O adapter. 10690 10691 This driver can only be compiled as a module ( = code which can be 10692 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10693 If you want to do that, say M here. The module will be called 10694 sealevel.o. 10695 10696TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port support 10697CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912 10698 The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core; 10699 see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. 10700 Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board serial port. 10701 10702Console on TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port 10703CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912_CONSOLE 10704 The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core; 10705 see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. 10706 Say Y here to direct console I/O to the on-board serial port. 10707 10708Enable Au1000 serial console 10709CONFIG_AU1000_SERIAL_CONSOLE 10710 If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want 10711 to use a console on a serial port, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 10712 10713Enable Au1000 UART Support 10714CONFIG_AU1000_UART 10715 If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want 10716 to use serial ports, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 10717 10718SyncLink HDLC/SYNCPPP support 10719CONFIG_SYNCLINK_SYNCPPP 10720 Enables HDLC/SYNCPPP support for the SyncLink WAN driver. 10721 Normally the SyncLink WAN driver works with the main PPP 10722 driver (ppp.c) and pppd program. HDLC/SYNCPPP support allows use 10723 of the Cisco HDLC/PPP driver (syncppp.c). 10724 The SyncLink WAN driver (in character devices) must also be enabled. 10725 10726 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 10727 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 10728 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 10729 will be called syncppp.o. 10730 10731FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards 10732CONFIG_FARSYNC 10733 This driver supports the FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards 10734 from FarSite Communications Ltd. 10735 Synchronous communication is supported on all ports at speeds up to 10736 8Mb/s (128K on V.24) using synchronous PPP, Cisco HDLC, raw HDLC, 10737 Frame Relay or X.25/LAPB. 10738 10739 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 10740 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want) 10741 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10742 The module will be called farsync.o and if you want the module to be 10743 automatically loaded when the interface is referenced then you 10744 should add "alias hdlcX farsync" to /etc/modules.conf for each 10745 interface, where X is 0, 1, 2, ... 10746 10747Frame Relay (DLCI) support 10748CONFIG_DLCI 10749 This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast 10750 low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to 10751 form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your 10752 box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay 10753 network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical 10754 point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame 10755 relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out 10756 <http://www.frforum.com/> on the WWW. To use frame relay, you need 10757 supporting hardware (called FRAD) and certain programs from the 10758 net-tools package as explained in 10759 <file:Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt>. 10760 10761 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10762 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10763 The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a 10764 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10765 10766Max open DLCI 10767CONFIG_DLCI_COUNT 10768 This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay 10769 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that 10770 the driver can handle. The default is probably fine. 10771 10772Max DLCI per device 10773CONFIG_DLCI_MAX 10774 You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay 10775 connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be 10776 handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with 10777 the default. 10778 10779SDLA (Sangoma S502/S508) support 10780CONFIG_SDLA 10781 Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and 10782 S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but 10783 only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please 10784 read <file:Documentation/framerelay.txt>. 10785 10786 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10787 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10788 The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a 10789 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10790 10791Acorn Econet/AUN protocols 10792CONFIG_ECONET 10793 Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by 10794 Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native 10795 Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level 10796 parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on 10797 top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the 10798 Internet protocol IP. 10799 10800 If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether 10801 to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over 10802 a native Econet network card. 10803 10804 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 10805 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 10806 The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a 10807 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10808 10809AUN over UDP 10810CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP 10811 Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP 10812 connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the 10813 Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card. 10814 10815Native Econet 10816CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE 10817 Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in 10818 your computer. 10819 10820WAN router 10821CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER 10822 Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased 10823 lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast 10824 distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those 10825 achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections. 10826 Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is 10827 needed to connect to a WAN. 10828 10829 As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel. 10830 With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the 10831 market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half 10832 the price of an external router. If you have one of those cards and 10833 wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to 10834 the WAN driver for your card, below. You will then need the 10835 wan-tools package which is available from <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>. 10836 Read <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more 10837 information. 10838 10839 The WAN routing support is also available as a module called 10840 wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 10841 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a 10842 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10843 10844 If unsure, say N. 10845 10846Fast switching (read help!) 10847CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE 10848 Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface 10849 Card) data transfers on the local network, which is fast. 10850 10851 IMPORTANT NOTE: This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with "Network packet 10852 filtering" (CONFIG_NETFILTER). Say N here if you say Y there. 10853 10854 However, it will work with all options in the "Advanced router" 10855 section (except for "Use TOS value as routing key" and 10856 "Use FWMARK value as routing key"). 10857 10858 At the moment, few devices support fast switching (tulip is one of 10859 them, a modified 8390 driver can be found at 10860 <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>). 10861 10862 If unsure, say N. 10863 10864Forwarding between high speed interfaces 10865CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL 10866 This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling 10867 during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple 10868 of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, a modified 10869 8390 driver can be found at 10870 <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>). 10871 10872 Really, this option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast 10873 enough network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow 10874 box, such as a 120MHz Pentium. 10875 10876 However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious 10877 problems. 10878 10879QoS and/or fair queueing 10880CONFIG_NET_SCHED 10881 When the kernel has several packets to send out over a network 10882 device, it has to decide which ones to send first, which ones to 10883 delay, and which ones to drop. This is the job of the packet 10884 scheduler, and several different algorithms for how to do this 10885 "fairly" have been proposed. 10886 10887 If you say N here, you will get the standard packet scheduler, which 10888 is a FIFO (first come, first served). If you say Y here, you will be 10889 able to choose from among several alternative algorithms which can 10890 then be attached to different network devices. This is useful for 10891 example if some of your network devices are real time devices that 10892 need a certain minimum data flow rate, or if you need to limit the 10893 maximum data flow rate for traffic which matches specified criteria. 10894 This code is considered to be experimental. 10895 10896 To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities 10897 from the package iproute2+tc at <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>. 10898 That package also contains some documentation; for more, check out 10899 <http://snafu.freedom.org/linux2.2/iproute-notes.html>. 10900 10901 This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use 10902 Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol 10903 (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "QoS support", 10904 "Packet classifier API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation 10905 and software is at <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. 10906 10907 If you say Y here and to "/proc file system" below, you will be able 10908 to read status information about packet schedulers from the file 10909 /proc/net/psched. 10910 10911 The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you 10912 can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now. 10913 10914CBQ packet scheduler 10915CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBQ 10916 Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet 10917 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. This 10918 algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy 10919 of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by 10920 separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context). 10921 10922 See the top of <file:net/sched/sch_cbq.c> for references about the 10923 CBQ algorithm. 10924 10925 CBQ is a commonly used scheduler, so if you're unsure, you should 10926 say Y here. Then say Y to all the queueing algorithms below that you 10927 want to use as CBQ disciplines. Then say Y to "Packet classifier 10928 API" and say Y to all the classifiers you want to use; a classifier 10929 is a routine that allows you to sort your outgoing traffic into 10930 classes based on a certain criterion. 10931 10932 This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code 10933 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10934 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10935 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10936 10937CONFIG_NET_SCH_HTB 10938 Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Token Buckets (HTB) 10939 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. See 10940 URL <http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/htb/> for complete manual and 10941 in-depth articles. 10942 10943 HTB is very similar to the CBQ regarding its goals however is has 10944 different properties and different algorithm. 10945 10946 This code is also available as a module called sch_htb.o ( = code 10947 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10948 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10949 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10950 10951CONFIG_NET_SCH_HFSC 10952 Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Fair Service Curve 10953 (HFSC) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. 10954 10955 This code is also available as a module called sch_hfsc.o ( = code 10956 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10957 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10958 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10959 10960CSZ packet scheduler 10961CONFIG_NET_SCH_CSZ 10962 Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet 10963 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. At the 10964 moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for 10965 real-time applications (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_csz.c> 10966 for details and references about the algorithm). 10967 10968 Note: this scheduler is currently broken. 10969 10970 This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code 10971 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10972 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10973 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10974 10975ATM pseudo-scheduler 10976CONFIG_NET_SCH_ATM 10977 Say Y here if you want to use the ATM pseudo-scheduler. This 10978 provides a framework for invoking classifiers (aka "filters"), which 10979 in turn select classes of this queuing discipline. Each class maps 10980 the flow(s) it is handling to a given virtual circuit (see the top of 10981 <file:net/sched/sch_atm.c>). 10982 10983 This code is also available as a module called sch_atm.o ( = code 10984 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10985 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10986 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10987 10988The simplest PRIO pseudo-scheduler 10989CONFIG_NET_SCH_PRIO 10990 Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet 10991 "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline 10992 for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. If unsure, say Y. 10993 10994 This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code 10995 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 10996 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 10997 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 10998 10999Diffserv field marker 11000CONFIG_NET_SCH_DSMARK 11001 Say Y if you want to schedule packets according to the 11002 Differentiated Services architecture proposed in RFC 2475. 11003 Technical information on this method, with pointers to associated 11004 RFCs, is available at <http://www.gta.ufrj.br/diffserv/>. 11005 11006 This code is also available as a module called sch_dsmark.o ( = code 11007 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11008 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11009 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11010 11011GRED queue 11012CONFIG_NET_SCH_GRED 11013 Say Y here if you want to use the Generic Random Early Detection 11014 (RED) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices 11015 (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and 11016 references about the algorithm). 11017 11018 This code is also available as a module called sch_gred.o ( = code 11019 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11020 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11021 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11022 11023RED queue 11024CONFIG_NET_SCH_RED 11025 Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED) 11026 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see 11027 the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and references 11028 about the algorithm). 11029 11030 This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code 11031 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11032 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11033 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11034 11035SFQ queue 11036CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFQ 11037 Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ) 11038 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a 11039 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of 11040 <file:net/sched/sch_sfq.c> for details and references about the SFQ 11041 algorithm). 11042 11043 This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code 11044 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11045 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11046 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11047 11048TEQL queue 11049CONFIG_NET_SCH_TEQL 11050 Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet 11051 scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf 11052 discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing 11053 discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into 11054 one virtual device. (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_teql.c> for 11055 details). 11056 11057 This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code 11058 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11059 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11060 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11061 11062TBF queue 11063CONFIG_NET_SCH_TBF 11064 Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF) 11065 packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a 11066 leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of 11067 <file:net/sched/sch_tbf.c> for a description of the TBF algorithm). 11068 11069 This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code 11070 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11071 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11072 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11073 11074CONFIG_NET_SCH_NETEM 11075 Say Y if you want to emulate network delay, loss, and packet 11076 re-ordering. This is often useful to simulate networks when 11077 testing applications or protocols. 11078 11079 To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the module 11080 will be called sch_netem. 11081 11082 If unsure, say N. 11083 11084Ingress Qdisc 11085CONFIG_NET_SCH_INGRESS 11086 If you say Y here, you will be able to police incoming bandwidth 11087 and drop packets when this bandwidth exceeds your desired rate. 11088 If unsure, say Y. 11089 11090 This code is also available as a module called cls_ingress.o 11091 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 11092 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, 11093 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11094 11095QoS support 11096CONFIG_NET_QOS 11097 Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling 11098 features, which means that you will be able to request certain 11099 rate-of-flow limits for your network devices. 11100 11101 This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use 11102 Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol 11103 (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "Packet classifier 11104 API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation and software is at 11105 <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. 11106 11107 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 11108 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 11109 the questions about QoS support. 11110 11111Rate estimator 11112CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR 11113 In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current 11114 rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y 11115 here, the kernel will do just that. 11116 11117Packet classifier API 11118CONFIG_NET_CLS 11119 The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are 11120 scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified 11121 according to some criterion. If you say Y here, you will get a 11122 choice of several different packet classifiers with the following 11123 questions. 11124 11125 This will enable you to use Differentiated Services (diffserv) and 11126 Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) on your Linux router. 11127 Documentation and software is at 11128 <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. 11129 11130Traffic policing (needed for in/egress) 11131CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE 11132 Say Y to support traffic policing (bandwidth limits). Needed for 11133 ingress and egress rate limiting. 11134 11135TC index classifier 11136CONFIG_NET_CLS_TCINDEX 11137 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets 11138 according to the tc_index field of the skb. You will want this 11139 feature if you want to implement Differentiated Services using 11140 sch_dsmark. If unsure, say Y. 11141 11142 This code is also available as a module called cls_tcindex.o 11143 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 11144 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, 11145 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11146 11147Routing tables based classifier 11148CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE4 11149 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets 11150 according to the route table entry they matched. If unsure, say Y. 11151 11152 This code is also available as a module called cls_route.o ( = code 11153 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11154 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11155 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11156 11157Firewall based classifier 11158CONFIG_NET_CLS_FW 11159 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets 11160 according to firewall criteria you specified. 11161 11162 This code is also available as a module called cls_fw.o ( = code 11163 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11164 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11165 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11166 11167U32 classifier 11168CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32 11169 If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets 11170 according to their destination address. If unsure, say Y. 11171 11172 This code is also available as a module called cls_u32.o ( = code 11173 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11174 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11175 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11176 11177Special RSVP classifier 11178CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP 11179 The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to 11180 request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this 11181 is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video. 11182 11183 Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based 11184 on their RSVP requests. 11185 11186 This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp.o ( = code 11187 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11188 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11189 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11190 11191Special RSVP classifier for IPv6 11192CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6 11193 The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to 11194 request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this 11195 is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video. 11196 11197 Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based 11198 on their RSVP requests and you are using the new Internet Protocol 11199 IPv6 as opposed to the older and more common IPv4. 11200 11201 This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp6.o ( = code 11202 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11203 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11204 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11205 11206Network code profiler 11207CONFIG_NET_PROFILE 11208 If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support" below, some 11209 obscure and undocumented information about the network code's 11210 performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know 11211 what it is about, you don't need it: say N. 11212 11213Network packet generator 11214CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN 11215 This module will inject preconfigured packets, at a configurable 11216 rate, out of a given interface. It is used for network interface 11217 stress testing and performance analysis. If you don't understand 11218 what was just said, you don't need it: say N. 11219 11220 Documentation on how to use the packet generator can be found 11221 at <file:Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt>. 11222 11223 This code is also available as a module called pktgen.o ( = code 11224 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11225 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11226 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11227 11228Wan interfaces support 11229CONFIG_WAN 11230 Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased 11231 lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast 11232 distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those 11233 achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections. 11234 Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is 11235 needed to connect to a WAN. 11236 11237 As an alternative, a relatively inexpensive WAN interface card can 11238 allow your Linux box to directly connect to a WAN. If you have one 11239 of those cards and wish to use it under Linux, say Y here and also 11240 to the WAN driver for your card, below. 11241 11242 If unsure, say N. 11243 11244Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support 11245CONFIG_HOSTESS_SV11 11246 This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at 11247 up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC. 11248 11249 At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module. 11250 11251 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 11252 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11253 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 11254 will be called hostess_sv11.o. 11255 11256COSA/SRP sync serial board support 11257CONFIG_COSA 11258 This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These 11259 boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example 11260 base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or 11261 V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the 11262 character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC 11263 network device. 11264 11265 To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space 11266 utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them 11267 up. Look at the <http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/> for more 11268 information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space 11269 utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the 11270 <file:drivers/net/wan/cosa.c> for details about the cards and the driver 11271 itself. 11272 11273 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be 11274 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11275 The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about 11276 modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11277 11278Etinc PCISYNC serial board support 11279CONFIG_DSCC4 11280 This is a driver for Etinc PCISYNC boards based on the Infineon 11281 (ex. Siemens) DSCC4 chipset. It is supposed to work with the four 11282 ports card. Take a look at <http://www.cogenit.fr/dscc4/> 11283 for further informations about the driver and his configuration. 11284 11285 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be 11286 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11287 The module will be called dscc4.o. For general information about 11288 modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11289 11290PCISYNC feature 11291CONFIG_DSCC4_PCISYNC 11292 Due to Etinc's design choice for its PCISYNC cards, some operations 11293 are only allowed on specific ports of the DSCC4. This option is the 11294 only way for the driver to know that it shouldn't return a success 11295 code for these operations. 11296 11297 Please say Y if your card is an Etinc's PCISYNC. 11298 11299Hard reset support 11300CONFIG_DSCC4_PCI_RST 11301 Various DSCC4 bug forbid any reliable software reset of the asic. 11302 As a replacement, some vendors provide a way to assert the PCI #RST 11303 pin of DSCC4 through the GPIO port of the card. If you choose Y, the 11304 driver will make use of this feature before module removal (i.e. rmmod). 11305 This feature is known to exist on Commtech's cards. 11306 Contact your manufacturer for details. 11307 11308 Say Y if yout card supports this feature. 11309 11310LanMedia Corp. serial boards (SSI/V.35, T1/E1, HSSI, T3) 11311CONFIG_LANMEDIA 11312 This is a driver for the following Lan Media family of serial 11313 boards. 11314 11315 LMC 1000 board allows you to connect synchronous serial devices (for 11316 example base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, 11317 V.35 or V.36 interface) to your Linux box. 11318 11319 LMC 1200 with on board DSU board allows you to connect your Linux 11320 box directly to a T1 or E1 circuit. 11321 11322 LMC 5200 board provides a HSSI interface capable of running up to 11323 52 mbits per second. 11324 11325 LMC 5245 board connects directly to a T3 circuit saving the 11326 additional external hardware. 11327 11328 To change setting such as syncPPP vs cisco HDLC or clock source you 11329 will need lmcctl. It is available at <ftp://ftp.lanmedia.com/>. 11330 11331 This code is also available as a module called lmc.o ( = code 11332 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11333 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11334 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11335 11336Fibre Channel driver support 11337CONFIG_NET_FC 11338 Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to connect 11339 large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with and 11340 intended to replace SCSI. 11341 11342 If you intend to use Fibre Channel, you need to have a Fibre channel 11343 adaptor card in your computer; say Y here and to the driver for your 11344 adaptor below. You also should have said Y to "SCSI support" and 11345 "SCSI generic support". 11346 11347Interphase 5526 Tachyon chipset based adaptor support 11348CONFIG_IPHASE5526 11349 Say Y here if you have a Fibre Channel adaptor of this kind. 11350 11351 The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11352 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11353 The module will be called iph5526.o. For general information about 11354 modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11355 11356Red Creek Hardware VPN 11357CONFIG_RCPCI 11358 This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private 11359 Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it. 11360 11361 This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code 11362 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 11363 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 11364 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11365 11366Granch SBNI12 Leased Line adapter driver 11367CONFIG_SBNI 11368 This is a driver for ISA SBNI12-xx cards which are low cost 11369 alternatives to leased line modems. Say Y if you want to insert 11370 the driver into the kernel or say M to compile it as a module (the 11371 module will be called sbni.o). 11372 11373 You can find more information and last versions of drivers and 11374 utilities at <http://www.granch.ru/>. If you have any question you 11375 can send email to sbni@granch.ru. 11376 11377 Say N if unsure. 11378 11379SBNI multiple-line feature support 11380CONFIG_SBNI_MULTILINE 11381 Schedule traffic for some parallel lines, via SBNI12 adapters. 11382 If you have two computers connected with two parallel lines it's 11383 possible to increase transfer rate nearly twice. You should have 11384 a program named 'sbniconfig' to configure adapters. 11385 11386 Say N if unsure. 11387 11388WAN router drivers 11389CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER_DRIVERS 11390 If you have a WAN interface card and you want your Linux box to act 11391 as a WAN router, thereby connecting you Local Area Network to the 11392 outside world over the WAN connection, say Y here and then to the 11393 driver for your card below. In addition, you need to say Y to "Wan 11394 Router". 11395 11396 You will need the wan-tools package which is available from 11397 <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>. Read 11398 <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more information. 11399 11400 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 11401 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 11402 the questions about WAN router drivers. If unsure, say N. 11403 11404Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards 11405CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA 11406 WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (<http://www.sangoma.com/>) 11407 is a family of intelligent multiprotocol WAN adapters with data 11408 transfer rates up to 4Mbps. They are also known as Synchronous 11409 Data Link Adapters (SDLA) and are designated as S514-PCI or 11410 S508-ISA. These cards support 11411 11412 - X.25, Frame Relay, PPP, Cisco HDLC protocols. 11413 11414 - API support for protocols like HDLC (LAPB), 11415 HDLC Streaming, X.25, Frame Relay and BiSync. 11416 11417 - Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay protocol. 11418 11419 - MULTILINK PPP 11420 11421 - Async PPP (Modem Dialup) 11422 11423 If you have one or more of these cards, say M to this option; you 11424 may then also want to read the file 11425 <file:Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt>. The next questions 11426 will ask you about the protocols you want the driver to support. 11427 11428 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be 11429 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11430 The module will be called wanpipe.o. For general information about 11431 modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11432 11433WANPIPE X.25 support 11434CONFIG_WANPIPE_X25 11435 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card 11436 to an X.25 network. Note, this feature also includes the X.25 API 11437 support used to develop custom applications over the X.25 protocol. 11438 If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver. 11439 The X.25 option is supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards. 11440 11441WANPIPE Frame Relay support 11442CONFIG_WANPIPE_FR 11443 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card 11444 to a frame relay network, or use frame relay API to develop 11445 custom applications over the Frame Relay protocol. 11446 This feature also contains the Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay, 11447 where a WANPIPE frame relay link can be directly connected to the 11448 Linux kernel bridge. If you say N, the frame relay support will 11449 not be included in the driver. The Frame Relay option is 11450 supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards. 11451 11452WANPIPE PPP support 11453CONFIG_WANPIPE_PPP 11454 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card 11455 to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). If you say N, 11456 the PPP support will not be included in the driver. The PPP option 11457 is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. 11458 11459WANPIPE Multi-Port PPP support 11460CONFIG_WANPIPE_MULTPPP 11461 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card 11462 to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). Note, the 11463 MultiPort PPP uses the Linux Kernel SyncPPP protocol over the 11464 Sangoma HDLC Streaming adapter. In this case each Sangoma adapter 11465 port can support an independent PPP connection. For example, a 11466 single Quad-Port PCI adapter can support up to four independent 11467 PPP links. If you say N,the PPP support will not be included in the 11468 driver. The PPP option is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. 11469 11470WANPIPE Cisco HDLC support 11471CONFIG_WANPIPE_CHDLC 11472 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card 11473 to a leased line using the Cisco HDLC protocol. This now supports 11474 Dual Port Cisco HDLC on the S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. 11475 This support also allows user to build applications using the 11476 HDLC streaming API. 11477 11478 CHDLC Streaming driver also supports MULTILINK PPP 11479 support that can bind multiple WANPIPE T1 cards into 11480 a single logical channel. 11481 11482 If you say N, the Cisco HDLC support and 11483 HDLC streaming API and MULTILINK PPP will not be 11484 included in the driver. 11485 11486MultiGate (COMX) synchronous serial board support 11487CONFIG_COMX 11488 Say Y if you want to use any board from the MultiGate (COMX) family. 11489 These boards are synchronous serial adapters for the PC, 11490 manufactured by ITConsult-Pro Co, Hungary. 11491 11492 Read <file:Documentation/networking/comx.txt> for help on 11493 configuring and using COMX interfaces. Further info on these cards 11494 can be found at <http://www.itc.hu/> or <info@itc.hu>. 11495 11496 You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to 11497 use this driver. 11498 11499Support for COMX/CMX/HiCOMX boards 11500CONFIG_COMX_HW_COMX 11501 Hardware driver for the 'CMX', 'COMX' and 'HiCOMX' boards from the 11502 MultiGate family. Say Y if you have one of these. 11503 11504 You will need additional firmware to use these cards, which are 11505 downloadable from <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>. 11506 11507 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11508 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11509 comx-hw-comx.o. 11510 11511Support for LoCOMX board 11512CONFIG_COMX_HW_LOCOMX 11513 Hardware driver for the 'LoCOMX' board from the MultiGate family. 11514 Say Y if you have a board like this. 11515 11516 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11517 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11518 comx-hw-locomx.o. 11519 11520Support for MixCOM board 11521CONFIG_COMX_HW_MIXCOM 11522 Hardware driver for the 'MixCOM' board from the MultiGate family. 11523 Say Y if you have a board like this. 11524 11525 If you want to use the watchdog device on this card, you should 11526 select it in the Watchdog Cards section of the Character Devices 11527 configuration. The ISDN interface of this card is Teles 16.3 11528 compatible, you should enable it in the ISDN configuration menu. The 11529 driver for the flash ROM of this card is available separately on 11530 <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>. 11531 11532 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11533 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11534 comx-hw-mixcom.o. 11535 11536i810 TCO timer/watchdog support 11537CONFIG_I810_TCO 11538 Hardware driver for the TCO timer built into the Intel i810 and i815 11539 chipset family. The TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) timer is a 11540 watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after its second 11541 expiration. The expiration time can be configured by command 11542 argument "i810_margin=<n>" where <n> is the counter initial value. 11543 It is decremented every 0.6 secs, the default is 50 which gives a 11544 timeout of 30 seconds and one minute until reset. 11545 11546 On some motherboards the driver may fail to reset the chipset's 11547 NO_REBOOT flag which prevents the watchdog from rebooting the 11548 machine. If this is the case you will get a kernel message like 11549 "i810tco init: failed to reset NO_REBOOT flag". 11550 11551 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11552 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11553 i810-tco.o. 11554 11555SliceCOM/PciCOM board support 11556CONFIG_COMX_HW_MUNICH 11557 Hardware driver for the 'SliceCOM' (channelized E1) and 'PciCOM' 11558 boards (X21) from the MultiGate family. 11559 11560 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11561 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11562 The module will be called comx-hw-munich.o. If you want to compile it 11563 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11564 11565 Read linux/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt for help on 11566 configuring and using SliceCOM interfaces. Further info on these cards 11567 can be found at <http://www.itc.hu> or <info@itc.hu>. 11568 11569Support for HDLC and syncPPP protocols on MultiGate boards 11570CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_PPP 11571 Cisco-HDLC and synchronous PPP protocol driver for all MultiGate 11572 boards. Say Y if you want to use either protocol on your MultiGate 11573 boards. 11574 11575 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11576 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11577 comx-proto-ppp.o. 11578 11579Support for LAPB protocol on MultiGate boards 11580CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_LAPB 11581 LAPB protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you 11582 want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards. 11583 11584 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11585 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11586 comx-proto-lapb.o. 11587 11588Support for Frame Relay on MultiGate boards 11589CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_FR 11590 Frame Relay protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you 11591 want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards. 11592 11593 If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read 11594 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 11595 comx-proto-fr.o. 11596 11597Cyclom 2X(tm) multiprotocol cards 11598CONFIG_CYCLADES_SYNC 11599 Cyclom 2X from Cyclades Corporation (<http://www.cyclades.com/> and 11600 <http://www.cyclades.com.br/>) is an intelligent multiprotocol WAN 11601 adapter with data transfer rates up to 512 Kbps. These cards support 11602 the X.25 and SNA related protocols. If you have one or more of these 11603 cards, say Y to this option. The next questions will ask you about 11604 the protocols you want the driver to support (for now only X.25 is 11605 supported). 11606 11607 While no documentation is available at this time please grab the 11608 wanconfig tarball in 11609 <http://www.conectiva.com.br/~acme/cycsyn-devel/> (with minor changes 11610 to make it compile with the current wanrouter include files; efforts 11611 are being made to use the original package available at 11612 <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>). 11613 11614 Feel free to contact me or the cycsyn-devel mailing list at 11615 acme@conectiva.com.br and cycsyn-devel@bazar.conectiva.com.br for 11616 additional details, I hope to have documentation available as soon 11617 as possible. (Cyclades Brazil is writing the Documentation). 11618 11619 The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be 11620 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11621 The module will be called cyclomx.o. For general information about 11622 modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 11623 11624Cyclom 2X X.25 support 11625CONFIG_CYCLOMX_X25 11626 Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a Cyclom 2X card 11627 to an X.25 network. 11628 11629 If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver 11630 (saves about 11 KB of kernel memory). 11631 11632Generic HDLC driver 11633CONFIG_HDLC 11634 Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card supported 11635 by this driver and you are planning to connect the box to a WAN 11636 ( = Wide Area Network). You will need supporting software from 11637 <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/hdlc/>. 11638 Generic HDLC driver currently supports raw HDLC, Cisco HDLC, Frame 11639 Relay, synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and X.25. 11640 11641 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 11642 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11643 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 11644 will be called hdlc.o. 11645 11646 If unsure, say N here. 11647 11648Raw HDLC support 11649CONFIG_HDLC_RAW 11650 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11651 raw HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. 11652 11653 If unsure, say N here. 11654 11655Raw HDLC Ethernet device support 11656CONFIG_HDLC_RAW_ETH 11657 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11658 raw HDLC Ethernet device emulation over WAN (Wide Area Network) 11659 connections. 11660 You will need it for Ethernet over HDLC bridges. 11661 11662 If unsure, say N here. 11663 11664Cisco HDLC support 11665CONFIG_HDLC_CISCO 11666 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11667 Cisco HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. 11668 11669 If unsure, say N here. 11670 11671Frame-Relay HDLC support 11672CONFIG_HDLC_FR 11673 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11674 Frame-Relay protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. 11675 11676 If unsure, say N here. 11677 11678Synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) support 11679CONFIG_HDLC_PPP 11680 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11681 PPP over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. 11682 11683 If unsure, say N here. 11684 11685CCITT X.25 over HDLC support 11686CONFIG_HDLC_X25 11687 Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support 11688 X.25 protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. 11689 11690 If unsure, say N here. 11691 11692Cyclades-PC300 support 11693CONFIG_PC300 11694 This is a driver for the Cyclades-PC300 synchronous communication 11695 boards. These boards provide synchronous serial interfaces to your 11696 Linux box (interfaces currently available are RS-232/V.35, X.21 and 11697 T1/E1). If you wish to support Multilink PPP, please select the 11698 option below this one and read the file README.mlppp provided by PC300 11699 package. 11700 11701 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 11702 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11703 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be 11704 called pc300.o. 11705 11706 If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N. 11707 11708Cyclades-PC300 Sync TTY (to MLPPP) support 11709CONFIG_PC300_MLPPP 11710 Say 'Y' to this option if you are planning to use Multilink PPP over the 11711 PC300 synchronous communication boards. 11712 11713CONFIG_PCI200SYN 11714 This driver is for PCI200SYN cards made by Goramo sp. j. 11715 If you have such a card, say Y or M here and see 11716 <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/> 11717 11718 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 11719 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11720 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 11721 will be called pci200syn.o. 11722 11723 If unsure, say N here. 11724 11725SDL RISCom/N2 support 11726CONFIG_N2 11727 This driver is for RISCom/N2 single or dual channel ISA cards 11728 made by SDL Communications Inc. If you have such a card, 11729 say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/>. 11730 11731 Note that N2csu and N2dds cards are not supported by this driver. 11732 11733 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 11734 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11735 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 11736 will be called n2.o. 11737 11738 If unsure, say N here. 11739 11740Moxa C101 support 11741CONFIG_C101 11742 This driver is for C101 SuperSync ISA cards made by Moxa 11743 Technologies Co., Ltd. If you have such a card, 11744 say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/> 11745 11746 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 11747 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11748 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 11749 will be called c101.o. 11750 11751 If unsure, say N here. 11752 11753Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit) 11754CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET 11755 Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common 11756 type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies. 11757 11758 Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over 11759 coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted 11760 pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central 11761 hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs), 11762 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs), 11763 100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair 11764 cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links) 11765 [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit 11766 Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links). 11767 11768 If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have 11769 an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer, 11770 say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11771 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You will then also have 11772 to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC. 11773 11774 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 11775 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 11776 the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N. 11777 11778Western Digital/SMC cards 11779CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC 11780 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y 11781 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11782 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11783 11784 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 11785 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 11786 the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be 11787 asked for your specific card in the following questions. 11788 11789WD80*3 support 11790CONFIG_WD80x3 11791 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11792 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11793 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11794 11795 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11796 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11797 The module will be called wd.o. If you want to compile it as a 11798 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11799 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11800 11801SMC Ultra MCA support 11802CONFIG_ULTRAMCA 11803 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running 11804 an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 11805 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11806 11807 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11808 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11809 The module will be called smc-mca.o. If you want to compile it as a 11810 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11811 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11812 11813SMC Ultra support 11814CONFIG_ULTRA 11815 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11816 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11817 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11818 11819 Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards 11820 mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible, 11821 such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many 11822 operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for 11823 this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have 11824 problems. 11825 11826 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11827 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11828 The module will be called smc-ultra.o. If you want to compile it as 11829 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 11830 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11831 11832SMC Ultra32 EISA support 11833CONFIG_ULTRA32 11834 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11835 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11836 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11837 11838 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11839 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11840 The module will be called smc-ultra32.o. If you want to compile it 11841 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 11842 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11843 11844SMC 9194 support 11845CONFIG_SMC9194 11846 This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this 11847 option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or 11848 another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled 11849 into the kernel, and read the file 11850 <file:Documentation/networking/smc9.txt> and the Ethernet-HOWTO, 11851 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11852 11853 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11854 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11855 The module will be called smc9194.o. If you want to compile it as a 11856 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11857 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11858 11859PCI NE2000 and clones support 11860CONFIG_NE2K_PCI 11861 This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work 11862 with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000 11863 support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card, 11864 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11865 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11866 11867 This driver also works for the following NE2000 clone cards: 11868 RealTek RTL-8029 Winbond 89C940 Compex RL2000 KTI ET32P2 11869 NetVin NV5000SC Via 86C926 SureCom NE34 Winbond 11870 Holtek HT80232 Holtek HT80229 11871 11872 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11873 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11874 The module will be called ne2k-pci.o. If you want to compile it as 11875 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 11876 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11877 11878Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards 11879CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL 11880 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such 11881 as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 11882 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11883 11884 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 11885 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 11886 the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for 11887 your specific card in the following questions. 11888 11889NI5010 support 11890CONFIG_NI5010 11891 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11892 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11893 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that this is still 11894 experimental code. 11895 11896 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11897 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11898 The module will be called ni5010.o. If you want to compile it as a 11899 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11900 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11901 11902NI5210 support 11903CONFIG_NI52 11904 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11905 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11906 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11907 11908 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11909 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11910 The module will be called ni52.o. If you want to compile it as a 11911 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11912 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11913 11914NI6510 support 11915CONFIG_NI65 11916 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 11917 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11918 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11919 11920 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 11921 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 11922 The module will be called ni65.o. If you want to compile it as a 11923 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 11924 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 11925 11926RealTek RTL-8139C+ 10/100 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support 11927CONFIG_8139CP 11928 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on 11929 the RTL8139C+ chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read 11930 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11931 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11932 11933 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 11934 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11935 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended. 11936 The module will be called 8139cp.o. 11937 11938RealTek RTL-8139 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support 11939CONFIG_8139TOO 11940 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on 11941 the RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read 11942 <file:Documentation/networking/8139too.txt> as well as the 11943 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 11944 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 11945 11946 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 11947 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11948 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 11949 recommended. The module will be called 8139too.o. 11950 11951Use PIO instead of MMIO 11952CONFIG_8139TOO_PIO 11953 This instructs the driver to use programmed I/O ports (PIO) instead 11954 of PCI shared memory (MMIO). This can possibly solve some problems 11955 in case your mainboard has memory consistency issues. If unsure, 11956 say N. 11957 11958Support for uncommon RTL-8139 rev. K (automatic channel equalization) 11959CONFIG_8139TOO_TUNE_TWISTER 11960 This implements a function which might come in handy in case you 11961 are using low quality on long cabling. It is required for RealTek 11962 RTL-8139 revision K boards, and totally unused otherwise. It tries 11963 to match the transceiver to the cable characteristics. This is 11964 experimental since hardly documented by the manufacturer. 11965 If unsure, say Y. 11966 11967Support for older RTL-8129/8130 boards 11968CONFIG_8139TOO_8129 11969 This enables support for the older and uncommon RTL-8129 and 11970 RTL-8130 chips, which support MII via an external transceiver, 11971 instead of an internal one. Disabling this option will save some 11972 memory by making the code size smaller. If unsure, say Y. 11973 11974Use older RX-reset method 11975CONFIG_8139_OLD_RX_RESET 11976 The 8139too driver was recently updated to contain a more rapid 11977 reset sequence, in the face of severe receive errors. This "new" 11978 RX-reset method should be adequate for all boards. But if you 11979 experience problems, you can enable this option to restore the 11980 old RX-reset behavior. If unsure, say N. 11981 11982SiS 900/7016 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support 11983CONFIG_SIS900 11984 This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on 11985 the SiS 900 and SiS 7016 chips. The SiS 900 core is also embedded in 11986 SiS 630 and SiS 540 chipsets. If you have one of those, say Y and 11987 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available at 11988 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Please read 11989 <file:Documentation/networking/sis900.txt> and comments at the 11990 beginning of <file:drivers/net/sis900.c> for more information. 11991 11992 This driver also supports AMD 79C901 HomePNA so that you can use 11993 your phone line as a network cable. 11994 11995 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 11996 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 11997 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 11998 recommended. The module will be called sis900.o. 11999 12000Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC / Symbios 53c885 support 12001CONFIG_YELLOWFIN 12002 Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet 12003 adapter or the SYM53C885 Ethernet controller. The Gigabit adapter is 12004 used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project. See 12005 <http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html> for more 12006 information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in general. 12007 12008 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12009 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12010 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12011 recommended. The module will be called yellowfin.o. 12012 12013Realtek 8169 Gigabit Ethernet support 12014CONFIG_R8169 12015 Say Y here if you have a Realtek 8169 PCI Gigabit Ethernet adapter. 12016 12017 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12018 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12019 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12020 recommended. The module will be called r8169.o. 12021 12022General Instruments Surfboard 1000 12023CONFIG_NET_SB1000 12024 This is a driver for the General Instrument (also known as 12025 NextLevel) SURFboard 1000 internal 12026 cable modem. This is an ISA card which is used by a number of cable 12027 TV companies to provide cable modem access. It's a one-way 12028 downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link is 12029 provided by your regular phone modem. 12030 12031 At present this driver only compiles as a module, so say M here if 12032 you have this card. The module will be called sb1000.o. Then read 12033 <file:Documentation/networking/README.sb1000> for information on how 12034 to use this module, as it needs special ppp scripts for establishing 12035 a connection. Further documentation and the necessary scripts can be 12036 found at: 12037 12038 <http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/> 12039 <http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html> 12040 <http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/> 12041 12042 If you don't have this card, of course say N. 12043 12044Adaptec Starfire support 12045CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE 12046 Say Y here if you have an Adaptec Starfire (or DuraLAN) PCI network 12047 adapter. The DuraLAN chip is used on the 64 bit PCI boards from 12048 Adaptec e.g. the ANA-6922A. The older 32 bit boards use the tulip 12049 driver. 12050 12051 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12052 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12053 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12054 recommended. The module will be called starfire.o. 12055 12056Alteon AceNIC/3Com 3C985/NetGear GA620 Gigabit support 12057CONFIG_ACENIC 12058 Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC, 3Com 3C985(B), NetGear 12059 GA620, SGI Gigabit or Farallon PN9000-SX PCI Gigabit Ethernet 12060 adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame option (9000 12061 bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches can handle this 12062 as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to your ifconfig 12063 line. 12064 12065 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12066 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12067 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12068 recommended. The module will be called acenic.o. 12069 12070Omit support for old Tigon I based AceNICs 12071CONFIG_ACENIC_OMIT_TIGON_I 12072 Say Y here if you only have Tigon II based AceNICs and want to leave 12073 out support for the older Tigon I based cards which are no longer 12074 being sold (ie. the original Alteon AceNIC and 3Com 3C985 (non B 12075 version)). This will reduce the size of the driver object by 12076 app. 100KB. If you are not sure whether your card is a Tigon I or a 12077 Tigon II, say N here. 12078 12079 The safe and default value for this is N. 12080 12081Marvell Yukon / SysKonnect SK-98xx and SK-95xx Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support 12082CONFIG_SK98LIN 12083 Say Y here if you have a Marvell Yukon or SysKonnect SK-98xx/SK-95xx 12084 compliant Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. The following adapters are supported 12085 by this driver: 12086 - 3Com 3C940 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter 12087 - 3Com 3C941 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter 12088 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970LX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12089 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970LX/2SC Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12090 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12091 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970SX/2SC Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12092 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970TX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12093 - Allied Telesyn AT-2970TX/2TX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12094 - Allied Telesyn AT-2971SX Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12095 - Allied Telesyn AT-2971T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12096 - DGE-530T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter 12097 - EG1032 v2 Instant Gigabit Network Adapter 12098 - EG1064 v2 Instant Gigabit Network Adapter 12099 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Abit) 12100 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Albatron) 12101 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Asus) 12102 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (ECS) 12103 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Epox) 12104 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Foxconn) 12105 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Gigabyte) 12106 - Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit LOM Ethernet Adapter (Iwill) 12107 - Marvell RDK-8001 Adapter 12108 - Marvell RDK-8002 Adapter 12109 - Marvell RDK-8003 Adapter 12110 - Marvell RDK-8004 Adapter 12111 - Marvell RDK-8006 Adapter 12112 - Marvell RDK-8007 Adapter 12113 - Marvell RDK-8008 Adapter 12114 - Marvell RDK-8009 Adapter 12115 - Marvell RDK-8010 Adapter 12116 - Marvell RDK-8011 Adapter 12117 - Marvell RDK-8012 Adapter 12118 - Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter (32 bit) 12119 - Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter (64 bit) 12120 - N-Way PCI-Bus Giga-Card 1000/100/10Mbps(L) 12121 - SK-9521 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter 12122 - SK-9521 V2.0 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter 12123 - SK-9821 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-T) 12124 - SK-9821 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Adapter 12125 - SK-9822 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-T dual link) 12126 - SK-9841 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-LX) 12127 - SK-9841 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-LX Adapter 12128 - SK-9842 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-LX dual link) 12129 - SK-9843 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX) 12130 - SK-9843 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter 12131 - SK-9844 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX dual link) 12132 - SK-9851 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter 12133 - SK-9861 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX Volition) 12134 - SK-9861 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-SX Adapter 12135 - SK-9862 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-SX Volition dual link) 12136 - SK-9871 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-ZX) 12137 - SK-9871 V2.0 Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-ZX Adapter 12138 - SK-9872 Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter (SK-NET GE-ZX dual link) 12139 - SMC EZ Card 1000 (SMC9452TXV.2) 12140 12141 The adapters support Jumbo Frames. 12142 The dual link adapters support link-failover and dual port features. 12143 Both Marvell Yukon and SysKonnect SK-98xx/SK-95xx adapters support 12144 the scatter-gather functionality with sendfile(). Please refer to 12145 Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt for more information about 12146 optional driver parameters. 12147 Questions concerning this driver may be addressed to: 12148 linux@syskonnect.de 12149 12150 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12151 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12152 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended. 12153 The module will be called sk98lin.o. 12154 12155Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support 12156CONFIG_SKGE 12157 This is an alternate driver for the Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet 12158 family. It is a backport of version 1.6 for kernel 2.6. The vendor's 12159 one is normally recommended (sk98lin), but under some circumstances, it 12160 is known to have trouble (eg: sending UDP only on old chips). This driver 12161 is not very fast an may lead to higher CPU loads than the original one 12162 since it does not support NAPI yet, but at least it is reported to work 12163 and is maintained in 2.6. Linking it with the kernel is not recommended 12164 since it may conflict with sk98lin. 12165 12166 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12167 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12168 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended. 12169 The module will be called skge.o. 12170 12171Marvell Yukon 2 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter family support 12172CONFIG_SKY2 12173 This is an alternate driver for the Marvell Yukon 2 Gigabit Ethernet 12174 family. It is a backport of version 1.5 for kernel 2.6. The vendor's 12175 one is normally recommended (sk98lin), but under some circumstances, it 12176 is known to have trouble (eg: sending UDP only on old chips). This driver 12177 is not very fast an may lead to higher CPU loads than the original one 12178 since it does not support NAPI yet, but at least it is reported to work 12179 and is maintained in 2.6. Linking it with the kernel is not recommended 12180 since it may conflict with sk98lin. 12181 12182 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12183 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12184 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended. 12185 The module will be called sky2.o. 12186 12187Sun GEM support 12188CONFIG_SUNGEM 12189 Support for the Sun GEM chip, aka Sun GigabitEthernet/P 2.0. See also 12190 <http://www.sun.com/products-n-solutions/hardware/docs/pdf/806-3985-10.pdf>. 12191 12192 This chip is also used by Apple under the name GMAC in all their recent 12193 machines starting with the first iBook. This includes all AGP capable 12194 Apple machines except some early G4s and iMacs that still used a 12195 Tulip chip. This driver obsoletes the GMAC driver for these machines. 12196 12197 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12199 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12200 will be called sungem.o. 12201 12202Broadcom Tigon3 support 12203CONFIG_TIGON3 12204 This driver supports Broadcom Tigon3 based gigabit Ethernet cards. 12205 12206 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12207 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12208 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12209 recommended. The module will be called tg3.o. 12210 12211MV-64340 Ethernet support 12212CONFIG_MV64340_ETH 12213 This driver supports the Marvell Discovery II MV64340 device 12214 as an Ethernet controller. Say Y here and select Port 0,1,2 12215 as needed. Otherwise, say N. 12216 12217MV-64340 Port 0 12218CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_0 12219 Enable port 0 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller. 12220 12221MV-64340 Port 1 12222CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_1 12223 Enable port 1 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller. 12224 12225MV-64340 Port 2 12226CONFIG_MV64340_ETH_2 12227 Enable port 2 on the MV64340 Ethernet controller. 12228 12229MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet support 12230CONFIG_MYRI_SBUS 12231 This driver supports MyriCOM Sbus gigabit Ethernet cards. 12232 12233 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12234 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12235 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12236 recommended. The module will be called myri_sbus.o. 12237 12238D-Link 2000-based Gigabit Ethernet support 12239CONFIG_DL2K 12240 This driver supports D-Link 2000-based gigabit ethernet cards, which 12241 includes 12242 D-Link DGE-550T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. 12243 D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. 12244 12245 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12246 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12247 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12248 recommended. The module will be called dl2k.o. 12249 12250EtherExpress Pro/100 support (e100, Alternate Intel driver) 12251CONFIG_E100 12252 This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/100 family of adapters. 12253 To verify that your adapter is supported, find the board ID number 12254 on the adapter. Look for a label that has a barcode and a number 12255 in the format 123456-001 (six digits hyphen three digits). 12256 12257 Use the above information and the Adapter & Driver ID Guide at: 12258 12259 http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm 12260 12261 to identify the adapter. 12262 12263 For the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for Linux, see: 12264 12265 http://appsr.intel.com/scripts-df/support_intel.asp 12266 12267 More specific information on configuring the driver is in 12268 <file:Documentation/networking/e100.txt>. 12269 12270 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12271 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12272 The module will be called e100.o. If you want to compile it as a 12273 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12274 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12275 12276Intel(R) PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet support 12277CONFIG_E1000 12278 This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/1000 gigabit ethernet family of 12279 adapters. For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the 12280 Adapter & Driver ID Guide at: 12281 12282 <http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm> 12283 12284 For general information and support, go to the Intel support 12285 website at: 12286 12287 <http://support.intel.com> 12288 12289 More specific information on configuring the driver is in 12290 <file:Documentation/networking/e1000.txt>. 12291 12292 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12293 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12294 The module will be called e1000.o. If you want to compile it as a 12295 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12296 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12297 12298CONFIG_E1000_NAPI 12299 NAPI is a new driver API designed to reduce CPU and interrupt load 12300 when the driver is receiving lots of packets from the card. It is 12301 still somewhat experimental and thus not yet enabled by default. 12302 12303 If your estimated Rx load is 10kpps or more, or if the card will be 12304 deployed on potentially unfriendly networks (e.g. in a firewall), 12305 then say Y here. 12306 12307 See <file:Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt> for more 12308 information. 12309 12310 If in doubt, say N. 12311 12312AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support 12313CONFIG_LANCE 12314 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12315 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12316 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some LinkSys cards are 12317 of this type. 12318 12319 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12320 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12321 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 12322 recommended. The module will be called lance.o. 12323 12324SGI IOC3 Ethernet 12325CONFIG_SGI_IOC3_ETH 12326 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12327 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12328 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12329 12330National Semiconductor DP83902AV support 12331CONFIG_STNIC 12332 Support for cards based on the National Semiconductor DP83902AV 12333 ST-NIC Serial Network Interface Controller for Twisted Pair. This 12334 is a 10Mbit/sec Ethernet controller. Product overview and specs at 12335 <http://www.national.com/pf/DP/DP83902A.html>. 12336 12337 If unsure, say N. 12338 123393COM cards 12340CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM 12341 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y 12342 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12343 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12344 12345 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 12346 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 12347 the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for 12348 your specific card in the following questions. 12349 123503c501 "EtherLink" support 12351CONFIG_EL1 12352 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12353 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12354 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also, consider buying a 12355 new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will 12356 have problems. Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby 12357 machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card. 12358 12359 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12360 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12361 The module will be called 3c501.o. If you want to compile it as a 12362 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12363 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12364 123653c503 "EtherLink II" support 12366CONFIG_EL2 12367 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12368 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12369 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12370 12371 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12372 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12373 The module will be called 3c503.o. If you want to compile it as a 12374 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12375 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12376 123773c505 "EtherLink Plus" support 12378CONFIG_ELPLUS 12379 Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in 12380 <file:Documentation/networking/3c505.txt>. If you have a card of 12381 this type, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12382 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12383 12384 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12385 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12386 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12387 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12388 called 3c505.o. 12389 123903c507 (EtherLink 16) support 12391CONFIG_EL16 12392 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12393 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12394 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12395 12396 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12397 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12398 The module will be called 3c507.o. If you want to compile it as a 12399 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12400 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12401 124023c523 "EtherlinkMC" support 12403CONFIG_ELMC 12404 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12405 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12406 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12407 12408 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12409 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12410 The module will be called 3c523.o. If you want to compile it as a 12411 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12412 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12413 124143c527 "EtherLink/MC 32" support 12415CONFIG_ELMC_II 12416 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12417 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12418 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12419 12420 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12421 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12422 The module will be called 3c527.o. If you want to compile it as a 12423 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12424 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12425 124263c509/3c529 (MCA)/3c579 "EtherLink III" support 12427CONFIG_EL3 12428 If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com 12429 EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available 12430 from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12431 12432 If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS 12433 setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default 12434 media type. 12435 12436 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12437 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12438 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12439 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12440 called 3c509.o. 12441 124423c515 ISA Fast EtherLink 12443CONFIG_3C515 12444 If you have a 3Com ISA EtherLink XL "Corkscrew" 3c515 Fast Ethernet 12445 network card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12446 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12447 12448 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12449 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12450 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12451 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12452 called 3c515.o. 12453 124543c590/3c900 series (592/595/597) "Vortex/Boomerang/Cyclone" support 12455CONFIG_VORTEX 12456 This option enables driver support for a large number of 10mbps and 12457 10/100mbps EISA, PCI and PCMCIA 3Com network cards: 12458 12459 "Vortex" (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597) EISA and PCI 12460 "Boomerang" (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905) PCI 12461 "Cyclone" (3c540/3c900/3c905/3c980/3c575/3c656) PCI and Cardbus 12462 "Tornado" (3c905) PCI 12463 "Hurricane" (3c555/3cSOHO) PCI 12464 12465 If you have such a card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 12466 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More 12467 specific information is in 12468 <file:Documentation/networking/vortex.txt> and in the comments at 12469 the beginning of <file:drivers/net/3c59x.c>. 12470 12471 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12472 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12473 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12474 will be called 3c59x.o. 12475 124763cr990 series "Typhoon" support 12477CONFIG_TYPHOON 12478 This option enables driver support for the 3cr990 series of cards: 12479 12480 3C990-TX, 3CR990-TX-95, 3CR990-TX-97, 3CR990-FX-95, 3CR990-FX-97, 12481 3CR990SVR, 3CR990SVR95, 3CR990SVR97, 3CR990-FX-95 Server, 12482 3CR990-FX-97 Server, 3C990B-TX-M, 3C990BSVR 12483 12484 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12485 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12486 <http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>. 12487 12488 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12489 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12490 The module will be called typhoon.o. If you want to compile it as a 12491 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12492 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12493 12494Other ISA cards 12495CONFIG_NET_ISA 12496 If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its 12497 bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components 12498 of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y. 12499 Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 12500 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12501 12502 If unsure, say Y. 12503 12504 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 12505 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 12506 the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be 12507 asked for your specific card in the following questions. 12508 12509Generic ARCnet support 12510CONFIG_ARCNET 12511 If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the 12512 (arguably) beautiful poetry in 12513 <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt>. 12514 12515 You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet 12516 chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a 12517 COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset 12518 support" below. 12519 12520 You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available 12521 from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>(even though ARCnet 12522 is not really Ethernet). 12523 12524 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12525 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12526 The module will be called arcnet.o. If you want to compile it as a 12527 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12528 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12529 12530Enable old ARCNet packet format (RFC 1051) 12531CONFIG_ARCNET_1051 12532 This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual 12533 arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet 12534 software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS 12535 arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants 12536 of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with 12537 industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com 12538 packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included 12539 automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet 12540 documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt> for more 12541 information about using arc0e and arc0s. 12542 12543 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12544 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12545 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12546 will be called rfc1051.o. 12547 12548Enable standard ARCNet packet format (RFC 1201) 12549CONFIG_ARCNET_1201 12550 This allows you to use RFC1201 with your ARCnet card via the virtual 12551 arc0 device. You need to say Y here to communicate with 12552 industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com 12553 packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. Please read the 12554 ARCnet documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt> 12555 for more information about using arc0. 12556 12557 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12558 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12559 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12560 will be called rfc1201.o. 12561 12562Enable raw mode packet interface 12563CONFIG_ARCNET_RAW 12564 ARCnet "raw mode" packet encapsulation, no soft headers. Unlikely 12565 to work unless talking to a copy of the same Linux arcnet driver, 12566 but perhaps marginally faster in that case. 12567 12568 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12569 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12570 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12571 will be called arc-rawmode.o. 12572 12573ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver 12574CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx 12575 This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you 12576 have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of 12577 card you had, this is probably the one for you. 12578 12579 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12580 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12581 The module will be called com90xx.o. If you want to compile it as a 12582 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12583 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12584 12585ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver 12586CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO 12587 This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in 12588 IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than 12589 the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared 12590 memory. 12591 12592 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12593 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12594 The module will be called com90io.o. If you want to compile it as a 12595 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12596 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12597 12598ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver 12599CONFIG_ARCNET_RIM_I 12600 This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this 12601 time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This 12602 driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards, 12603 please mail dwmw2@infradead.org, especially if it works! 12604 12605 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12606 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 12607 want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o. If you want to compile 12608 it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> 12609 as well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12610 12611ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver 12612CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020 12613 This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such 12614 things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and 12615 extra diagnostic information. 12616 12617 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12618 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12619 The module will be called com20020.o. If you want to compile it as 12620 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 12621 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12622 12623Cabletron E21xx support 12624CONFIG_E2100 12625 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12626 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12627 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12628 12629 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12630 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12631 The module will be called e2100.o. If you want to compile it as a 12632 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12633 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12634 12635Broadcom 4400 ethernet support (EXPERIMENTAL) 12636CONFIG_B44 12637 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and 12638 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12639 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12640 12641 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12642 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12643 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12644 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12645 called b44. 12646 12647nForce Ethernet support (EXPERIMENTAL) 12648CONFIG_FORCEDETH 12649 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and 12650 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12651 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12652 12653 To compile this driver as a module, choose M here and read 12654 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12655 called forcedeth.o. 12656 12657CS89x0 support (Daynaport CS and LC cards) 12658CONFIG_CS89x0 12659 Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a 12660 network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the 12661 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12662 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as 12663 <file:Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt>. 12664 12665 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12666 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12667 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12668 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12669 called cs89x.o. 12670 12671DEPCA, DE10x, DE200, DE201, DE202, DE422 support 12672CONFIG_DEPCA 12673 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12674 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12675 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as 12676 <file:drivers/net/depca.c>. 12677 12678 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12679 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12680 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12681 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12682 called 12683 depca.o. 12684 12685EtherWORKS 3 (DE203, DE204, DE205) support 12686CONFIG_EWRK3 12687 This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet) 12688 cards. If this is for you, say Y and read 12689 <file:Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt> in the kernel source as 12690 well as the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12691 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12692 12693 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12694 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12695 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12696 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12697 called ewrk3.o. 12698 12699SEEQ8005 support 12700CONFIG_SEEQ8005 12701 This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card. If this 12702 is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12703 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12704 12705 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12706 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12707 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12708 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12709 called ewrk3.o. 12710 12711AT1700/1720 support 12712CONFIG_AT1700 12713 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12714 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12715 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12716 12717 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12718 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12719 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 12720 <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12721 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12722 called at1700.o. 12723 12724FMV-181/182/183/184 support 12725CONFIG_FMV18X 12726 If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card, 12727 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12728 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12729 12730 If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need 12731 to disable Plug & Play mode of the card. 12732 12733 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12734 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12735 The module will be called fmv18x.o. If you want to compile it as a 12736 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12737 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12738 12739EtherExpressPro and EtherExpress 10 (i82595) support 12740CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO 12741 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. This 12742 driver supports intel i82595{FX,TX} based boards. Note however 12743 that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own separate 12744 driver. Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12745 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12746 12747 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12748 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12749 The module will be called eepro.o. If you want to compile it as a 12750 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12751 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12752 12753EtherExpress 16 support 12754CONFIG_EEXPRESS 12755 If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and 12756 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12757 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that the Intel 12758 EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice 12759 because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver 12760 that should do better. 12761 12762 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 12763 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12764 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12765 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12766 called eexpress.o. 12767 12768Packet Engines Hamachi GNIC-II support 12769CONFIG_HAMACHI 12770 If you have a Gigabit Ethernet card of this type, say Y and read 12771 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12772 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12773 12774 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12775 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12776 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12777 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12778 called hamachi.o. 12779 12780HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support 12781CONFIG_HPLAN_PLUS 12782 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12783 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12784 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12785 12786 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12787 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12788 The module will be called hp-plus.o. If you want to compile it as a 12789 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12790 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12791 12792HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support 12793CONFIG_HPLAN 12794 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12795 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12796 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12797 12798 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12799 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12800 The module will be called hp.o. If you want to compile it as a 12801 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12802 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12803 12804HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support 12805CONFIG_HP100 12806 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12807 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12808 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12809 12810 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12811 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12812 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12813 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12814 called hp100.o. 12815 12816NE2000/NE1000 support 12817CONFIG_NE2000 12818 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12819 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12820 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Many Ethernet cards 12821 without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000. 12822 12823 If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI 12824 NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on 12825 an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and 12826 laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support", 12827 below. 12828 12829 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12830 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12831 The module will be called ne.o. If you want to compile it as a 12832 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12833 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12834 12835National Semiconductor DP8381x series PCI Ethernet support 12836CONFIG_NATSEMI 12837 This driver is for the National Semiconductor DP83810 series, 12838 which is used in cards from PureData, NetGear, Linksys 12839 and others, including the 83815 chip. 12840 More specific information and updates are available from 12841 <http://www.scyld.com/network/natsemi.html>. 12842 12843 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12844 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12845 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12846 will be called natsemi.o. 12847 12848NatSemi workaround for high errors 12849CONFIG_NATSEMI_CABLE_MAGIC 12850 Some systems see lots of errors with NatSemi ethernet controllers 12851 on certain cables. If you are seeing lots of errors, try turning 12852 this option on. Some boards have incorrect values for supporting 12853 resistors that can cause this change to break. If you turn this 12854 option on and your network suddenly stops working, turn this 12855 option off. 12856 12857SK_G16 support 12858CONFIG_SK_G16 12859 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12860 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12861 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12862 12863NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support 12864CONFIG_NE2_MCA 12865 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12866 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12867 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12868 12869 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12870 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12871 The module will be called ne2.o. If you want to compile it as a 12872 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12873 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12874 12875SKnet MCA support 12876CONFIG_SKMC 12877 These are Micro Channel Ethernet adapters. You need to say Y to "MCA 12878 support" in order to use this driver. Supported cards are the SKnet 12879 Junior MC2 and the SKnet MC2(+). The driver automatically 12880 distinguishes between the two cards. Note that using multiple boards 12881 of different type hasn't been tested with this driver. Say Y if you 12882 have one of these Ethernet adapters. 12883 12884 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12885 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12886 The module is called sk_mca.o. If you want to compile it as a 12887 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12888 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12889 12890IBM LAN Adapter/A support 12891CONFIG_IBMLANA 12892 This is a Micro Channel Ethernet adapter. You need to set 12893 CONFIG_MCA to use this driver. It is both available as an in-kernel 12894 driver and as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed 12895 from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile 12896 it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> 12897 as well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The only 12898 currently supported card is the IBM LAN Adapter/A for Ethernet. It 12899 will both support 16K and 32K memory windows, however a 32K window 12900 gives a better security against packet losses. Usage of multiple 12901 boards with this driver should be possible, but has not been tested 12902 up to now due to lack of hardware. 12903 12904 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 12905 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12906 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 12907 will be called ibmlana.o. 12908 12909EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers 12910CONFIG_NET_PCI 12911 This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the 12912 bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, 12913 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12914 12915 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 12916 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 12917 the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you 12918 will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If 12919 you are unsure, say Y. 12920 12921AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support 12922CONFIG_PCNET32 12923 If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card, 12924 answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12925 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12926 12927 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12928 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12929 The module will be called pcnet32.o. If you want to compile it as a 12930 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12931 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12932 12933AMD 8111 (new PCI lance) support 12934CONFIG_AMD8111_ETH 12935 If you have an AMD 8111-based PCI lance ethernet card, 12936 answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12937 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12938 12939 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12940 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12941 The module will be called amd8111e.o. If you want to compile it as a 12942 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12943 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12944 12945Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support 12946CONFIG_AC3200 12947 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12948 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12949 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12950 12951 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12952 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12953 The module will be called ac3200.o. If you want to compile it as a 12954 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12955 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12956 12957Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support 12958CONFIG_LNE390 12959 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12960 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12961 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12962 12963 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12964 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12965 The module will be called lne390.o. If you want to compile it as a 12966 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12967 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12968 12969Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support 12970CONFIG_NE3210 12971 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 12972 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12973 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that this driver 12974 will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different. 12975 12976 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 12977 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 12978 The module will be called ne3210.o. If you want to compile it as a 12979 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 12980 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 12981 12982Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet 12983CONFIG_APRICOT 12984 If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and 12985 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 12986 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 12987 12988 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 12989 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 12990 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 12991 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be 12992 called apricot.o. 12993 12994Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA 12995CONFIG_DE4X5 12996 This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards. 12997 These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If 12998 you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the 12999 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13000 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific 13001 information is contained in 13002 <file:Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt>. 13003 13004 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13005 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13006 The module will be called de4x5.o. If you want to compile it as a 13007 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13008 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13009 13010DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support 13011CONFIG_TULIP 13012 This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet 13013 cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip 13014 21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips. Some LinkSys PCI cards are 13015 of this type. (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI 13016 (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip" 13017 cards, above. However, most people with a network card of this type 13018 will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13019 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific 13020 information is contained in 13021 <file:Documentation/networking/tulip.txt>. 13022 13023 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13024 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13025 The module will be called tulip.o. If you want to compile it as a 13026 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13027 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13028 13029Use PCI shared memory for NIC registers 13030CONFIG_TULIP_MMIO 13031 Use PCI shared memory for the NIC registers, rather than going through 13032 the Tulip's PIO (programmed I/O ports). Faster, but could produce 13033 obscure bugs if your mainboard has memory controller timing issues. 13034 If in doubt, say N. 13035 13036Digi Intl. RightSwitch SE-X support 13037CONFIG_DGRS 13038 This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of 13039 PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6 13040 models. If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the 13041 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13042 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific 13043 information is contained in <file:Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt>. 13044 13045 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13046 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13047 The module will be called dgrs.o. If you want to compile it as a 13048 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13049 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13050 13051EtherExpress Pro/100 support 13052CONFIG_EEPRO100 13053 If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet) 13054 card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13055 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13056 13057 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13058 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13059 The module will be called eepro100.o. If you want to compile it as 13060 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 13061 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13062 13063Use PIO instead of MMIO 13064CONFIG_EEPRO100_PIO 13065 This instructs the driver to use programmed I/O ports (PIO) instead 13066 of PCI shared memory (MMIO). This can possibly solve some problems 13067 in case your mainboard has memory consistency issues. If unsure, 13068 say N. 13069 13070Enable Power Management 13071CONFIG_EEPRO100_PM 13072 Many Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network cards are capable 13073 of providing power management capabilities. To make use of these 13074 capabilities, say Y. 13075 13076 WARNING: This option is intended for kernel developers and testers. 13077 It is still very experimental, with some people reporting complete 13078 lockups. 13079 13080 It is recommended to say N here. 13081 13082Myson MTD-8xx PCI Ethernet support 13083CONFIG_FEALNX 13084 Say Y here to support the Mysom MTD-800 family of PCI-based Ethernet 13085 cards. Specifications and data at 13086 <http://www.myson.com.hk/mtd/datasheet/>. 13087 13088 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13089 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13090 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13091 will be called fealnx.o. 13092 13093LP486E on board Ethernet 13094CONFIG_LP486E 13095 Say Y here to support the 82596-based on-board Ethernet controller 13096 for the Panther motherboard, which is one of the two shipped in the 13097 Intel Professional Workstation. 13098 13099 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13100 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13101 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13102 will be called lp486e.o. 13103 13104ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support 13105CONFIG_ETH16I 13106 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 13107 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13108 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13109 13110 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13111 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13112 The module will be called eth16i.o. If you want to compile it as a 13113 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13114 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13115 13116TI ThunderLAN support 13117CONFIG_TLAN 13118 If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip 13119 which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the 13120 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13121 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13122 13123 Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent, 13124 Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file 13125 <file:Documentation/networking/tlan.txt> for more details. 13126 13127 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13128 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13129 The module will be called tlan.o. If you want to compile it as a 13130 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13131 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13132 13133 Please email feedback to torben.mathiasen@compaq.com. 13134 13135VIA Rhine support 13136CONFIG_VIA_RHINE 13137 If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or 13138 Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here. 13139 13140 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13141 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13142 The module will be called via-rhine.o. If you want to compile it as 13143 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as 13144 well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13145 13146VIA Rhine MMIO support (EXPERIMENTAL) 13147CONFIG_VIA_RHINE_MMIO 13148 This instructs the driver to use PCI shared memory (MMIO) instead of 13149 programmed I/O ports (PIO). Enabling this gives an improvement in 13150 processing time in parts of the driver. 13151 13152 It is not known if this works reliably on all "rhine" based cards, 13153 but it has been tested successfully on some DFE-530TX adapters. 13154 13155 If unsure, say N. 13156 13157Davicom DM910x/DM980x support 13158CONFIG_DM9102 13159 This driver is for DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 compatible PCI cards from 13160 Davicom (<http://www.davicom.com.tw/>). If you have such a network 13161 (Ethernet) card, say Y. Some information is contained in the file 13162 <file:Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt>. 13163 13164 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13165 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13166 The module will be called dmfe.o. If you want to compile it as a 13167 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13168 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13169 13170Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support 13171CONFIG_ES3210 13172 If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read 13173 the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13174 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13175 13176 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13177 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13178 The module will be called es3210.o. If you want to compile it as a 13179 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 13180 as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. 13181 13182SMC EtherPower II 13183CONFIG_EPIC100 13184 This driver is for the SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet NIC, 13185 which is based on the SMC83c17x (EPIC/100). 13186 More specific information and updates are available from 13187 <http://www.scyld.com/network/epic100.html>. 13188 13189 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13190 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13191 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13192 will be called epic100.o. 13193 13194DEC LANCE Ethernet controller support 13195CONFIG_DECLANCE 13196 This driver is for the series of Ethernet controllers produced by 13197 DEC (now Compaq) based on the AMD Lance chipset, including the 13198 DEPCA series. (This chipset is better known via the NE2100 cards.) 13199 13200SGI Seeq Ethernet controller support 13201CONFIG_SGISEEQ 13202 Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is 13203 used in many Silicon Graphics machines. 13204 13205Sundance Alta PCI Ethernet support 13206CONFIG_SUNDANCE 13207 This driver is for the Sundance "Alta" chip. 13208 More specific information and updates are available from 13209 <http://www.scyld.com/network/sundance.html>. 13210 13211 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13212 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13213 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13214 will be called sundance.o. 13215 13216Sundance Alta memory-mapped I/O support 13217CONFIG_SUNDANCE_MMIO 13218 Enable memory-mapped I/O for interaction with Sundance NIC registers. 13219 Do NOT enable this by default, PIO (enabled when MMIO is disabled) 13220 is known to solve bugs on certain chips. 13221 13222 If unsure, say N. 13223 13224Sun3/Sun3x on-board LANCE support 13225CONFIG_SUN3LANCE 13226 Most Sun3 and Sun3x motherboards (including the 3/50, 3/60 and 3/80) 13227 featured an AMD Lance 10Mbit Ethernet controller on board; say Y 13228 here to compile in the Linux driver for this and enable Ethernet. 13229 General Linux information on the Sun 3 and 3x series (now 13230 discontinued) is at 13231 <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. 13232 13233 If you're not building a kernel for a Sun 3, say N. 13234 13235Sun3 on-board Intel 82586 support 13236CONFIG_SUN3_82586 13237 This driver enables support for the on-board Intel 82586 based 13238 Ethernet adapter found on Sun 3/1xx and 3/2xx motherboards. Note 13239 that this driver does not support 82586-based adapters on additional 13240 VME boards. 13241 13242Winbond W89c840 PCI Ethernet support 13243CONFIG_WINBOND_840 13244 This driver is for the Winbond W89c840 chip. It also works with 13245 the TX9882 chip on the Compex RL100-ATX board. 13246 More specific information and updates are available from 13247 <http://www.scyld.com/network/drivers.html>. 13248 13249Zenith Z-Note support 13250CONFIG_ZNET 13251 The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network 13252 (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the 13253 IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported 13254 by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13255 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13256 13257Philips SAA9730 Ethernet support 13258CONFIG_LAN_SAA9730 13259 The SAA9730 is a combined multimedia and peripheral controller used 13260 in thin clients, Internet access terminals, and diskless 13261 workstations. 13262 See <http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/SAA9730_flyer_1>. 13263 13264Pocket and portable adapters 13265CONFIG_NET_POCKET 13266 Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel 13267 port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have 13268 one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13269 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13270 13271 If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA 13272 (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for 13273 credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you 13274 need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file 13275 <file:Documentation/Changes>) and you can say N here. 13276 13277 Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at 13278 <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/>. 13279 13280 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 13281 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 13282 the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you 13283 will be asked for your specific device in the following questions. 13284 13285AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support 13286CONFIG_ATP 13287 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel 13288 port. Read <file:drivers/net/atp.c> as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO, 13289 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you 13290 want to use this. If you intend to use this driver, you should have 13291 said N to the "Parallel printer support", because the two drivers 13292 don't like each other. 13293 13294 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code 13295 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13296 whenever you want), say M here and read 13297 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called atp.o. 13298 13299D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support 13300CONFIG_DE600 13301 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel 13302 port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the 13303 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13304 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use 13305 this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel 13306 port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the 13307 kernel. 13308 13309 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code 13310 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13311 whenever you want), say M here and read 13312 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13313 The module will be called de600.o. 13314 13315D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support 13316CONFIG_DE620 13317 This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel 13318 port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the 13319 Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 13320 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use 13321 this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel 13322 port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the 13323 kernel. 13324 13325 If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code 13326 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13327 whenever you want), say M here and read 13328 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13329 The module will be called de620.o. 13330 13331Token Ring driver support 13332CONFIG_TR 13333 Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the 13334 rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring 13335 network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are 13336 connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token 13337 Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your 13338 particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available 13339 from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Most people can 13340 say N here. 13341 13342IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support 13343CONFIG_IBMTR 13344 This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If 13345 you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, 13346 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13347 13348 Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one 13349 active Token Ring card is present. 13350 13351 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13352 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13353 The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a 13354 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13355 13356IBM Olympic chipset PCI adapter support 13357CONFIG_IBMOL 13358 This is support for all non-Lanstreamer IBM PCI Token Ring Cards. 13359 Specifically this is all IBM PCI, PCI Wake On Lan, PCI II, PCI II 13360 Wake On Lan, and PCI 100/16/4 adapters. 13361 13362 If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring 13363 mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13364 13365 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13366 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13367 The module will be called olympic.o. If you want to compile it 13368 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13369 13370 Also read <file:Documentation/networking/olympic.txt> or check the 13371 Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at 13372 <http://www.linuxtr.net/>. 13373 13374IBM Lanstreamer chipset PCI adapter support 13375CONFIG_IBMLS 13376 This is support for IBM Lanstreamer PCI Token Ring Cards. 13377 13378 If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring 13379 mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13380 13381 This driver is also available as a modules ( = code which can be 13382 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13383 The modules will be called lanstreamer.o. If you want to compile it 13384 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13385 13386Generic TMS380 Token Ring ISA/PCI/MCA/EISA adapter support 13387CONFIG_TMS380TR 13388 This driver provides generic support for token ring adapters 13389 based on the Texas Instruments TMS380 series chipsets. This 13390 includes the SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect 13391 TR4/16(+) PCI (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591), 13392 Compaq 4/16 PCI, Thomas-Conrad TC4048 4/16 PCI, and several 13393 Madge adapters. If you say Y here, you will be asked to select 13394 which cards to support below. If you're using modules, each 13395 class of card will be supported by a separate module. 13396 13397 If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y and 13398 read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from 13399 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13400 13401 Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt> or 13402 check <http://www.auk.cx/tms380tr/>. 13403 13404 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13405 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13406 The module will be called tms380tr.o. If you want to compile it 13407 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13408 13409Generic TMS380 PCI support 13410CONFIG_TMSPCI 13411 This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based PCI cards. 13412 13413 These cards are known to work: 13414 - Compaq 4/16 TR PCI 13415 - SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4590/SK-4591) 13416 - Thomas-Conrad TC4048 PCI 4/16 13417 - 3Com Token Link Velocity 13418 13419 This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be 13420 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13421 The module will be called tmspci.o. If you want to compile it 13422 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13423 13424Generic TMS380 ISA support 13425CONFIG_TMSISA 13426 This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based ISA cards. 13427 13428 These cards are known to work: 13429 - SysKonnect TR4/16 ISA (SK-4190) 13430 13431 This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be 13432 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13433 The module will be called tmsisa.o. If you want to compile it 13434 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13435 13436Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2 support 13437CONFIG_ABYSS 13438 This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2 13439 cards (51-02). 13440 13441 This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be 13442 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13443 The module will be called abyss.o. If you want to compile it 13444 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13445 13446Madge Smart 16/4 Ringnode MicroChannel 13447CONFIG_MADGEMC 13448 This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 MC16 and MC32 13449 MicroChannel adapters. 13450 13451 This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be 13452 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13453 The module will be called madgemc.o. If you want to compile it 13454 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13455 13456SMC ISA/MCA Token Ring adapter support 13457CONFIG_SMCTR 13458 This is support for the ISA and MCA SMC Token Ring cards, 13459 specifically SMC TokenCard Elite (8115T) and SMC TokenCard Elite/A 13460 (8115T/A) adapters. 13461 13462 If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and 13463 read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from 13464 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and the file 13465 <file:Documentation/networking/smctr.txt>. 13466 13467 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13468 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13469 The module will be called smctr.o. If you want to compile it 13470 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13471 134723COM 3C359 Token Link Velocity XL PCI adapter support 13473CONFIG_3C359 13474 This is support for the 3Com PCI Velocity XL cards, specifically 13475 the 3Com 3C359, please note this is not for the 3C339 cards, you 13476 should use the tms380 driver instead. 13477 13478 If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring 13479 mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13480 13481 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13482 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13483 The module will will be called 3c359.o. If you want to compile it 13484 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 13485 13486 Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/3c359.txt> or check the 13487 Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at 13488 <http://www.linuxtr.net> 13489 13490Sun Happy Meal 10/100baseT support 13491CONFIG_HAPPYMEAL 13492 This driver supports the "hme" interface present on most Ultra 13493 systems and as an option on older Sbus systems. This driver supports 13494 both PCI and Sbus devices. This driver also supports the "qfe" quad 13495 100baseT device available in both PCI and Sbus configurations. 13496 13497 This support is also available as a module called sunhme.o ( = code 13498 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13499 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 13500 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13501 13502Sun Lance support 13503CONFIG_SUNLANCE 13504 This driver supports the "le" interface present on all 32-bit Sparc 13505 systems, on some older Ultra systems and as an Sbus option. These 13506 cards are based on the AMD Lance chipset, which is better known 13507 via the NE2100 cards. 13508 13509 This support is also available as a module called sunlance.o ( = 13510 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13511 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 13512 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13513 13514Sun BigMAC 10/100baseT support 13515CONFIG_SUNBMAC 13516 This driver supports the "be" interface available as an Sbus option. 13517 This is Sun's older 100baseT Ethernet device. 13518 13519 This support is also available as a module called sunbmac.o ( = code 13520 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13521 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 13522 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13523 13524Sun QuadEthernet support 13525CONFIG_SUNQE 13526 This driver supports the "qe" 10baseT Ethernet device, available as 13527 an Sbus option. Note that this is not the same as Quad FastEthernet 13528 "qfe" which is supported by the Happy Meal driver instead. 13529 13530 This support is also available as a module called sunqe.o ( = code 13531 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 13532 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 13533 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13534 13535Traffic Shaper 13536CONFIG_SHAPER 13537 The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to 13538 limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network device. 13539 The traffic that you want to slow down can then be routed through 13540 these virtual devices. See 13541 <file:Documentation/networking/shaper.txt> for more information. 13542 13543 An alternative to this traffic shaper is the experimental 13544 Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) scheduling support which you get if you 13545 say Y to "QoS and/or fair queueing" above. 13546 13547 To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the shapecfg 13548 program, available from <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/> in the 13549 shaper package. 13550 13551 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13552 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13553 The module will be called shaper.o. If you want to compile it as a 13554 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 13555 unsure, say N. 13556 13557FDDI driver support 13558CONFIG_FDDI 13559 Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network 13560 design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can 13561 run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and 13562 want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and 13563 then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people 13564 will say N. 13565 13566Digital DEFTA/DEFEA/DEFPA adapter support 13567CONFIG_DEFXX 13568 This is support for the DIGITAL series of TURBOchannel (DEFTA), EISA 13569 (DEFEA) and PCI (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local 13570 FDDI network. 13571 13572 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13573 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13574 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13575 will be called defxx.o. 13576 13577SysKonnect FDDI PCI support 13578CONFIG_SKFP 13579 Say Y here if you have a SysKonnect FDDI PCI adapter. 13580 The following adapters are supported by this driver: 13581 - SK-5521 (SK-NET FDDI-UP) 13582 - SK-5522 (SK-NET FDDI-UP DAS) 13583 - SK-5541 (SK-NET FDDI-FP) 13584 - SK-5543 (SK-NET FDDI-LP) 13585 - SK-5544 (SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS) 13586 - SK-5821 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64) 13587 - SK-5822 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64 DAS) 13588 - SK-5841 (SK-NET FDDI-FP64) 13589 - SK-5843 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64) 13590 - SK-5844 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64 DAS) 13591 - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS Fibre SC 13592 - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre SC 13593 - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS UTP 13594 - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS UTP 13595 - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre MIC 13596 13597 Read <file:Documentation/networking/skfp.txt> for information about 13598 the driver. 13599 13600 Questions concerning this driver can be addressed to: 13601 linux@syskonnect.de 13602 13603 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 13604 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13605 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is 13606 recommended. The module will be called skfp.o. 13607 13608HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) support 13609CONFIG_HIPPI 13610 HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and 13611 1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI 13612 can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on 13613 single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to 13614 connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network 13615 and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use 13616 under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver 13617 for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here. 13618 13619IBM PowerPC Virtual Ethernet driver support 13620CONFIG_IBMVETH 13621 This driver supports virtual ethernet adapters on newer IBM iSeries 13622 and pSeries systems. 13623 13624 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 13625 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 13626 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 13627 will be called ibmveth.o. 13628 13629Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support 13630CONFIG_ROADRUNNER 13631 Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card. 13632 13633 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13634 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13635 The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as a 13636 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 13637 unsure, say N. 13638 13639Use large TX/RX rings 13640CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS 13641 If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB 13642 of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for 13643 transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other 13644 kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have 13645 the memory. 13646 13647Acorn Ether1 support 13648CONFIG_ARM_ETHER1 13649 If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards, 13650 you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. 13651 13652Acorn/ANT Ether3 support 13653CONFIG_ARM_ETHER3 13654 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you 13655 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. 13656 13657I-Cubed EtherH support 13658CONFIG_ARM_ETHERH 13659 If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you 13660 should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. 13661 13662EBSA-110 Ethernet interface (AM79C961A) 13663CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A 13664 If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should 13665 always answer Y to this. 13666 13667Support Thumb instructions 13668CONFIG_ARM_THUMB 13669 Say Y if you want to have kernel support for ARM Thumb instructions, 13670 fault handlers, and system calls. 13671 13672 The Thumb instruction set is a compressed form of the standard ARM 13673 instruction set resulting in smaller binaries at the expense of 13674 slightly less efficient code. 13675 13676 If you don't know what this all is, saying Y is a safe choice. 13677 13678Support CD-ROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI 13679CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI 13680 If you have a CD-ROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y 13681 here, otherwise N. Read the CD-ROM-HOWTO, available from 13682 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 13683 13684 Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the 13685 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 13686 the questions about these CD-ROM drives. If you are unsure what you 13687 have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following 13688 drives. 13689 13690 For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/{driver_name} 13691 exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind 13692 of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a 13693 file drivers/cdrom/{driver_name}.h where you can define your 13694 interface parameters and switch some internal goodies. 13695 13696 All these CD-ROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which 13697 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 13698 want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and 13699 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13700 13701 If you want to use any of these CD-ROM drivers, you also have to 13702 answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below (this 13703 answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux 13704 CD-ROM drivers). 13705 13706Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CD-ROM support 13707CONFIG_CDU31A 13708 These CD-ROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a 13709 rectangular green LED centered beneath it. NOTE: these CD-ROM 13710 drives will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you 13711 have to provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at 13712 boot time as described in <file:Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a> or fill 13713 in your parameters into <file:drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c>. Try "man 13714 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or 13715 loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel. 13716 13717 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13718 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13719 CD-ROMs. 13720 13721 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13722 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13723 The module will be called cdu31a.o. If you want to compile it as a 13724 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13725 13726Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CD-ROM support 13727CONFIG_MCD 13728 This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models 13729 LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the 13730 FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are 13731 IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file 13732 <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcd>. 13733 13734 With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd 13735 insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism. 13736 Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs 13737 (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do 13738 this. If you want that one, say N here. 13739 13740 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13741 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13742 CD-ROMs. 13743 13744 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13745 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13746 The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13747 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13748 13749IRQ channel for Mitsumi CD-ROM 13750CONFIG_MCD_IRQ 13751 This allows you to specify the default value of the IRQ used by the 13752 driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the "mcd=" 13753 parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time if you 13754 said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support"). 13755 13756I/O base address for Mitsumi CD-ROM 13757CONFIG_MCD_BASE 13758 This allows you to specify the default value of the I/O base address 13759 used by the driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the 13760 "mcd=" parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time 13761 if you said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support"). 13762 13763Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] CD-ROM support 13764CONFIG_MCDX 13765 Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession 13766 CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005, 13767 FX-001 or FX-001D CD-ROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much 13768 less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This 13769 driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs 13770 a separate interface card. Please read the file 13771 <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcdx>. 13772 13773 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13774 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13775 CD-ROMs. 13776 13777 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13778 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13779 The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a 13780 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13781 13782Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CD-ROM support 13783CONFIG_SBPCD 13784 This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or 13785 Sound Blaster interface. Please read the file 13786 <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. 13787 13788 The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives 13789 (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the 13790 Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CD-ROM" (in fact a CR-56x 13791 model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category. Some other 13792 "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models) 13793 are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a 13794 separate driver (asked later) is responsible. Most drives have a 13795 uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but 13796 without external brand markings. The older CR-52x drives have a 13797 caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings. The 13798 driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface 13799 addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you 13800 are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if 13801 none of the supported drives gets found. Once your drive got found, 13802 you should enter the reported parameters into 13803 <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there. 13804 13805 This driver can support up to four CD-ROM controller cards, and each 13806 card can support up to four CD-ROM drives; if you say Y here, you 13807 will be asked how many controller cards you have. If compiled as a 13808 module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is 13809 usable. 13810 13811 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13812 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13813 CD-ROMs. 13814 13815 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13816 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13817 The module will be called sbpcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13818 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13819 13820Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CD-ROM controller support 13821CONFIG_SBPCD2 13822 Say Y here only if you have two CD-ROM controller cards of this type 13823 (usually only if you have more than four drives). You should enter 13824 the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into 13825 <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. Read 13826 the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. 13827 13828Matsushita/Panasonic, ... third CD-ROM controller support 13829CONFIG_SBPCD3 13830 Say Y here only if you have three CD-ROM controller cards of this 13831 type (usually only if you have more than six drives). You should 13832 enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card 13833 into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. 13834 Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. 13835 13836Matsushita/Panasonic, ... fourth CD-ROM controller support 13837CONFIG_SBPCD4 13838 Say Y here only if you have four CD-ROM controller cards of this 13839 type (usually only if you have more than eight drives). You should 13840 enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card 13841 into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. 13842 Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. 13843 13844Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CD-ROM support 13845CONFIG_AZTCD 13846 This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid 13847 CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCD-ROM CR520 or 13848 CR540 CD-ROM drive. This driver -- just like all these CD-ROM 13849 drivers -- is NOT for CD-ROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such 13850 as Aztech CDA269-031SE. Please read the file 13851 <file:Documentation/cdrom/aztcd>. 13852 13853 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13854 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13855 CD-ROMs. 13856 13857 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13858 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13859 The module will be called aztcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13860 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13861 13862Sony CDU535 CD-ROM support 13863CONFIG_CDU535 13864 This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CD-ROM 13865 drives. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535>. 13866 13867 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13868 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13869 CD-ROMs. 13870 13871 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13872 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13873 The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as 13874 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13875 13876Goldstar R420 CD-ROM support 13877CONFIG_GSCD 13878 If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here. As described in the file 13879 <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>, you might have to change a setting 13880 in the file <file:drivers/cdrom/gscd.h> before compiling the 13881 kernel. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>. 13882 13883 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13884 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13885 CD-ROMs. 13886 13887 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13888 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13889 The module will be called gscd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13890 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13891 13892Philips/LMS CM206 CD-ROM support 13893CONFIG_CM206 13894 If you have a Philips/LMS CD-ROM drive cm206 in combination with a 13895 cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file 13896 <file:Documentation/cdrom/cm206>. 13897 13898 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13899 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13900 CD-ROMs. 13901 13902 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13903 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13904 The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a 13905 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13906 13907Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CD-ROM support 13908CONFIG_OPTCD 13909 This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony 13910 compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If 13911 you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the 13912 Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CD-ROM driver for that 13913 one. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/optcd>. 13914 13915 If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM 13916 file system support" below, because that's the file system used on 13917 CD-ROMs. 13918 13919 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13920 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13921 The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13922 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13923 13924Sanyo CDR-H94A CD-ROM support 13925CONFIG_SJCD 13926 If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here and read the file 13927 <file:Documentation/cdrom/sjcd>. You should then also say Y or M to 13928 "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the 13929 file system used on CD-ROMs. 13930 13931 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13932 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13933 The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 13934 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13935 13936ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support 13937CONFIG_ISP16_CDI 13938 These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi 13939 82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and 13940 possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y 13941 to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the 13942 card. Read <file:Documentation/cdrom/isp16> for details. 13943 13944 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13945 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13946 The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a 13947 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 13948 13949iSeries Virtual I/O CD Support 13950CONFIG_VIOCD 13951 If you are running Linux on an IBM iSeries system and you want to 13952 read a CD drive owned by OS/400, say Y here. 13953 13954Quota support 13955CONFIG_QUOTA 13956 If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk 13957 usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the 13958 ext2 file system. You need additional software in order to use quota 13959 support (you can download sources from 13960 <http://www.sf.net/projects/linuxquota/>). For further details, read 13961 the Quota mini-HOWTO, available from 13962 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Probably the quota 13963 support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N. 13964 13965VFS v0 quota format support 13966CONFIG_QFMT_V2 13967 This quota format allows using quotas with 32-bit UIDs/GIDs. If you 13968 need this functionality say Y here. Note that you will need latest 13969 quota utilities for new quota format with this kernel. 13970 13971Memory Technology Device (MTD) support 13972CONFIG_MTD 13973 Memory Technology Devices are flash, RAM and similar chips, often 13974 used for solid state file systems on embedded devices. This option 13975 will provide the generic support for MTD drivers to register 13976 themselves with the kernel and for potential users of MTD devices 13977 to enumerate the devices which are present and obtain a handle on 13978 them. It will also allow you to select individual drivers for 13979 particular hardware and users of MTD devices. If unsure, say N. 13980 13981 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 13982 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 13983 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 13984 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 13985 mtdcore.o 13986 13987MTD debugging support 13988CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG 13989 This turns on low-level debugging for the entire MTD sub-system. 13990 Normally, you should say 'N'. 13991 13992MTD partitioning support 13993CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 13994 If you have a device which needs to divide its flash chip(s) up 13995 into multiple 'partitions', each of which appears to the user as 13996 a separate MTD device, you require this option to be enabled. If 13997 unsure, say 'Y'. 13998 13999 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14000 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14001 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14002 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14003 mtdpart.o 14004 14005 Note, however, that you don't need this option for the DiskOnChip 14006 devices. Partitioning on NFTL 'devices' is a different - that's the 14007 'normal' form of partitioning used on a block device. 14008 14009RedBoot partition table parsing 14010CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS 14011 RedBoot is a ROM monitor and bootloader which deals with multiple 14012 'images' in flash devices by putting a table in the last erase block 14013 of the device, similar to a partition table, which gives the 14014 offsets, lengths and names of all the images stored in the flash. 14015 14016 If you need code which can detect and parse this table, and register 14017 MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image in the table, enable 14018 this option. 14019 14020 You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver 14021 for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The 14022 SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for 14023 example. 14024 14025 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14026 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14027 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14028 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14029 redboot.o 14030 14031CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS 14032 Allow generic configuration of the MTD paritition tables via the kernel 14033 command line. Multiple flash resources are supported for hardware where 14034 different kinds of flash memory are available. 14035 14036 You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver 14037 for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The 14038 SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for 14039 example. 14040 14041 The format for the command line is as follows: 14042 14043 mtdparts=<mtddef>[;<mtddef] 14044 <mtddef> := <mtd-id>:<partdef>[,<partdef>] 14045 <partdef> := <size>[@offset][<name>][ro] 14046 <mtd-id> := unique id used in mapping driver/device 14047 <size> := standard linux memsize OR "-" to denote all 14048 remaining space 14049 <name> := (NAME) 14050 14051 Due to the way Linux handles the command line, no spaces are 14052 allowed in the partition definition, including mtd id's and partition 14053 names. 14054 14055 Examples: 14056 14057 1 flash resource (mtd-id "sa1100"), with 1 single writable partition: 14058 mtdparts=sa1100:- 14059 14060 Same flash, but 2 named partitions, the first one being read-only: 14061 mtdparts=sa1100:256k(ARMboot)ro,-(root) 14062 14063 If unsure, say 'N'. 14064 14065MTD concatenating support 14066CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT 14067 Support for concatenating several MTD devices into a single 14068 (virtual) one. This allows you to have -for example- a JFFS(2) 14069 file system spanning multiple physical flash chips. If unsure, 14070 say 'Y'. 14071 14072 If compiled as a module, it will be called mtdconcat.o. 14073 14074ARM Firmware Suite flash layout / partition parsing 14075CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS 14076 The ARM Firmware Suite allows the user to divide flash devices into 14077 multiple 'images'. Each such image has a header containing its name 14078 and offset/size etc. 14079 14080 If you need code which can detect and parse these tables, and 14081 register MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image detected, 14082 enable this option. 14083 14084 You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver 14085 for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The 14086 'armflash' map driver (CONFIG_MTD_ARMFLASH) does this, for example. 14087 14088MTD debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy) 14089CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG_VERBOSE 14090 Determines the verbosity level of the MTD debugging messages. 14091 14092Direct chardevice access to MTD devices 14093CONFIG_MTD_CHAR 14094 This provides a character device for each MTD device present in 14095 the system, allowing the user to read and write directly to the 14096 memory chips, and also use ioctl() to obtain information about 14097 the device, or to erase parts of it. 14098 14099 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14100 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14101 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14102 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14103 mtdchar.o 14104 14105Caching block device access to MTD devices 14106CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK 14107 Although most flash chips have an erase size too large to be useful 14108 as block devices, it is possible to use MTD devices which are based 14109 on RAM chips in this manner. This block device is a user of MTD 14110 devices performing that function. 14111 14112 At the moment, it is also required for the Journalling Flash File 14113 System(s) to obtain a handle on the MTD device when it's mounted 14114 (although JFFS and JFFS2 don't actually use any of the functionality 14115 of the mtdblock device). 14116 14117 Later, it may be extended to perform read/erase/modify/write cycles 14118 on flash chips to emulate a smaller block size. Needless to say, 14119 this is very unsafe, but could be useful for file systems which are 14120 almost never written to. 14121 14122 You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For 14123 those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead. 14124 14125 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14126 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14127 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14128 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14129 mtdblock.o 14130 14131Readonly block device access to MTD devices 14132CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK_RO 14133 This allows you to mount read-only file systems (such as cramfs) 14134 from an MTD device, without the overhead (and danger) of the caching 14135 driver. 14136 14137 You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For 14138 those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead. 14139 14140 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14141 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14142 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14143 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14144 mtdblock_ro.o 14145 14146FTL (Flash Translation Layer) support 14147CONFIG_FTL 14148 This provides support for the original Flash Translation Layer which 14149 is part of the PCMCIA specification. It uses a kind of pseudo- 14150 file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with 14151 512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system. 14152 14153 You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented 14154 unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't 14155 legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on PCMCIA 14156 hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously 14157 permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just 14158 not use it. 14159 14160 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14161 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14162 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14163 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14164 ftl.o 14165 14166NFTL (NAND Flash Translation Layer) support 14167CONFIG_NFTL 14168 This provides support for the NAND Flash Translation Layer which is 14169 used on M-Systems' DiskOnChip devices. It uses a kind of pseudo- 14170 file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with 14171 512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system. 14172 14173 You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented 14174 unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't 14175 legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on DiskOnChip 14176 hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously 14177 permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just 14178 not use it. 14179 14180 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14181 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14182 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14183 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14184 nftl.o 14185 14186Write support for NFTL (EXPERIMENTAL) 14187CONFIG_NFTL_RW 14188 If you're lucky, this will actually work. Don't whinge if it 14189 doesn't. Send mail to the MTD mailing list 14190 <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org> if you want to help to make it more 14191 reliable. 14192 14193Detect flash chips by Common Flash Interface (CFI) probe 14194CONFIG_MTD_CFI 14195 The Common Flash Interface specification was developed by Intel, 14196 AMD and other flash manufactures that provides a universal method 14197 for probing the capabilities of flash devices. If you wish to 14198 support any device that is CFI-compliant, you need to enable this 14199 option. Visit <http://www.amd.com/products/nvd/overview/cfi.html> 14200 for more information on CFI. 14201 14202 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14203 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14204 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14205 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14206 cfi_probe.o 14207 14208CFI Advanced configuration options 14209CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS 14210 If you need to specify a specific endianness for access to flash 14211 chips, or if you wish to reduce the size of the kernel by including 14212 support for only specific arrangements of flash chips, say 'Y'. This 14213 option does not directly affect the code, but will enable other 14214 configuration options which allow you to do so. 14215 14216 If unsure, say 'N'. 14217 14218Specific CFI Flash geometry selection 14219CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY 14220 This option does not affect the code directly, but will enable 14221 some other configuration options which would allow you to reduce 14222 the size of the kernel by including support for only certain 14223 arrangements of CFI chips. If unsure, say 'N' and all options 14224 which are supported by the current code will be enabled. 14225 14226Support 8-bit buswidth 14227CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B1 14228 If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is 14229 8 bits wide, say 'Y'. 14230 14231Support 16-bit buswidth 14232CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B2 14233 If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is 14234 16 bits wide, say 'Y'. 14235 14236Support 32-bit buswidth 14237CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B4 14238 If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is 14239 32 bits wide, say 'Y'. 14240 14241CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B8 14242 If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is 14243 64 bits wide, say 'Y'. 14244 14245Support 1-chip flash interleave 14246CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1 14247 If your flash chips are not interleaved - i.e. you only have one 14248 flash chip addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. 14249 14250Support 2-chip flash interleave 14251CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2 14252 If your flash chips are interleaved in pairs - i.e. you have two 14253 flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. 14254 14255Support 4-chip flash interleave 14256CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 14257 If your flash chips are interleaved in fours - i.e. you have four 14258 flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. 14259 14260CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 14261 If your flash chips are interleaved in eights - i.e. you have eight 14262 flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. 14263 14264# Choice: mtd_data_swap 14265Flash cmd/query data swapping 14266CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP 14267 This option defines the way in which the CPU attempts to arrange 14268 data bits when writing the 'magic' commands to the chips. Saying 14269 'NO', which is the default when CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS isn't 14270 enabled, means that the CPU will not do any swapping; the chips 14271 are expected to be wired to the CPU in 'host-endian' form. 14272 Specific arrangements are possible with the BIG_ENDIAN_BYTE and 14273 LITTLE_ENDIAN_BYTE, if the bytes are reversed. 14274 14275 If you have a LART, on which the data (and address) lines were 14276 connected in a fashion which ensured that the nets were as short 14277 as possible, resulting in a bit-shuffling which seems utterly 14278 random to the untrained eye, you need the LART_ENDIAN_BYTE option. 14279 14280 Yes, there really exists something sicker than PDP-endian :) 14281 14282CFI support for Intel/Sharp Extended Command Set chips 14283CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT 14284 The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command 14285 sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code 14286 provides support for one of those command sets, used on Intel 14287 StrataFlash and other parts. 14288 14289CFI support for AMD/Fujitsu Standard Command Set chips 14290CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD 14291 The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command 14292 sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code 14293 provides support for one of those command sets, used on chips 14294 chips including the AMD Am29LV320. 14295 14296CFI support for Intel/Sharp Standard Commands 14297CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELSTD 14298 The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command 14299 sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code 14300 provides support for one of those command sets. 14301 14302pre-CFI Sharp chip support 14303CONFIG_MTD_SHARP 14304 This option enables support for flash chips using Sharp-compatible 14305 commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence 14306 cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELxxx options. 14307 14308 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14309 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14310 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14311 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14312 sharp.o 14313 14314AMD compatible flash chip support (non-CFI) 14315CONFIG_MTD_AMDSTD 14316 This option enables support for flash chips using AMD-compatible 14317 commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence 14318 cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD option. 14319 14320 It also works on AMD compatible chips that do conform to CFI. 14321 14322 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14323 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14324 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14325 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14326 amd_flash.o 14327 14328CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA 14329 The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command 14330 sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code 14331 provides support for one of those command sets. 14332 14333Support for RAM chips in bus mapping 14334CONFIG_MTD_RAM 14335 This option enables basic support for RAM chips accessed through 14336 a bus mapping driver. 14337 14338 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14339 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14340 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14341 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14342 map_ram.o 14343 14344Support for ROM chips in bus mapping 14345CONFIG_MTD_ROM 14346 This option enables basic support for ROM chips accessed through 14347 a bus mapping driver. 14348 14349 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14350 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14351 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14352 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14353 map_rom.o 14354 14355JEDEC device support 14356CONFIG_MTD_JEDEC 14357 Enable older older JEDEC flash interface devices for self 14358 programming flash. It is commonly used in older AMD chips. It is 14359 only called JEDEC because the JEDEC association 14360 <http://www.jedec.org/> distributes the identification codes for the 14361 chips. WARNING!!!! This code does not compile and is incomplete as 14362 are the specific JEDEC devices drivers. 14363 14364 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14365 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14366 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14367 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14368 jedec.o 14369 14370CFI Flash device mapped on StrongARM SA11x0 14371CONFIG_MTD_SA1100 14372 This enables access to the flash chips on most platforms based on 14373 the SA1100 and SA1110, including the Assabet and the Compaq iPAQ. 14374 If you have such a board, say 'Y'. 14375 14376Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0 14377CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_REDBOOT_PARTITIONS 14378 Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a RedBoot 14379 FIS (Flash Image System) table in the last erase block of the flash 14380 chips detected. If you are using RedBoot on your SA11x0-based board 14381 and want Linux to present 'partitions' matching the images which 14382 RedBoot has listed, say 'Y'. 14383 14384Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0 14385CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_BOOTLDR_PARTITIONS 14386 Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a Compaq 14387 bootldr partition table on the flash chips detected. If you are 14388 using the Compaq bootldr on your SA11x0-based board and want Linux 14389 to present 'partitions' matching the images which the bootldr has 14390 listed, say 'Y'. 14391 14392Flash chip mapping in physical memory 14393CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP 14394 This provides a 'mapping' driver which allows the CFI probe and 14395 command set driver code to communicate with flash chips which 14396 are mapped physically into the CPU's memory. You will need to 14397 configure the physical address and size of the flash chips on 14398 your particular board as well as the bus width. 14399 14400 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14401 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14402 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14403 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14404 physmap.o 14405 14406Physical start location of flash chip mapping 14407CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START 14408 This is the physical memory location at which the flash chips 14409 are mapped on your particular target board. Refer to the 14410 memory map which should hopefully be in the documentation for 14411 your board. 14412 14413Physical length of flash chip mapping 14414CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN 14415 This is the total length of the mapping of the flash chips on 14416 your particular board. If there is space, or aliases, in the 14417 physical memory map between the chips, this could be larger 14418 than the total amount of flash present. Refer to the memory 14419 map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your 14420 board. 14421 14422Buswidth of flash in bytes 14423CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BUSWIDTH 14424 This is the total width of the data bus of the flash devices 14425 in octets. For example, if you have a data bus width of 32 14426 bits, you would set the bus width octet value to 4. This is 14427 used internally by the CFI drivers. 14428 14429Flash chip mapping on Sun Microsystems boardsets 14430CONFIG_MTD_SUN_UFLASH 14431 This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in 14432 which user-programmable flash chips are connected on various 14433 Sun Microsystems boardsets. This driver will require CFI support 14434 in the kernel, so if you did not enable CFI previously, do that now. 14435 14436Flash chip mapping on Nora 14437CONFIG_MTD_NORA 14438 If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'. 14439 14440Flash chip mapping on Photron PNC-2000 14441CONFIG_MTD_PNC2000 14442 PNC-2000 is the name of Network Camera product from PHOTRON 14443 Ltd. in Japan. It uses CFI-compliant flash. 14444 14445Flash chip mapping on RPXlite or CLLF PPC board 14446CONFIG_MTD_RPXLITE 14447 The RPXLite PowerPC board has CFI-compliant chips mapped in 14448 a strange sparse mapping. This 'mapping' driver supports that 14449 arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver code 14450 to communicate with the chips on the RPXLite board. More at 14451 <http://www.embeddedplanet.com/rpx_lite_specification_sheet.htm>. 14452 14453Flash chip mapping on AMD SC520 CDP board 14454CONFIG_MTD_SC520CDP 14455 The SC520 CDP board has two banks of CFI-compliant chips and one 14456 Dual-in-line JEDEC chip. This 'mapping' driver supports that 14457 arrangement, implementing three MTD devices. 14458 14459 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14460 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14461 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14462 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14463 sc520cdp.o 14464 14465Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems SBC-MediaGX 14466CONFIG_MTD_SBC_GXX 14467 This provides a driver for the on-board flash of Arcom Control 14468 Systems' SBC-GXn family of boards, formerly known as SBC-MediaGX. 14469 By default the flash is split into 3 partitions which are accessed 14470 as separate MTD devices. This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash. 14471 More info at 14472 <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>. 14473 14474CFI Flash device mapped on D-Box2 14475CONFIG_MTD_DBOX2 14476 This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Nokia/Sagem 14477 D-Box 2 board. If you have one of these boards and would like to use 14478 the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. 14479 14480CFI Flash devices mapped on IBM Redwood 14481CONFIG_MTD_REDWOOD 14482 This enables access routines for the flash chips on the IBM 14483 Redwood board. If you have one of these boards and would like to 14484 use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. 14485 14486 If compiled as a module, it will be called redwood.o. 14487 14488CFI Flash device mapped on the XScale IQ80310 board 14489CONFIG_MTD_IQ80310 14490 This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Intel XScale 14491 IQ80310 evaluation board. If you have one of these boards and would 14492 like to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. 14493 14494CFI Flash device mapped on AMD NetSc520 14495CONFIG_MTD_NETSC520 14496 This enables access routines for the flash chips on the AMD NetSc520 14497 demonstration board. If you have one of these boards and would like 14498 to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. 14499 14500Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems ELAN-104NC 14501CONFIG_MTD_ELAN_104NC 14502 This provides a driver for the on-board flash of the Arcom Control 14503 System's ELAN-104NC development board. By default the flash 14504 is split into 3 partitions which are accessed as separate MTD 14505 devices. This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash. More info at 14506 <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>. 14507 14508Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy 14509CONFIG_MTD_BITSY 14510 This provides a driver for the on-board flash found in Compaq's 14511 iPAQ Palm PC and their research prototype the Itsy. iPAQ info at 14512 <http://www5.compaq.com/products/handhelds/pocketpc/> and the 14513 Itsy <http://www.research.digital.com/wrl/projects/Itsy/index.html>. 14514 14515Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy 14516CONFIG_MTD_DC21285 14517 This provides a driver for the flash accessed using Intel's 14518 21285 bridge used with Intel's StrongARM processors. More info at 14519 <http://developer.intel.com/design/bridge/quicklist/dsc-21285.htm>. 14520 14521Flash chip mapping on ITE QED-4N-S01B, Globespan IVR or custom board 14522CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX 14523 This provides a mapping driver for the Integrated Tecnology Express, 14524 Inc (ITE) QED-4N-S01B eval board and the Globespan IVR Reference 14525 Board. It provides the necessary addressing, length, buswidth, vpp 14526 code and addition setup of the flash device for these boards. In 14527 addition, this mapping driver can be used for other boards via 14528 setting of the CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START/LEN/BUSWIDTH 14529 parameters. This mapping will provide one mtd device using one 14530 partition. The start address can be offset from the beginning of 14531 flash and the len can be less than the total flash device size to 14532 allow a window into the flash. Both CFI and JEDEC probes are 14533 called. 14534 14535Physical start location of flash chip mapping 14536CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START 14537 This is the physical memory location that the MTD driver will 14538 use for the flash chips on your particular target board. 14539 Refer to the memory map which should hopefully be in the 14540 documentation for your board. 14541 14542Physical length of flash chip mapping 14543CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_LEN 14544 This is the total length that the MTD driver will use for the 14545 flash chips on your particular board. Refer to the memory 14546 map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your 14547 board. 14548 14549Physical bus width of flash mapping in bytes 14550CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_BUSWIDTH 14551 This is the total bus width of the mapping of the flash chips 14552 on your particular board. 14553 14554JEDEC Flash device mapped on Mixcom piggyback card 14555CONFIG_MTD_MIXMEM 14556 This supports the paging arrangement for access to flash chips 14557 on the MixCOM piggyback card, allowing the flash chip drivers 14558 to get on with their job of driving the flash chips without 14559 having to know about the paging. If you have one of these boards, 14560 you probably want to enable this mapping driver. More info is at 14561 <http://www.itc.hu/>. 14562 14563JEDEC Flash device mapped on Octagon 5066 SBC 14564CONFIG_MTD_OCTAGON 14565 This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which 14566 the flash chips are connected in the Octagon-5066 Single Board 14567 Computer. More information on the board is available at 14568 <http://www.octagonsystems.com/Products/5066/5066.html>. 14569 14570 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14571 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14572 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14573 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14574 octagon-5066.o 14575 14576JEDEC Flash device mapped on Tempustech VMAX SBC301 14577CONFIG_MTD_VMAX 14578 This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which 14579 the flash chips are connected in the Tempustech VMAX SBC301 Single 14580 Board Computer. More information on the board is available at 14581 <http://www.tempustech.com/tt301.htm>. 14582 14583 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14584 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14585 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14586 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14587 vmax301.o 14588 14589Support for NAND flash devices 14590CONFIG_MTD_NAND 14591 This enables support for accessing all type of NAND flash 14592 devices. 14593 14594 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14595 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14596 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14597 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14598 nand.o 14599 14600Support for software ECC algorithm 14601CONFIG_MTD_NAND_ECC 14602 This enables software-based ECC for use with NAND flash chips. It 14603 can detect and correct 1 bit errors per 256 byte blocks. This 14604 should be used to increase the reliability of the data stored and 14605 read on the device. 14606 14607Support for verify read after write 14608CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE 14609 This adds an extra check when data is written to the flash. The 14610 NAND flash device internally checks only bits transitioning 14611 from 1 to 0. There is a rare possibility that even though the 14612 device thinks the write was successful, a bit could have been 14613 flipped accidentally due to device wear, gamma rays, whatever. 14614 Enable this if you are really paranoid. 14615 14616Support for the SPIA board 14617CONFIG_MTD_NAND_SPIA 14618 If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'. 14619 14620SmartMediaCard on autronix autcpu12 board 14621CONFIG_MTD_NAND_AUTCPU12 14622 This enables the driver for the autronix autcpu12 board to 14623 access the SmartMediaCard. 14624 14625 If compiled as a module, it will be called autcpu12.o. 14626 14627Support for Cirrus Logic EBD7312 evaluation board 14628CONFIG_MTD_NAND_EDB7312 14629 This enables the driver for the Cirrus Logic EBD7312 evaluation 14630 board to access the onboard NAND Flash. 14631 14632 If compiled as a module, it will be called edb7312.o. 14633 14634M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 1000 support 14635CONFIG_MTD_DOC1000 14636 This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip 14637 1000 devices, which are obsolete so you probably want to say 'N'. 14638 14639 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14640 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14641 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14642 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14643 doc1000.o 14644 14645M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 2000 and Millennium support 14646CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 14647 This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip 14648 2000 and Millennium devices. Originally designed for the DiskOnChip 14649 2000, it also now includes support for the DiskOnChip Millennium. 14650 If you have problems with this driver and the DiskOnChip Millennium, 14651 you may wish to try the alternative Millennium driver below. To use 14652 the alternative driver, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER 14653 in the <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c> source code. 14654 14655 If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL 14656 'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to 14657 emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash 14658 chips. 14659 14660 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14661 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14662 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14663 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14664 doc2000.o 14665 14666Alternative Disk-On-Chip Millennium support 14667CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 14668 This provides an alternative MTD device driver for the M-Systems 14669 DiskOnChip Millennium devices. Use this if you have problems with 14670 the combined DiskOnChip 2000 and Millennium driver above. To get 14671 the DiskOnChip probe code to load and use this driver instead of 14672 the other one, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER near 14673 the beginning of <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c>. 14674 14675 If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL 14676 'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to 14677 emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash 14678 chips. 14679 14680 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14681 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14682 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14683 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14684 doc2001.o 14685 14686Probe for DiskOnChip devices 14687CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE 14688 This isn't a real config option, it's derived. 14689 14690Advanced detection options for DiskOnChip 14691CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADVANCED 14692 This option allows you to specify nonstandard address at which to 14693 probe for a DiskOnChip, or to change the detection options. You 14694 are unlikely to need any of this unless you are using LinuxBIOS. 14695 Say 'N'. 14696 14697Probe for 0x55 0xAA BIOS Extension Signature 14698CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_55AA 14699 Check for the 0x55 0xAA signature of a DiskOnChip, and do not 14700 continue with probing if it is absent. The signature will always be 14701 present for a DiskOnChip 2000 or a normal DiskOnChip Millennium. 14702 Only if you have overwritten the first block of a DiskOnChip 14703 Millennium will it be absent. Enable this option if you are using 14704 LinuxBIOS or if you need to recover a DiskOnChip Millennium on which 14705 you have managed to wipe the first block. 14706 14707Physical address of DiskOnChip 14708CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADDRESS 14709 By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a 14710 DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000. 14711 This option allows you to specify a single address at which to probe 14712 for the device, which is useful if you have other devices in that 14713 range which get upset when they are probed. 14714 14715 (Note that on PowerPC, the normal probe will only check at 14716 0xE4000000.) 14717 14718 Normally, you should leave this set to zero, to allow the probe at 14719 the normal addresses. 14720 14721Probe high addresses 14722CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_HIGH 14723 By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a 14724 DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000. 14725 This option changes to make it probe between 0xFFFC8000 and 14726 0xFFFEE000. Unless you are using LinuxBIOS, this is unlikely to be 14727 useful to you. Say 'N'. 14728 14729Ramix PMC551 PCI Mezzanine ram card support 14730CONFIG_MTD_PMC551 14731 This provides a MTD device driver for the Ramix PMC551 RAM PCI card 14732 from Ramix Inc. <http://www.ramix.com/products/memory/pmc551.html>. 14733 These devices come in memory configurations from 32M - 1G. If you 14734 have one, you probably want to enable this. 14735 14736 If this driver is compiled as a module you get the ability to select 14737 the size of the aperture window pointing into the devices memory. 14738 What this means is that if you have a 1G card, normally the kernel 14739 will use a 1G memory map as its view of the device. As a module, 14740 you can select a 1M window into the memory and the driver will 14741 "slide" the window around the PMC551's memory. This was 14742 particularly useful on the 2.2 kernels on PPC architectures as there 14743 was limited kernel space to deal with. 14744 14745 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14746 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14747 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14748 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14749 pmc551.o 14750 14751PMC551 256M DRAM Bugfix 14752CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_BUGFIX 14753 Some of Ramix's PMC551 boards with 256M configurations have invalid 14754 column and row mux values. This option will fix them, but will 14755 break other memory configurations. If unsure say N. 14756 14757PMC551 Debugging 14758CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_DEBUG 14759 This option makes the PMC551 more verbose during its operation and 14760 is only really useful if you are developing on this driver or 14761 suspect a possible hardware or driver bug. If unsure say N. 14762 14763Use extra onboard system memory as MTD device 14764CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM 14765 If your CPU cannot cache all of the physical memory in your machine, 14766 you can still use it for storage or swap by using this driver to 14767 present it to the system as a Memory Technology Device. 14768 14769 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14770 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14771 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14772 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14773 slram.o 14774 14775DEC MS02-NV NVRAM module support 14776CONFIG_MTD_MS02NV 14777 This is an MTD driver for the DEC's MS02-NV (54-20948-01) battery 14778 backed-up NVRAM module. The module was originally meant as an NFS 14779 accelerator. Say Y here if you have a DECstation 5000/2x0 or a 14780 DECsystem 5900 equipped with such a module. 14781 14782 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 14783 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 14784 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will 14785 be called ms02-nv.o. 14786 14787Debugging RAM test driver 14788CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM 14789 This enables a test MTD device driver which uses vmalloc() to 14790 provide storage. You probably want to say 'N' unless you're 14791 testing stuff. 14792 14793 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14794 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14795 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14796 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14797 mtdram.o 14798 14799MTDRAM erase block size in KB 14800CONFIG_MTDRAM_ERASE_SIZE 14801 This allows you to configure the size of the erase blocks in the 14802 device emulated by the MTDRAM driver. If the MTDRAM driver is built 14803 as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when 14804 loading the module. 14805 14806MTDRAM device size in KB 14807CONFIG_MTDRAM_TOTAL_SIZE 14808 This allows you to configure the total size of the MTD device 14809 emulated by the MTDRAM driver. If the MTDRAM driver is built 14810 as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when 14811 loading the module. 14812 14813SRAM Hexadecimal Absolute position or 0 14814CONFIG_MTDRAM_ABS_POS 14815 If you have system RAM accessible by the CPU but not used by Linux 14816 in normal operation, you can give the physical address at which the 14817 available RAM starts, and the MTDRAM driver will use it instead of 14818 allocating space from Linux's available memory. Otherwise, leave 14819 this set to zero. Most people will want to leave this as zero. 14820 14821CFI Flash device mapping on the Flaga Digital Module 14822CONFIG_MTD_CFI_FLAGADM 14823 Mapping for the Flaga digital module. If you don�t have one, ignore 14824 this setting. 14825 14826Momenco Ocelot boot flash device 14827CONFIG_MTD_OCELOT 14828 This enables access routines for the boot flash device and for the 14829 NVRAM on the Momenco Ocelot board. If you have one of these boards 14830 and would like access to either of these, say 'Y'. 14831 14832Support for absent chips in bus mapping 14833CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT 14834 This option enables support for a dummy probing driver used to 14835 allocated placeholder MTD devices on systems that have socketed 14836 or removable media. Use of this driver as a fallback chip probe 14837 preserves the expected registration order of MTD device nodes on 14838 the system regardless of media presence. Device nodes created 14839 with this driver will return -ENODEV upon access. 14840 14841 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14842 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14843 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14844 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14845 map_absent.o 14846 14847MTD emulation using block device 14848CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD 14849 This driver allows a block device to appear as an MTD. It would 14850 generally be used in the following cases: 14851 14852 Using Compact Flash as an MTD, these usually present themselves to 14853 the system as an ATA drive. 14854 Testing MTD users (eg JFFS2) on large media and media that might 14855 be removed during a write (using the floppy drive). 14856 14857 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14858 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14859 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14860 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14861 blkmtd.o 14862 14863Cirrus CDB89712 evaluation board mappings 14864CONFIG_MTD_CDB89712 14865 This enables access to the flash or ROM chips on the CDB89712 board. 14866 (This board has 8 MB of Intel Strataflash, a 128 byte boot ROM, and 48 KB of 14867 internal SRAM. This driver provides MTD devices for all three components.) 14868 If you have such a board, say 'Y'. 14869 14870Detect non-CFI AMD/JEDEC-compatible flash chips 14871CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE 14872 This option enables JEDEC-style probing of flash chips which are not 14873 compatible with the Common Flash Interface, but will use the common 14874 CFI-targetted flash drivers for any chips which are identified which 14875 are in fact compatible in all but the probe method. This actually 14876 covers most AMD/Fujitsu-compatible chips, and will shortly cover also 14877 non-CFI Intel chips (that code is in MTD CVS and should shortly be sent 14878 for inclusion in Linus' tree) 14879 14880 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14881 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14882 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14883 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14884 jedec_probe.o 14885 14886BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX boards 14887CONFIG_MTD_L440GX 14888 Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX motherboards 14889 as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS. 14890 14891 BE VERY CAREFUL. 14892 14893 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14894 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14895 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 14896 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 14897 l440gx.o 14898 1489928F160xx flash driver for LART 14900CONFIG_MTD_LART 14901 This enables the flash driver for LART. Please note that you do 14902 not need any mapping/chip driver for LART. This one does it all 14903 for you, so go disable all of those if you enabled some of them (: 14904 14905Older (theoretically obsoleted now) drivers for non-CFI chips 14906CONFIG_MTD_OBSOLETE_CHIPS 14907 This option does not enable any code directly, but will allow you to 14908 select some other chip drivers which are now considered obsolete, 14909 because the generic CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE code above should now detect 14910 the chips which are supported by these drivers, and allow the generic 14911 CFI-compatible drivers to drive the chips. Say 'N' here unless you have 14912 already tried the CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE method and reported its failure 14913 to the MTD mailing list at <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org> 14914 14915CFI Flash device mapped on Hitachi SolutionEngine 14916CONFIG_MTD_SOLUTIONENGINE 14917 This enables access to the flash chips on the Hitachi SolutionEngine and 14918 similar boards. Say 'Y' if you are building a kernel for such a board. 14919 14920CFI Flash device mapped on TQM8XXL PPC board 14921CONFIG_MTD_TQM8XXL 14922 The TQM8xxL PowerPC board has up to two banks of CFI-compliant 14923 chips, currently uses AMD one. This 'mapping' driver supports 14924 that arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver 14925 code to communicate with the chips on the TQM8xxL board. More at 14926 <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. 14927 14928Darkness 14929CONFIG_MEMORY_SET 14930 This is an option about which you will never be asked a question. 14931 Therefore, I conclude that you do not exist - go away. 14932 14933 There is a grue here. 14934 14935Physical memory size 14936CONFIG_MEMORY_SIZE 14937 This sets the default memory size assumed by your SH kernel. It can 14938 be overridden as normal by the 'mem=' argument on the kernel command 14939 line. If unsure, consult your board specifications or just leave it 14940 as 0x00400000 which was the default value before this became 14941 configurable. 14942 14943Cache and PCI noncoherent 14944CONFIG_SH_PCIDMA_NONCOHERENT 14945 Enable this option if your platform does not have a CPU cache which 14946 remains coherent with PCI DMA. It is safest to say 'Y', although you 14947 will see better performance if you can say 'N', because the PCI DMA 14948 code will not have to flush the CPU's caches. If you have a PCI host 14949 bridge integrated with your SH CPU, refer carefully to the chip specs 14950 to see if you can say 'N' here. Otherwise, leave it as 'Y'. 14951 14952USB (Universal Serial Bus) support 14953CONFIG_USB 14954 Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a specification for a serial bus 14955 subsystem which offers higher speeds and more features than the 14956 traditional PC serial port. The bus supplies power to peripherals 14957 and allows for hot swapping. Up to 127 USB peripherals can be 14958 connected to a single USB port in a tree structure. The USB port is 14959 the root of the tree, the peripherals are the leaves and the inner 14960 nodes are special USB devices called hubs. Many newer PC's have USB 14961 ports and newer peripherals such as scanners, keyboards, mice, 14962 modems, and printers support the USB protocol and can be connected 14963 to the PC via those ports. 14964 14965 Say Y here if your computer has a USB port and you want to use USB 14966 devices. You then need to say Y to at least one of "UHCI support" 14967 or "OHCI support" below (the type of interface that the USB hardware 14968 in your computer provides to the operating system) and then choose 14969 from among the drivers for USB peripherals. You may want to check 14970 out the information provided in <file:Documentation/usb/> and 14971 especially the links given in <file:Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt>. 14972 14973 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 14974 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 14975 The module will be called usbcore.o. If you want to compile it as a 14976 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 14977 14978USB verbose debug messages 14979CONFIG_USB_DEBUG 14980 Say Y here if you want the USB core & hub drivers to produce a bunch 14981 of debug messages to the system log. Select this if you are having a 14982 problem with USB support and want to see more of what is going on. 14983 14984USB long timeout for slow-responding devices (some MGE Ellipse UPSes) 14985CONFIG_USB_LONG_TIMEOUT 14986 This option makes the standard time out a bit longer. Basically, 14987 some devices are just slow to respond, so this makes usb more 14988 patient. There should be no harm in selecting this, but it is 14989 needed for some MGE Ellipse UPSes. 14990 14991 If you have an MGE Ellipse UPS, or you see timeouts in HID 14992 transactions, say Y; otherwise say N. 14993 14994EHCI (USB 2.0) support 14995CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD 14996 The Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) is standard for USB 2.0 14997 "high speed" (480 Mbit/sec, 60 Mbyte/sec) host controller hardware. 14998 If your USB host controller supports USB 2.0, you will likely want to 14999 configure this Host Controller Driver. At this writing, the primary 15000 implementation of EHCI is a chip from NEC, widely available in add-on 15001 PCI cards, but implementations are in the works from other vendors 15002 including Intel and Philips. Motherboard support is appearing. 15003 15004 EHCI controllers are packaged with "companion" host controllers (OHCI 15005 or UHCI) to handle USB 1.1 devices connected to root hub ports. Ports 15006 will connect to EHCI if it the device is high speed, otherwise they 15007 connect to a companion controller. If you configure EHCI, you should 15008 probably configure the OHCI (for NEC and some other vendors) USB Host 15009 Controller Driver too. 15010 15011 You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ehci.txt>. 15012 15013 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15014 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15015 The module will be called ehci-hcd.o. If you want to compile it as a 15016 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15017 15018UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) support 15019CONFIG_USB_UHCI 15020 The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for 15021 accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB 15022 host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this 15023 standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards 15024 with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX, 15025 i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets 15026 (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro 15027 133). 15028 15029 Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this 15030 one and the so-called JE driver, which you can get from 15031 "UHCI alternate (JE) support", below. You need only one. 15032 15033 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15034 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15035 The module will be called usb-uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a 15036 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15037 15038UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) alternate (JE) support 15039CONFIG_USB_UHCI_ALT 15040 The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for 15041 accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB 15042 host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this 15043 standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards 15044 with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX, 15045 i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets 15046 (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro 15047 133). If unsure, say Y. 15048 15049 Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this 15050 so-called JE driver, and the one you get from "UHCI support", above. 15051 You need only one. 15052 15053 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15054 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15055 The module will be called uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a 15056 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15057 15058OHCI (Compaq, iMacs, OPTi, SiS, ALi, ...) support 15059CONFIG_USB_OHCI 15060 The Open Host Controller Interface is a standard by 15061 Compaq/Microsoft/National for accessing the USB PC hardware (also 15062 called USB host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to 15063 this standard, say Y. The USB host controllers on most non-Intel 15064 architectures and on several x86 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets 15065 -- like SiS (aktual 610, 610 and so on) or ALi (ALi IV, ALi V, 15066 Aladdin Pro..) -- conform to this standard. 15067 15068 You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ohci.txt>. 15069 15070 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15071 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15072 The module will be called usb-ohci.o. If you want to compile it 15073 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15074 15075SL811HS (x86, StrongARM) support 15076CONFIG_USB_SL811HS 15077 Embedded Open Host Controller SL811HS from CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR INC. 15078 <pbl@cypress.com> 15079 15080 Board USB1104 in i386 architecture with PC/104-bus. 15081 <http://www.ssv-embedded.de> 15082 <file:Documentation/usb/hc_sl811.txt> 15083 15084 StrongARM is currently not testet and not for PC/104-bus! 15085 StrongARM need a special hardware with Chip Select directly from CPU. 15086 See also SL811HS_ALT. 15087 15088SL811HS_ALT (x86, StrongARM) support 15089CONFIG_USB_SL811HS_ALT 15090 Embedded Open Host Controller SL811HS from CYPRESS SEMICONDUCTOR INC. 15091 Alternate with isochornous mode and better interrupt handling. 15092 See also SL811HS. 15093 15094USB Human Interface Device (full HID) support 15095CONFIG_USB_HID 15096 Say Y here if you want full HID support to connect keyboards, 15097 mice, joysticks, graphic tablets, or any other HID based devices 15098 to your computer via USB. You also need to select HID Input layer 15099 support (below) if you want to use keyboards, mice, joysticks and 15100 the like. 15101 15102 You can't use this driver and the HIDBP (Boot Protocol) keyboard 15103 and mouse drivers at the same time. More information is available: 15104 <file:Documentation/input/input.txt>. 15105 15106 If unsure, say Y. 15107 15108 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15109 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15110 The module will be called hid.o. If you want to compile it as a 15111 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15112 15113USB HID Input layer support 15114CONFIG_USB_HIDINPUT 15115 Say Y here if you want to use a USB keyboard, mouse or joystick, 15116 or any other HID input device. You also need Input layer support, 15117 (CONFIG_INPUT) which you select under "Input core support". 15118 15119 If unsure, say Y. 15120 15121/dev/usb/hiddev raw HID device support 15122CONFIG_USB_HIDDEV 15123 Say Y here if you want to support HID devices (from the USB 15124 specification standpoint) that aren't strictly user interface 15125 devices, like monitor controls and Uninterruptable Power Supplies. 15126 15127 This module supports these devices separately using a separate 15128 event interface on /dev/usb/hiddevX (char 180:96 to 180:111). 15129 This driver requires CONFIG_USB_HID. 15130 15131 If unsure, say Y. 15132 15133USB HIDBP Keyboard (basic) support 15134CONFIG_USB_KBD 15135 Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want 15136 to use the generic HID driver for your USB keyboard and prefer 15137 to use the keyboard in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead. 15138 15139 This is almost certainly not what you want. 15140 15141 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15142 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15143 The module will be called usbkbd.o. If you want to compile it as a 15144 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15145 15146 If even remotely unsure, say N. 15147 15148USB HIDBP Mouse (basic) support 15149CONFIG_USB_MOUSE 15150 Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want 15151 to use the generic HID driver for your USB mouse and prefer 15152 to use the mouse in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead. 15153 15154 This is almost certainly not what you want. 15155 15156 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15157 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15158 The module will be called usbmouse.o. If you want to compile it as 15159 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15160 15161 If even remotely unsure, say N. 15162 15163Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support 15164CONFIG_USB_WACOM 15165 Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Wacom Intuos 15166 or Graphire tablet. Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support" 15167 (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or "Event interface support" 15168 (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. 15169 15170 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15171 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15172 The module will be called wacom.o. If you want to compile it as a 15173 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15174 15175Griffin Technology PowerMate support 15176CONFIG_USB_POWERMATE 15177 Say Y here if you want to use the Griffin Technology, Inc. USB 15178 PowerMate device. This device is an aluminum dial which can 15179 measure clockwise and anticlockwise rotation. The dial also 15180 acts as a pushbutton. The base contains an LED which can be 15181 instructed to pulse or to switch to a particular intensity. 15182 15183 You can download userspace tools from http://sowerbutts.com/powermate/ 15184 15185 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15186 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15187 The module will be called powermate.o. If you want to compile it as a 15188 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15189 15190Aiptek HyperPen tablet support 15191CONFIG_USB_AIPTEK 15192 Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Aiptek HyperPen 15193 Digital Tablet (models 4000U, 5000U, 6000U, 8000U, and 12000U.) 15194 Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support" (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or 15195 "Event interface support" (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. 15196 15197 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15199 The module will be called aiptek.o. If you want to compile it as a 15200 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15201 15202Use input layer for ADB devices 15203CONFIG_INPUT_ADBHID 15204 Say Y here if you want to have ADB (Apple Desktop Bus) HID devices 15205 such as keyboards, mice, joysticks, or graphic tablets handled by 15206 the input layer. If you say Y here, make sure to say Y to the 15207 corresponding drivers "Keyboard support" (CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV), 15208 "Mouse Support" (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and "Event interface 15209 support" (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. 15210 15211 If you say N here, you still have the option of using the old ADB 15212 keyboard and mouse drivers. 15213 15214 If unsure, say Y. 15215 15216HP OB600 C/CT Pop-Up Mouse 15217CONFIG_OBMOUSE 15218 Only add this driver if you have an Omnibook 600C or 600CT laptop. 15219 This driver has no probe routine and must assume ports 0x238-23b 15220 belong to the Pop-Up mouse. Depends on CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV. 15221 15222 Best is to use a module and load the obmouse driver at runtime. 15223 Say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15224 15225 15226Input core support 15227CONFIG_INPUT 15228 Say Y here if you want to enable any of the following options for 15229 USB Human Interface Device (HID) support. 15230 15231 Say Y here if you want to enable any of the USB HID options in the 15232 USB support section which require Input core support. 15233 15234 Otherwise, say N. 15235 15236Keyboard support 15237CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV 15238 Say Y here if you want your USB HID keyboard (or an ADB keyboard 15239 handled by the input layer) to be able to serve as a system 15240 keyboard. 15241 15242 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15243 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15244 The module will be called keybdev.o. If you want to compile it as a 15245 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15246 15247Mouse support 15248CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV 15249 Say Y here if you want your USB HID mouse (or ADB mouse handled by 15250 the input layer) to be accessible as char devices 13:32+ - 15251 /dev/input/mouseX and 13:63 - /dev/input/mice as an emulated ImPS/2 15252 mouse. That way, all user space programs will be able to use your 15253 mouse. 15254 15255 If unsure, say Y. 15256 15257 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15258 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15259 The module will be called mousedev.o. If you want to compile it as 15260 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15261 15262Horizontal screen resolution 15263CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X 15264 If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use 15265 it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window 15266 screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If 15267 you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored. 15268 15269Vertical screen resolution 15270CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y 15271 If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use 15272 it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window 15273 screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If 15274 you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored. 15275 15276Joystick support 15277CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV 15278 Say Y here if you want your USB HID joystick or gamepad to be 15279 accessible as char device 13:0+ - /dev/input/jsX device. 15280 15281 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15282 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15283 The module will be called joydev.o. If you want to compile it as a 15284 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15285 15286Dummy keyboard driver 15287CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB 15288 What is this for? 15289 15290 Not all systems have keyboards. Some don't even have a keyboard 15291 port. However, some of those systems have video support and can 15292 use the virtual terminal support for display. However, the virtual 15293 terminal code expects a keyboard of some kind. This driver keeps 15294 the virtual terminal code happy by providing it a "keyboard", albeit 15295 a very quiet one. 15296 15297 If you want to use the virtual terminal support but your system 15298 does not support a keyboard, define CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB along with 15299 CONFIG_VT. 15300 15301 This can also be selected lonesome without any VT support (i.e. no 15302 monitor or keyboard attached) - just define CONFIG_DUMMY_KEYB. 15303 15304Event interface support 15305CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV 15306 Say Y here if you want your USB or ADB HID device events be 15307 accessible under char device 13:64+ - /dev/input/eventX in a generic 15308 way. This is the future ... 15309 15310CONFIG_INPUT_UINPUT 15311 Say Y here if you want to support user level drivers for input 15312 subsystem accessible under char device 10:223 - /dev/input/uinput. 15313 15314 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15315 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15316 The module will be called uinput.o. If you want to compile it as a 15317 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15318 15319USB Scanner support 15320CONFIG_USB_SCANNER 15321 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB scanner to your computer's 15322 USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/scanner.txt> for more 15323 information. 15324 15325 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15326 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15327 The module will be called scanner.o. If you want to compile it as 15328 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15329 15330HP 5300C scanner support 15331CONFIG_USB_HP5300 15332 Say Y here if you want to connect a HP5300C scanner to your 15333 computer's USB port. 15334 15335 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15336 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15337 The module will be called hp5300.o. If you want to compile it as 15338 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15339 15340USB Audio support 15341CONFIG_USB_AUDIO 15342 Say Y here if you want to connect USB audio equipment such as 15343 speakers to your computer's USB port. 15344 15345 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15346 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15347 The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a 15348 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15349 15350EMI 2|6 USB Audio interface support 15351CONFIG_USB_EMI26 15352 This driver loads firmware to Emagic EMI 2|6 low latency USB 15353 Audio interface. 15354 15355 After firmware load the device is handled with standard linux 15356 USB Audio driver. 15357 15358 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15359 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15360 The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a 15361 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15362 15363USB Modem (CDC ACM) support 15364CONFIG_USB_ACM 15365 This driver supports USB modems and ISDN adapters which support the 15366 Communication Device Class Abstract Control Model interface. 15367 Please read <file:Documentation/usb/acm.txt> for details. 15368 15369 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15370 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15371 The module will be called acm.o. If you want to compile it as a 15372 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15373 15374USB serial converter support 15375CONFIG_USB_SERIAL 15376 Say Y here if you have a USB device that provides normal serial 15377 ports, or acts like a serial device, and you want to connect it to 15378 your USB bus. 15379 15380 Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more 15381 information on the specifics of the different devices that are 15382 supported, and on how to use them. 15383 15384 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15385 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15386 The module will be called usbserial.o. If you want to compile it 15387 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15388 15389USB Generic Serial Driver 15390CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_GENERIC 15391 Say Y here if you want to use the generic USB serial driver. Please 15392 read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more information on 15393 using this driver. It is recommended that the "USB Serial converter 15394 support" be compiled as a module for this driver to be used 15395 properly. 15396 15397USB ConnectTech WhiteHEAT Serial Driver 15398CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_WHITEHEAT 15399 Say Y here if you want to use a ConnectTech WhiteHEAT 4 port 15400 USB to serial converter device. 15401 15402 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15403 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15404 The module will be called whiteheat.o. If you want to compile it as 15405 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15406 15407USB Handspring Visor Driver 15408CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_VISOR 15409 Say Y here if you want to connect to your HandSpring Visor, Palm 15410 m500 or m505 through its USB docking station. See 15411 <http://usbvisor.sourceforge.net/> for more information on using this 15412 driver. 15413 15414 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15415 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15416 The module will be called visor.o. If you want to compile it as a 15417 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15418 15419USB PocketPC PDA Driver 15420CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IPAQ 15421 Say Y here if you want to connect to your Compaq iPAQ, HP Jornada, 15422 or any other PDA running Windows CE 3.0 or PocketPC 2002 using a USB 15423 cradle/cable. For information on using the driver, 15424 read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt>. 15425 15426 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15427 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15428 The module will be called ipaq.o. If you want to compile it as a 15429 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15430 15431USB IR Dongle Serial Driver 15432CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IR 15433 Say Y here if you want to enable simple serial support for USB IrDA 15434 devices. This is useful if you do not want to use the full IrDA 15435 stack. 15436 15437 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15438 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15439 The module will be called ir-usb.o. If you want to compile it as a 15440 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15441 15442USB Belkin and Paracom Single Port Serial Driver 15443CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_BELKIN 15444 Say Y here if you want to use a Belkin USB Serial single port 15445 adaptor (F5U103 is one of the model numbers) or the Peracom single 15446 port USB to serial adapter. 15447 15448 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15449 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15450 The module will be called belkin_sa.o. If you want to compile it as 15451 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15452 15453USB FTDI Single Port Serial Driver 15454CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_FTDI_SIO 15455 Say Y here if you want to use a FTDI SIO single port USB to serial 15456 converter device. The implementation I have is called the USC-1000. 15457 This driver has also be tested with the 245 and 232 devices. 15458 15459 See <http://ftdi-usb-sio.sourceforge.net/> for more 15460 information on this driver and the device. 15461 15462 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15463 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15464 The module will be called ftdi_sio.o. If you want to compile it as 15465 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15466 15467USB Keyspan PDA Single Port Serial Driver 15468CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_PDA 15469 Say Y here if you want to use a Keyspan PDA single port USB to 15470 serial converter device. This driver makes use of firmware 15471 developed from scratch by Brian Warner. 15472 15473 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15474 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15475 The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it 15476 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15477 15478USB Xircom / Entregra Single Port Serial Driver 15479CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_XIRCOM 15480 Say Y here if you want to use a Xircom or Entregra single port USB to 15481 serial converter device. This driver makes use of firmware 15482 developed from scratch by Brian Warner. 15483 15484 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15485 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15486 The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it 15487 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15488 15489USB Keyspan USA-xxx Serial Driver 15490CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN 15491 Say Y here if you want to use Keyspan USB to serial converter 15492 devices. This driver makes use of Keyspan's official firmware 15493 and was developed with their support. You must also include 15494 firmware to support your particular device(s). 15495 15496 See <http://misc.nu/hugh/keyspan.html> for more information. 15497 15498 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15499 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15500 The module will be called keyspan.o. If you want to compile it as a 15501 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15502 15503USB Keyspan USA-28 Firmware 15504CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28 15505 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28 converter. 15506 15507USB Keyspan USA-28X Firmware 15508CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28X 15509 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28X converter. 15510 Be sure you have a USA-28X, there are also 28XA and 28XB 15511 models, the label underneath has the actual part number. 15512 15513USB Keyspan USA-28XA Firmware 15514CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XA 15515 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XA converter. 15516 Be sure you have a USA-28XA, there are also 28X and 28XB 15517 models, the label underneath has the actual part number. 15518 15519USB Keyspan USA-28XB Firmware 15520CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XB 15521 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XB converter. 15522 Be sure you have a USA-28XB, there are also 28X and 28XA 15523 models, the label underneath has the actual part number. 15524 15525USB Keyspan USA-19 Firmware 15526CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19 15527 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19 converter. 15528 15529USB Keyspan USA-18X Firmware 15530CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA18X 15531 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-18X converter. 15532 15533USB Keyspan USA-19W Firmware 15534CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19W 15535 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19W converter. 15536 15537USB Keyspan USA-19QW Firmware 15538CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QW 15539 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QW converter. 15540 15541USB Keyspan USA-19QI Firmware 15542CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QI 15543 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QI converter. 15544 15545USB Keyspan USA-49W Firmware 15546CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA49W 15547 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-49W converter. 15548 15549CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA49WLC 15550 Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-49WLC converter. 15551 15552USB ZyXEL omni.net LCD Plus Driver 15553CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_OMNINET 15554 Say Y here if you want to use a ZyXEL omni.net LCD ISDN TA. 15555 15556 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15557 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15558 The module will be called omninet.o. If you want to compile it as a 15559 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15560 15561USB Digi International AccelePort USB Serial Driver 15562CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DIGI_ACCELEPORT 15563 Say Y here if you want to use Digi AccelePort USB 2 or 4 devices, 15564 2 port (plus parallel port) and 4 port USB serial converters. The 15565 parallel port on the USB 2 appears as a third serial port on Linux. 15566 The Digi Acceleport USB 8 is not yet supported by this driver. 15567 15568 This driver works under SMP with the usb-uhci driver. It does not 15569 work under SMP with the uhci driver. 15570 15571 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15572 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15573 The module will be called digi_acceleport.o. If you want to compile 15574 it as a module, say M here and read 15575 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15576 15577USB Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II Driver 15578CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EMPEG 15579 Say Y here if you want to connect to your Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II 15580 mp3 player via USB. The driver uses a single ttyUSB{0,1,2,...} 15581 device node. See <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more 15582 tidbits of information. 15583 15584 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15585 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15586 The module will be called empeg.o. If you want to compile it as a 15587 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15588 15589USB MCT Single Port Serial Driver 15590CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_MCT_U232 15591 Say Y here if you want to use a USB Serial single port adapter from 15592 Magic Control Technology Corp. (U232 is one of the model numbers). 15593 15594 This driver also works with Sitecom U232-P25 and D-Link DU-H3SP USB 15595 BAY devices. 15596 15597 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15598 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15599 The module will be called mct_u232.o. If you want to compile it as 15600 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15601 15602USB Prolific 2303 Single Port Serial Driver 15603CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_PL2303 15604 Say Y here if you want to use the PL2303 USB Serial single port 15605 adapter from Prolific. 15606 15607 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15608 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15609 The module will be called pl2303.o. If you want to compile it as 15610 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15611 15612USB KOBIL chipcard reader 15613CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KOBIL_SCT 15614 Say Y here if you want to use one of the following KOBIL USB chipcard 15615 readers: TWIN, KAAN Standard Plus, SecOVID Reader Plus, B1 PRO, KAAN PRO 15616 15617 Note that you need a current CT-API. 15618 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15619 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15620 The module will be called kobil_sct.o. If you want to compile it as 15621 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15622 15623USB REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com chipcard reader 15624CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_CYBERJACK 15625 Say Y here if you want to use a cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard 15626 reader. This is an interface to ISO 7816 compatible contactbased 15627 chipcards, e.g. GSM SIMs. 15628 15629 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15630 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15631 The module will be called cyberjack.o. If you want to compile it as 15632 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15633 15634 If unsure, say N. 15635 15636USB Edgeport Serial Driver 15637CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EDGEPORT 15638 Say Y here if you want to use any of the following devices from 15639 Inside Out Networks (Digi): 15640 Edgeport/4 15641 Rapidport/4 15642 Edgeport/4t 15643 Edgeport/2 15644 Edgeport/4i 15645 Edgeport/2i 15646 Edgeport/421 15647 Edgeport/21 15648 Edgeport/8 15649 Edgeport/8 Dual 15650 Edgeport/2D8 15651 Edgeport/4D8 15652 Edgeport/8i 15653 Edgeport/2 DIN 15654 Edgeport/4 DIN 15655 Edgeport/16 Dual 15656 15657 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15658 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15659 The module will be called io_edgeport.o. If you want to compile it 15660 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15661 15662USB PalmConnect (and other KL5KUSB105-based) Single Port Serial Driver 15663CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KLSI 15664 Say Y here if you want to use a KL5KUSB105 - based single port 15665 serial adapter. The most widely known -- and currently the only 15666 tested -- device in this category is the PalmConnect USB Serial 15667 adapter sold by Palm Inc. for use with their Palm III and Palm V 15668 series PDAs. 15669 15670 Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more 15671 information. 15672 15673 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15674 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15675 The module will be called kl5kusb105.o. If you want to compile it as 15676 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15677 15678USB Serial Converter verbose debug 15679CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DEBUG 15680 Say Y here if you want verbose debug messages from the USB Serial 15681 Drivers sent to the kernel debug log. 15682 15683USB Printer support 15684CONFIG_USB_PRINTER 15685 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB printer to your computer's 15686 USB port. 15687 15688 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15689 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15690 The module will be called printer.o. If you want to compile it as a 15691 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15692 15693USB IBM (Xirlink) C-It Camera support 15694CONFIG_USB_IBMCAM 15695 Say Y here if you want to connect a IBM "C-It" camera, also known as 15696 "Xirlink PC Camera" to your computer's USB port. For more 15697 information, read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt>. 15698 15699 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must enable 15700 (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices) 15701 to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to 15702 "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 15703 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15704 15705 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15706 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15707 The module will be called ibmcam.o. If you want to compile it as a 15708 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This 15709 camera has several configuration options which can be specified when 15710 you load the module. Read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt> to 15711 learn more. 15712 15713CONFIG_USB_KONICAWC 15714 Say Y here if you want support for webcams based on a Konica 15715 chipset. This is known to work with the Intel YC76 webcam. 15716 15717 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must enable 15718 (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices) 15719 to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to 15720 "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 15721 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15722 15723 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15724 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15725 The module will be called konicawc.o. If you want to compile it as 15726 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15727 15728USB OV511 Camera support 15729CONFIG_USB_OV511 15730 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your 15731 computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/ov511.txt> for more 15732 information and for a list of supported cameras. 15733 15734 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to 15735 "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver. 15736 Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found 15737 on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15738 15739 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15740 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15741 The module will be called ov511.o. If you want to compile it as a 15742 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15743 15744USB W996[87]CF Camera support 15745CONFIG_USB_W9968CF 15746 Say Y here if you want support for cameras based on 15747 Winbond W9967CF/W9968CF JPEG USB Dual Mode Camera Chips. 15748 15749 This driver has an optional plugin, which is distributed as a 15750 separate module only (released under GPL). It contains code that 15751 allows you to use higher resolutions and framerates, and cannot 15752 be included in the official Linux kernel for performance purposes. 15753 At the moment the driver needs a third-party module for the CMOS 15754 sensors, which is available on internet: it is recommended to read 15755 <file:Documentation/usb/w9968cf.txt> for more informations and for 15756 a list of supported cameras. 15757 15758 This driver uses the Video For Linux and the I2C APIs. 15759 You must say Y or M to both "Video For Linux" and "I2C Support" 15760 to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" 15761 programs may be found on the WWW at 15762 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15763 15764 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15765 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15766 The module will be called w9968cf.o. If you want to compile it as a 15767 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15768 15769USB Communication Class Ethernet device support 15770CONFIG_USB_CDCETHER 15771 This driver supports devices conforming to the Communication Device 15772 Class Ethernet Control Model. This is used in some cable modems. 15773 For more details on the specification, get the Communication Device 15774 Class specification from <http://www.usb.org/>. 15775 15776 This driver should work with the following devices: 15777 * Ericsson PipeRider (all variants) 15778 * Motorola (DM100 and SB4100) 15779 * Broadcom Cable Modem (reference design) 15780 * Toshiba PCX1100U and possibly other cable modems 15781 * Sharp Zaurus SL-5000D 15782 15783 The device creates a network device (ethX, where X depends on what 15784 other networking devices you have in use), as for a normal PCI 15785 or ISA based ethernet network card. 15786 15787 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15788 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15789 The module will be called CDCEther.o. If you want to compile it as 15790 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15791 15792NetChip 1080-based USB Host-to-Host Link 15793CONFIG_USB_NET1080 15794 The NetChip 1080 is a USB 1.1 host controller. NetChip has a web 15795 site with technical information at <http://www.netchip.com/>. 15796 15797Philips webcam support 15798CONFIG_USB_PWC 15799 Say Y or M here if you want to use one of these Philips USB webcams: 15800 PCA645, PCA646, PCVC675, PCVC680, PCVC690, PCVC730, PCVC740, or 15801 the Askey VC010. The PCA635, PCVC665 and PCVC720 are not supported 15802 by this driver and never will be. 15803 15804 This driver has an optional plugin, which is distributed as a binary 15805 module only. It contains code that allow you to use higher 15806 resolutions and framerates but may not be distributed as source. 15807 But even without this plugin you can these cams for most 15808 applications. 15809 15810 See <file:Documentation/usb/philips.txt> for more information and 15811 installation instructions. 15812 15813 The built-in microphone is enabled by selecting USB Audio support. 15814 15815 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to 15816 "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver. 15817 Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found 15818 on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15819 15820 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15821 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15822 The module will be called pwc.o. If you want to compile it as a 15823 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15824 15825USB SE401 Camera support 15826CONFIG_USB_SE401 15827 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your 15828 computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/se401.txt> for more 15829 information and for a list of supported cameras. 15830 15831 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to 15832 "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. 15833 Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found 15834 on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15835 15836 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15837 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15838 The module will be called se401.o. If you want to compile it as a 15839 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15840 15841USB STV680 (Pencam) Camera support 15842CONFIG_USB_STV680 15843 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your 15844 computer's USB port. This includes the Pencam line of cameras. 15845 See <file:Documentation/usb/stv680.txt> for more information and for 15846 a list of supported cameras. 15847 15848 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to 15849 "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. 15850 Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found 15851 on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15852 15853 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15854 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15855 The module will be called stv680.o. If you want to compile it as a 15856 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15857 15858Vicam 15859CONFIG_USB_VICAM 15860 Say Y here if you have 3com homeconnect camera (vicam). 15861 15862 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to 15863 "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. 15864 Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found 15865 on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 15866 15867 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15868 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15869 The module will be called vicam.o. If you want to compile it as a 15870 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15871 15872 15873Pegasus/Pegasus II based USB-Ethernet device support 15874CONFIG_USB_PEGASUS 15875 Say Y here if you know you have Pegasus or Pegasus-II based adapter. 15876 If in doubt then look at linux/drivers/usb/pegasus.h for the complete 15877 list of supported devices. 15878 If your particular adapter is not in the list and you are _sure_ it 15879 is Pegasus or Pegasus-II based then send me (petkan@users.sourceforge.net) 15880 vendor and device IDs. 15881 15882 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15883 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15884 The module will be called pegasus.o. If you want to compile it as a 15885 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15886 15887Realtek RTL8150 based USB-Ethernet device support 15888CONFIG_USB_RTL8150 15889 Say Y here if you have RTL8150 based usb-ethernet adapter. 15890 Send me (petkan@users.sourceforge.net) any comments you may have. 15891 You can also check for updates at <http://pegasus2.sourceforge.net/> 15892 15893 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15894 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15895 The module will be called rtl8150.o. If you want to compile it as a 15896 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15897 15898USB KLSI KL5USB101-based Ethernet device support 15899CONFIG_USB_KAWETH 15900 Say Y here if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps only 15901 USB Ethernet adapters based on the KLSI KL5KUSB101B chipset: 15902 3Com 3C19250 15903 ADS USB-10BT 15904 ATEN USB Ethernet 15905 ASANTE USB To Ethernet Adapter 15906 AOX Endpoints USB Ethernet 15907 Correga K.K. 15908 D-Link DSB-650C and DU-E10 15909 Entrega / Portgear E45 15910 I-O DATA USB-ET/T 15911 Jaton USB Ethernet Device Adapter 15912 Kingston Technology USB Ethernet Adapter 15913 Linksys USB10T 15914 Mobility USB-Ethernet Adapter 15915 NetGear EA-101 15916 Peracom Enet and Enet2 15917 Portsmith Express Ethernet Adapter 15918 Shark Pocket Adapter 15919 SMC 2202USB 15920 Sony Vaio port extender 15921 15922 This driver is likely to work with most 10Mbps only USB Ethernet 15923 adapters, including some "no brand" devices. It does NOT work on 15924 SmartBridges smartNIC or on Belkin F5U111 devices - you should use 15925 the CATC NetMate driver for those. If you are not sure which one 15926 you need, select both, and the correct one should be selected for 15927 you. 15928 15929 This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface, 15930 typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on 15931 eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed. 15932 15933 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15934 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15935 The module will be called kaweth.o. If you want to compile it as a 15936 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15937 15938USB CATC NetMate-based Ethernet device support 15939CONFIG_USB_CATC 15940 Say Y if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps USB Ethernet 15941 device based on the EL1210A chip. Supported devices are: 15942 Belkin F5U011 15943 Belkin F5U111 15944 CATC NetMate 15945 CATC NetMate II 15946 smartBridges smartNIC 15947 15948 This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface, 15949 typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on 15950 eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed. 15951 15952 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15953 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15954 The module will be called catc.o. If you want to compile it as a 15955 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15956 15957USB Kodak DC-2xx Camera support 15958CONFIG_USB_DC2XX 15959 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to your 15960 computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/dc2xx.txt> for 15961 more information; some non-Kodak cameras may also work with this 15962 driver, given application support (such as <http://www.gphoto.org/>). 15963 15964 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15965 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15966 The module will be called dc2xx.o. If you want to compile it as a 15967 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15968 15969USB Mustek MDC800 Digital Camera support 15970CONFIG_USB_MDC800 15971 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to 15972 your computer's USB port. This driver can be used with gphoto 0.4.3 15973 and higher (look at <http://www.gphoto.org/>). 15974 To use it create a device node with "mknod /dev/mustek c 180 32" and 15975 configure it in your software. 15976 15977 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15978 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15979 The module will be called mdc800.o. If you want to compile it as a 15980 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15981 15982USB Mass Storage support 15983CONFIG_USB_STORAGE 15984 Say Y here if you want to connect USB mass storage devices to your 15985 computer's USB port. 15986 15987 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 15988 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 15989 The module will be called usb-storage.o. If you want to compile it 15990 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 15991 15992USB Mass Storage verbose debug 15993CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DEBUG 15994 Say Y here in order to have the USB Mass Storage code generate 15995 verbose debugging messages. 15996 15997ISD-200 USB/ATA Bridge support 15998CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ISD200 15999 Say Y here if you want to use USB Mass Store devices based 16000 on the In-Systems Design ISD-200 USB/ATA bridge. 16001 16002 Some of the products that use this chip are: 16003 16004 - Archos Jukebox 6000 16005 - ISD SmartCable for Storage 16006 - Taiwan Skymaster CD530U/DEL-0241 IDE bridge 16007 - Sony CRX10U CD-R/RW drive 16008 - CyQ've CQ8060A CDRW drive 16009 - Planex eXtreme Drive RX-25HU USB-IDE cable (not model RX-25U) 16010 16011USS720 parport driver 16012CONFIG_USB_USS720 16013 This driver is for USB parallel port adapters that use the Lucent 16014 Technologies USS-720 chip. These cables are plugged into your USB 16015 port and provide USB compatibility to peripherals designed with 16016 parallel port interfaces. 16017 16018 The chip has two modes: automatic mode and manual mode. In automatic 16019 mode, it looks to the computer like a standard USB printer. Only 16020 printers may be connected to the USS-720 in this mode. The generic 16021 USB printer driver ("USB Printer support", above) may be used in 16022 that mode, and you can say N here if you want to use the chip only 16023 in this mode. 16024 16025 Manual mode is not limited to printers, any parallel port 16026 device should work. This driver utilizes manual mode. 16027 Note however that some operations are three orders of magnitude 16028 slower than on a PCI/ISA Parallel Port, so timing critical 16029 applications might not work. 16030 16031 Say Y here if you own an USS-720 USB->Parport cable and intend to 16032 connect anything other than a printer to it. 16033 16034 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16035 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16036 The module will be called uss720.o. If you want to compile it as a 16037 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16038 16039USB device file system 16040CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS 16041 If you say Y here (and to "/proc file system support" in the "File 16042 systems section, above), you will get a file /proc/bus/usb/devices 16043 which lists the devices currently connected to your USB bus or 16044 busses, a file /proc/bus/usb/drivers which lists the USB kernel 16045 client drivers currently loaded, and for every connected device a 16046 file named "/proc/bus/usb/xxx/yyy", where xxx is the bus number and 16047 yyy the device number; the latter files can be used by user space 16048 programs to talk directly to the device. These files are "virtual", 16049 meaning they are generated on the fly and not stored on the hard 16050 drive. 16051 16052 You may need to mount the usbdevfs file system to see the files, use 16053 mount -t usbdevfs none /proc/bus/usb 16054 16055 For the format of the various /proc/bus/usb/ files, please read 16056 <file:Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt>. 16057 16058 Please note that this code is completely unrelated to devfs, the 16059 "/dev file system support". 16060 16061 Most users want to say Y here. 16062 16063Enforce USB bandwidth allocation 16064CONFIG_USB_BANDWIDTH 16065 If you say Y here, the USB subsystem enforces USB bandwidth 16066 allocation and will prevent some device opens from succeeding 16067 if they would cause USB bandwidth usage to go above 90% of 16068 the bus bandwidth. 16069 16070 If you say N here, these conditions will cause warning messages 16071 about USB bandwidth usage to be logged and some devices or 16072 drivers may not work correctly. 16073 16074DABUSB driver 16075CONFIG_USB_DABUSB 16076 A Digital Audio Broadcasting (DAB) Receiver for USB and Linux 16077 brought to you by the DAB-Team (<http://dab.in.tum.de/>). This 16078 driver can be taken as an example for URB-based bulk, control, and 16079 isochronous transactions. URB's are explained in 16080 <file:Documentation/usb/URB.txt>. 16081 16082 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16083 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16084 The module will be called dabusb.o. If you want to compile it as a 16085 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16086 16087Host-to-Host USB networking 16088CONFIG_USB_USBNET 16089 This driver supports network links over USB with USB "Network" 16090 or "data transfer" cables, often used to network laptops to PCs. 16091 Such cables have chips from suppliers such as Belkin/eTEK, GeneSys 16092 (GeneLink), NetChip and Prolific. Intelligent USB devices could also 16093 use this approach to provide Internet access, using standard USB 16094 cabling. You can find these chips also on some motherboards with 16095 USB PC2PC support. 16096 16097 These links will have names like "usb0", "usb1", etc. They act 16098 like two-node Ethernets, so you can use 802.1d Ethernet Bridging 16099 (CONFIG_BRIDGE) to simplify your network routing. 16100 16101 This code is also available as a kernel module (code which can be 16102 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16103 The module will be called usbnet.o. If you want to compile it as a 16104 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16105 16106Freecom USB/ATAPI Bridge support 16107CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_FREECOM 16108 Support for the Freecom USB to IDE/ATAPI adaptor. 16109 Freecom has a web page at <http://www.freecom.de/>. 16110 16111Microtech CompactFlash/SmartMedia reader 16112CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DPCM 16113 Say Y here to support the Microtech ZiO! CompactFlash/SmartMedia 16114 reader, details at <http://www.microtechint.com/zio/index.html>. 16115 This driver treats the flash card as a removable storage device. 16116 16117SanDisk SDDR-09 (and other SmartMedia) support 16118CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR09 16119 Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-09 16120 SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver. 16121 16122SanDisk SDDR-55 SmartMedia support 16123CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR55 16124 Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-55 16125 SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver. 16126 16127USB Diamond Rio500 support 16128CONFIG_USB_RIO500 16129 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Rio500 mp3 player to your 16130 computer's USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/rio.txt> 16131 for more information. 16132 16133 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16134 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16135 The module will be called rio500.o. If you want to compile it as 16136 a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt>. 16137 16138Auerswald device support 16139CONFIG_USB_AUERSWALD 16140 Say Y here if you want to connect an Auerswald USB ISDN Device 16141 to your computer's USB port. 16142 16143 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16144 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16145 The module will be called auerswald.o. If you want to compile it as 16146 a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt> 16147 16148USB Auerswald ISDN modem support 16149CONFIG_USB_AUERISDN 16150 Say Y here if you want to enable the ISDN modem option 16151 of your Auerswald ISDN devices. 16152 16153 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16154 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16155 The module will be called auerswald.o. If you want to compile it as 16156 a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt> 16157 16158CONFIG_USB_TIGL 16159 If you own a Texas Instruments graphing calculator and use a 16160 TI-GRAPH LINK USB cable (aka SilverLink), then you might be 16161 interested in this driver. 16162 16163 If you enable this driver, you will be able to communicate with 16164 your calculator through a set of device nodes under /dev. 16165 16166 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16167 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16168 The module will be called tiglusb.o. If you want to compile it as a 16169 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 16170 16171 If you don't know what the SilverLink cable is or what a Texas 16172 Instruments graphing calculator is, then you probably don't need this 16173 driver. 16174 16175 If unsure, say N. 16176 16177Texas Instruments parallel link cable support 16178CONFIG_TIPAR 16179 If you own a Texas Instruments graphing calculator and use a 16180 parallel link cable, then you might be interested in this driver. 16181 16182 If you enable this driver, you will be able to communicate with 16183 your calculator through a set of device nodes under /dev. The 16184 main advantage of this driver is that you don't have to be root 16185 to use this precise link cable (depending on the permissions on 16186 the device nodes, though). 16187 16188 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16189 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16190 The module will be called tipar.o. If you want to compile it as a 16191 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> 16192 16193 If you don't know what a parallel link cable is or what a Texas 16194 Instruments graphing calculator is, then you probably don't need this 16195 driver. 16196 16197 If unsure, say N. 16198 16199Tieman Voyager USB Braille display support 16200CONFIG_USB_BRLVOYAGER 16201 Say Y here if you want to use the Voyager USB Braille display from 16202 Tieman. See <file:Documentation/usb/brlvger.txt> for more 16203 information. 16204 16205 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16206 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16207 The module will be called brlvger.o. If you want to compile it as 16208 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16209 16210USBLCD support 16211CONFIG_USB_LCD 16212 Say Y here if you want to connect an USBLCD to your computer's 16213 USB port. The USBLCD is a small USB interface board for 16214 alphanumeric LCD modules. See <http://www.usblcd.de> for more 16215 information. 16216 16217 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16218 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16219 The module will be called usblcd.o. If you want to compile it as 16220 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16221 16222D-Link DSB-R100 FM radio support 16223CONFIG_USB_DSBR 16224 Say Y here if you want to connect this type of radio to your 16225 computer's USB port. Note that the audio is not digital, and 16226 you must connect the line out connector to a sound card or a 16227 set of speakers. 16228 16229 This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must enable 16230 (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices) 16231 to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to 16232 "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 16233 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 16234 16235 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16236 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16237 The module will be called dsbr100.o. If you want to compile it as a 16238 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16239 16240Alcatel Speedtouch USB support 16241CONFIG_USB_SPEEDTOUCH 16242 Say Y here if you have an Alcatel SpeedTouch USB or SpeedTouch 330 16243 modem. In order to use your modem you will need to install some user 16244 space tools, see <http://www.linux-usb.org/SpeedTouch/> for details. 16245 16246 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16247 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16248 The module will be called speedtch.o. If you want to compile it as 16249 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16250 16251CONFIG_USB_GADGET 16252 USB is a master/slave protocol, organized with one master 16253 host (such as a PC) controlling up to 127 peripheral devices. 16254 The USB hardware is asymmetric, which makes it easier to set up: 16255 you can't connect two "to-the-host" connectors to each other. 16256 16257 Linux can run in the host, or in the peripheral. In both cases 16258 you need a low level bus controller driver, and some software 16259 talking to it. Peripheral controllers are often discrete silicon, 16260 or are integrated with the CPU in a microcontroller. The more 16261 familiar host side controllers have names like like "EHCI", "OHCI", 16262 or "UHCI", and are usually integrated into southbridges on PC 16263 motherboards. 16264 16265 Enable this configuration option if you want to run Linux inside 16266 a USB peripheral device. Configure one hardware driver for your 16267 peripheral/device side bus controller, and a "gadget driver" for 16268 your peripheral protocol. (If you use modular gadget drivers, 16269 you may configure more than one.) 16270 16271 If in doubt, say "N" and don't enable these drivers; most people 16272 don't have this kind of hardware (except maybe inside Linux PDAs). 16273 16274CONFIG_USB_NET2280 16275 NetChip 2280 is a PCI based USB peripheral controller which 16276 supports both full and high speed USB 2.0 data transfers. 16277 16278 It has six configurable endpoints, as well as endpoint zero 16279 (for control transfers) and several endpoints with dedicated 16280 functions. 16281 16282 Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a 16283 dynamically linked module called "net2280" and force all 16284 gadget drivers to also be dynamically linked. 16285 16286CONFIG_USB_ZERO 16287 Gadget Zero is a two-configuration device. It either sinks and 16288 sources bulk data; or it loops back a configurable number of 16289 transfers. It also implements control requests, for "chapter 9" 16290 conformance. The driver needs only two bulk-capable endpoints, so 16291 it can work on top of most device-side usb controllers. It's 16292 useful for testing, and is also a working example showing how 16293 USB "gadget drivers" can be written. 16294 16295 Make this be the first driver you try using on top of any new 16296 USB peripheral controller driver. Then you can use host-side 16297 test software, like the "usbtest" driver, to put your hardware 16298 and its driver through a basic set of functional tests. 16299 16300 Gadget Zero also works with the host-side "usb-skeleton" driver, 16301 and with many kinds of host-side test software. You may need 16302 to tweak product and vendor IDs before host software knows about 16303 this device, and arrange to select an appropriate configuration. 16304 16305 Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a 16306 dynamically linked module called "g_zero". 16307 16308CONFIG_USB_ETH 16309 This driver implements Ethernet style communication, in either 16310 of two ways: 16311 16312 - The "Communication Device Class" (CDC) Ethernet Control Model. 16313 That protocol is often avoided with pure Ethernet adapters, in 16314 favor of simpler vendor-specific hardware, but is widely 16315 supported by firmware for smart network devices. 16316 16317 - On hardware can't implement that protocol, a simpler approach 16318 is used, placing fewer demands on USB. 16319 16320 Within the USB device, this gadget driver exposes a network device 16321 "usbX", where X depends on what other networking devices you have. 16322 Treat it like a two-node Ethernet link: host, and gadget. 16323 16324 The Linux-USB host-side "usbnet" driver interoperates with this 16325 driver, so that deep I/O queues can be supported. On 2.4 kernels, 16326 use "CDCEther" instead, if you're using the CDC option. That CDC 16327 mode should also interoperate with standard CDC Ethernet class 16328 drivers on other host operating systems. 16329 16330 Say "y" to link the driver statically, or "m" to build a 16331 dynamically linked module called "g_ether". 16332 16333CONFIG_USB_ETH_RNDIS 16334 Microsoft Windows XP bundles the "Remote NDIS" (RNDIS) protocol, 16335 and Microsoft provides redistributable binary RNDIS drivers for 16336 older versions of Windows. 16337 16338 If you say "y" here, the Ethernet gadget driver will try to provide 16339 a second device configuration, supporting RNDIS to talk to such 16340 Microsoft USB hosts. 16341 16342CONFIG_USB_FILE_STORAGE 16343 The File-backed Storage Gadget acts as a USB Mass Storage 16344 disk drive. As its storage repository it can use a regular 16345 file or a block device (in much the same way as the "loop" 16346 device driver), specified as a module parameter. 16347 16348CONFIG_USB_FILE_STORAGE_TEST 16349 Say "y" to generate the larger testing version of the 16350 File-backed Storage Gadget, useful for probing the 16351 behavior of USB Mass Storage hosts. Not needed for 16352 normal operation. 16353 16354Always do synchronous disk IO for UBD 16355CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UBD_SYNC 16356 The User-Mode Linux port includes a driver called UBD which will let 16357 you access arbitrary files on the host computer as block devices. 16358 Writes to such a block device are not immediately written to the 16359 host's disk; this may cause problems if, for example, the User-Mode 16360 Linux 'Virtual Machine' uses a journalling file system and the host 16361 computer crashes. 16362 16363 Synchronous operation (i.e. always writing data to the host's disk 16364 immediately) is configurable on a per-UBD basis by using a special 16365 kernel command line option. Alternatively, you can say Y here to 16366 turn on synchronous operation by default for all block. 16367 16368 If you're running a journalling file system (like reiserfs, for 16369 example) in your virtual machine, you will want to say Y here. If 16370 you care for the safety of the data in your virtual machine, Y is a 16371 wise choice too. In all other cases (for example, if you're just 16372 playing around with User-Mode Linux) you can choose N. 16373 16374Enable ptrace proxy 16375CONFIG_PT_PROXY 16376 This option enables a debugging interface which allows gdb to debug 16377 the kernel without needing to actually attach to kernel threads. 16378 If you want to do kernel debugging, say Y here; otherwise say N. 16379 16380Management console 16381CONFIG_MCONSOLE 16382 The user mode linux management console is a low-level interface to 16383 the kernel, somewhat like the i386 SysRq interface. Since there is 16384 a full-blown operating system running under every user mode linux 16385 instance, there is much greater flexibility possible than with the 16386 SysRq mechanism. 16387 16388 If you answer 'Y' to this option, to use this feature, you need the 16389 mconsole client (called uml_mconsole) which is present in CVS in 16390 2.4.5-9um and later (path /tools/mconsole), and is also in the 16391 distribution RPM package in 2.4.6 and later. 16392 16393 It is safe to say 'Y' here. 16394 16395Enable kernel debugging symbols 16396CONFIG_DEBUGSYM 16397 When this is enabled, the User-Mode Linux binary will include 16398 debugging symbols. This enlarges the binary by a few megabytes, 16399 but aids in tracking down kernel problems in UML. It is required 16400 if you intend to do any kernel development. 16401 16402 If you're truly short on disk space or don't expect to report any 16403 bugs back to the UML developers, say N, otherwise say Y. 16404 16405Enable gcov support 16406CONFIG_GCOV 16407 This option allows developers to retrieve coverage data from a UML 16408 session. 16409 16410 See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gcov.html> for more 16411 details. 16412 16413 If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gcov, 16414 say Y. If you're unsure, say N. 16415 16416Enable gprof support 16417CONFIG_GPROF 16418 This allows profiling of a User-Mode Linux kernel with the gprof 16419 utility. 16420 16421 See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gprof.html> for more 16422 details. 16423 16424 If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gprof, 16425 say Y. If you're unsure, say N. 16426 16427Host filesystem 16428CONFIG_HOSTFS 16429 While the User-Mode Linux port uses its own root file system for 16430 booting and normal file access, this module lets the UML user 16431 access files stored on the host. It does not require any 16432 network connection between the Host and UML. An example use of 16433 this might be: 16434 16435 mount none /tmp/fromhost -t hostfs -o /tmp/umlshare 16436 16437 where /tmp/fromhost is an empty directory inside UML and 16438 /tmp/umlshare is a directory on the host with files the UML user 16439 wishes to access. 16440 16441 For more information, see 16442 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/hostfs.html>. 16443 16444 If you'd like to be able to work with files stored on the host, 16445 say Y or M here; otherwise say N. 16446 16447Example IO Memory driver 16448CONFIG_MMAPPER 16449 The User-Mode Linux port can provide support for IO Memory 16450 emulation with this option. This allows a host file to be 16451 specified as an I/O region on the kernel command line. That file 16452 will be mapped into UML's kernel address space where a driver can 16453 locate it and do whatever it wants with the memory, including 16454 providing an interface to it for UML processes to use. 16455 16456 For more information, see 16457 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/iomem.html>. 16458 16459 If you'd like to be able to provide a simulated IO port space for 16460 User-Mode Linux processes, say Y. If unsure, say N. 16461 16462Virtual Serial Line 16463CONFIG_SSL 16464 The User-Mode Linux environment allows you to create virtual serial 16465 lines on the UML that are usually made to show up on the host as 16466 ttys or ptys. 16467 16468 See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/input.html> for more 16469 information and command line examples of how to use this facility. 16470 16471 Unless you have a specific reason for disabling this, say Y. 16472 16473Virtual network device 16474CONFIG_UML_NET 16475 While the User-Mode port cannot directly talk to any physical 16476 hardware devices, this choice and the following transport options 16477 provide one or more virtual network devices through which the UML 16478 kernels can talk to each other, the host, and with the host's help, 16479 machines on the outside world. 16480 16481 For more information, including explanations of the networking and 16482 sample configurations, see 16483 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>. 16484 16485 If you'd like to be able to enable networking in the User-Mode 16486 linux environment, say Y; otherwise say N. Note that you must 16487 enable at least one of the following transport options to actually 16488 make use of UML networking. 16489 16490Daemon transport 16491CONFIG_UML_NET_DAEMON 16492 This User-Mode Linux network transport allows one or more running 16493 UMLs on a single host to communicate with each other, but not to 16494 the host. 16495 16496 To use this form of networking, you'll need to run the UML 16497 networking daemon on the host. 16498 16499 For more information, see 16500 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site 16501 has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Daemon 16502 networking. 16503 16504 If you'd like to set up a network with other UMLs on a single host, 16505 say Y. If you need a network between UMLs on multiple physical 16506 hosts, choose the Multicast Transport. To set up a network with 16507 the host and/or other IP machines, say Y to the Ethertap or Slip 16508 transports. You'll need at least one of them, but may choose 16509 more than one without conflict. If you don't need UML networking, 16510 say N. 16511 16512Ethertap transport 16513CONFIG_UML_NET_ETHERTAP 16514 The Ethertap User-Mode Linux network transport allows a single 16515 running UML to exchange packets with its host over one of the 16516 host's Ethertap devices, such as /dev/tap0. Additional running 16517 UMLs can use additional Ethertap devices, one per running UML. 16518 While the UML believes it's on a (multi-device, broadcast) virtual 16519 Ethernet network, it's in fact communicating over a point-to-point 16520 link with the host. 16521 16522 To use this, your host kernel must have support for Ethertap 16523 devices. Also, if your host kernel is 2.4.x, it must have 16524 CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV configured as Y or M. 16525 16526 For more information, see 16527 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site 16528 has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Ethertap 16529 networking. 16530 16531 If you'd like to set up an IP network with the host and/or the 16532 outside world, say Y to this, the Daemon Transport and/or the 16533 Slip Transport. You'll need at least one of them, but may choose 16534 more than one without conflict. If you don't need UML networking, 16535 say N. 16536 16537TUN/TAP transport 16538CONFIG_UML_NET_TUNTAP 16539 The UML TUN/TAP network transport allows a UML instance to exchange 16540 packets with the host over a TUN/TAP device. This option will only 16541 work with a 2.4 host, unless you've applied the TUN/TAP patch to 16542 your 2.2 host kernel. 16543 16544 To use this transport, your host kernel must have support for TUN/TAP 16545 devices, either built-in or as a module. 16546 16547Multicast transport 16548CONFIG_UML_NET_MCAST 16549 This Multicast User-Mode Linux network transport allows multiple 16550 UMLs (even ones running on different host machines!) to talk to 16551 each other over a virtual ethernet network. However, it requires 16552 at least one UML with one of the other transports to act as a 16553 bridge if any of them need to be able to talk to their hosts or any 16554 other IP machines. 16555 16556 To use this, your host kernel(s) must support IP Multicasting. 16557 16558 For more information, see 16559 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site 16560 has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Multicast 16561 networking, and notes about the security of this approach. 16562 16563 If you need UMLs on multiple physical hosts to communicate as if 16564 they shared an Ethernet network, say Y. If you need to communicate 16565 with other IP machines, make sure you select one of the other 16566 transports (possibly in addition to Multicast; they're not 16567 exclusive). If you don't need to network UMLs say N to each of 16568 the transports. 16569 16570SLIP transport 16571CONFIG_UML_NET_SLIP 16572 The Slip User-Mode Linux network transport allows a running UML to 16573 network with its host over a point-to-point link. Unlike Ethertap, 16574 which can carry any Ethernet frame (and hence even non-IP packets), 16575 the Slip transport can only carry IP packets. 16576 16577 To use this, your host must support Slip devices. 16578 16579 For more information, see 16580 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>. That site 16581 has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Slip 16582 networking, and details of a few quirks with it. 16583 16584 The Ethertap Transport is preferred over Slip because of its 16585 limitation. If you prefer Slip, however, say Y here. Otherwise 16586 choose the Multicast transport (to network multiple UMLs on 16587 multiple hosts), Ethertap (to network with the host and the 16588 outside world), and/or the Daemon transport (to network multiple 16589 UMLs on a single host). You may choose more than one without 16590 conflict. If you don't need UML networking, say N. 16591 16592Microtek USB scanner support 16593CONFIG_USB_MICROTEK 16594 Say Y here if you want support for the Microtek X6USB and 16595 possibly the Phantom 336CX, Phantom C6 and ScanMaker V6U(S)L. 16596 Support for anything but the X6 is experimental. 16597 Please report failures and successes. 16598 The scanner will appear as a scsi generic device to the rest 16599 of the system. Scsi support is required for this driver to compile 16600 and work. SANE 1.0.4 or newer is needed to make use of your scanner. 16601 This driver can be compiled as a module. 16602 16603HP53xx and Minolta Dual Scanner support 16604CONFIG_USB_HPUSBSCSI 16605 Say Y here if you want support for the HP 53xx series of scanners 16606 and the Minolta Scan Dual. This driver is experimental. 16607 The scanner will be accessible as a SCSI device. 16608 16609USB Bluetooth support 16610CONFIG_USB_BLUETOOTH 16611 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Bluetooth device to your 16612 computer's USB port. You will need the Bluetooth stack (available 16613 at <http://developer.axis.com/software>) to fully use the device. 16614 16615 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16616 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16617 The module will be called bluetooth.o. If you want to compile it as 16618 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16619 16620USB MIDI support 16621CONFIG_USB_MIDI 16622 Say Y here if you want to connect a USB MIDI device to your 16623 computer's USB port. This driver is for devices that comply with 16624 'Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for MIDI Device'. 16625 16626 The following devices are known to work: 16627 * Steinberg USB2MIDI 16628 * Roland MPU64 16629 * Roland PC-300 16630 * Roland SC8850 16631 * Roland UM-1 16632 * Roland UM-2 16633 * Roland UA-100 16634 * Yamaha MU1000 16635 16636 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 16637 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 16638 The module will be called usb-midi.o. If you want to compile it as a 16639 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16640 16641Minix fs support 16642CONFIG_MINIX_FS 16643 Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's. 16644 The minix file system (method to organize files on a hard disk 16645 partition or a floppy disk) was the original file system for Linux, 16646 but has been superseded by the second extended file system ext2fs. 16647 You don't want to use the minix file system on your hard disk 16648 because of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found 16649 on older Linux floppy disks. This option will enlarge your kernel 16650 by about 28 KB. If unsure, say N. 16651 16652 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16653 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16654 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16655 will be called minix.o. Note that the file system of your root 16656 partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as 16657 a module. 16658 16659Reiserfs support 16660CONFIG_REISERFS_FS 16661 Stores not just filenames but the files themselves in a balanced 16662 tree. Uses journalling. 16663 16664 Balanced trees are more efficient than traditional file system 16665 architectural foundations. 16666 16667 In general, ReiserFS is as fast as ext2, but is very efficient with 16668 large directories and small files. It is much faster for writes, 16669 and slightly slower for reads than ext2. It is much faster than 16670 ext3. It will be obsoleted by Reiser4 in not too long, so keep 16671 an eye on our website for when Reiser4 ships. 16672 16673 Mount with the notail option if performance matters more to you than 16674 saving space (the design flaw underlying this is fixed in reiser4). 16675 16676 Read <http://www.namesys.com> to learn more about reiserfs. 16677 16678Enable extra Reiserfs consistency checks 16679CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK 16680 If you set this to Y, then ReiserFS will perform every check it can 16681 possibly imagine of its internal consistency throughout its 16682 operation. It will also go substantially slower. More than once we 16683 have forgotten that this was on, and then gone despondent over the 16684 latest benchmarks.:-) Use of this option allows our team to go all 16685 out in checking for consistency when debugging without fear of its 16686 effect on end users. If you are on the verge of sending in a bug 16687 report, say Y and you might get a useful error message. Almost 16688 everyone should say N. 16689 16690Publish some reiserfs-specific info under /proc/fs/reiserfs 16691CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO 16692 Create under /proc/fs/reiserfs a hierarchy of files, displaying 16693 various ReiserFS statistics and internal data at the expense of making 16694 your kernel or module slightly larger (+8 KB). This also increases the 16695 amount of kernel memory required for each mount by 440 bytes. 16696 It isn't useful to average persons, and you probably can't measure the 16697 performance cost of it. If you are fine-tuning reiserfs, say Y, 16698 otherwise say N. 16699 16700Second extended fs support 16701CONFIG_EXT2_FS 16702 This is the de facto standard Linux file system (method to organize 16703 files on a storage device) for hard disks. 16704 16705 You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively 16706 from inside a DOS partition using the UMSDOS file system. The 16707 advantage of the latter is that you can get away without 16708 repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing 16709 everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that 16710 Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that UMSDOS is somewhat 16711 slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion, 16712 it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to 16713 read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real* 16714 Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require 16715 ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the 16716 network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS 16717 file system support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel 16718 by about 44 KB. 16719 16720 The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available from 16721 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, gives information about 16722 how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs file systems. 16723 16724 To change the behaviour of ext2 file systems, you can use the tune2fs 16725 utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and 16726 directories on ext2 file systems, use chattr ("man chattr"). 16727 16728 Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool 16729 command line tool package (available from 16730 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2/>) and from 16731 within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from 16732 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/dos/>. Explore2fs is a 16733 graphical explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95 16734 and Windows NT and includes experimental write support; it is 16735 available from 16736 <http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm>. 16737 16738 If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which 16739 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 16740 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 16741 module will be called ext2.o. Be aware however that the file system 16742 of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot 16743 be compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous. Most 16744 everyone wants to say Y here. 16745 16746Ext3 journalling file system support (EXPERIMENTAL) 16747CONFIG_EXT3_FS 16748 This is the journalling version of the Second extended file system 16749 (often called ext3), the de facto standard Linux file system 16750 (method to organize files on a storage device) for hard disks. 16751 16752 The journalling code included in this driver means you do not have 16753 to run e2fsck (file system checker) on your file systems after a 16754 crash. The journal keeps track of any changes that were being made 16755 at the time the system crashed, and can ensure that your file system 16756 is consistent without the need for a lengthy check. 16757 16758 Other than adding the journal to the file system, the on-disk format 16759 of ext3 is identical to ext2. It is possible to freely switch 16760 between using the ext3 driver and the ext2 driver, as long as the 16761 file system has been cleanly unmounted, or e2fsck is run on the file 16762 system. 16763 16764 To add a journal on an existing ext2 file system or change the 16765 behaviour of ext3 file systems, you can use the tune2fs utility ("man 16766 tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and directories on ext3 16767 file systems, use chattr ("man chattr"). You need to be using 16768 e2fsprogs version 1.20 or later in order to create ext3 journals 16769 (available at <http://sourceforge.net/projects/e2fsprogs/>). 16770 16771 If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which 16772 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 16773 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 16774 module will be called ext3.o. Be aware however that the file system 16775 of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot 16776 be compiled as a module, and so this may be dangerous. 16777 16778Journal Block Device support (JBD for ext3) (EXPERIMENTAL) 16779CONFIG_JBD 16780 This is a generic journalling layer for block devices. It is 16781 currently used by the ext3 file system, but it could also be used to 16782 add journal support to other file systems or block devices such as 16783 RAID or LVM. 16784 16785 If you are using the ext3 file system, you need to say Y here. If 16786 you are not using ext3 then you will probably want to say N. 16787 16788 If you want to compile this device as a module ( = code which can be 16789 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16790 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16791 will be called jbd.o. If you are compiling ext3 into the kernel, 16792 you cannot compile this code as a module. 16793 16794JBD (ext3) debugging support 16795CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG 16796 If you are using the ext3 journalling file system (or potentially any 16797 other file system/device using JBD), this option allows you to 16798 enable debugging output while the system is running, in order to 16799 help track down any problems you are having. By default the 16800 debugging output will be turned off. 16801 16802 If you select Y here, then you will be able to turn on debugging 16803 with "echo N > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug", where N is a number between 16804 1 and 5, the higher the number, the more debugging output is 16805 generated. To turn debugging off again, do 16806 "echo 0 > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug". 16807 16808Buffer Head tracing (DEBUG) 16809CONFIG_BUFFER_DEBUG 16810 If you are a kernel developer working with file systems or in the 16811 block device layer, this buffer head tracing may help you to track 16812 down bugs in your code. This enables some debugging macros 16813 (BUFFER_TRACE, etc.) which allow you to track the state of a buffer 16814 through various layers of code. The debugging code is used 16815 primarily by ext3 and JBD code. 16816 16817 Because this option adds considerably to the size of each buffer, 16818 most people will want to say N here. 16819 16820BeOS filesystem support (BeFS) (read only) 16821CONFIG_BEFS_FS 16822 The BeOS File System (BeFS) is the native file system of Be, Inc's 16823 BeOS. Notable features include support for arbitrary attributes 16824 on files and directories, and database-like indices on selected 16825 attributes. (Also note that this driver doesn't make those features 16826 available at this time). It is a 64 bit filesystem, so it supports 16827 extremely large volumes and files. 16828 16829 If you use this filesystem, you should also say Y to at least one 16830 of the NLS (native language support) options below. 16831 16832 If you don't know what this is about, say N. 16833 16834 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16835 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16836 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be 16837 called befs.o. 16838 16839Debug BeFS 16840CONFIG_BEFS_DEBUG 16841 If you say Y here, you can use the 'debug' mount option to enable 16842 debugging output from the driver. This is unlike previous versions 16843 of the driver, where enabling this option would turn on debugging 16844 output automatically. 16845 16846 Example: 16847 mount -t befs /dev/hda2 /mnt -o debug 16848 16849BFS file system support 16850CONFIG_BFS_FS 16851 Boot File System (BFS) is a file system used under SCO UnixWare to 16852 allow the bootloader access to the kernel image and other important 16853 files during the boot process. It is usually mounted under /stand 16854 and corresponds to the slice marked as "STAND" in the UnixWare 16855 partition. You should say Y if you want to read or write the files 16856 on your /stand slice from within Linux. You then also need to say Y 16857 to "UnixWare slices support", below. More information about the BFS 16858 file system is contained in the file 16859 <file:Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt>. 16860 16861 If you don't know what this is about, say N. 16862 16863 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16864 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16865 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16866 will be called bfs.o. Note that the file system of your root 16867 partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as 16868 a module. 16869 16870Compressed ROM file system support 16871CONFIG_CRAMFS 16872 Saying Y here includes support for CramFs (Compressed ROM File 16873 System). CramFs is designed to be a simple, small, and compressed 16874 file system for ROM based embedded systems. CramFs is read-only, 16875 limited to 256MB file systems (with 16MB files), and doesn't support 16876 16/32 bits uid/gid, hard links and timestamps. 16877 16878 See <file:Documentation/filesystems/cramfs.txt> and 16879 <file:fs/cramfs/README> for further information. 16880 16881 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16882 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16883 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16884 will be called cramfs.o. Note that the root file system (the one 16885 containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module. 16886 16887 If unsure, say N. 16888 16889CMS file system support 16890CONFIG_CMS_FS 16891 Read only support for CMS minidisk file systems found on IBM 16892 mainframe systems. Only the basic format is supported so far. If 16893 you don't know what CMS is you probably don't want to know any more. 16894 16895# When the 2.5 version of configure.help goes away, the part of this that 16896# duplicates Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt can drop out. 16897Virtual memory file system support 16898CONFIG_TMPFS 16899 Tmpfs is a file system which keeps all files in virtual memory. 16900 Everything in tmpfs is temporary in the sense that no files will be 16901 created on your hard drive. If you reboot, everything in tmpfs will 16902 be lost. 16903 16904 In contrast to RAM disks, which get allocated a fixed amount of 16905 physical RAM, tmpfs grows and shrinks to accommodate the files it 16906 contains and is able to swap unneeded pages out to swap space. 16907 16908 Everything is "virtual" in the sense that no files will be created 16909 on your hard drive; if you reboot, everything in tmpfs will be 16910 lost. 16911 16912 You should mount the file system somewhere to be able to use 16913 POSIX shared memory. Adding the following line to /etc/fstab should 16914 take care of things: 16915 16916 tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0 16917 16918 Remember to create the directory that you intend to mount tmpfs on 16919 if necessary (/dev/shm is automagically created if you use devfs). 16920 16921 You can set limits for the number of blocks and inodes used by the 16922 file system with the mount options "size", "nr_blocks" and 16923 "nr_inodes". These parameters accept a suffix k, m or g for kilo, 16924 mega and giga and can be changed on remount. 16925 16926 The initial permissions of the root directory can be set with the 16927 mount option "mode". 16928 16929 See <file:Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt> for details. 16930 16931Simple RAM-based file system support 16932CONFIG_RAMFS 16933 Ramfs is a file system which keeps all files in RAM. It allows 16934 read and write access. 16935 16936 It is more of an programming example than a usable file system. If 16937 you need a file system which lives in RAM with limit checking use 16938 tmpfs. 16939 16940 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16941 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16942 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16943 will be called ramfs.o. 16944 16945ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support 16946CONFIG_ISO9660_FS 16947 This is the standard file system used on CD-ROMs. It was previously 16948 known as "High Sierra File System" and is called "hsfs" on other 16949 Unix systems. The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for 16950 long Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this 16951 driver. If you have a CD-ROM drive and want to do more with it than 16952 just listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read 16953 <file:Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt> and the CD-ROM-HOWTO, 16954 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), thereby 16955 enlarging your kernel by about 27 KB; otherwise say N. 16956 16957 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 16958 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 16959 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 16960 will be called isofs.o. 16961 16962Microsoft Joliet CD-ROM extensions 16963CONFIG_JOLIET 16964 Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system 16965 which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the 16966 new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the 16967 characters of almost all languages of the world; see 16968 <http://www.unicode.org/> for more information). Say Y here if you 16969 want to be able to read Joliet CD-ROMs under Linux. 16970 16971Transparent decompression extension 16972CONFIG_ZISOFS 16973 This is a Linux-specific extension to RockRidge which lets you store 16974 data in compressed form on a CD-ROM and have it transparently 16975 decompressed when the CD-ROM is accessed. See 16976 <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/zisofs/> for the tools 16977 necessary to create such a filesystem. Say Y here if you want to be 16978 able to read such compressed CD-ROMs. 16979 16980UDF file system support (read-only) 16981CONFIG_UDF_FS 16982 This is the new file system used on some CD-ROMs and DVDs. Say Y if 16983 you intend to mount DVD discs or CDRW's written in packet mode, or 16984 if written to by other UDF utilities, such as DirectCD. This UDF 16985 file system support is read-only. If you want to write to UDF 16986 file systems on some media, you need to say Y to "UDF read-write 16987 support" below in addition. Please read 16988 <file:Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt>. 16989 16990 This file system support is also available as a module ( = code 16991 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 16992 whenever you want). The module is called udf.o. If you want to 16993 compile it as a module, say M here and read 16994 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 16995 16996 If unsure, say N. 16997 16998UDF write support (DANGEROUS) 16999CONFIG_UDF_RW 17000 Say Y if you want to test write support for UDF file systems. 17001 Due to lack of support for writing to CDR/CDRW's, this option 17002 is only supported for hard discs, DVD-RAM, and loopback files. 17003 17004DOS FAT fs support 17005CONFIG_FAT_FS 17006 If you want to use one of the FAT-based file systems (the MS-DOS, 17007 VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an 17008 ordinary DOS partition) file systems), then you must say Y or M here 17009 to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or 17010 diskettes with FAT-based file systems and transparently access the 17011 files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all 17012 other Unix files. 17013 17014 This FAT support is not a file system in itself, it only provides 17015 the foundation for the other file systems. You will have to say Y or 17016 M to at least one of "MSDOS fs support" or "VFAT fs support" in 17017 order to make use of it. 17018 17019 Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive 17020 partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the 17021 mtools ("man mtools") program suite. You don't need to say Y here in 17022 order to do that. 17023 17024 If you need to move large files on floppies between a DOS and a 17025 Linux box, say Y here, mount the floppy under Linux with an MSDOS 17026 file system and use GNU tar's M option. GNU tar is a program 17027 available for Unix and DOS ("man tar" or "info tar"). 17028 17029 It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT 17030 file systems; read <file:Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt> for 17031 details. 17032 17033 The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 37 KB. If unsure, 17034 say Y. 17035 17036 If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can 17037 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17038 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 17039 module will be called fat.o. Note that if you compile the FAT 17040 support as a module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based file 17041 systems into the kernel -- they will have to be modules as well. 17042 The file system of your root partition (the one containing the 17043 directory /) cannot be a module, so don't say M here if you intend 17044 to use UMSDOS as your root file system. 17045 17046MSDOS fs support 17047CONFIG_MSDOS_FS 17048 This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless 17049 they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under 17050 Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the 17051 DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from 17052 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, or try dmsdosfs in 17053 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs/>. If you 17054 intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y 17055 here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes 17056 transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all 17057 other Unix files. 17058 17059 If you want to use UMSDOS, the Unix-like file system on top of a 17060 DOS file system, which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS 17061 partition without repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here. 17062 17063 If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS 17064 partitions, you should use the VFAT file system (say Y to "VFAT fs 17065 support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames 17066 generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT. 17067 17068 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 KB. If unsure, 17069 answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "DOS FAT fs support" 17070 as well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code 17071 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17072 whenever you want), say M here and read 17073 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17074 The module will be called msdos.o. 17075 17076VFAT (Windows-95) fs support 17077CONFIG_VFAT_FS 17078 This option provides support for normal Windows file systems with 17079 long filenames. That includes non-compressed FAT-based file systems 17080 used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and the Unix 17081 programs from the mtools package. 17082 17083 You cannot use the VFAT file system for your Linux root partition 17084 (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you 17085 want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to 17086 "Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below). 17087 17088 The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 KB and it only 17089 works if you said Y to the "DOS FAT fs support" above. Please read 17090 the file <file:Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt> for details. If 17091 unsure, say Y. 17092 17093 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 17094 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 17095 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 17096 will be called vfat.o. 17097 17098Unix-like file system on top of standard MSDOS fs 17099CONFIG_UMSDOS_FS 17100 Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS 17101 partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can 17102 get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies 17103 backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're 17104 able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the 17105 disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and 17106 that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs. Another use of UMSDOS 17107 is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it 17108 also allows Unix-style soft-links and owner/permissions of files on 17109 MSDOS floppies. You will need a program called umssync in order to 17110 make use of UMSDOS; read 17111 <file:Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt>. 17112 17113 To get utilities for initializing/checking UMSDOS file system, or 17114 latest patches and/or information, visit the UMSDOS home page at 17115 <http://www.voyager.hr/~mnalis/umsdos/>. 17116 17117 This option enlarges your kernel by about 28 KB and it only works if 17118 you said Y to both "DOS FAT fs support" and "MSDOS fs support" 17119 above. If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can 17120 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17121 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 17122 module will be called umsdos.o. Note that the file system of your 17123 root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a 17124 module, so saying M could be dangerous. If unsure, say N. 17125 17126/proc file system support 17127CONFIG_PROC_FS 17128 This is a virtual file system providing information about the status 17129 of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on 17130 your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when 17131 you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older 17132 version of the program less: you need to use more or cat. 17133 17134 It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives 17135 information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment 17136 (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer 17137 that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention -- 17138 often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured 17139 to use the same IRQ). The program procinfo to display some 17140 information about your system gathered from the /proc file system. 17141 17142 Before you can use the /proc file system, it has to be mounted, 17143 meaning it has to be given a location in the directory hierarchy. 17144 That location should be /proc. A command such as "mount -t proc proc 17145 /proc" or the equivalent line in /etc/fstab does the job. 17146 17147 The /proc file system is explained in the file 17148 <file:Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt> and on the proc(5) manpage 17149 ("man 5 proc"). 17150 17151 This option will enlarge your kernel by about 67 KB. Several 17152 programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here. 17153 17154Support for PReP Residual Data 17155CONFIG_PREP_RESIDUAL 17156 Some PReP systems have residual data passed to the kernel by the 17157 firmware. This allows detection of memory size, devices present and 17158 other useful pieces of information. Sometimes this information is 17159 not present or incorrect. 17160 17161 Unless you expect to boot on a PReP system, there is no need to 17162 select Y. 17163 17164PReP residual data available in /proc/residual 17165CONFIG_PROC_PREPRESIDUAL 17166 Enabling this option will create a /proc/residual file which allows 17167 you to get at the residual data on PReP systems. You will need a tool 17168 (lsresidual) to parse it. If you aren't on a PReP system, you don't 17169 want this. 17170 17171/dev file system support 17172CONFIG_DEVFS_FS 17173 This is support for devfs, a virtual file system (like /proc) which 17174 provides the file system interface to device drivers, normally found 17175 in /dev. Devfs does not depend on major and minor number 17176 allocations. Device drivers register entries in /dev which then 17177 appear automatically, which means that the system administrator does 17178 not have to create character and block special device files in the 17179 /dev directory using the mknod command (or MAKEDEV script) anymore. 17180 17181 This is work in progress. If you want to use this, you *must* read 17182 the material in <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/>, especially 17183 the file README there. 17184 17185 If unsure, say N. 17186 17187Automatically mount devfs at boot time 17188CONFIG_DEVFS_MOUNT 17189 This option appears if you have CONFIG_DEVFS_FS enabled. Setting 17190 this to 'Y' will make the kernel automatically mount devfs onto /dev 17191 when the system is booted, before the init thread is started. 17192 You can override this with the "devfs=nomount" boot option. 17193 17194 If unsure, say N. 17195 17196Debug devfs 17197CONFIG_DEVFS_DEBUG 17198 If you say Y here, then the /dev file system code will generate 17199 debugging messages. See the file 17200 <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/boot-options> for more 17201 details. 17202 17203 If unsure, say N. 17204 17205NFS file system support 17206CONFIG_NFS_FS 17207 If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer 17208 (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing 17209 on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing 17210 protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access 17211 the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the 17212 client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the 17213 programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS file system 17214 support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network 17215 Administrator's Guide, available from 17216 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>, on its man page: "man 17217 nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO. 17218 17219 A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by 17220 the Coda file system; see "Coda file system support" below. 17221 17222 If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also. 17223 This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB. 17224 17225 This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17226 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17227 The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 17228 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17229 17230 If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root 17231 file system over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "Kernel 17232 level IP autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS" 17233 below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case. 17234 There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over 17235 the net: netboot, available from 17236 <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/netboot/>, and Etherboot, 17237 available from <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/etherboot/>. 17238 17239 If you don't know what all this is about, say N. 17240 17241Provide NFSv3 client support 17242CONFIG_NFS_V3 17243 Say Y here if you want your NFS client to be able to speak the newer 17244 version 3 of the NFS protocol. 17245 17246 If unsure, say N. 17247 17248Allow direct I/O on files in NFS 17249CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO 17250 There are important applications whose performance or correctness 17251 depends on uncached access to file data. Database clusters (multiple 17252 copies of the same instance running on separate hosts) implement their 17253 own cache coherency protocol that subsumes the NFS cache protocols. 17254 Applications that process datasets considerably larger than the client's 17255 memory do not always benefit from a local cache. A streaming video 17256 server, for instance, has no need to cache the contents of a file. 17257 17258 This option enables applications to perform direct I/O on files in NFS 17259 file systems using the O_DIRECT open() flag. When O_DIRECT is set for 17260 files, their data is not cached in the system's page cache. Direct 17261 read and write operations are aligned to block boundaries. Data is 17262 moved to and from user-level application buffers directly. 17263 17264 Unless your program is designed to use O_DIRECT properly, you are much 17265 better off allowing the NFS client to manage caching for you. Misusing 17266 O_DIRECT can cause poor server performance or network storms. This 17267 kernel build option defaults OFF to avoid exposing system administrators 17268 unwittingly to a potentially hazardous feature. 17269 17270 If unsure, say N. 17271 17272Root file system on NFS 17273CONFIG_ROOT_NFS 17274 If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the 17275 one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the 17276 net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk), 17277 say Y. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. It is 17278 likely that in this case, you also want to say Y to "Kernel level IP 17279 autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address 17280 at boot time. 17281 17282 Most people say N here. 17283 17284NFS server support 17285CONFIG_NFSD 17286 If you want your Linux box to act as an NFS *server*, so that other 17287 computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain 17288 directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can 17289 use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you 17290 should say N here, or you can say Y and use the kernel based NFS 17291 server. The advantage of the kernel based solution is that it is 17292 faster. 17293 17294 In either case, you will need support software; the respective 17295 locations are given in the file <file:Documentation/Changes> in the 17296 NFS section. 17297 17298 If you say Y here, you will get support for version 2 of the NFS 17299 protocol (NFSv2). If you also want NFSv3, say Y to the next question 17300 as well. 17301 17302 Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available from 17303 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 17304 17305 The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17306 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17307 The module is called nfsd.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 17308 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, 17309 say N. 17310 17311Provide NFSv3 server support 17312CONFIG_NFSD_V3 17313 If you would like to include the NFSv3 server as well as the NFSv2 17314 server, say Y here. If unsure, say Y. 17315 17316Provide NFS over TCP server support 17317CONFIG_NFSD_TCP 17318 If you want your NFS server to support TCP connections, say Y here. 17319 TCP connections usually perform better than the default UDP when 17320 the network is lossy or congested. If unsure, say Y. 17321 17322OS/2 HPFS file system support 17323CONFIG_HPFS_FS 17324 OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS 17325 is the file system used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk 17326 partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read files from and 17327 write files to an OS/2 HPFS partition on your hard drive. OS/2 17328 floppies however are in regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this 17329 option in order to be able to read them. Read 17330 <file:Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt>. 17331 17332 This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17333 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17334 The module is called hpfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 17335 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, 17336 say N. 17337 17338NTFS file system support (read-only) 17339CONFIG_NTFS_FS 17340 NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want 17341 to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive. 17342 The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT 17343 driver, see <file:Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt>. Saying Y here 17344 will give you read-only access to NTFS partitions. 17345 17346 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17347 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17348 The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a 17349 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17350 17351NTFS write support (DANGEROUS) 17352CONFIG_NTFS_RW 17353 If you say Y here, you will (maybe) be able to write to NTFS file 17354 systems as well as read from them. The read-write support in NTFS 17355 is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you say Y 17356 here, back up your NTFS volume first, since it will probably get 17357 damaged. Also, download the Linux-NTFS project distribution from 17358 Sourceforge at <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/> and always run the 17359 included ntfsfix utility after writing to an NTFS partition from 17360 Linux to fix some of the damage done by the driver. You should run 17361 ntfsfix _after_ unmounting the partition in Linux but _before_ 17362 rebooting into Windows. When Windows next boots, chkdsk will be 17363 run automatically to fix the remaining damage. 17364 Please note that write support is limited to Windows NT4 and 17365 earlier versions. 17366 17367 If unsure, say N. 17368 17369System V/Xenix/V7/Coherent file system support 17370CONFIG_SYSV_FS 17371 SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel 17372 machines, and Version 7 was used on the DEC PDP-11. Saying Y 17373 here would allow you to read from their floppies and hard disk 17374 partitions. 17375 17376 If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely 17377 that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order 17378 to run these binaries, you will want to install linux-abi which is a 17379 a set of kernel modules that lets you run SCO, Xenix, Wyse, 17380 UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux. It is 17381 available via FTP (user: ftp) from 17382 <ftp://ftp.openlinux.org/pub/people/hch/linux-abi/>). 17383 NOTE: that will work only for binaries from Intel-based systems; 17384 PDP ones will have to wait until somebody ports Linux to -11 ;-) 17385 17386 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the 17387 network using NFS, you don't need the System V file system support 17388 (but you need NFS file system support obviously). 17389 17390 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a 17391 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes 17392 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man 17393 tar" or preferably "info tar"). Note also that this option has 17394 nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about 17395 the System V file system in 17396 <file:Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt>. 17397 Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB. 17398 17399 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 17400 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 17401 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 17402 will be called sysv.o. 17403 17404 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N. 17405 17406Amiga FFS file system support 17407CONFIG_AFFS_FS 17408 The Fast File System (FFS) is the common file system used on hard 17409 disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20). Say Y 17410 if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga 17411 FFS partition on your hard drive. Amiga floppies however cannot be 17412 read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy 17413 controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in 17414 PCs and workstations. Read <file:Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt> 17415 and <file:fs/affs/Changes>. 17416 17417 With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd 17418 Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator 17419 (<http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/>). 17420 If you want to do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop 17421 device support", above. 17422 17423 This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17424 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17425 The module is called affs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 17426 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, 17427 say N. 17428 17429Apple HFS file system support 17430CONFIG_HFS_FS 17431 If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted 17432 floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access. 17433 Please read <file:fs/hfs/HFS.txt> to learn about the available mount 17434 options. 17435 17436 This file system support is also available as a module ( = code 17437 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17438 whenever you want). The module is called hfs.o. If you want to 17439 compile it as a module, say M here and read 17440 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17441 17442Apple HFS+ (Extended HFS) file system support 17443CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS 17444 If you say Y here, you will be able to mount extended format 17445 Macintosh-formatted hard drive partitions with full read-write access. 17446 17447 This file system is often called HFS+ and was introduced with 17448 MacOS 8. It includes all Mac specific filesystem data such as 17449 data forks and creator codes, but it also has several UNIX 17450 style features such as file ownership and permissions. 17451 17452 This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can 17453 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17454 want). The module is called hfsplus.o. If you want to compile it 17455 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 17456 17457ROM file system support 17458CONFIG_ROMFS_FS 17459 This is a very small read-only file system mainly intended for 17460 initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for 17461 other read-only media as well. Read 17462 <file:Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt> for details. 17463 17464 This file system support is also available as a module ( = code 17465 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17466 whenever you want). The module is called romfs.o. If you want to 17467 compile it as a module, say M here and read 17468 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Note that the file system of your 17469 root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a 17470 module. 17471 17472 If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it: 17473 answer N. 17474 17475QNX4 file system support (read only) 17476CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS 17477 This is the file system used by the real-time operating systems 17478 QNX 4 and QNX 6 (the latter is also called QNX RTP). 17479 Further information is available at <http://www.qnx.com/>. 17480 Say Y if you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies. 17481 Unless you say Y to "QNX4FS read-write support" below, you will 17482 only be able to read these file systems. 17483 17484 This file system support is also available as a module ( = code 17485 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17486 whenever you want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to 17487 compile it as a module, say M here and read 17488 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17489 17490 If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it: 17491 answer N. 17492 17493QNX4FS write support (DANGEROUS) 17494CONFIG_QNX4FS_RW 17495 Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX4 file systems. 17496 17497 It's currently broken, so for now: 17498 answer N. 17499 17500Kernel automounter support 17501CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS 17502 The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems 17503 on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce 17504 overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD 17505 automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon. 17506 17507 To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from the autofs 17508 package; you can find the location in <file:Documentation/Changes>. 17509 You also want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below. 17510 17511 If you want to use the newer version of the automounter with more 17512 features, say N here and say Y to "Kernel automounter v4 support", 17513 below. 17514 17515 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 17516 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 17517 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 17518 will be called autofs.o. 17519 17520 If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you 17521 probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here. 17522 17523Kernel automounter version 4 support (also supports v3) 17524CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS 17525 The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems 17526 on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce 17527 overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD 17528 automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon. 17529 17530 To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from 17531 <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v4/>; you also 17532 want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below. 17533 17534 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 17535 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 17536 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 17537 will be called autofs4.o. You will need to add "alias autofs 17538 autofs4" to your modules configuration file. 17539 17540 If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network or 17541 don't have a laptop which needs to dynamically reconfigure to the 17542 local network, you probably do not need an automounter, and can say 17543 N here. 17544 17545EFS file system support (read-only) 17546CONFIG_EFS_FS 17547 EFS is an older file system used for non-ISO9660 CD-ROMs and hard 17548 disk partitions by SGI's IRIX operating system (IRIX 6.0 and newer 17549 uses the XFS file system for hard disk partitions however). 17550 17551 This implementation only offers read-only access. If you don't know 17552 what all this is about, it's safe to say N. For more information 17553 about EFS see its home page at <http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/>. 17554 17555 If you want to compile the EFS file system support as a module ( = 17556 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17557 whenever you want), say M here and read 17558 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called efs.o. 17559 17560Journalling Flash File System (JFFS) support 17561CONFIG_JFFS_FS 17562 JFFS is the Journalling Flash File System developed by Axis 17563 Communications in Sweden, aimed at providing a crash/powerdown-safe 17564 file system for disk-less embedded devices. Further information is 17565 available at (<http://developer.axis.com/software/jffs/>). 17566 17567JFFS debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy) 17568CONFIG_JFFS_FS_VERBOSE 17569 Determines the verbosity level of the JFFS debugging messages. 17570 17571Journalling Flash File System v2 (JFFS2) support 17572CONFIG_JFFS2_FS 17573 JFFS2 is the second generation of the Journalling Flash File System 17574 for use on diskless embedded devices. It provides improved wear 17575 levelling, compression and support for hard links. You cannot use 17576 this on normal block devices, only on 'MTD' devices. 17577 17578 Further information should be made available soon at 17579 <http://sources.redhat.com/jffs2/>. 17580 17581JFFS2 debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 2 = noisy) 17582CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG 17583 This controls the amount of debugging messages produced by the JFFS2 17584 code. Set it to zero for use in production systems. For evaluation, 17585 testing and debugging, it's advisable to set it to one. This will 17586 enable a few assertions and will print debugging messages at the 17587 KERN_DEBUG loglevel, where they won't normally be visible. Level 2 17588 is unlikely to be useful - it enables extra debugging in certain 17589 areas which at one point needed debugging, but when the bugs were 17590 located and fixed, the detailed messages were relegated to level 2. 17591 17592 If reporting bugs, please try to have available a full dump of the 17593 messages at debug level 1 while the misbehaviour was occurring. 17594 17595JFFS stats available in /proc filesystem 17596CONFIG_JFFS_PROC_FS 17597 Enabling this option will cause statistics from mounted JFFS file systems 17598 to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jffs/ directory. 17599 17600UFS file system support (read-only) 17601CONFIG_UFS_FS 17602 BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 17603 OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a file system called UFS. Some System V 17604 Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using 17605 this file system as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from 17606 these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the 17607 experimental "UFS file system write support", below. Please read the 17608 file <file:Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt> for more information. 17609 17610 If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the 17611 network using NFS, you don't need the UFS file system support (but 17612 you need NFS file system support obviously). 17613 17614 Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a 17615 good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes 17616 (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man 17617 tar" or preferably "info tar"). 17618 17619 When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the 17620 NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program 17621 recode ("info recode") for this purpose. 17622 17623 If you want to compile the UFS file system support as a module ( = 17624 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 17625 whenever you want), say M here and read 17626 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ufs.o. 17627 17628 If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N. 17629 17630UFS file system write support (DANGEROUS) 17631CONFIG_UFS_FS_WRITE 17632 Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is 17633 experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand. 17634 17635XFS filesystem support 17636CONFIG_XFS_FS 17637 XFS is a high performance journaling filesystem which originated 17638 on the SGI IRIX platform. It is completely multi-threaded, can 17639 support large files and large filesystems, extended attributes, 17640 variable block sizes, is extent based, and makes extensive use of 17641 Btrees (directories, extents, free space) to aid both performance 17642 and scalability. 17643 17644 Refer to the documentation at <http://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/> 17645 for complete details. This implementation is on-disk compatible 17646 with the IRIX version of XFS. 17647 17648 If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which 17649 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17650 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 17651 module will be called xfs.o. Be aware, however, that if the file 17652 system of your root partition is compiled as a module, you'll need 17653 to use an initial ramdisk (initrd) to boot. 17654 17655Quota support 17656CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA 17657 If you say Y here, you will be able to set limits for disk usage on 17658 a per user and/or per group basis under XFS. XFS considers quota 17659 information as filesystem metadata and uses journaling to provide a 17660 higher level guarantee of consistency. The on-disk data format for 17661 quota is also compatible with the IRIX version of XFS, allowing a 17662 filesystem to be migrated between Linux and IRIX without any need 17663 for conversion. 17664 17665 If unsure, say N. More comprehensive documentation can be found in 17666 README.quota in the xfsprogs package. XFS quota can be used either 17667 with or without the generic quota support enabled (CONFIG_QUOTA) - 17668 they are completely independent subsystems. 17669 17670Realtime support (EXPERIMENTAL) 17671CONFIG_XFS_RT 17672 If you say Y here you will be able to mount and use XFS filesystems 17673 which contain a realtime subvolume. The realtime subvolume is a 17674 separate area of disk space where only file data is stored. The 17675 realtime subvolume is designed to provide very deterministic 17676 data rates suitable for media streaming applications. 17677 17678 See the xfs man page in section 5 for a bit more information. 17679 17680 This feature is unsupported at this time, is not yet fully 17681 functional, and may cause serious problems. 17682 17683 If unsure, say N. 17684 17685Tracing support (EXPERIMENTAL) 17686CONFIG_XFS_TRACE 17687 Say Y here to get an XFS build with activity tracing enabled. 17688 Enabling this option will attach historical information to XFS 17689 inodes, buffers, certain locks, the log, the IO path, and a 17690 few other key areas within XFS. These traces can be examined 17691 using a kernel debugger. 17692 17693 Say N unless you are an XFS developer. 17694 17695Debugging support (EXPERIMENTAL) 17696CONFIG_XFS_DEBUG 17697 Say Y here to get an XFS build with many debugging features, 17698 including ASSERT checks, function wrappers around macros, 17699 and extra sanity-checking functions in various code paths. 17700 17701 Note that the resulting code will be HUGE and SLOW, and probably 17702 not useful unless you are debugging a particular problem. 17703 17704 Say N unless you are an XFS developer, or play one on TV. 17705 17706Advanced partition selection 17707CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED 17708 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17709 were partitioned under an operating system running on a different 17710 architecture than your Linux system. 17711 17712 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 17713 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 17714 the questions about foreign partitioning schemes. 17715 17716 If unsure, say N. 17717 17718Acorn partition support 17719CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION 17720 Support hard disks partitioned under Acorn operating systems. 17721 17722Native filecore partition support 17723CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS 17724 The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the 17725 RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC 17726 systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say 17727 `Y' here, Linux will support disk partitions created under ADFS. 17728 17729PowerTec partition support 17730CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC 17731 Support reading partition tables created on Acorn machines using 17732 the PowerTec SCSI drive. 17733 17734RISCiX partition support 17735CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX 17736 Once upon a time, there was a native Unix port for the Acorn series 17737 of machines called RISCiX. If you say 'Y' here, Linux will be able 17738 to read disks partitioned under RISCiX. 17739 17740ICS partition support 17741CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS 17742 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17743 were partitioned using the ICS interface on Acorn machines. 17744 17745Alpha OSF partition support 17746CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION 17747 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17748 were partitioned on an Alpha machine. 17749 17750Macintosh partition map support 17751CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION 17752 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17753 were partitioned on a Macintosh. 17754 17755Windows Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disk) support (EXPERIMENTAL) 17756CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION 17757 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17758 were partitioned using Windows 2000's or XP's Logical Disk Manager. 17759 They are also known as "Dynamic Disks". 17760 17761 Windows 2000 introduced the concept of Dynamic Disks to get around 17762 the limitations of the PC's partitioning scheme. The Logical Disk 17763 Manager allows the user to repartition a disk and create spanned, 17764 mirrored, striped or RAID volumes, all without the need for 17765 rebooting. 17766 17767 Normal partitions are now called Basic Disks under Windows 2000 and 17768 XP. 17769 17770 Technical documentation to accompany this driver is available from: 17771 <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/ldm/>. 17772 17773 If unsure, say N. 17774 17775Windows LDM extra logging 17776CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG 17777 Say Y here if you would like LDM to log verbosely. This could be 17778 helpful if the driver doesn't work as expected and you'd like to 17779 report a bug. 17780 17781 If unsure, say N. 17782 17783PC BIOS (MSDOS partition tables) support 17784CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION 17785 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17786 were partitioned on an x86 PC (not necessarily by DOS). 17787 17788Amiga partition table support 17789CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION 17790 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17791 were partitioned under AmigaOS. 17792 17793Atari partition table support 17794CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION 17795 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17796 were partitioned under the Atari OS. 17797 17798BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support 17799CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL 17800 FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It 17801 requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk 17802 and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its 17803 first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y 17804 here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD 17805 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS 17806 file system support", above. If you don't know what all this is 17807 about, say N. 17808 17809Minix subpartition support 17810CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION 17811 Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 subpartition table support for Linux. 17812 Say Y here if you want to mount and use Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 17813 subpartitions. 17814 17815Sun partition table support 17816CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION 17817 Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table 17818 format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to 17819 read these partition tables and further mount SunOS partitions from 17820 within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support", 17821 above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to 17822 your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP 17823 drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and 17824 directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is 17825 given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If 17826 you don't know what all this is about, say N. 17827 17828Solaris (x86) partition table support 17829CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION 17830 Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition 17831 table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you 17832 to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86 17833 partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS 17834 file system support", above. 17835 17836SGI partition support 17837CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION 17838 Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk 17839 partition table format used by SGI machines. 17840 17841Intel EFI GUID partition support 17842CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION 17843 Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which 17844 were partitioned using EFI GPT. Presently only useful on the 17845 IA-64 platform. 17846 17847Ultrix partition table support 17848CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION 17849 Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk 17850 partition table format used by DEC (now Compaq) Ultrix machines. 17851 Otherwise, say N. 17852 17853IBM disk label and partition support 17854CONFIG_IBM_PARTITION 17855 You have to say Y here if you would like to be able to read volume 17856 labels of IBM DASD disks. These can be ECKD DASD disks with 17857 compatible disk layout (cdl) and standard Linux disk layout (ldl), 17858 FBA DASD disks and CMS reserved minidisks. 17859 Otherwise, say N and you will not be able to access these disks. 17860 17861ADFS file system support 17862CONFIG_ADFS_FS 17863 The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the 17864 RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC 17865 systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y 17866 here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives 17867 and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs. If you also want to be able to 17868 write to those devices, say Y to "ADFS write support" below. 17869 17870 The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e., 17871 /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives. Please read the file 17872 <file:Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt> for further details. 17873 17874 This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which 17875 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17876 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 17877 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 17878 17879 If unsure, say N. 17880 17881ADFS write support (DANGEROUS) 17882CONFIG_ADFS_FS_RW 17883 If you say Y here, you will be able to write to ADFS partitions on 17884 hard drives and ADFS-formatted floppy disks. This is experimental 17885 codes, so if you're unsure, say N. 17886 17887JFS filesystem support 17888CONFIG_JFS_FS 17889 This is a port of IBM's Journalling Filesystem . More information is 17890 available in the file Documentation/filesystems/jfs.txt. 17891 17892 If you do not intend to use the JFS filesystem, say N. 17893 17894JFS Debugging 17895CONFIG_JFS_DEBUG 17896 If you are experiencing any problems with the JFS filesystem, say 17897 Y here. This will result in additional debugging messages to be 17898 written to the system log. Under normal circumstances, this 17899 results in very little overhead. 17900 17901JFS Statistics 17902CONFIG_JFS_STATISTICS 17903 Enabling this option will cause statistics from the JFS file system 17904 to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jfs/ directory. 17905 17906/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs 17907CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS 17908 You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above. 17909 You'll then get a virtual file system which can be mounted on 17910 /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo 17911 terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal 17912 support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order 17913 to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number 17914 of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the 17915 pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was 17916 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example. 17917 17918 The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this 17919 mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98 17920 API. Please read <file:Documentation/Changes> for more information 17921 about the Unix98 pty devices. 17922 17923 Note that the experimental "/dev file system support" 17924 (CONFIG_DEVFS_FS) is a more general facility. 17925 17926FreeVxFS file system support (VERITAS VxFS(TM) compatible) 17927CONFIG_VXFS_FS 17928 FreeVxFS is a file system driver that support the VERITAS VxFS(TM) 17929 file system format. VERITAS VxFS(TM) is the standard file system 17930 of SCO UnixWare (and possibly others) and optionally available 17931 for Sunsoft Solaris, HP-UX and many other operating systems. 17932 Currently only readonly access is supported. 17933 17934 NOTE: the file system type as used by mount(1), mount(2) and 17935 fstab(5) is 'vxfs' as it describes the file system format, not 17936 the actual driver. 17937 17938 This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be 17939 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 17940 The module is called freevxfs.o. If you want to compile it as a 17941 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 17942 unsure, say N. 17943 17944UnixWare slices support 17945CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL 17946 Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a 17947 partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is 17948 incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read 17949 VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within 17950 Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support" or 17951 "System V and Coherent file system support", above. 17952 17953 This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your 17954 Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or 17955 removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to 17956 transport files and directories between unixes (and even other 17957 operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or 17958 preferably "info tar"). 17959 17960 If you don't know what all this is about, say N. 17961 17962SMB file system support (to mount Windows shares etc.) 17963CONFIG_SMB_FS 17964 SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups 17965 (WfW), Windows 95/98, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share 17966 files and printers over local networks. Saying Y here allows you to 17967 mount their file systems (often called "shares" in this context) and 17968 access them just like any other Unix directory. Currently, this 17969 works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying 17970 transport protocol, and not NetBEUI. For details, read 17971 <file:Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt> and the SMB-HOWTO, 17972 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 17973 17974 Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make 17975 files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need 17976 to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use 17977 the program SAMBA (available from <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/samba/>) 17978 for that. 17979 17980 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 17981 Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. 17982 17983 If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which 17984 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 17985 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 17986 module will be called smbfs.o. Most people say N, however. 17987 17988Use a default NLS 17989CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT 17990 Enabling this will make smbfs use nls translations by default. You 17991 need to specify the local charset (CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT) in the nls 17992 settings and you need to give the default nls for the SMB server as 17993 CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE. 17994 17995 The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount 17996 supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters. 17997 17998 smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this. 17999 18000Default Remote NLS Option 18001CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE 18002 This setting allows you to specify a default value for which 18003 codepage the server uses. If this field is left blank no 18004 translations will be done by default. The local codepage/charset 18005 default to CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT. 18006 18007 The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount 18008 supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters. 18009 18010 smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this. 18011 18012Enable Unix Extensions 18013CONFIG_SMB_UNIX 18014 Enabling this will make smbfs use the CIFS Unix Extensions if 18015 supported by the server. These extensions allows use of unix user 18016 ids, permissions, file modes, symlinks, etc that normally do not 18017 work on smbfs. 18018 18019 Samba 3.0 servers supports these extensions. 18020 18021 If you don't know what all this is about, it is safe to say Y. 18022 18023Coda file system support (advanced network fs) 18024CONFIG_CODA_FS 18025 Coda is an advanced network file system, similar to NFS in that it 18026 enables you to mount file systems of a remote server and access them 18027 with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard 18028 disk. Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for 18029 disconnected operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server 18030 replication, security model for authentication and encryption, 18031 persistent client caches and write back caching. 18032 18033 If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda 18034 *client*. You will need user level code as well, both for the 18035 client and server. Servers are currently user level, i.e. they need 18036 no kernel support. Please read 18037 <file:Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt> and check out the Coda 18038 home page <http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/>. 18039 18040 If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code 18041 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 18042 whenever you want), say M here and read 18043 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called coda.o. 18044 18045InterMezzo file system support (replicating fs) 18046CONFIG_INTERMEZZO_FS 18047 InterMezzo is a networked file system with disconnected operation 18048 and kernel level write back caching. It is most often used for 18049 replicating potentially large trees or keeping laptop/desktop copies 18050 in sync. 18051 18052 If you say Y or M your kernel or module will provide InterMezzo 18053 support. You will also need a file server daemon, which you can get 18054 from <http://www.inter-mezzo.org/>. 18055 18056NCP file system support (to mount NetWare volumes) 18057CONFIG_NCP_FS 18058 NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is 18059 used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers. It is to 18060 IPX what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps. Saying Y here allows you 18061 to mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like 18062 any other Unix directory. For details, please read the file 18063 <file:Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt> in the kernel source and 18064 the IPX-HOWTO from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18065 18066 You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a 18067 file *server* for Novell NetWare clients. 18068 18069 General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and 18070 Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. 18071 18072 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 18073 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 18074 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 18075 will be called ncpfs.o. Say N unless you are connected to a Novell 18076 network. 18077 18078Packet signatures 18079CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING 18080 NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want 18081 security, say Y. Normal users can leave it off. To be able to use 18082 packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12. 18083 18084Proprietary file locking 18085CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING 18086 Allows locking of records on remote volumes. Say N unless you have 18087 special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme. 18088 18089Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed 18090CONFIG_NCPFS_STRONG 18091 Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit. 18092 To use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount 18093 parameter "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer). Say Y unless you are not 18094 mounting volumes with -f 444. 18095 18096Use NFS namespace if available 18097CONFIG_NCPFS_NFS_NS 18098 Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers. It brings 18099 you case sensitive filenames. Say Y. You can disable it at 18100 mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount. 18101 18102Use LONG (OS/2) namespace if available 18103CONFIG_NCPFS_OS2_NS 18104 Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers. 18105 Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are 18106 case insensitive, and case in names is preserved. Say Y. You can 18107 disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount. 18108 18109Lowercase DOS filenames on LONG namespace volume 18110CONFIG_NCPFS_SMALLDOS 18111 If you say Y here, every filename on a NetWare server volume using 18112 the OS2/LONG namespace and created under DOS or on a volume using 18113 DOS namespace will be converted to lowercase characters. 18114 Saying N here will give you these filenames in uppercase. 18115 18116 This is only a cosmetic option since the OS2/LONG namespace is case 18117 insensitive. The only major reason for this option is backward 18118 compatibility when moving from DOS to OS2/LONG namespace support. 18119 Long filenames (created by Win95) will not be affected. 18120 18121 This option does not solve the problem that filenames appear 18122 differently under Linux and under Windows, since Windows does an 18123 additional conversions on the client side. You can achieve similar 18124 effects by saying Y to "Allow using of Native Language Support" 18125 below. 18126 18127Use Native Language Support 18128CONFIG_NCPFS_NLS 18129 Allows you to use codepages and I/O charsets for file name 18130 translation between the server file system and input/output. This 18131 may be useful, if you want to access the server with other operating 18132 systems, e.g. Windows 95. See also NLS for more Information. 18133 18134 To select codepages and I/O charsets use ncpfs-2.2.0.13 or newer. 18135 18136Symbolic links and mode permission bits 18137CONFIG_NCPFS_EXTRAS 18138 This enables the use of symbolic links and an execute permission 18139 bit on NCPFS. The file server need not have long name space or NFS 18140 name space loaded for these to work. 18141 18142 To use the new attributes, it is recommended to use the flags 18143 '-f 600 -d 755' on the ncpmount command line. 18144 18145Default NLS Option 18146CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT 18147 The default NLS used when mounting file system. Note, that this is 18148 the NLS used by your console, not the NLS used by a specific file 18149 system (if different) to store data (filenames) on a disk. 18150 Currently, the valid values are: 18151 big5, cp437, cp737, cp775, cp850, cp852, cp855, cp857, cp860, cp861, 18152 cp862, cp863, cp864, cp865, cp866, cp869, cp874, cp932, cp936, 18153 cp949, cp950, cp1250, cp1251, cp1255, euc-jp, euc-kr, gb2312, iso8859-1, 18154 iso8859-2, iso8859-3, iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, 18155 iso8859-8, iso8859-9, iso8859-13, iso8859-14, iso8859-15, 18156 koi8-r, koi8-ru, koi8-u, sjis, tis-620, utf8. 18157 If you specify a wrong value, it will use the built-in NLS; 18158 compatible with iso8859-1. 18159 18160 If unsure, specify it as "iso8859-1". 18161 18162Codepage 437 (United States, Canada) 18163CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437 18164 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18165 native language character sets. These character sets are stored 18166 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18167 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18168 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18169 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18170 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in 18171 the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended. 18172 18173Codepage 737 (Greek) 18174CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737 18175 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18176 native language character sets. These character sets are stored 18177 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18178 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18179 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18180 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18181 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for 18182 Greek. If unsure, say N. 18183 18184Codepage 775 (Baltic Rim) 18185CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775 18186 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18187 native language character sets. These character sets are stored 18188 in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18189 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18190 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18191 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18192 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used 18193 for the Baltic Rim Languages (Latvian and Lithuanian). If unsure, 18194 say N. 18195 18196Codepage 850 (Europe) 18197CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850 18198 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18199 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18200 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18201 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18202 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18203 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18204 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for 18205 much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add 18206 more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European 18207 languages that are not part of the US codepage 437. 18208 18209 If unsure, say Y. 18210 18211Codepage 852 (Central/Eastern Europe) 18212CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852 18213 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18214 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18215 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18216 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18217 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18218 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18219 say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS 18220 for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required 18221 characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English, 18222 Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Rumanian, Serbian (Latin 18223 transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Serbian. 18224 18225Codepage 855 (Cyrillic) 18226CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855 18227 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18228 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18229 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18230 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18231 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18232 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18233 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic. 18234 18235Codepage 857 (Turkish) 18236CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857 18237 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18238 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18239 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18240 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18241 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18242 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18243 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish. 18244 18245Codepage 860 (Portuguese) 18246CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860 18247 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18248 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18249 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18250 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18251 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18252 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18253 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese. 18254 18255Codepage 861 (Icelandic) 18256CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861 18257 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18258 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18259 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18260 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18261 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18262 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18263 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic. 18264 18265Codepage 862 (Hebrew) 18266CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862 18267 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18268 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18269 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18270 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18271 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18272 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18273 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew. 18274 18275Codepage 863 (Canadian French) 18276CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863 18277 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18278 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18279 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18280 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18281 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18282 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18283 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian 18284 French. 18285 18286Codepage 864 (Arabic) 18287CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864 18288 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18289 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18290 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18291 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18292 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18293 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18294 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic. 18295 18296Codepage 865 (Norwegian, Danish) 18297CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865 18298 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18299 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18300 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18301 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18302 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18303 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18304 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic 18305 European countries. 18306 18307Codepage 866 (Cyrillic/Russian) 18308CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866 18309 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18310 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18311 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18312 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18313 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18314 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18315 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for 18316 Cyrillic/Russian. 18317 18318Codepage 869 (Greek) 18319CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869 18320 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18321 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18322 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18323 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18324 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18325 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18326 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek. 18327 18328Thai charset (CP874, TIS-620) 18329CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874 18330 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18331 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18332 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18333 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18334 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18335 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18336 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai. 18337 18338Windows CP1251 (Bulgarian, Belarusian) 18339CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 18340 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18341 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18342 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18343 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18344 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18345 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18346 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Russian and 18347 Bulgarian and Belarusian. 18348 18349Japanese charsets (Shift-JIS, EUC-JP) 18350CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932 18351 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18352 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18353 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18354 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18355 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18356 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18357 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Shift-JIS 18358 or EUC-JP. To use EUC-JP, you can use 'euc-jp' as mount option or 18359 NLS Default value during kernel configuration, instead of 'cp932'. 18360 18361Simplified Chinese charset (CP936, GB2312) 18362CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936 18363 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18364 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18365 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18366 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18367 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18368 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18369 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Simplified 18370 Chinese(GBK). 18371 18372Korean charset (CP949, EUC-KR) 18373CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949 18374 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18375 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18376 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18377 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18378 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18379 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18380 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for UHC. 18381 18382Traditional Chinese charset (Big5) 18383CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950 18384 The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in 18385 native language character sets. These character sets are stored in 18386 so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate 18387 codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on 18388 DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames 18389 only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; 18390 say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Traditional 18391 Chinese(Big5). 18392 18393Central European (Codepage 1250) 18394CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 18395 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18396 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CDROMs 18397 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18398 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Windows CP-1250 18399 character set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central 18400 European languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian, 18401 Slovak, Slovene. 18402 18403NLS ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1; Western European Languages) 18404CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1 18405 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18406 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18407 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18408 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character 18409 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian, 18410 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German, 18411 Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, 18412 and Swedish. It is also the default for the US. If unsure, say Y. 18413 18414NLS ISO 8859-2 (Latin 2; Slavic/Central European Languages) 18415CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 18416 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18417 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18418 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18419 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character 18420 set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European 18421 languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian, 18422 Slovak, Slovene. 18423 18424NLS ISO 8859-3 (Latin 3; Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, Turkish) 18425CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 18426 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18427 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18428 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18429 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character 18430 set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, 18431 and Turkish. 18432 18433NLS ISO 8859-4 (Latin 4; old Baltic charset) 18434CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 18435 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18436 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18437 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18438 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character 18439 set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and 18440 Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 7. 18441 18442NLS ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic) 18443CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5 18444 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18445 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18446 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18447 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic 18448 character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Belarusian, 18449 Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset 18450 KOI8-R is preferred in Russia. 18451 18452NLS ISO 8859-6 (Arabic) 18453CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6 18454 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18455 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18456 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18457 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic 18458 character set. 18459 18460NLS ISO 8859-7 (Modern Greek) 18461CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7 18462 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18463 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18464 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18465 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern 18466 Greek character set. 18467 18468Hebrew charsets (ISO-8859-8, CP1255) 18469CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8 18470 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18471 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18472 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18473 input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew 18474 character set. 18475 18476NLS ISO 8859-9 (Latin 5; Turkish) 18477CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9 18478 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18479 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18480 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18481 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character 18482 set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1 18483 with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey. 18484 18485NLS ISO 8859-10 (Latin 6; Nordic) 18486CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10 18487 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18488 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18489 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18490 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character 18491 set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish) 18492 letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic 18493 area. 18494 18495NLS ISO 8859-13 (Latin 7; Baltic) 18496CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13 18497 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18498 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18499 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18500 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 7 character 18501 set, which supports modern Baltic languages including Latvian 18502 and Lithuanian. 18503 18504NLS ISO 8859-14 (Latin 8; Celtic) 18505CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14 18506 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18507 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18508 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18509 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 8 character 18510 set, which adds the last accented vowels for Welsh (aka Cymraeg) 18511 (and Manx Gaelic) that were missing in Latin 1. 18512 <http://linux.speech.cymru.org/> has further information. 18513 18514NLS ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9; Western European languages with Euro) 18515CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15 18516 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18517 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18518 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18519 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character 18520 set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian, 18521 Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish, 18522 French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, 18523 Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Latin 9 is an update to 18524 Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used 18525 characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the 18526 support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character. 18527 If unsure, say Y. 18528 18529NLS KOI8-R (Russian) 18530CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R 18531 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18532 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18533 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18534 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian 18535 character set. 18536 18537NLS KOI8-U/RU (Ukrainian, Belarusian) 18538CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U 18539 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18540 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18541 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18542 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Ukrainian 18543 (koi8-u) and Belarusian (koi8-ru) character sets. 18544 18545NLS UTF8 18546CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 18547 If you want to display filenames with native language characters 18548 from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs 18549 correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate 18550 input/output character sets. Say Y here for the UTF-8 encoding of 18551 the Unicode/ISO9646 universal character set. 18552 18553Virtual terminal 18554CONFIG_VT 18555 If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with 18556 display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you 18557 can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on 18558 one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one 18559 virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another 18560 one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run 18561 an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals 18562 is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>. 18563 18564 The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the 18565 properties (such as colors or beeping) of a virtual terminal. The 18566 man page console_codes(4) ("man console_codes") contains the special 18567 character sequences that can be used to change those properties 18568 directly. The fonts used on virtual terminals can be changed with 18569 the setfont ("man setfont") command and the key bindings are defined 18570 with the loadkeys ("man loadkeys") command. 18571 18572 You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use 18573 of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an 18574 embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some 18575 memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial 18576 or network connection. 18577 18578 If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new 18579 shiny Linux system :-) 18580 18581Support for console on virtual terminal 18582CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE 18583 The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages 18584 and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you 18585 answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with 18586 a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most 18587 common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want 18588 the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case 18589 you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below). 18590 18591 If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual 18592 terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change 18593 that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which 18594 would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man 18595 bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or 18596 loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.) 18597 18598 If unsure, say Y. 18599 18600STI console 18601CONFIG_STI_CONSOLE 18602 The STI console is the builtin display/keyboard on HP-PARISC 18603 machines. Say Y here to build support for it into your kernel. 18604 The alternative is to use your primary serial port as a console. 18605 18606Use MDIO for PHY configuration 18607CONFIG_USE_MDIO 18608 On some boards the hardware configuration of the ethernet PHY can be 18609 used without any software interaction over the MDIO interface, so 18610 all MII code can be omitted. Say N here if unsure or if you don't 18611 need link status reports. 18612 18613860T FEC Ethernet 18614CONFIG_FEC_ENET 18615 Enable Ethernet support via the Fast Ethernet Controller (FCC) on 18616 the Motorola MPC8260. 18617 18618Ethernet on FCC1 18619CONFIG_FCC1_ENET 18620 Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 1 to drive Ethernet (default). 18621 18622Ethernet on FCC2 18623CONFIG_FCC2_ENET 18624 Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 2 to drive Ethernet. 18625 18626Ethernet on FCC3 18627CONFIG_FCC3_ENET 18628 Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 3 to drive Ethernet. 18629 18630CPM SCC Ethernet 18631CONFIG_SCC_ENET 18632 Enable Ethernet support via the Motorola MPC8xx serial 18633 communications controller. 18634 18635# Choice: scc_ethernet 18636Ethernet on SCC1 18637CONFIG_SCC1_ENET 18638 Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 1 to drive Ethernet 18639 (default). 18640 18641Ethernet on SCC2 18642CONFIG_SCC2_ENET 18643 Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 2 to drive Ethernet. 18644 18645Ethernet on SCC3 18646CONFIG_SCC3_ENET 18647 Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 3 to drive Ethernet. 18648 18649Use Big CPM Ethernet Buffers 18650CONFIG_ENET_BIG_BUFFERS 18651 Allocate large buffers for MPC8xx Ethernet. Increases throughput 18652 and decreases the likelihood of dropped packets, but costs memory. 18653 18654Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support 18655CONFIG_ADB 18656 Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support is for support of devices which 18657 are connected to an ADB port. ADB devices tend to have 4 pins. 18658 If you have an Apple Macintosh prior to the iMac, or a 18659 "Blue and White G3", you probably want to say Y here. Otherwise 18660 say N. 18661 18662Support for CUDA based PowerMacs 18663CONFIG_ADB_CUDA 18664 This provides support for CUDA based Power Macintosh systems. This 18665 includes most OldWorld PowerMacs, the first generation iMacs, the 18666 Blue&White G3 and the Yikes G4 (PCI Graphics). All later models 18667 should use CONFIG_ADB_PMU instead. 18668 18669 If unsure say Y. 18670 18671Support for PMU-based PowerMacs 18672CONFIG_ADB_PMU 18673 This provides support for PMU based Power Macintosh systems. This 18674 includes all PowerBooks and all AGP-based machines. 18675 18676 If unsure say Y. 18677 18678Include MacIO ADB driver 18679CONFIG_ADB_MACIO 18680 Say Y here to include direct support for the ADB controller in the 18681 Hydra chip used on PowerPC Macintoshes of the CHRP type. (The Hydra 18682 also includes a MESH II SCSI controller, DBDMA controller, VIA chip, 18683 OpenPIC controller and two RS422/Geoports.) 18684 18685Support for ADB keyboard (old driver) 18686CONFIG_ADB_KEYBOARD 18687 This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your 18688 machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard 18689 support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at 18690 the same time. 18691 18692 If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here. 18693 If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here. 18694 18695HIL keyboard support 18696CONFIG_HIL 18697 The "Human Interface Loop" is a older, 8-channel USB-like controller 18698 used in Hewlett Packard PA-RISC based machines. There are a few 18699 cases where it is seen on PC/MAC architectures as well, usually also 18700 manufactured by HP. This driver is based off MACH and BSD drivers, 18701 and implements support for a keyboard attached to the HIL port. 18702 Full support for the USB-like functions and non-keyboard channels of 18703 the HIL is not provided for in this driver. There are vestiges of 18704 mouse support in the driver, but it is probably not working. The 18705 necessary hardware documentation to fully support the HIL controller 18706 and interface it to the linux-input API is lacking. 18707 18708 Enable this option if you intend to use a HIL keyboard. 18709 18710HP System Device Controller support 18711CONFIG_HP_SDC 18712 This option enables supports for the the "System Device Controller", 18713 an i8042 carrying microcode to manage a few miscellanous devices 18714 on some Hewlett Packard systems. The SDC itself contains a 10ms 18715 resolution timer/clock capable of delivering interrupts on periodic 18716 and one-shot basis. The SDC may also be connected to a battery-backed 18717 real-time clock, a basic audio waveform generator, and an HP-HIL 18718 Master Link Controller serving up to seven input devices. 18719 18720 By itself this option is rather useless, but enabling it will 18721 enable selection of drivers for the abovementioned devices. 18722 It is, however, incompatible with the old, reliable HIL keyboard 18723 driver, and the new HIL driver is experimental, so if you plan to 18724 use a HIL keyboard as your primary keyboard, you may wish to 18725 keep using that driver until the new HIL drivers have had more 18726 testing. 18727 18728Include IOP (IIfx/Quadra 9x0) ADB driver 18729CONFIG_ADB_IOP 18730 The I/O Processor (IOP) is an Apple custom IC designed to provide 18731 intelligent support for I/O controllers. It is described at 18732 <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/dev68k/iopdesc.html> to enable direct 18733 support for it, say 'Y' here. 18734 18735Mac II style Apple Desktop Bus support 18736CONFIG_ADB_MACII 18737 Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use 18738 the Mac II style ADB. This includes the II, IIx, IIcx, SE/30, IIci, 18739 Quadra 610, Quadra 650, Quadra 700, Quadra 800, Centris 610 and 18740 Centris 650. 18741 18742Mac IIsi style Apple Desktop Bus support 18743CONFIG_ADB_MACIISI 18744 Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use 18745 the Mac IIsi style ADB. This includes the IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, Classic 18746 II, LC, LC II, LC III, Performa 460, and the Performa 600. 18747 18748Apple 68K PowerBook Power Management and Desktop Bus support 18749CONFIG_ADB_PMU68K 18750 Say Y here if want your kernel to support the m68k based Powerbooks. 18751 This includes the PowerBook 140, PowerBook 145, PowerBook 150, 18752 PowerBook 160, PowerBook 165, PowerBook 165c, PowerBook 170, 18753 PowerBook 180, PowerBook, 180c, PowerBook 190cs, PowerBook 520, 18754 PowerBook Duo 210, PowerBook Duo 230, PowerBook Duo 250, 18755 PowerBook Duo 270c, PowerBook Duo 280 and PowerBook Duo 280c. 18756 18757Macintosh IIfx/Quadra 900/Quadra 950 floppy support 18758CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SWIM_IOP 18759 Say Y here to support the SWIM (Super Woz Integrated Machine) IOP 18760 floppy controller on the Macintosh IIfx and Quadra 900/950. 18761 18762Macintosh NS8390 based Ethernet support 18763CONFIG_MAC8390 18764 If you want to include a driver to support Nubus or LC-PDS 18765 Ethernet cards using an NS8390 chipset or its equivalent, say Y 18766 and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 18767 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18768 18769Macintosh CS89x0 based Ethernet support 18770CONFIG_MAC89x0 18771 Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a 18772 Nubus or LC-PDS network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and 18773 read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 18774 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18775 18776 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 18777 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 18778 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 18779 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. This module will 18780 be called mac89x0.o. 18781 18782Macintosh onboard AMD 79C940 MACE based Ethernet support 18783CONFIG_MACMACE 18784 Support for the onboard AMD 79C940 MACE Ethernet controller used in 18785 the 660AV and 840AV Macintosh. If you have one of these Macintoshes 18786 say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 18787 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18788 18789Macintosh SONIC based Ethernet support (onboard, NuBus, LC, CS) 18790CONFIG_MACSONIC 18791 Support for NatSemi SONIC based Ethernet devices. This includes 18792 the onboard Ethernet in many Quadras as well as some LC-PDS, 18793 a few Nubus and all known Comm Slot Ethernet cards. If you have 18794 one of these say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from 18795 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18796 18797 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 18798 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 18799 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as 18800 <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. This module will 18801 be called macsonic.o. 18802 18803Macintosh NCR5380 SCSI support 18804CONFIG_MAC_SCSI 18805 This is the NCR 5380 SCSI controller included on most of the 68030 18806 based Macintoshes. If you have one of these say Y and read the 18807 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 18808 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18809 18810Macintosh NCR53c9[46] SCSI support 18811CONFIG_SCSI_MAC_ESP 18812 This is the NCR 53c9x SCSI controller found on most of the 68040 18813 based Macintoshes. If you have one of these say Y and read the 18814 SCSI-HOWTO, available from 18815 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 18816 18817 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 18818 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 18819 The module will be called mac_esp.o. If you want to compile it as 18820 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 18821 18822Standard/generic (8250/16550 and compatible UARTs) serial support 18823CONFIG_SERIAL 18824 This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard 18825 serial ports. The standard answer is Y. People who might say N 18826 here are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP 18827 servers, or users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a 18828 serial mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial 18829 port for anything. (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi 18830 serial port drivers do not need this driver built in for them to 18831 work.) 18832 18833 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read 18834 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 18835 serial.o. 18836 [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using 18837 non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will 18838 be lost when the driver is unloaded. This limitation may be lifted 18839 in the future.] 18840 18841 BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by 18842 the X window system, try running gpm first. 18843 18844 BTW2: If you intend to use a software modem (also called Winmodem) 18845 under Linux, forget it. These modems are crippled and require 18846 proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows. 18847 18848 Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice, 18849 modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports. 18850 18851Support for console on serial port 18852CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE 18853 If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the 18854 system console (the system console is the device which receives all 18855 kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user 18856 mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected 18857 to that serial port. 18858 18859 Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console 18860 (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but 18861 you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as 18862 "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of 18863 your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the 18864 kernel at boot time.) 18865 18866 If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the 18867 kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as 18868 system console. 18869 18870 If unsure, say N. 18871 18872Support for serial port described by EFI HCDP table 18873CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP 18874 If you wish to make the serial console port described by the EFI 18875 HCDP table available for use as serial console or general 18876 purpose port, say Y here. See 18877 <http://www.dig64.org/specifications/DIG64_HCDPv10a_01.pdf>. 18878 18879Support for PowerMac serial ports 18880CONFIG_MAC_SERIAL 18881 If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y 18882 here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver 18883 for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature. 18884 18885Comtrol Rocketport support 18886CONFIG_ROCKETPORT 18887 This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide 18888 multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect 18889 more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to 18890 become a dial-in server. 18891 18892 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read 18893 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 18894 rocket.o. 18895 18896Digiboard Intelligent async support 18897CONFIG_DIGIEPCA 18898 This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series 18899 of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need 18900 something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux 18901 box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver 18902 supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If 18903 you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file 18904 <file:Documentation/digiepca.txt>. 18905 18906 NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards: 18907 "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select 18908 one of the two drivers. 18909 18910 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read 18911 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called epca.o. 18912 18913Digiboard PC/Xx Support 18914CONFIG_DIGI 18915 This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards 18916 that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this 18917 to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in 18918 order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say 18919 Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/digiboard.txt>. 18920 18921 If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read 18922 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called pcxx.o. 18923 18924SDL RISCom/8 card support 18925CONFIG_RISCOM8 18926 This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card, 18927 which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like 18928 this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance 18929 in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, 18930 say Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/riscom8.txt>. 18931 18932 Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel 18933 loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o. 18934 18935Computone IntelliPort Plus serial support 18936CONFIG_COMPUTONE 18937 This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus 18938 controllers with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers and 18939 products previous to the Intelliport II. These are multiport cards, 18940 which give you many serial ports. You would need something like this 18941 to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in 18942 order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say 18943 Y here and read <file:Documentation/computone.txt>. 18944 18945 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 18946 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 18947 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You will get 18948 two modules called ip2.o and ip2main.o. 18949 18950Specialix IO8+ card support 18951CONFIG_SPECIALIX 18952 This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the 18953 ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You 18954 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to 18955 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. 18956 18957 If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file 18958 <file:Documentation/specialix.txt>. Also it's possible to say M here 18959 and compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be 18960 called specialix.o. 18961 18962Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS 18963CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS 18964 The Specialix IO8+ card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you 18965 say N here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in 18966 software handshake mode. If you say Y here or hardware handshake is 18967 on, it will always be RTS. Read the file 18968 <file:Documentation/specialix.txt> for more information. 18969 18970Specialix RIO system support 18971CONFIG_RIO 18972 This is a driver for the Specialix RIO, a smart serial card which 18973 drives an outboard box that can support up to 128 ports. Product 18974 information is at <http://www.sphinxcst.co.uk/perle/multi.htm>. 18975 There are both ISA and PCI versions. 18976 18977Support really old RIO/PCI cards 18978CONFIG_RIO_OLDPCI 18979 Older RIO PCI cards need some initialization-time configuration to 18980 determine the IRQ and some control addresses. If you have a RIO and 18981 this doesn't seem to work, try setting this to Y. 18982 18983Cyclades async mux support 18984CONFIG_CYCLADES 18985 This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You 18986 would need something like this to connect more than two modems to 18987 your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. 18988 For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read 18989 <file:drivers/char/README.cycladesZ>. 18990 18991 As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead 18992 of 32. 18993 18994 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 18995 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 18996 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 18997 will be called cyclades.o. 18998 18999 If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N. 19000 19001Cyclades-Z interrupt mode operation 19002CONFIG_CYZ_INTR 19003 The Cyclades-Z family of multiport cards allows 2 (two) driver op 19004 modes: polling and interrupt. In polling mode, the driver will check 19005 the status of the Cyclades-Z ports every certain amount of time 19006 (which is called polling cycle and is configurable). In interrupt 19007 mode, it will use an interrupt line (IRQ) in order to check the 19008 status of the Cyclades-Z ports. The default op mode is polling. If 19009 unsure, say N. 19010 19011Stallion multiport serial support 19012CONFIG_STALDRV 19013 Stallion cards give you many serial ports. You would need something 19014 like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for 19015 instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you say Y here, 19016 you will be asked for your specific card model in the next 19017 questions. Make sure to read <file:Documentation/stallion.txt> in 19018 this case. If you have never heard about all this, it's safe to 19019 say N. 19020 19021Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support 19022CONFIG_STALLION 19023 If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion 19024 card, then this is for you; say Y. Make sure to read 19025 <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>. 19026 19027 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19028 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19029 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19030 will be called stallion.o. 19031 19032Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support 19033CONFIG_ISTALLION 19034 If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion 19035 serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read 19036 <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>. 19037 19038 To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 19039 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and 19040 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 19041 istallion.o. 19042 19043PDC software console support 19044CONFIG_PDC_CONSOLE 19045 Saying Y here will enable the software based PDC console to be 19046 used as the system console. This is useful for machines in 19047 which the hardware based console has not been written yet. The 19048 following steps must be competed to use the PDC console: 19049 19050 1. create the device entry (mknod /dev/ttyB0 c 60 0) 19051 2. Edit the /etc/inittab to start a getty listening on /dev/ttyB0 19052 3. Add device ttyB0 to /etc/securetty (if you want to log on as 19053 root on this console.) 19054 4. Change the kernel command console parameter to: console=ttyB0 19055 19056Microgate SyncLink adapter support 19057CONFIG_SYNCLINK 19058 Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI multiprotocol serial 19059 adapters. These adapters support asynchronous and HDLC bit 19060 synchronous communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter). 19061 19062 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be 19063 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19064 The module will be called synclink.o. If you want to do that, say M 19065 here. 19066 19067CONFIG_SYNCLINKMP 19068 Enable support for the SyncLink Multiport (2 or 4 ports) 19069 serial adapter, running asynchronous and HDLC communications up 19070 to 2.048Mbps. Each ports is independently selectable for 19071 RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21 19072 19073 This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be 19074 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19075 The module will be called synclinkmp.o. If you want to do that, say M 19076 here. 19077 19078Synchronous HDLC line discipline support 19079CONFIG_N_HDLC 19080 Allows synchronous HDLC communications with tty device drivers that 19081 support synchronous HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter. 19082 19083 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be 19084 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19085 The module will be called n_hdlc.o. If you want to do that, say M 19086 here. 19087 19088Specialix SX (and SI) card support 19089CONFIG_SX 19090 This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards. 19091 Please read the file <file:Documentation/sx.txt> for details. 19092 19093 This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be 19094 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19095 The module will be called sx.o. If you want to do that, say M here. 19096 19097Hayes ESP serial port support 19098CONFIG_ESPSERIAL 19099 This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports. Both single 19100 port cards and multiport cards are supported. Make sure to read 19101 <file:Documentation/hayes-esp.txt>. 19102 19103 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 19104 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 19105 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 19106 called esp.o. If unsure, say N. 19107 19108Moxa Intellio support 19109CONFIG_MOXA_INTELLIO 19110 Say Y here if you have a Moxa Intellio multiport serial card. 19111 19112 This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be 19113 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19114 The module will be called moxa.o. If you want to do that, say M 19115 here. 19116 19117Moxa SmartIO support 19118CONFIG_MOXA_SMARTIO 19119 Say Y here if you have a Moxa SmartIO multiport serial card. 19120 19121 This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be 19122 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19123 The module will be called mxser.o. If you want to do that, say M 19124 here. 19125 19126Multi-Tech multiport card support 19127CONFIG_ISI 19128 This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several 19129 serial ports. The driver is experimental and can currently only be 19130 built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from 19131 the running kernel whenever you want). Please read 19132 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 19133 isicom.o. 19134 19135Unix98 PTY support 19136CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS 19137 A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two 19138 halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to 19139 a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to 19140 read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a 19141 terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers 19142 and xterms. 19143 19144 Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for 19145 masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme 19146 has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later, 19147 however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a 19148 pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo 19149 terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo 19150 terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was 19151 traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example. 19152 19153 The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual 19154 file system; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to 19155 "/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs" as well. 19156 19157 If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1 19158 or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*"). 19159 Read the instructions in <file:Documentation/Changes> pertaining to 19160 pseudo terminals. It's safe to say N. 19161 19162Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048) 19163CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT 19164 The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time. 19165 The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server 19166 machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or 19167 serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming 19168 connection and every xterm uses up one PTY. 19169 19170 When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy 19171 approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures. 19172 19173Parallel printer support 19174CONFIG_PRINTER 19175 If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux 19176 box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the 19177 printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y. 19178 Also read the Printing-HOWTO, available from 19179 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19180 19181 It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices 19182 (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the 19183 corresponding drivers into the kernel. If you want to compile this 19184 driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and 19185 removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and 19186 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and 19187 <file:Documentation/parport.txt>. The module will be called lp.o. 19188 19189 If you have several parallel ports, you can specify which ports to 19190 use with the "lp" kernel command line option. (Try "man bootparam" 19191 or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about 19192 how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.) The syntax of the 19193 "lp" command line option can be found in <file:drivers/char/lp.c>. 19194 19195 If you have more than 8 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO 19196 macro in lp.c and the PARPORT_MAX macro in parport.h. 19197 19198Support for console on line printer 19199CONFIG_LP_CONSOLE 19200 If you want kernel messages to be printed out as they occur, you 19201 can have a console on the printer. This option adds support for 19202 doing that; to actually get it to happen you need to pass the 19203 option "console=lp0" to the kernel at boot time. 19204 19205 If the printer is out of paper (or off, or unplugged, or too 19206 busy..) the kernel will stall until the printer is ready again. 19207 By defining CONSOLE_LP_STRICT to 0 (at your own risk) you 19208 can make the kernel continue when this happens, 19209 but it'll lose the kernel messages. 19210 19211 If unsure, say N. 19212 19213Support for user-space parallel port device drivers 19214CONFIG_PPDEV 19215 Saying Y to this adds support for /dev/parport device nodes. This 19216 is needed for programs that want portable access to the parallel 19217 port, for instance deviceid (which displays Plug-and-Play device 19218 IDs). 19219 19220 This is the parallel port equivalent of SCSI generic support (sg). 19221 It is safe to say N to this -- it is not needed for normal printing 19222 or parallel port CD-ROM/disk support. 19223 19224 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19225 it as a module, say M here and read 19226 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 19227 ppdev.o. 19228 19229 If unsure, say N. 19230 19231Cobalt Networks support 19232CONFIG_COBALT 19233 Support for Cobalt Networks x86-based servers. 19234 19235Gen III (3000 series) system support 19236CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_III 19237 This option enables support for the 3000 series of Cobalt Networks 19238 systems. This includes the RaQ 3, RaQ 4, and Qube 3 product lines. 19239 19240 This platform uses an AMD K6-2 processor, an ALI M1541/1533 chipset, 19241 an optional NCR 53c875 SCSI controller, and two Intel 82559ER or 19242 National Semiconductor DP83815 NICs. 19243 19244 Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does 19245 not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add 19246 bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen. 19247 19248 If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind, 19249 say Y here. 19250 19251Gen V (5000 series) system support 19252CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_V 19253 This option enables support for the 5000 series of Cobalt Networks 19254 systems. This includes the RaQ XTR product line. 19255 19256 This platform uses Intel Pentium III Coppermine FCPGA CPUs, the 19257 ServerWorks LE chipset (with registered ECC DIMMs only!), two 19258 HighPoint HPT370 IDE controllers, and two National Semiconductor 19259 DP83815 NICs. 19260 19261 Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does 19262 not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add 19263 bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen. 19264 19265 If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind, 19266 say Y here. 19267 19268Create legacy /proc files 19269CONFIG_COBALT_OLDPROC 19270 This option forces some Cobalt Networks drivers to support legacy 19271 files in /proc. Older versions of these drivers exported files 19272 directly in /proc, as opposed to the newer /proc/cobalt. If you say 19273 N to this option, the old filenames will no longer be exported. 19274 Regardless of your selection here, files in /proc/cobalt will be 19275 exported. Of course, you have to include support for /proc fs, too. 19276 19277 It is safe to say Y here. 19278 19279Front panel LCD support 19280CONFIG_COBALT_LCD 19281 This enables support for the Cobalt Networks front panel. This is 19282 for the LCD panel and buttons. The primary method for connection is 19283 via the parallel port (IO base 0x370), but newer systems use an 19284 I2C bus. 19285 19286 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. 19287 19288Software controlled LED support 19289CONFIG_COBALT_LED 19290 This enables support for the software-controlled LEDs on Cobalt 19291 Networks systems. This includes the fault light and front panel 19292 LEDs on the RaQ XTR, the lightbar on the Qube 3, and others. 19293 19294 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. 19295 19296Silicon serial number support 19297CONFIG_COBALT_SERNUM 19298 This enables support for the on-board serial number on Cobalt 19299 Networks systems. This is a universally-unique 64-bit serial 19300 number. Some systems use a Dallas DS2401 chip, others have an I2C 19301 based EEPROM. 19302 19303 If you select Y here, the files /proc/cobalt/hostid and 19304 /proc/cobalt/serialnumber will be created. The hostid file contains 19305 a 32 bit integer generated from the serial number, in binary form. 19306 The serialnumber file contains the hexadecimal representation of the 19307 serial number, in ASCII. 19308 19309 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. 19310 19311Chipset watchdog timer support 19312CONFIG_COBALT_WDT 19313 This enables support for the watchdog timer built into Cobalt 19314 chipsets. The timer wakes up periodically, to make find out if 19315 system has hung, or disabled interrupts too long. The result of 19316 detecting a hang is a hard reboot. 19317 19318 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. 19319 19320Thermal sensor support 19321CONFIG_COBALT_THERMAL 19322 This enables support for the thermal sensor(s) built into Cobalt 19323 Networks systems. This driver exports /proc/cobalt/thermal_sensors. 19324 19325 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. 19326 19327Fan tachometer support 19328CONFIG_COBALT_FANS 19329 This enables support for the fan tachometers built into some Cobalt 19330 Networks systems. This driver exports /proc/cobalt/faninfo. Some 19331 Cobalt software depends on this feature, and enabling it does not 19332 cause any risks. 19333 19334 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here, unless 19335 you are absolutely sure. 19336 19337Disk drive ruler support 19338CONFIG_COBALT_RULER 19339 This enables support for the cobalt hard drive ruler, found on some 19340 Cobalt systems, including the RaQ XTR. This is the device that 19341 enables swapping of drives. It is not needed for basic disk 19342 operation. Enabling this on a system with no ruler will have no 19343 adverse effects. 19344 19345 If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here, 19346 unless you are absolutely sure. 19347 19348IT8172G Sound 19349CONFIG_SOUND_IT8172 19350 Say Y here to support the on-board sound generator on the Integrated 19351 Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at 19352 <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the 19353 board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>. 19354 19355I2C support 19356CONFIG_I2C 19357 I2C (pronounce: I-square-C) is a slow serial bus protocol used in 19358 many micro controller applications and developed by Philips. SMBus, 19359 or System Management Bus is a subset of the I2C protocol. More 19360 information is contained in the directory <file:Documentation/i2c/>, 19361 especially in the file called "summary" there. 19362 19363 Both I2C and SMBus are supported here. You will need this for 19364 hardware sensors support, and also for Video For Linux support. 19365 Specifically, if you want to use a BT848 based frame grabber/overlay 19366 boards under Linux, say Y here and also to "I2C bit-banging 19367 interfaces", below. 19368 19369 If you want I2C support, you should say Y here and also to the 19370 specific driver for your bus adapter(s) below. If you say Y to 19371 "/proc file system" below, you will then get a /proc interface which 19372 is documented in <file:Documentation/i2c/proc-interface>. 19373 19374 This I2C support is also available as a module. If you want to 19375 compile it as a module, say M here and read 19376 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19377 The module will be called i2c-core.o. 19378 19379UltraSPARC-III bootbus i2c controller driver 19380CONFIG_BBC_I2C 19381 The BBC devices on the UltraSPARC III have two I2C controllers. The 19382 first I2C controller connects mainly to configuration PROMs (NVRAM, 19383 CPU configuration, DIMM types, etc.). The second I2C controller 19384 connects to environmental control devices such as fans and 19385 temperature sensors. The second controller also connects to the 19386 smartcard reader, if present. Say Y to enable support for these. 19387 19388I2C bit-banging interfaces 19389CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT 19390 This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called bit-banging 19391 adapters. Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class 19392 and then say Y to the specific driver for you adapter below. 19393 19394 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19395 it as a module, say M here and read 19396 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19397 The module will be called i2c-algo-bit.o. 19398 19399Philips style parallel port adapter 19400CONFIG_I2C_PHILIPSPAR 19401 This supports parallel-port I2C adapters made by Philips. Say Y if 19402 you own such an adapter. 19403 19404 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19405 it as a module, say M here and read 19406 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19407 The module will be called i2c-philips-par.o. 19408 19409 Note that if you want support for different parallel port devices, 19410 life will be much easier if you compile them all as modules. 19411 19412ELV adapter 19413CONFIG_I2C_ELV 19414 This supports parallel-port I2C adapters called ELV. Say Y if you 19415 own such an adapter. 19416 19417 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19418 it as a module, say M here and read 19419 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19420 The module will be called i2c-elv.o. 19421 19422Velleman K8000 adapter 19423CONFIG_I2C_VELLEMAN 19424 This supports the Velleman K8000 parallel-port I2C adapter. Say Y 19425 if you own such an adapter. 19426 19427 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19428 it as a module, say M here and read 19429 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19430 The module will be called i2c-velleman.o. 19431 19432I2C PCF 8584 interfaces 19433CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF 19434 This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called PCF adapters. 19435 Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class and then say 19436 Y to the specific driver for you adapter below. 19437 19438 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19439 it as a module, say M here and read 19440 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19441 The module will be called i2c-algo-pcf.o. 19442 19443Elektor ISA card 19444CONFIG_I2C_ELEKTOR 19445 This supports the PCF8584 ISA bus I2C adapter. Say Y if you own 19446 such an adapter. 19447 19448 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19449 it as a module, say M here and read 19450 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19451 The module will be called i2c-elektor.o. 19452 19453ITE I2C Algorithm 19454CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ALGO 19455 This supports the use the ITE8172 I2C interface found on some MIPS 19456 systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for 19457 the ITE I2C peripheral driver support below. 19458 19459 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19460 it as a modules, say M here and read 19461 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19462 The module will be called i2c-algo-ite.o. 19463 19464ITE I2C Adapter 19465CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ADAP 19466 This supports the ITE8172 I2C peripheral found on some MIPS 19467 systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for 19468 the ITE I2C driver algorithm support above. 19469 19470 This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19471 it as a module, say M here and read 19472 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19473 The module will be called i2c-adap-ite.o. 19474 19475SiByte I2C Algorithm 19476CONFIG_I2C_ALGO_SIBYTE 19477 Supports the SiByte SOC on-chip I2C interfaces (2 channels). 19478 19479MAX1617 Temperature Sensor 19480CONFIG_I2C_MAX1617 19481 This builds a simple polling driver for the Maxim 1617 temperature 19482 sensor. Currently the device is only supported on a SiByte I2C 19483 adapter, and the driver prints status updates to the system log. 19484 19485SGI I2C Algorithm 19486CONFIG_I2C_ALGO_SGI 19487 Supports the SGI interfaces like the ones found on SGI Indy VINO 19488 or SGI O2 MACE. 19489 19490I2C device interface 19491CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV 19492 Say Y here to use i2c-* device files, usually found in the /dev 19493 directory on your system. They make it possible to have user-space 19494 programs use the I2C bus. Information on how to do this is 19495 contained in the file <file:Documentation/i2c/dev-interface>. 19496 19497 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19498 it as a module, say M here and read 19499 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19500 The module will be called i2c-dev.o. 19501 19502I2C /proc interface (required for hardware sensors) 19503CONFIG_I2C_PROC 19504 This provides support for i2c device entries in the /proc filesystem. 19505 The entries will be found in /proc/sys/dev/sensors. 19506 19507 This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19508 it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19509 The module will be called i2c-proc.o. 19510 19511Powermac Keywest I2C interface 19512CONFIG_I2C_KEYWEST 19513 This supports the use of the I2C interface in the combo-I/O 19514 chip on recent Apple machines. Say Y if you have such a machine. 19515 19516 This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile 19517 it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 19518 The module will be called i2c-keywest.o. 19519 19520Bus Mouse Support 19521CONFIG_BUSMOUSE 19522 Say Y here if your machine has a bus mouse as opposed to a serial 19523 mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or 19524 Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port 19525 (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. 19526 19527 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or 19528 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse 19529 or not; it's best to say Y here for you. 19530 19531 This is the generic bus mouse driver code. If you have a bus mouse, 19532 you will have to say Y here and also to the specific driver for your 19533 mouse below. 19534 19535 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 19536 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 19537 The module will be called busmouse.o. If you want to compile it as a 19538 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 19539 19540Mouse Support (not serial and bus mice) 19541CONFIG_MOUSE 19542 This is for machines with a mouse which is neither a serial nor a 19543 bus mouse. Examples are PS/2 mice (such as the track balls on some 19544 laptops) and some digitizer pads. Most people have a regular serial 19545 MouseSystem or Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a 19546 COM port (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. 19547 If you have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from 19548 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This HOWTO contains 19549 information about all non-serial mice, not just bus mice. 19550 19551 If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or 19552 experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse 19553 or not; it's best to say Y here for you. 19554 19555 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 19556 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 19557 the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y. 19558 19559Logitech busmouse support 19560CONFIG_LOGIBUSMOUSE 19561 Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card. It's 19562 generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice 19563 made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those, 19564 you don't need this option. You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO, 19565 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19566 19567 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19568 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19569 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19570 will be called busmouse.o. If you are unsure, say N and read the 19571 HOWTO nevertheless: it will tell you what you have. 19572 19573PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support 19574CONFIG_PSMOUSE 19575 The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like 19576 the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way, 19577 the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used 19578 for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq, 19579 AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping 19580 machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In 19581 particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse. 19582 19583 Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained 19584 in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from 19585 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19586 19587 When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the 19588 mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option 19589 of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from 19590 <ftp://gnu.systemy.it/pub/gpm/>) solves this problem, or you can get 19591 the "mconv2" utility from <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/mouse/>. 19592 19593C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate) 19594CONFIG_82C710_MOUSE 19595 This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If 19596 you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse 19597 doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from 19598 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19599 19600PC110 digitizer pad support 19601CONFIG_PC110_PAD 19602 This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop. It can turn 19603 the digitizer pad into a PS/2 mouse emulation with tap gestures or 19604 into an absolute pad. 19605 19606 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19607 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19608 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19609 will be called pc110pad.o. 19610 19611Microsoft busmouse support 19612CONFIG_MS_BUSMOUSE 19613 These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an 19614 expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what 19615 you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from 19616 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19617 19618 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will 19619 tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk 19620 about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so 19621 count the pins on the connector. 19622 19623 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19624 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19625 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19626 will be called msbusmouse.o. 19627 19628Apple Desktop Bus mouse support 19629CONFIG_ADBMOUSE 19630 Say Y here if you have this type of bus mouse (4 pin connector) as 19631 is common on Macintoshes. You may want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO, 19632 available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19633 19634 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19635 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19636 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19637 will be called adbmouse.o. 19638 19639ATIXL busmouse support 19640CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE 19641 This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an 19642 ATI video card. Say Y if you have one of those. Note however that 19643 most mice by ATI are actually Microsoft busmice; you should say Y to 19644 "Microsoft busmouse support" above if you have one of those. Read 19645 the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from 19646 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 19647 19648 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 19649 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 19650 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 19651 will be called atixlmouse.o. 19652 19653 If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will 19654 tell you what you have. 19655 19656QIC-02 tape support 19657CONFIG_QIC02_TAPE 19658 If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want 19659 to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 19660 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 19661 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 19662 tpqic02.o. 19663 19664iSeries Virtual Tape Support 19665CONFIG_VIOTAPE 19666 If you are running Linux on an iSeries system and you want Linux 19667 to read and/or write a tape drive owned by OS/400, say Y here. 19668 19669Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02 19670CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF 19671 You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a 19672 header file (<file:include/linux/tpqic02.h>), in which case you 19673 should say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is 19674 able to configure this driver during runtime. The program to do 19675 this is called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the 19676 tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz support package. 19677 19678 If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y. 19679 19680Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support 19681CONFIG_FTAPE 19682 If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy 19683 controller, say Y here. 19684 19685 Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega 19686 "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed" 19687 controller of their own. These drives (and their companion 19688 controllers) are also supported if you say Y here. 19689 19690 If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20, 19691 Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078 19692 FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and 19693 Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the 19694 appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu 19695 below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA 19696 channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu. 19697 19698 If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system, 19699 please read the file <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>. 19700 19701 The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable 19702 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 19703 running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a 19704 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 19705 module will be called ftape.o. 19706 19707 Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the 19708 older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful 19709 information. There is a web page with more recent documentation at 19710 <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/>. This page 19711 always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful 19712 information (backup software, ftape related patches and 19713 documentation, FAQ). Note that the file system interface has 19714 changed quite a bit compared to previous versions of ftape. Please 19715 read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt>. 19716 19717VFS interface for ftape 19718CONFIG_ZFTAPE 19719 Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you 19720 WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE. 19721 19722 The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary 19723 to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data 19724 to and read data from the tape drive). Instead the file system 19725 interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has 19726 been moved to a separate module. 19727 19728 If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable 19729 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 19730 running kernel whenever you want). In this case you should read 19731 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 19732 zftape.o. 19733 19734 Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime 19735 loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to 19736 support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross 19737 William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced. If you have enabled the 19738 kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader 19739 support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded 19740 automatically by zftape when needed. 19741 19742 Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default. The 19743 file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> contains a short description of 19744 the most important changes in the file system interface compared to 19745 previous versions of ftape. The ftape home page 19746 <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/> contains 19747 further information. 19748 19749 IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous 19750 versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping 19751 between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file 19752 mark support when reading archives produced by zftape. 19753 19754Default block size for zftape 19755CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ 19756 If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that 19757 you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be 19758 changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the 19759 MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the 19760 shell command line). 19761 19762 The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous 19763 versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read 19764 in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to 19765 10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size 19766 should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of 19767 63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin 19768 compression will be disabled. 19769 19770 Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size), 19771 `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some 19772 backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction 19773 on block size, but disables builtin compression). 19774 19775Number of DMA buffers 19776CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS 19777 Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing. 19778 It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the 19779 proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of 19780 memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at 19781 runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer 19782 wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be 19783 swapped out. 19784 19785Enable procfs status report (+2kb) 19786CONFIG_FT_PROC_FS 19787 Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory 19788 `/proc/ftape' under the /proc file system. The files can be viewed 19789 with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or 19790 "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The 19791 file will contain some status information about the inserted 19792 cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk 19793 controller and the error history for the most recent use of the 19794 kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver 19795 by approximately 2 KB. 19796 19797 WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to "Floppy 19798 tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's /proc file system 19799 interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will 19800 result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape. 19801 19802# Choice: ftdebug 19803Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape 19804CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG 19805 This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver 19806 is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging 19807 level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting, 19808 i.e. choose "Normal". 19809 19810 Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console 19811 resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging 19812 output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might 19813 be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies. 19814 19815 If you want to save memory then the following strategy is 19816 recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until 19817 you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure 19818 the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile 19819 and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive" 19820 debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output 19821 printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce 19822 "Excessive" debugging output. 19823 19824 Please read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> for a short description 19825 how to control the amount of debugging output. 19826 19827Excessive 19828CONFIG_FT_FULL_DEBUG 19829 Extremely verbose output for driver debugging purposes. 19830 19831Reduced 19832CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE 19833 Reduced tape driver debugging output. 19834 19835None 19836CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE_AT_ALL 19837 Suppress all debugging output from the tape drive. 19838 19839# Choice: ftcontroller 19840The floppy drive controller for ftape 19841CONFIG_FT_STD_FDC 19842 Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you 19843 didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just 19844 plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive 19845 controller then you don't want to change the default setting, 19846 i.e. choose "Standard". 19847 19848 Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller. 19849 Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20 19850 controller. 19851 Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at 19852 an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive 19853 controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt) 19854 channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from 19855 `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on 19856 Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high 19857 speed" controllers. 19858 19859 If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make 19860 sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA 19861 channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual 19862 of your tape drive to determine the correct settings! 19863 19864 If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another 19865 operating system then you definitely should use the same settings 19866 for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work 19867 with that other OS. 19868 19869 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for 19870 the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at 19871 boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you 19872 have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you 19873 have said M to "Floppy tape drive"). 19874 19875 Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which 19876 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at 19877 boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a 19878 PCI-bus based system, please read the file 19879 <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>. 19880 19881IO base for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape 19882CONFIG_FT_FDC_BASE 19883 You don't need to specify a value if the following default 19884 settings for the base IO address are correct: 19885 <<< MACH-2 : 0x1E0 >>> 19886 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>> 19887 <<< Secondary : 0x370 >>> 19888 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed" 19889 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. 19890 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address 19891 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR 19892 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already 19893 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then 19894 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has 19895 proven to work with that other OS. 19896 19897 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for 19898 the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time 19899 (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to 19900 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to 19901 "Floppy tape drive"). 19902 19903 Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which 19904 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at 19905 boot or load time. 19906 19907IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape 19908CONFIG_FT_FDC_IRQ 19909 You don't need to specify a value if the following default 19910 settings for the interrupt channel are correct: 19911 <<< MACH-2 : 6 >>> 19912 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>> 19913 <<< Secondary : 6 >>> 19914 Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed" 19915 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. 19916 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address 19917 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR 19918 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already 19919 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then 19920 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has 19921 proven to work with that other OS. 19922 19923 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for 19924 the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot 19925 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to 19926 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to 19927 "Floppy tape drive"). 19928 19929 Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which 19930 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at 19931 boot or load time. 19932 19933DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape 19934CONFIG_FT_FDC_DMA 19935 You don't need to specify a value if the following default 19936 settings for the DMA channel are correct: 19937 <<< MACH-2 : 2 >>> 19938 <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>> 19939 <<< Secondary : 2 >>> 19940 Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed" 19941 controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. 19942 Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address 19943 specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR 19944 CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already 19945 successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then 19946 you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has 19947 proven to work with that other OS. 19948 19949 Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for 19950 the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot 19951 time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to 19952 "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to 19953 "Floppy tape drive"). 19954 19955 Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which 19956 contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at 19957 boot or load time. 19958 19959FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service 19960CONFIG_FT_FDC_THR 19961 Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA 19962 controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is 19963 lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention. 19964 You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data 19965 rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this 19966 doesn't seem to have too much effect. 19967 19968 If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8". 19969 19970FDC maximum data rate 19971CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE 19972 With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to 19973 run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available 19974 speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate 19975 because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries 19976 before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate. 19977 19978 In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that 19979 it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available 19980 speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000 19981 bits/sec. 19982 19983Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 DRI support) 19984CONFIG_DRM 19985 Kernel-level support for the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) 19986 introduced in XFree86 4.0. If you say Y here, you need to select 19987 the module that's right for your graphics card from the list below. 19988 These modules provide support for synchronization, security, and 19989 DMA transfers. Please see <http://dri.sourceforge.net/> for more 19990 details. You should also select and configure AGP 19991 (/dev/agpgart) support. 19992 19993Build drivers for new (XFree 4.1) DRM 19994CONFIG_DRM_NEW 19995 If you set this option, the new DRM version needed by XFree86 4.1 19996 will be used. Otherwise, the old DRM version will be used, 19997 appropriate for XFree86 4.0. 19998 199993dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+ 20000CONFIG_DRM_TDFX 20001 Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later), 20002 graphics card. If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o. 20003 200043dlabs GMX 2000 20005CONFIG_DRM_GAMMA 20006 Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card. 20007 If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o. 20008 20009ATI Rage 128 20010CONFIG_DRM_R128 20011 Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card. If M 20012 is selected, the module will be called r128.o. AGP support for 20013 this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version). 20014 20015ATI Radeon 20016CONFIG_DRM_RADEON 20017 Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card. There 20018 are both PCI and AGP versions. You don't need to choose this to 20019 run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. There is a product page at 20020 <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. 20021 If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o. 20022 20023Intel I810 20024CONFIG_DRM_I810 20025 Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card. If M is 20026 selected, the module will be called i810.o. AGP support is required 20027 for this driver to work. 20028 20029Intel 830M, 845G, 852GM, 855GM, 865G 20030CONFIG_DRM_I830 20031 Choose this option if you have a system that has Intel 830M, 845G, 20032 852GM, 855GM or 865G integrated graphics. If M is selected, the 20033 module will be called i830.o. AGP support is required for this driver 20034 to work. 20035 20036Matrox G200/G400/G450 20037CONFIG_DRM_MGA 20038 Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics 20039 card. If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o. AGP 20040 support is required for this driver to work. 20041 200423dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+ 20043CONFIG_DRM40_TDFX 20044 Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later), 20045 graphics card. If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o. 20046 200473dlabs GMX 2000 20048CONFIG_DRM40_GAMMA 20049 Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card. 20050 If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o. 20051 20052ATI Rage 128 20053CONFIG_DRM40_R128 20054 Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card. If M 20055 is selected, the module will be called r128.o. AGP support for 20056 this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version). 20057 20058ATI Radeon 20059CONFIG_DRM40_RADEON 20060 Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card. There 20061 are both PCI and AGP versions. You don't need to choose this to 20062 run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. There is a product page at 20063 <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. 20064 If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o. 20065 20066Intel I810 20067CONFIG_DRM40_I810 20068 Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card. If M is 20069 selected, the module will be called i810.o. AGP support is required 20070 for this driver to work. 20071 20072Matrox G200/G400/G450 20073CONFIG_DRM40_MGA 20074 Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics 20075 card. If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o. AGP 20076 support is required for this driver to work. 20077 20078Creator/Creator3D/Elite3D 20079CONFIG_DRM_FFB 20080 Choose this option if you have one of Sun's Creator3D-based graphics 20081 and frame buffer cards. Product page at 20082 <http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/Graphics/creator3d.html>. 20083 20084MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support 20085CONFIG_MTRR 20086 On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later) 20087 the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control 20088 processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful if you have 20089 a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining 20090 allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer 20091 before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance 20092 of image write operations 2.5 times or more. Saying Y here creates a 20093 /proc/mtrr file which may be used to manipulate your processor's 20094 MTRRs. Typically the X server should use this. 20095 20096 This code has a reasonably generic interface so that similar 20097 control registers on other processors can be easily supported 20098 as well: 20099 20100 The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range 20101 Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For 20102 these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs. 20103 The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two 20104 MTRRs. The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing 20105 write-combining. All of these processors are supported by this code 20106 and it makes sense to say Y here if you have one of them. 20107 20108 Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only 20109 set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not for the secondary CPUs. This 20110 can lead to all sorts of problems, so it's good to say Y here. 20111 20112 You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll 20113 just add about 9 KB to your kernel. 20114 20115 See <file:Documentation/mtrr.txt> for more information. 20116 20117CPU clock frequency of your DEC Alpha 20118CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK 20119 On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be 20120 determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if 20121 running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect. 20122 20123Double Talk PC internal speech card support 20124CONFIG_DTLK 20125 This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer 20126 manufactured by RC Systems (<http://www.rcsys.com/>). It is also 20127 called the `internal DoubleTalk'. If you want to compile this as a 20128 module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 20129 running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read 20130 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called dtlk.o. 20131 20132Siemens R3964 serial protocol support 20133CONFIG_R3964 20134 This driver allows synchronous communication with devices using the 20135 Siemens R3964 packet protocol. Unless you are dealing with special 20136 hardware like PLCs, you are unlikely to need this. 20137 20138 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20139 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20140 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20141 n_r3964.o. 20142 20143 If unsure, say N. 20144 20145Applicom intelligent fieldbus card support 20146CONFIG_APPLICOM 20147 This driver provides the kernel-side support for the intelligent 20148 fieldbus cards made by Applicom International. More information 20149 about these cards can be found on the WWW at the address 20150 <http://www.applicom-int.com/>, or by email from David Woodhouse 20151 <dwmw2@infradead.org>. 20152 20153 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20154 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20155 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20156 applicom.o. 20157 20158 If unsure, say N. 20159 20160Sony Vaio Programmable I/O Control Device support 20161CONFIG_SONYPI 20162 This driver enables access to the Sony Programmable I/O Control 20163 Device which can be found in many (all ?) Sony Vaio laptops. 20164 20165 If you have one of those laptops, read 20166 <file:Documentation/sonypi.txt>, and say Y or M here. 20167 20168 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 20169 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 20170 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 20171 will be called sonypi.o. 20172 20173Intel Random Number Generator support 20174CONFIG_INTEL_RNG 20175 This driver provides kernel-side support for the Random Number 20176 Generator hardware found on Intel i8xx-based motherboards. 20177 20178 Both a character driver, used to read() entropy data, and a timer 20179 function which automatically adds entropy directly into the 20180 kernel pool, are exported by this driver. 20181 20182 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20183 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20184 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20185 i810_rng.o. 20186 20187 If unsure, say N. 20188 20189Intel/AMD/VIA HW Random Number Generator support 20190CONFIG_HW_RANDOM 20191 This driver provides kernel-side support for the 20192 Random Number Generator hardware found on Intel i8xx-based motherboards, 20193 AMD 76x-based motherboards, and Via Nehemiah CPUs. 20194 20195 Provides a character driver, used to read() entropy data. 20196 20197 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20198 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20199 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20200 hw_random. 20201 20202 If unsure, say N. 20203 20204AMD Geode LX HW Random Number Generator support 20205CONFIG_GEODE_RNG 20206 This driver provides kernel-side support for the Random Number 20207 Generator hardware found on the AMD Geode LX. 20208 20209 It runs a timer function which automatically adds entropy directly 20210 into the kernel pool. You may need this driver if your system runs 20211 headless and has no other source of entropy. 20212 20213 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20214 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20215 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20216 hw_random. 20217 20218 If unsure, say N. 20219 20220Power Management support 20221CONFIG_PM 20222 "Power Management" means that parts of your computer are shut 20223 off or put into a power conserving "sleep" mode if they are not 20224 being used. There are two competing standards for doing this: APM 20225 and ACPI. If you want to use either one, say Y here and then also 20226 to the requisite support below. 20227 20228 Power Management is most important for battery powered laptop 20229 computers; if you have a laptop, check out the Linux Laptop home 20230 page on the WWW at 20231 <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/> and the 20232 Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from 20233 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 20234 20235 Note that, even if you say N here, Linux on the x86 architecture 20236 will issue the hlt instruction if nothing is to be done, thereby 20237 sending the processor to sleep and saving power. 20238 20239ACPI support 20240CONFIG_ACPI 20241 ACPI/OSPM support for Linux is currently under development. As such, 20242 this support is preliminary and EXPERIMENTAL. Configuring ACPI 20243 support enables kernel interfaces that allow higher level software 20244 (OSPM) to manipulate ACPI defined hardware and software interfaces, 20245 including the evaluation of ACPI control methods. If unsure, choose 20246 N here. Note, this option will enlarge your kernel by about 120K. 20247 20248 This support requires an ACPI compliant platform (hardware/firmware). 20249 If both ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) support are 20250 configured, whichever is loaded first shall be used. 20251 20252 This code DOES NOT currently provide a complete OSPM implementation 20253 -- it has not yet reached APM's level of functionality. When fully 20254 implemented, Linux ACPI/OSPM will provide a more robust functional 20255 replacement for legacy configuration and power management 20256 interfaces, including the Plug-and-Play BIOS specification (PnP 20257 BIOS), the Multi-Processor Specification (MPS), and the Advanced 20258 Power Management specification (APM). 20259 20260 Linux support for ACPI/OSPM is based on Intel Corporation's ACPI 20261 Component Architecture (ACPI CA). The latest ACPI CA source code, 20262 documentation, debug builds, and implementation status information 20263 can be downloaded from: 20264 <http://developer.intel.com/technology/iapc/acpi/downloads.htm>. 20265 20266 The ACPI Sourceforge project may also be of interest: 20267 <http://sf.net/projects/acpi/> 20268 20269 Note that "acpi=off" can be used to disable all ACPI code in the kernel. 20270 20271ACPI kernel configuration manager 20272CONFIG_ACPI_KERNEL_CONFIG 20273 If you say `Y' here, Linux's ACPI support will use the 20274 hardware-level system descriptions found on IA64 machines. 20275 20276ACPI Debug Statements 20277CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG 20278 The ACPI driver can optionally report errors with a great deal 20279 of verbosity. Saying Y enables these statements. This will increase 20280 your kernel size by around 50K. 20281 20282ACPI Button 20283CONFIG_ACPI_BUTTON 20284 This driver registers for events based on buttons, such as the 20285 power, sleep, and lid switch. In the future, a daemon will read 20286 /proc/acpi/event and perform user-defined actions such as shutting 20287 down the system. Until then, you can cat it, and see output when 20288 a button is pressed. 20289 20290CONFIG_ACPI_BATTERY 20291 This driver adds support for battery information through 20292 /proc/acpi/battery. If you have a mobile system with a battery, 20293 say Y. 20294 20295CONFIG_ACPI_FAN 20296 This driver adds support for ACPI fan devices, allowing user-mode 20297 applications to perform basic fan control (on, off, status). 20298 20299CONFIG_ACPI_PROCESSOR 20300 This driver installs ACPI as the idle handler for Linux, and uses 20301 ACPI C2 and C3 processor states to save power, on systems that 20302 support it. 20303 20304ACPI AC Adapter 20305CONFIG_ACPI_AC 20306 This driver adds support for the AC Adapter object, which indicates 20307 whether a system is on AC, or not. Typically, only laptops have 20308 this object, since desktops are always on AC. 20309 20310ACPI Embedded Controller 20311CONFIG_ACPI_EC 20312 This driver is required on some systems for the proper operation of 20313 the battery and thermal drivers. If you are compiling for a laptop, 20314 say Y. 20315 20316ACPI Thermal 20317CONFIG_ACPI_THERMAL 20318 This driver handles overheating conditions on laptops. It is HIGHLY 20319 recommended, as your laptop CPU may be damaged without it. 20320 20321ACPI ASUS/Medion Laptop Extras 20322CONFIG_ACPI_ASUS 20323 This driver provides support for extra features of ACPI-compatible 20324 ASUS laptops. As some of Medion laptops are made by ASUS, it may also 20325 support some Medion laptops (such as 9675 for example). It makes all 20326 the extra buttons generate standard ACPI events that go through 20327 /proc/acpi/events, and (on some models) adds support for changing the 20328 display brightness and output, switching the LCD backlight on and off, 20329 and most importantly, allows you to blink those fancy LEDs intended 20330 for reporting mail and wireless status. 20331 20332 Note: the display switching code is currently considered EXPERIMENTAL, 20333 toying with these values may even lock your machine. 20334 20335 All settings are changed via /proc/acpi/asus directory entries. Owner 20336 and group for these entries can be set with asus_uid and asus_gid 20337 parameters. 20338 20339 More information and a userspace daemon for handling the extra buttons 20340 at <http://sourceforge.net/projects/acpi4asus/>. 20341 20342 If you have an ACPI-compatible ASUS laptop, say Y or M here. This 20343 driver is still under development, so if your laptop is unsupported or 20344 something works not quite as expected, please use the mailing list 20345 available on the above page (acpi4asus-user@lists.sourceforge.net) 20346 20347ACPI Toshiba Laptop Extras 20348CONFIG_ACPI_TOSHIBA 20349 This driver adds support for access to certain system settings 20350 on "legacy free" Toshiba laptops. These laptops can be recognized by 20351 their lack of a BIOS setup menu and APM support. 20352 20353 On these machines, all system configuration is handled through the 20354 ACPI. This driver is required for access to controls not covered 20355 by the general ACPI drivers, such as LCD brightness, video output, 20356 etc. 20357 20358 This driver differs from the non-ACPI Toshiba laptop driver (located 20359 under "Processor type and features") in several aspects. 20360 Configuration is accessed by reading and writing text files in the 20361 /proc tree instead of by program interface to /dev. Furthermore, no 20362 power management functions are exposed, as those are handled by the 20363 general ACPI drivers. 20364 20365 More information about this driver is available at 20366 <http://memebeam.org/toys/ToshibaAcpiDriver>. 20367 20368 If you have a legacy free Toshiba laptop (such as the Libretto L1 20369 series), say Y. 20370 20371Advanced Power Management BIOS support 20372CONFIG_APM 20373 APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different 20374 techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with 20375 APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be 20376 reset after a RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will provide 20377 battery status information, and user-space programs will receive 20378 notification of APM "events" (e.g. battery status change). 20379 20380 If you select "Y" here, you can disable actual use of the APM 20381 BIOS by passing the "apm=off" option to the kernel at boot time. 20382 20383 Note that the APM support is almost completely disabled for 20384 machines with more than one CPU. 20385 20386 In order to use APM, you will need supporting software. For location 20387 and more information, read <file:Documentation/pm.txt> and the 20388 Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from 20389 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 20390 20391 This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8) 20392 manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off 20393 VESA-compliant "green" monitors. 20394 20395 This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER 20396 486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green" 20397 desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver 20398 may cause those machines to panic during the boot phase. 20399 20400 Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't 20401 much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get 20402 random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to 20403 anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling 20404 APM in your BIOS). 20405 20406 Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random, 20407 "weird" problems: 20408 20409 1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is 20410 enabled. 20411 2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel 20412 3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass 20413 the "no387" option to the kernel 20414 4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel 20415 5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling 20416 all but the first 4 MB of RAM) 20417 6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked. 20418 7) read the sig11 FAQ at <http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/> 20419 8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings 20420 9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM 20421 10) install a better fan for the CPU 20422 11) exchange RAM chips 20423 12) exchange the motherboard. 20424 20425 To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in 20426 and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here 20427 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20428 apm.o. 20429 20430Ignore USER SUSPEND 20431CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND 20432 This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a 20433 compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M 20434 series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug. 20435 20436Enable APM at boot time 20437CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE 20438 Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS 20439 specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically 20440 power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend 20441 State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls." 20442 This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this 20443 feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This 20444 should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features 20445 will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn 20446 this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM 20447 support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn 20448 this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba 20449 T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without 20450 this feature. 20451 20452Make CPU Idle calls when idle 20453CONFIG_APM_CPU_IDLE 20454 Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop. 20455 On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as 20456 a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls 20457 are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g., 20458 333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or 20459 whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU, 20460 this option does nothing.) 20461 20462Enable console blanking using APM 20463CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK 20464 Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to 20465 turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux 20466 virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by 20467 the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight 20468 when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to 20469 do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this 20470 option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your 20471 backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console, 20472 especially if you are using gpm. 20473 20474RTC stores time in GMT 20475CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT 20476 Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock) 20477 stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC 20478 stores localtime. 20479 20480 It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you 20481 don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only 20482 reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS 20483 that doesn't understand GMT. 20484 20485Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls 20486CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS 20487 Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to 20488 the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving 20489 BIOS implementation. The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it 20490 needs to. Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not -- especially those in 20491 many of the newer IBM Thinkpads. If you experience hangs when you 20492 suspend, try setting this to Y. Otherwise, say N. 20493 20494Use real mode APM BIOS call to power off 20495CONFIG_APM_REAL_MODE_POWER_OFF 20496 Use real mode APM BIOS calls to switch off the computer. This is 20497 a work-around for a number of buggy BIOSes. Switch this option on if 20498 your computer crashes instead of powering off properly. 20499 20500Watchdog Timer Support 20501CONFIG_WATCHDOG 20502 If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a 20503 character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor 20504 number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.: 20505 subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for 20506 longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This 20507 could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back 20508 online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog 20509 implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to 20510 reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which 20511 are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside 20512 your computer. For details, read <file:Documentation/watchdog.txt> 20513 in the kernel source. 20514 20515 The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon 20516 which is available from 20517 <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/daemons/watchdog/>. This daemon can 20518 also monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process 20519 table is full. 20520 20521 If unsure, say N. 20522 20523Disable watchdog shutdown on close 20524CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT 20525 The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is 20526 to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file 20527 /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might 20528 get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once 20529 it has been started. 20530 20531WDT Watchdog timer 20532CONFIG_WDT 20533 If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here, 20534 otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means 20535 that you have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using 20536 the "wdt=" kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the 20537 documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to 20538 pass options to the kernel at boot time). 20539 20540 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 20541 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 20542 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 20543 will be called wdt.o. 20544 20545WDT PCI Watchdog timer 20546CONFIG_WDTPCI 20547 If you have a PCI WDT500/501 watchdog board, say Y here, otherwise 20548 N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means that you 20549 have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using the "wdt=" 20550 kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your 20551 boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the 20552 kernel at boot time). 20553 20554 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 20555 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 20556 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 20557 will be called wdt_pci.o. 20558 20559W83627HF/F/HG/G Watchdog 20560CONFIG_WDT_W83627 20561 This is a driver for the hardware watchdog on the W83627HF chipset. 20562 To compile this driver as a module say M here. The module will be 20563 named wdt83627.o 20564 Most people will say N. 20565 20566WDT501 features 20567CONFIG_WDT_501 20568 Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature 20569 with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give 20570 you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from 20571 /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees 20572 Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board 20573 installed. 20574 20575Fan Tachometer 20576CONFIG_WDT_501_FAN 20577 Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a 20578 fan tachometer actually set up. 20579 20580Software Watchdog 20581CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG 20582 A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system 20583 from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover 20584 from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install. 20585 20586 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20587 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20588 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20589 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20590 softdog.o. 20591 20592Berkshire Products PC Watchdog 20593CONFIG_PCWATCHDOG 20594 This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card. 20595 This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, 20596 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of 20597 time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different 20598 hardware. Please read <file:Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt>. The PC 20599 watchdog cards can be ordered from <http://www.berkprod.com/>. 20600 20601 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20602 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20603 The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 20604 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 20605 20606 Most people will say N. 20607 20608Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer 20609CONFIG_ACQUIRE_WDT 20610 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single 20611 Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others). This watchdog 20612 simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if 20613 it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. 20614 20615 This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware. 20616 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20617 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20618 The module is called pscwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a 20619 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most 20620 people will say N. 20621 20622Advantech SBC Watchdog Timer 20623CONFIG_ADVANTECH_WDT 20624 If you are configuring a Linux kernel for the Advantech single-board 20625 computer, say `Y' here to support its built-in watchdog timer 20626 feature. See the help for CONFIG_WATCHDOG for discussion. 20627 20628ALi M7101 Watchdog Timer 20629CONFIG_ALIM7101_WDT 20630 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the ALi M7101 PMU 20631 as used in the x86 Cobalt servers. 20632 20633 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20634 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20635 The module is called alim7101_wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a 20636 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most 20637 people will say N. 20638 20639IB700 SBC Watchdog Timer 20640CONFIG_IB700_WDT 20641 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the IB700 Single 20642 Board Computer produced by TMC Technology (www.tmc-uk.com). This watchdog 20643 simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if 20644 it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. 20645 20646 This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for slightly different hardware. 20647 20648 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20649 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20650 The module is called ib700wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a 20651 module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people 20652 will say N. 20653 20654Mixcom Watchdog 20655CONFIG_MIXCOMWD 20656 This is a driver for the Mixcom hardware watchdog cards. This 20657 watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, 20658 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of 20659 time. 20660 20661 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20662 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20663 The module is called mixcomwd.o. If you want to compile it as a 20664 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most 20665 people will say N. 20666 20667ZF MachZ Watchdog 20668CONFIG_MACHZ_WDT 20669 If you are using a ZF Micro MachZ processor, say Y here, otherwise 20670 N. This is the driver for the watchdog timer builtin on that 20671 processor using ZF-Logic interface. This watchdog simply watches 20672 your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if it does, it 20673 reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. 20674 20675 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20676 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20677 The module is called machzwd.o. If you want to compile it as a 20678 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 20679 20680CONFIG_SC1200_WDT 20681 This is a driver for National Semiconductor PC87307/PC97307 hardware 20682 watchdog cards as found on the SC1200. This watchdog is mainly used 20683 for power management purposes and can be used to power down the device 20684 during inactivity periods (includes interrupt activity monitoring). 20685 20686 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20687 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20688 The module is called sc1200wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a 20689 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most 20690 people will say N. 20691 20692AMD/NSC Geode Hardware Watchdog 20693CONFIG_GEODE_WDT 20694 This driver enables a watchdog capability built into the 20695 CS5535/CS5536 companion chips for the AMD Geode GX and LX 20696 processors. This watchdog watches your kernel to make sure 20697 it doesn't freeze, and if it does, it reboots your computer after 20698 a certain amount of time. 20699 20700 This driver depends on CONFIG_MGEODE_LX. 20701 20702 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20703 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20704 The module is called geodewdt.o. If you want to compile it as a 20705 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most 20706 people will say N. 20707 20708SuperH Watchdog 20709CONFIG_SH_WDT 20710 This driver adds watchdog support for the integrated watchdog in the 20711 SuperH 3, 4 and 5 processors. If you have one of these processors, say 20712 Y, otherwise say N. 20713 20714 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20715 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20716 The module is called shwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 20717 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 20718 20719Wafer 5823 Watchdog 20720CONFIG_WAFER_WDT 20721 This is a driver for the hardware watchdog on the ICP Wafer 5823 20722 Single Board Computer (and probably other similar models). 20723 20724 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20725 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20726 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20727 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20728 wafer5823wdt.o 20729 20730Machine Check Exception 20731CONFIG_X86_MCE 20732 Machine Check Exception support allows the processor to notify the 20733 kernel if it detects a problem (e.g. overheating, component failure). 20734 The action the kernel takes depends on the severity of the problem, 20735 ranging from a warning message on the console, to halting the machine. 20736 You can safely select this on machines that do not support this feature. 20737 20738 For pentium machines the mce support defaults to off as the mainboard 20739 support is not always present. You must activate it as a boot option. 20740 20741Toshiba Laptop support 20742CONFIG_TOSHIBA 20743 This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode of 20744 the CPU on Toshiba portables with a genuine Toshiba BIOS. It does 20745 not work on models with a Phoenix BIOS. The System Management Mode 20746 is used to set the BIOS and power saving options on Toshiba portables. 20747 20748 For information on utilities to make use of this driver see the 20749 Toshiba Linux utilities web site at: 20750 <http://www.buzzard.org.uk/toshiba/>. 20751 20752 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20753 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20754 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20755 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20756 toshiba.o 20757 20758 Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Toshiba portable. 20759 Say N otherwise. 20760 20761Dell laptop support 20762CONFIG_I8K 20763 This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode 20764 of the CPU on the Dell Inspiron and Latitude laptops. The System 20765 Management Mode is used to read cpu temperature, cooling fan 20766 status and Fn-keys status on Dell laptops. It can also be used 20767 to switch the fans on and off. 20768 20769 The driver has been developed and tested on an Inspiron 8000 20770 but it should work on any Dell Inspiron or Latitude laptop. 20771 You can force loading on unsupported models by passing the 20772 parameter `force=1' to the module. Use at your own risk. 20773 20774 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20775 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20776 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20777 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20778 i8k.o 20779 20780 For more information on this driver and for utilities that make 20781 use of the module see the I8K Linux Utilities web site at: 20782 <http://www.debian.org/~dz/i8k/>. 20783 20784 Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Dell laptop. 20785 Say N otherwise. 20786 20787/dev/cpu/microcode - Intel IA32 CPU microcode support 20788CONFIG_MICROCODE 20789 If you say Y here and also to "/dev file system support" in the 20790 'File systems' section, you will be able to update the microcode on 20791 Intel processors in the IA32 family, e.g. Pentium Pro, Pentium II, 20792 Pentium III, Pentium 4, Xeon etc. You will obviously need the 20793 actual microcode binary data itself which is not shipped with the 20794 Linux kernel. 20795 20796 For latest news and information on obtaining all the required 20797 ingredients for this driver, check: 20798 <http://www.urbanmyth.org/microcode/>. 20799 20800 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20801 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20802 The module will be called microcode.o. If you want to compile it as 20803 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If 20804 you use modprobe or kmod you may also want to add the line 20805 'alias char-major-10-184 microcode' to your /etc/modules.conf file. 20806 20807/dev/cpu/*/msr - Model-specific register support 20808CONFIG_X86_MSR 20809 This device gives privileged processes access to the x86 20810 Model-Specific Registers (MSRs). It is a character device with 20811 major 202 and minors 0 to 31 for /dev/cpu/0/msr to /dev/cpu/31/msr. 20812 MSR accesses are directed to a specific CPU on multi-processor 20813 systems. 20814 20815 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20816 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20817 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20818 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20819 msr.o 20820 20821/dev/cpu/*/cpuid - CPU information support 20822CONFIG_X86_CPUID 20823 This device gives processes access to the x86 CPUID instruction to 20824 be executed on a specific processor. It is a character device 20825 with major 203 and minors 0 to 31 for /dev/cpu/0/cpuid to 20826 /dev/cpu/31/cpuid. 20827 20828 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20829 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20830 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 20831 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 20832 cpuid.o 20833 20834x86 BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive support 20835CONFIG_EDD 20836 Say Y or M here if you want to enable BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive 20837 Services real mode BIOS calls to determine which disk 20838 BIOS tries boot from. This information is then exported via /proc. 20839 20840 This option is experimental, but believed to be safe, 20841 and most disk controller BIOS vendors do not yet implement this feature. 20842 20843SBC-60XX Watchdog Timer 20844CONFIG_60XX_WDT 20845 This driver can be used with the watchdog timer found on some 20846 single board computers, namely the 6010 PII based computer. 20847 It may well work with other cards. It reads port 0x443 to enable 20848 and re-set the watchdog timer, and reads port 0x45 to disable 20849 the watchdog. If you have a card that behave in similar ways, 20850 you can probably make this driver work with your card as well. 20851 20852 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use 20853 it as a module. The module will be called sbc60xxwdt.o. 20854 20855Eurotech CPU-1220/1410 Watchdog Timer 20856CONFIG_EUROTECH_WDT 20857 Enable support for the watchdog timer on the Eurotech CPU-1220 and 20858 CPU-1410 cards. These are PC/104 SBCs. Spec sheets and product 20859 information are at <http://www.eurotech.it/>. 20860 20861W83877F Watchdog Timer 20862CONFIG_W83877F_WDT 20863 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the W83877F chipset 20864 as used in EMACS PC-104 motherboards (and may work on others). This 20865 watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, 20866 and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of 20867 time. 20868 20869 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use 20870 it as a module. The module will be called w83877f_wdt.o. 20871 20872SC520 (AMD Elan) Watchdog Timer 20873CONFIG_SC520_WDT 20874 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog built in to the 20875 AMD "Elan" SC520 microcomputer commonly used in embedded systems. 20876 This watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't 20877 freeze, and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain 20878 amount of time. 20879 20880 You can compile this driver directly into the kernel, or use 20881 it as a module. The module will be called sc520_wdt.o. 20882 20883Enhanced Real Time Clock Support 20884CONFIG_RTC 20885 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 20886 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 20887 will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built 20888 into your computer. 20889 20890 Every PC has such a clock built in. It can be used to generate 20891 signals from as low as 1Hz up to 8192Hz, and can also be used 20892 as a 24 hour alarm. It reports status information via the file 20893 /proc/driver/rtc and its behaviour is set by various ioctls on 20894 /dev/rtc. 20895 20896 If you run Linux on a multiprocessor machine and said Y to 20897 "Symmetric Multi Processing" above, you should say Y here to read 20898 and set the RTC in an SMP compatible fashion. 20899 20900 If you think you have a use for such a device (such as periodic data 20901 sampling), then say Y here, and read <file:Documentation/rtc.txt> 20902 for details. 20903 20904 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20905 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20906 The module is called rtc.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 20907 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 20908 20909Generic MIPS RTC Support 20910CONFIG_MIPS_RTC 20911 20912 If your machine is a MIPS machine, this option provides a simple, 20913 generic RTC driver for /dev/rtc device. It only implements two IOCTL 20914 operations of the standard PC RTC driver: RTC_RD_TIME and RTC_SET_TIME. 20915 It is sufficient to run hwclock program. 20916 20917 You should say Y here if there is no machine-specific RTC driver for your 20918 MIPS machine but you do want a simple RTC driver for your RTC device. 20919 20920Generic Real Time Clock Support 20921CONFIG_GEN_RTC 20922 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 20923 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 20924 will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built 20925 into your computer. 20926 20927 In 2.4 and later kernels this is the only way to set and get rtc 20928 time on m68k systems so it is highly recommended. 20929 20930 It reports status information via the file /proc/driver/rtc and its 20931 behaviour is set by various ioctls on /dev/rtc. If you enable the 20932 "extended RTC operation" below it will also provide an emulation 20933 for RTC_UIE which is required by some programs and may improve 20934 precision in some cases. 20935 20936 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20937 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20938 The module is called genrtc.o. If you want to compile it as a module, 20939 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. To load the 20940 module automatically add 'alias char-major-10-135 genrtc' to your 20941 /etc/modules.conf 20942 20943Extended RTC operation 20944CONFIG_GEN_RTC_X 20945 Provides an emulation for RTC_UIE which is required by some programs 20946 and may improve precision of the generic RTC support in some cases. 20947 20948Tadpole ANA H8 Support 20949CONFIG_H8 20950 The Hitachi H8/337 is a microcontroller used to deal with the power 20951 and thermal environment. If you say Y here, you will be able to 20952 communicate with it via a character special device. 20953 20954 If unsure, say N. 20955 20956/dev/nvram support 20957CONFIG_NVRAM 20958 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/nvram 20959 with major number 10 and minor number 144 using mknod ("man mknod"), 20960 you get read and write access to the extra bytes of non-volatile 20961 memory in the real time clock (RTC), which is contained in every PC 20962 and most Ataris. The actual number of bytes varies, depending on the 20963 nvram in the system, but is usually 114 (128-14 for the RTC). 20964 20965 This memory is conventionally called "CMOS RAM" on PCs and "NVRAM" 20966 on Ataris. /dev/nvram may be used to view settings there, or to 20967 change them (with some utility). It could also be used to frequently 20968 save a few bits of very important data that may not be lost over 20969 power-off and for which writing to disk is too insecure. Note 20970 however that most NVRAM space in a PC belongs to the BIOS and you 20971 should NEVER idly tamper with it. See Ralf Brown's interrupt list 20972 for a guide to the use of CMOS bytes by your BIOS. 20973 20974 On Atari machines, /dev/nvram is always configured and does not need 20975 to be selected. 20976 20977 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 20978 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 20979 The module will be called nvram.o. If you want to compile it as a 20980 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 20981 20982Joystick support 20983CONFIG_JOYSTICK 20984 If you have a joystick, 6dof controller, gamepad, steering wheel, 20985 weapon control system or something like that you can say Y here to 20986 enable generic support for these controllers. You will also need to 20987 say Y or M to at least one of the hardware specific drivers. This 20988 will make the controllers available as /dev/input/jsX devices. 20989 Please read the file <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> which 20990 contains more information and the location of the joystick package 20991 that you'll need. 20992 20993Game port support 20994CONFIG_INPUT_GAMEPORT 20995 Gameport support is for the standard 15-pin PC gameport. If you 20996 have a joystick, gamepad, gameport card, a soundcard with a gameport 20997 or anything else that uses the gameport, say Y or M here and also to 20998 at least one of the hardware specific drivers. 20999 Please read the file <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> which 21000 contains more information and the location of the joystick package 21001 that you'll need if you use the gameport with a joystick. 21002 21003 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21004 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21005 The module will be called gameport.o. If you want to compile it as 21006 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21007 21008Classic ISA/PnP gameports 21009CONFIG_INPUT_NS558 21010 Say Y here if you have an ISA or PnP gameport. 21011 For more information on how to use the driver please read 21012 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21013 21014 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21015 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21016 The module will be called ns558.o. If you want to compile it as a 21017 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21018 21019PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard 21020CONFIG_INPUT_LIGHTNING 21021 Say Y here if you have a PDPI Lightning 4 gamecard. For more 21022 information on how to use the driver please read 21023 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21024 21025 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21026 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21027 The module will be called lightning.o. If you want to compile it as 21028 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21029 21030Crystal SoundFusion gameports 21031CONFIG_INPUT_CS461X 21032 Say Y here if you have a Cirrus CS461x aka "Crystal SoundFusion" 21033 PCI audio accelerator. A product page for the CS4614 is at 21034 <http://www.cirrus.com/design/products/overview/index.cfm?ProductID=40>. 21035 21036 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21037 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21038 The module will be called cs461x.o. If you want to compile it as a 21039 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21040 21041Aureal Vortex, Trident 4DWave, and ALi 5451 gameports 21042CONFIG_INPUT_PCIGAME 21043 Say Y here if you have a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex 1/2 21044 card or an ALi 5451 chip on your motherboard. For more information 21045 on how to use the driver please read 21046 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21047 21048 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21049 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21050 The module will be called pcigame.o. If you want to compile it as a 21051 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21052 21053SoundBlaster Live! gameports 21054CONFIG_INPUT_EMU10K1 21055 Say Y here if you have a SoundBlaster Live! card and want to use 21056 its gameport. For more information on how to use the driver 21057 please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21058 21059 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21060 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21061 The module will be called emu10k1-gp.o. If you want to compile it as 21062 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21063 21064Classic PC analog joysticks and gamepads 21065CONFIG_INPUT_ANALOG 21066 Say Y here if you have a controller that connects to the PC 21067 gameport. This supports many different types, including joysticks 21068 with throttle control, with rudders, or with extensions like 21069 additional hats and buttons compatible with CH Flightstick Pro, 21070 ThrustMaster FCS, 6 and 8 button gamepads, or Saitek Cyborg 21071 joysticks. For more information on how to use the driver please 21072 read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21073 21074 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21075 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21076 The module will be called analog.o. If you want to compile it as a 21077 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21078 21079Assassin 3D and MadCatz Panther devices 21080CONFIG_INPUT_A3D 21081 Say Y here if you have an FPGaming or MadCatz controller using the 21082 A3D protocol over the PC gameport. For more information on how to 21083 use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21084 21085 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21086 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21087 The module will be called a3d.o. If you want to compile it as a 21088 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21089 21090Logitech ADI digital joysticks and gamepads 21091CONFIG_INPUT_ADI 21092 Say Y here if you have a Logitech controller using the ADI 21093 protocol over the PC gameport. For more information on how to use 21094 the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21095 21096 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21097 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21098 The module will be called adi.o. If you want to compile it as a 21099 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21100 21101Creative Labs Blaster Cobra gamepad 21102CONFIG_INPUT_COBRA 21103 Say Y here if you have a Creative Labs Blaster Cobra gamepad. 21104 For more information on how to use the driver please read 21105 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21106 21107 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21108 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21109 The module will be called cobra.o. If you want to compile it as a 21110 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21111 21112Genius Flight2000 Digital joysticks and gamepads 21113CONFIG_INPUT_GF2K 21114 Say Y here if you have a Genius Flight2000 or MaxFighter digitally 21115 communicating joystick or gamepad. For more information on how to 21116 use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21117 21118 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21119 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21120 The module will be called gf2k.o. If you want to compile it as a 21121 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21122 21123Gravis GrIP joysticks and gamepads 21124CONFIG_INPUT_GRIP 21125 Say Y here if you have a Gravis controller using the GrIP protocol 21126 over the PC gameport. For more information on how to use the driver 21127 please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21128 21129 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21130 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21131 The module will be called grip.o. If you want to compile it as a 21132 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21133 21134InterAct digital joysticks and gamepads 21135CONFIG_INPUT_INTERACT 21136 Say Y hereif you have an InterAct gameport or joystick 21137 communicating digitally over the gameport. For more information on 21138 how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21139 21140 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21141 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21142 The module will be called interact.o. If you want to compile it as 21143 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21144 21145ThrustMaster DirectConnect joysticks and gamepads 21146CONFIG_INPUT_TMDC 21147 Say Y here if you have a ThrustMaster controller using the 21148 DirectConnect (BSP) protocol over the PC gameport. For more 21149 information on how to use the driver please read 21150 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21151 21152 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21153 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21154 The module will be called tmdc.o. If you want to compile it as a 21155 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21156 21157Microsoft SideWinder digital joysticks and gamepads 21158CONFIG_INPUT_SIDEWINDER 21159 Say Y here if you have a Microsoft controller using the Digital 21160 Overdrive protocol over PC gameport. For more information on how to 21161 use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21162 21163 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21164 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21165 The module will be called sidewinder.o. If you want to compile it 21166 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21167 21168Serial port device support 21169CONFIG_INPUT_SERIO 21170 Say Y here and to the Serial port input line discipline option if 21171 you plan to use a joystick that communicates over the serial (COM) 21172 port. For more information on how to use the driver please read 21173 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21174 21175 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21176 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21177 The module will be called sidewinder.o. If you want to compile it 21178 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21179 21180Serial port input line discipline 21181CONFIG_INPUT_SERPORT 21182 Say Y here if you plan to use a joystick that communicates over the 21183 serial (COM) port. For more information on how to use the driver 21184 please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21185 21186 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21187 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21188 The module will be called serport.o. If you want to compile it as a 21189 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21190 21191Logitech WingMan Warrior joystick 21192CONFIG_INPUT_WARRIOR 21193 Say Y here if you have a Logitech WingMan Warrior joystick connected 21194 to your computer's serial port. For more information on how to use 21195 the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21196 21197 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21198 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21199 The module will be called warrior.o. If you want to compile it as a 21200 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21201 21202LogiCad3d Magellan/SpaceMouse 6dof controller 21203CONFIG_INPUT_MAGELLAN 21204 Say Y here if you have a Magellan or Space Mouse 6DOF controller 21205 connected to your computer's serial port. For more information on 21206 how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21207 21208 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21209 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21210 The module will be called magellan.o. If you want to compile it as 21211 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21212 21213SpaceTec SpaceOrb/Avenger 6dof controller 21214CONFIG_INPUT_SPACEORB 21215 Say Y here if you have a SpaceOrb 360 or SpaceBall Avenger 6DOF 21216 controller connected to your computer's serial port. For more 21217 information on how to use the driver please read 21218 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21219 21220 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21221 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21222 The module will be called spaceorb.o. If you want to compile it as 21223 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21224 21225SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX 6dof controller 21226CONFIG_INPUT_SPACEBALL 21227 Say Y here if you have a SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX controller 21228 connected to your computer's serial port. For more information on 21229 how to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21230 21231 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21232 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21233 The module will be called spaceball.o. If you want to compile it as 21234 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21235 21236Gravis Stinger gamepad 21237CONFIG_INPUT_STINGER 21238 Say Y here if you have a Gravis Stinger connected to one of your 21239 serial ports. For more information on how to use the driver please 21240 read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21241 21242 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21243 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21244 The module will be called stinger.o. If you want to compile it as a 21245 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21246 21247I-Force joysticks/wheels 21248CONFIG_INPUT_IFORCE_232 21249 Say Y here if you have an I-Force joystick or steering wheel 21250 connected to your serial (COM) port. For more information on how 21251 to use the driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21252 21253 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21254 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21255 The module will be called iforce.o. If you want to compile it as a 21256 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21257 21258I-Force joysticks/wheels 21259CONFIG_INPUT_IFORCE_USB 21260 Say Y here if you have an I-Force joystick or steering wheel 21261 connected to your USB port. For more information on how to use the 21262 driver please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21263 21264 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21265 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21266 The module will be called iforce.o. If you want to compile it as a 21267 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21268 21269Multisystem, Sega Genesis, Saturn joysticks and gamepads 21270CONFIG_INPUT_DB9 21271 Say Y here if you have a Sega Master System gamepad, Sega Genesis 21272 gamepad, Sega Saturn gamepad, or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, 21273 Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick connected to your parallel port. 21274 For more information on how to use the driver please read 21275 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and 21276 <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>. 21277 21278 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21279 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21280 The module will be called db9.o. If you want to compile it as a 21281 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21282 21283Multisystem, NES, SNES, N64, PSX joysticks and gamepads 21284CONFIG_INPUT_GAMECON 21285 Say Y here if you have a Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, 21286 Super Nintendo Entertainment System gamepad, Nintendo 64 gamepad, 21287 Sony PlayStation gamepad or a Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, 21288 Commodore, Amstrad CPC joystick connected to your parallel port. 21289 For more information on how to use the driver please read 21290 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and 21291 <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>. 21292 21293 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21294 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21295 The module will be called gamecon.o. If you want to compile it as a 21296 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21297 21298Multisystem joysticks via TurboGraFX device 21299CONFIG_INPUT_TURBOGRAFX 21300 Say Y here if you have the TurboGraFX interface by Steffen Schwenke, 21301 and want to use it with Multisystem -- Atari, Amiga, Commodore, 21302 Amstrad CPC joystick. For more information on how to use the driver 21303 please read <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt> and 21304 <file:Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt>. 21305 21306 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21307 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21308 The module will be called turbografx.o. If you want to compile it 21309 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21310 21311Amiga joysticks 21312CONFIG_INPUT_AMIJOY 21313 Say Y here if you have an Amiga with a digital joystick connected 21314 to it. For more information on how to use the driver please read 21315 <file:Documentation/input/joystick.txt>. 21316 21317 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21318 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21319 The module will be called joy-amiga.o. If you want to compile it as 21320 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 21321 21322Atomwide serial port support 21323CONFIG_ATOMWIDE_SERIAL 21324 If you have an Atomwide Serial card for an Acorn system, say Y to 21325 this option. The driver can handle 1, 2, or 3 port cards. 21326 If unsure, say N. 21327 21328Dual serial port support 21329CONFIG_DUALSP_SERIAL 21330 If you have the Serial Port's dual serial card for an Acorn system, 21331 say Y to this option. If unsure, say N. 21332 21333NetWinder Button 21334CONFIG_NWBUTTON 21335 If you say Y here and create a character device node /dev/nwbutton 21336 with major and minor numbers 10 and 158 ("man mknod"), then every 21337 time the orange button is pressed a number of times, the number of 21338 times the button was pressed will be written to that device. 21339 21340 This is most useful for applications, as yet unwritten, which 21341 perform actions based on how many times the button is pressed in a 21342 row. 21343 21344 Do not hold the button down for too long, as the driver does not 21345 alter the behaviour of the hardware reset circuitry attached to the 21346 button; it will still execute a hard reset if the button is held 21347 down for longer than approximately five seconds. 21348 21349 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 21350 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 21351 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 21352 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 21353 nwbutton.o. 21354 21355 Most people will answer Y to this question and "Reboot Using Button" 21356 below to be able to initiate a system shutdown from the button. 21357 21358Reboot Using Button 21359CONFIG_NWBUTTON_REBOOT 21360 If you say Y here, then you will be able to initiate a system 21361 shutdown and reboot by pressing the orange button a number of times. 21362 The number of presses to initiate the shutdown is two by default, 21363 but this can be altered by modifying the value of NUM_PRESSES_REBOOT 21364 in nwbutton.h and recompiling the driver or, if you compile the 21365 driver as a module, you can specify the number of presses at load 21366 time with "insmod button reboot_count=<something>". 21367 21368Sound card support 21369CONFIG_SOUND 21370 If you have a sound card in your computer, i.e. if it can say more 21371 than an occasional beep, say Y. Be sure to have all the information 21372 about your sound card and its configuration down (I/O port, 21373 interrupt and DMA channel), because you will be asked for it. 21374 21375 You want to read the Sound-HOWTO, available from 21376 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. General information about 21377 the modular sound system is contained in the files 21378 <file:Documentation/sound/Introduction>. The file 21379 <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> contains some slightly 21380 outdated but still useful information as well. 21381 21382 If you have a PnP sound card and you want to configure it at boot 21383 time using the ISA PnP tools (read 21384 <http://www.roestock.demon.co.uk/isapnptools/>), then you need to 21385 compile the sound card support as a module ( = code which can be 21386 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want) 21387 and load that module after the PnP configuration is finished. To do 21388 this, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well 21389 as <file:Documentation/sound/README.modules>; the module will be 21390 called soundcore.o. 21391 21392 I'm told that even without a sound card, you can make your computer 21393 say more than an occasional beep, by programming the PC speaker. 21394 Kernel patches and supporting utilities to do that are in the pcsp 21395 package, available at <ftp://ftp.infradead.org/pub/pcsp/>. 21396 21397OSS sound modules 21398CONFIG_SOUND_OSS 21399 OSS is the Open Sound System suite of sound card drivers. They make 21400 sound programming easier since they provide a common API. Say Y or 21401 M here (the module will be called sound.o) if you haven't found a 21402 driver for your sound card above, then pick your driver from the 21403 list below. 21404 21405Persistent DMA buffers 21406CONFIG_SOUND_DMAP 21407 Linux can often have problems allocating DMA buffers for ISA sound 21408 cards on machines with more than 16MB of RAM. This is because ISA 21409 DMA buffers must exist below the 16MB boundary and it is quite 21410 possible that a large enough free block in this region cannot be 21411 found after the machine has been running for a while. If you say Y 21412 here the DMA buffers (64Kb) will be allocated at boot time and kept 21413 until the shutdown. This option is only useful if you said Y to 21414 "OSS sound modules", above. If you said M to "OSS sound modules" 21415 then you can get the persistent DMA buffer functionality by passing 21416 the command-line argument "dmabuf=1" to the sound.o module. 21417 21418 Say Y unless you have 16MB or less RAM or a PCI sound card. 21419 21420Support for Aztech Sound Galaxy (non-PnP) cards 21421CONFIG_SOUND_SGALAXY 21422 This module initializes the older non Plug and Play sound galaxy 21423 cards from Aztech. It supports the Waverider Pro 32 - 3D and the 21424 Galaxy Washington 16. 21425 21426 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21427 "sgalaxy=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<sgbase>" to the kernel command 21428 line. 21429 21430Support for AD1816(A) based cards 21431CONFIG_SOUND_AD1816 21432 Say M here if you have a sound card based on the Analog Devices 21433 AD1816(A) chip. 21434 21435 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21436 "ad1816=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel command line. 21437 21438Yamaha OPL3-SA1 audio controller 21439CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA1 21440 Say Y or M if you have a Yamaha OPL3-SA1 sound chip, which is 21441 usually built into motherboards. Read 21442 <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA> for details. 21443 21444 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21445 "opl3sa=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel 21446 command line. 21447 21448ProAudioSpectrum 16 support 21449CONFIG_SOUND_PAS 21450 Answer Y only if you have a Pro Audio Spectrum 16, ProAudio Studio 21451 16 or Logitech SoundMan 16 sound card. Answer N if you have some 21452 other card made by Media Vision or Logitech since those are not 21453 PAS16 compatible. Please read <file:Documentation/sound/PAS16>. 21454 It is not necessary to add Sound Blaster support separately; it 21455 is included in PAS support. 21456 21457 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21458 "pas2=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<sbio>,<sbirq>,<sbdma>,<sbdma2> 21459 to the kernel command line. 21460 21461Enable PAS16 joystick port 21462CONFIG_PAS_JOYSTICK 21463 Say Y here to enable the Pro Audio Spectrum 16's auxiliary joystick 21464 port. 21465 21466100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support 21467CONFIG_SOUND_SB 21468 Answer Y if you have an original Sound Blaster card made by Creative 21469 Labs or a 100% hardware compatible clone (like the Thunderboard or 21470 SM Games). For an unknown card you may answer Y if the card claims 21471 to be Sound Blaster-compatible. 21472 21473 Please read the file <file:Documentation/sound/Soundblaster>. 21474 21475 You should also say Y here for cards based on the Avance Logic 21476 ALS-007 and ALS-1X0 chips (read <file:Documentation/sound/ALS>) and 21477 for cards based on ESS chips (read 21478 <file:Documentation/sound/ESS1868> and 21479 <file:Documentation/sound/ESS>). If you have an SB AWE 32 or SB AWE 21480 64, say Y here and also to "AWE32 synth" below and read 21481 <file:Documentation/sound/INSTALL.awe>. If you have an IBM Mwave 21482 card, say Y here and read <file:Documentation/sound/mwave>. 21483 21484 If you compile the driver into the kernel and don't want to use 21485 isapnp, you have to add "sb=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel 21486 command line. 21487 21488 You can say M here to compile this driver as a module; the module is 21489 called sb.o. 21490 21491Gravis Ultrasound support 21492CONFIG_SOUND_GUS 21493 Say Y here for any type of Gravis Ultrasound card, including the GUS 21494 or GUS MAX. See also <file:Documentation/sound/ultrasound> for more 21495 information on configuring this card with modules. 21496 21497 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21498 "gus=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>" to the kernel command line. 21499 21500MPU-401 support (NOT for SB16) 21501CONFIG_SOUND_MPU401 21502 Be careful with this question. The MPU401 interface is supported by 21503 all sound cards. However, some natively supported cards have their 21504 own driver for MPU401. Enabling this MPU401 option with these cards 21505 will cause a conflict. Also, enabling MPU401 on a system that 21506 doesn't really have a MPU401 could cause some trouble. If your card 21507 was in the list of supported cards, look at the card specific 21508 instructions in the <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> file. It 21509 is safe to answer Y if you have a true MPU401 MIDI interface card. 21510 21511 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21512 "mpu401=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line. 21513 215146850 UART support 21515CONFIG_SOUND_UART6850 21516 This option enables support for MIDI interfaces based on the 6850 21517 UART chip. This interface is rarely found on sound cards. It's safe 21518 to answer N to this question. 21519 21520 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21521 "uart6850=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line. 21522 21523PSS (AD1848, ADSP-2115, ESC614) support 21524CONFIG_SOUND_PSS 21525 Answer Y or M if you have an Orchid SW32, Cardinal DSP16, Beethoven 21526 ADSP-16 or some other card based on the PSS chipset (AD1848 codec + 21527 ADSP-2115 DSP chip + Echo ESC614 ASIC CHIP). For more information on 21528 how to compile it into the kernel or as a module see the file 21529 <file:Documentation/sound/PSS>. 21530 21531 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21532 "pss=<io>,<mssio>,<mssirq>,<mssdma>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel 21533 command line. 21534 21535Enable PSS mixer (Beethoven ADSP-16 and other compatible) 21536CONFIG_PSS_MIXER 21537 Answer Y for Beethoven ADSP-16. You may try to say Y also for other 21538 cards if they have master volume, bass, treble, and you can't 21539 control it under Linux. If you answer N for Beethoven ADSP-16, you 21540 can't control master volume, bass, treble and synth volume. 21541 21542 If you said M to "PSS support" above, you may enable or disable this 21543 PSS mixer with the module parameter pss_mixer. For more information 21544 see the file <file:Documentation/sound/PSS>. 21545 21546Have DSPxxx.LD firmware file 21547CONFIG_PSS_HAVE_BOOT 21548 If you have the DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file for you card, say Y 21549 to include this file. Without this file the synth device (OPL) may 21550 not work. 21551 21552Full pathname of DSPxxx.LD firmware file 21553CONFIG_PSS_BOOT_FILE 21554 Enter the full pathname of your DSPxxx.LD file or SYNTH.LD file, 21555 starting from /. 21556 21557Microsoft Sound System support 21558CONFIG_SOUND_MSS 21559 Again think carefully before answering Y to this question. It's 21560 safe to answer Y if you have the original Windows Sound System card 21561 made by Microsoft or Aztech SG 16 Pro (or NX16 Pro). Also you may 21562 say Y in case your card is NOT among these: 21563 21564 ATI Stereo F/X, AdLib, Audio Excell DSP16, Cardinal DSP16, 21565 Ensoniq SoundScape (and compatibles made by Reveal and Spea), 21566 Gravis Ultrasound, Gravis Ultrasound ACE, Gravis Ultrasound Max, 21567 Gravis Ultrasound with 16 bit option, Logitech Sound Man 16, 21568 Logitech SoundMan Games, Logitech SoundMan Wave, MAD16 Pro (OPTi 21569 82C929), Media Vision Jazz16, MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro, Microsoft 21570 Windows Sound System (MSS/WSS), Mozart (OAK OTI-601), Orchid 21571 SW32, Personal Sound System (PSS), Pro Audio Spectrum 16, Pro 21572 Audio Studio 16, Pro Sonic 16, Roland MPU-401 MIDI interface, 21573 Sound Blaster 1.0, Sound Blaster 16, Sound Blaster 16ASP, Sound 21574 Blaster 2.0, Sound Blaster AWE32, Sound Blaster Pro, TI TM4000M 21575 notebook, ThunderBoard, Turtle Beach Tropez, Yamaha FM 21576 synthesizers (OPL2, OPL3 and OPL4), 6850 UART MIDI Interface. 21577 21578 For cards having native support in VoxWare, consult the card 21579 specific instructions in <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS>. 21580 Some drivers have their own MSS support and saying Y to this option 21581 will cause a conflict. 21582 21583 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21584 "ad1848=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>[,<type>]" to the kernel command 21585 line. 21586 21587SGI Visual Workstation on-board audio 21588CONFIG_SOUND_VWSND 21589 Say Y or M if you have an SGI Visual Workstation and you want to be 21590 able to use its on-board audio. Read 21591 <file:Documentation/sound/vwsnd> for more info on this driver's 21592 capabilities. 21593 21594NEC Vrc5477 AC97 sound 21595CONFIG_SOUND_VRC5477 21596 Say Y here to enable sound support for the NEC Vrc5477 chip, an 21597 integrated, multi-function controller chip for MIPS CPUs. Works 21598 with the AC97 codec. 21599 21600Ensoniq SoundScape support 21601CONFIG_SOUND_SSCAPE 21602 Answer Y if you have a sound card based on the Ensoniq SoundScape 21603 chipset. Such cards are being manufactured at least by Ensoniq, Spea 21604 and Reveal (Reveal makes also other cards). 21605 21606 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21607 "sscape=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel command 21608 line. 21609 21610MediaTriX AudioTriX Pro support 21611CONFIG_SOUND_TRIX 21612 Answer Y if you have the AudioTriX Pro sound card manufactured 21613 by MediaTrix. 21614 21615Have TRXPRO.HEX firmware file 21616CONFIG_TRIX_HAVE_BOOT 21617 The MediaTrix AudioTrix Pro has an on-board microcontroller which 21618 needs to be initialized by downloading the code from the file 21619 TRXPRO.HEX in the DOS driver directory. If you don't have the 21620 TRXPRO.HEX file handy you may skip this step. However, the SB and 21621 MPU-401 modes of AudioTrix Pro will not work without this file! 21622 21623Full pathname of TRXPRO.HEX firmware file 21624CONFIG_TRIX_BOOT_FILE 21625 Enter the full pathname of your TRXPRO.HEX file, starting from /. 21626 21627Support for OPTi MAD16 and/or Mozart based cards 21628CONFIG_SOUND_MAD16 21629 Answer Y if your card has a Mozart (OAK OTI-601) or MAD16 (OPTi 21630 82C928 or 82C929 or 82C931) audio interface chip. These chips are 21631 quite common so it's possible that many no-name cards have one of 21632 them. In addition the MAD16 chip is used in some cards made by known 21633 manufacturers such as Turtle Beach (Tropez), Reveal (some models) 21634 and Diamond (latest ones). Note however that the Tropez sound cards 21635 have their own driver; if you have one of those, say N here and Y or 21636 M to "Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront", below. 21637 21638 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21639 "mad16=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the 21640 kernel command line. 21641 21642 See also <file:Documentation/sound/Opti> and 21643 <file:Documentation/sound/MAD16> for more information on setting 21644 these cards up as modules. 21645 21646Full support for Turtle Beach WaveFront (Tropez Plus, Tropez, Maui) synth/sound cards 21647CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEFRONT 21648 Answer Y or M if you have a Tropez Plus, Tropez or Maui sound card 21649 and read the files <file:Documentation/sound/Wavefront> and 21650 <file:Documentation/sound/Tropez+>. 21651 21652Support MIDI in older MAD16 based cards (requires SB) 21653CONFIG_MAD16_OLDCARD 21654 Answer Y (or M) if you have an older card based on the C928 or 21655 Mozart chipset and you want to have MIDI support. If you enable this 21656 option you also need to enable support for Sound Blaster. 21657 21658Support for Crystal CS4232 based (PnP) cards 21659CONFIG_SOUND_CS4232 21660 Say Y here if you have a card based on the Crystal CS4232 chip set, 21661 which uses its own Plug and Play protocol. 21662 21663 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21664 "cs4232=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mpuio>,<mpuirq>" to the kernel 21665 command line. 21666 21667 See <file:Documentation/sound/CS4232> for more information on 21668 configuring this card. 21669 21670Support for Crystal CS4297a on SiByte syncser 21671CONFIG_SOUND_BCM_CS4297A 21672 The BCM91250A has a Crystal CS4297a on synchronous serial port B (in 21673 addition to the DB-9 serial port). Say Y or M here to enable the 21674 sound chip instead of the UART. Also note that CONFIG_KGDB should 21675 not be enabled at the same time, since it also attempts to use this 21676 UART port. 21677 21678Support for Yamaha OPL3-SA2 and SA3 based PnP cards 21679CONFIG_SOUND_OPL3SA2 21680 Say Y or M if you have a card based on one of these Yamaha sound 21681 chipsets or the "SAx", which is actually a SA3. Read 21682 <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3-SA2> for more information on 21683 configuring these cards. 21684 21685 If you compile the driver into the kernel and do not also 21686 configure in the optional ISA PnP support, you will have to add 21687 "opl3sa2=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma2>,<mssio>,<mpuio>" to the kernel 21688 command line. 21689 21690Support for Turtle Beach Wave Front (Maui, Tropez) synthesizers 21691CONFIG_SOUND_MAUI 21692 Say Y here if you have a Turtle Beach Wave Front, Maui, or Tropez 21693 sound card. 21694 21695 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21696 "maui=<io>,<irq>" to the kernel command line. 21697 21698Have OSWF.MOT firmware file 21699CONFIG_MAUI_HAVE_BOOT 21700 Turtle Beach Maui and Tropez sound cards have a microcontroller 21701 which needs to be initialized prior to use. OSWF.MOT is a file 21702 distributed with the card's DOS/Windows drivers. Answer Y if you 21703 have this file. 21704 21705Full pathname of OSWF.MOT firmware file 21706CONFIG_MAUI_BOOT_FILE 21707 Enter the full pathname of your OSWF.MOT file, starting from /. 21708 21709Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti, Monterey 21710CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDCLAS 21711 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Classic, Tahiti or 21712 Monterey (not for the Pinnacle or Fiji). 21713 21714 See <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for important information 21715 about this driver. Note that it has been discontinued, but the 21716 Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available 21717 at <http://www.voyetra-turtle-beach.com/site/kb_ftp/790.asp>. 21718 21719MSND Classic I/O 21720CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_IO 21721 I/O port address for the MultiSound Classic and related cards. 21722 21723MSND Classic IRQ 21724CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_IRQ 21725 Interrupt Request line for the MultiSound Classic and related cards. 21726 21727MSND Classic memory address 21728CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_MEM 21729 Memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound Classic and 21730 related cards. 21731 21732Full pathname of MSNDINIT.BIN firmware file 21733CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_INIT_FILE 21734 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for 21735 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be 21736 obtained from Turtle Beach. See 21737 <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to 21738 obtain this. 21739 21740Full pathname of MSNDPERM.BIN firmware file 21741CONFIG_MSNDCLAS_PERM_FILE 21742 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for 21743 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be 21744 obtained from Turtle Beach. See 21745 <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to 21746 obtain this. 21747 21748Support for Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle, Fiji 21749CONFIG_SOUND_MSNDPIN 21750 Say M here if you have a Turtle Beach MultiSound Pinnacle or Fiji. 21751 See <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for important information 21752 about this driver. Note that it has been discontinued, but the 21753 Voyetra Turtle Beach knowledge base entry for it is still available 21754 at <http://www.voyetra-turtle-beach.com/site/kb_ftp/600.asp>. 21755 21756MSND Pinnacle IDE I/O 0 21757CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IO0 21758 CD-ROM drive 0 memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound 21759 Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21760 21761MSND Pinnacle IDE I/O 1 21762CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IO1 21763 CD-ROM drive 1 memory-mapped I/O base address for the MultiSound 21764 Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21765 21766MSND Pinnacle IDE IRQ 21767CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IDE_IRQ 21768 Interrupt request number for the IDE CD-ROM interface on the 21769 MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21770 21771MSND Pinnacle I/O 21772CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IO 21773 Memory-mapped I/O base address for the primary synthesizer on 21774 MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21775 21776MSND Pinnacle MPU I/O 21777CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MPU_IO 21778 Memory-mapped I/O base address for the Kurzweil daughterboard 21779 synthesizer on MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21780 21781MSND Pinnacle MPU IRQ 21782CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MPU_IRQ 21783 Iinterrupt request number for the Kurzweil daughterboard 21784 synthesizer on MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21785 21786MSND Pinnacle IRQ 21787CONFIG_MSNDPIN_IRQ 21788 Interrupt request line for the primary synthesizer on MultiSound 21789 Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21790 21791MSND Pinnacle joystick I/O 21792CONFIG_MSNDPIN_JOYSTICK_IO 21793 Memory-mapped I/O base address for the joystick port on MultiSound 21794 Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21795 21796MSND Pinnacle memory 21797CONFIG_MSNDPIN_MEM 21798 Memory-mapped I/O base address for the primary synthesizer on 21799 MultiSound Pinnacle and Fiji sound cards. 21800 21801Full pathname of PNDSPINI.BIN firmware file 21802CONFIG_MSNDPIN_INIT_FILE 21803 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required 21804 for operation, and are not currently included. These files can be 21805 obtained from Turtle Beach. See 21806 <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to 21807 obtain this. 21808 21809Full pathname of PNDSPERM.BIN firmware file 21810CONFIG_MSNDPIN_PERM_FILE 21811 The MultiSound cards have two firmware files which are required for 21812 operation, and are not currently included. These files can be 21813 obtained from Turtle Beach. See 21814 <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to 21815 obtain this. 21816 21817MSND Pinnacle has S/PDIF I/O 21818CONFIG_MSNDPIN_DIGITAL 21819 If you have the S/PDIF daughter board for the Pinnacle or Fiji, 21820 answer Y here; otherwise, say N. If you have this, you will be able 21821 to play and record from the S/PDIF port (digital signal). See 21822 <file:Documentation/sound/MultiSound> for information on how to make 21823 use of this capability. 21824 21825MSND Pinnacle non-PnP Mode 21826CONFIG_MSNDPIN_NONPNP 21827 The Pinnacle and Fiji card resources can be configured either with 21828 PnP, or through a configuration port. Say Y here if your card is NOT 21829 in PnP mode. For the Pinnacle, configuration in non-PnP mode allows 21830 use of the IDE and joystick peripherals on the card as well; these 21831 do not show up when the card is in PnP mode. Specifying zero for any 21832 resource of a device will disable the device. If you are running the 21833 card in PnP mode, you must say N here and use isapnptools to 21834 configure the card's resources. 21835 21836MSND Pinnacle config port 21837CONFIG_MSNDPIN_CFG 21838 This is the port which the Pinnacle and Fiji uses to configure the 21839 card's resources when not in PnP mode. If your card is in PnP mode, 21840 then be sure to say N to the previous option, "MSND Pinnacle Non-PnP 21841 Mode". 21842 21843MSND buffer size (kB) 21844CONFIG_MSND_FIFOSIZE 21845 Configures the size of each audio buffer, in kilobytes, for 21846 recording and playing in the MultiSound drivers (both the Classic 21847 and Pinnacle). Larger values reduce the chance of data overruns at 21848 the expense of overall latency. If unsure, use the default. 21849 21850Yamaha FM synthesizer (YM3812/OPL-3) support 21851CONFIG_SOUND_YM3812 21852 Answer Y if your card has a FM chip made by Yamaha (OPL2/OPL3/OPL4). 21853 Answering Y is usually a safe and recommended choice, however some 21854 cards may have software (TSR) FM emulation. Enabling FM support with 21855 these cards may cause trouble (I don't currently know of any such 21856 cards, however). Please read the file 21857 <file:Documentation/sound/OPL3> if your card has an OPL3 chip. 21858 21859 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21860 "opl3=<io>" to the kernel command line. 21861 21862 If unsure, say Y. 21863 21864ACI mixer (miroSOUND PCM1-pro/PCM12/PCM20 radio) 21865CONFIG_SOUND_ACI_MIXER 21866 ACI (Audio Command Interface) is a protocol used to communicate with 21867 the microcontroller on some sound cards produced by miro and 21868 Cardinal Technologies. The main function of the ACI is to control 21869 the mixer and to get a product identification. 21870 21871 This VoxWare ACI driver currently supports the ACI functions on the 21872 miroSOUND PCM1-pro, PCM12 and PCM20 radio. On the PCM20 radio, ACI 21873 also controls the radio tuner. This is supported in the video4linux 21874 miropcm20 driver (say M or Y here and go back to "Multimedia 21875 devices" -> "Radio Adapters"). 21876 21877 This driver is also available as a module and will be called aci.o. 21878 21879SB32/AWE support 21880CONFIG_SOUND_AWE32_SYNTH 21881 Say Y here if you have a Sound Blaster SB32, AWE32-PnP, SB AWE64 or 21882 similar sound card. See <file:Documentation/sound/README.awe>, 21883 <file:Documentation/sound/AWE32> and the Soundblaster-AWE 21884 mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> 21885 for more info. 21886 21887Gallant Audio Cards (SC-6000 and SC-6600 based) 21888CONFIG_SOUND_AEDSP16 21889 Answer Y if you have a Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card. This 21890 driver supports Audio Excel DSP 16 but not the III nor PnP versions 21891 of this card. 21892 21893 The Gallant's Audio Excel DSP 16 card can emulate either an SBPro or 21894 a Microsoft Sound System card, so you should have said Y to either 21895 "100% Sound Blaster compatibles (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" 21896 or "Microsoft Sound System support", above, and you need to answer 21897 the "MSS emulation" and "SBPro emulation" questions below 21898 accordingly. You should say Y to one and only one of these two 21899 questions. 21900 21901 Read the <file:Documentation/sound/README.OSS> file and the head of 21902 <file:drivers/sound/aedsp16.c> as well as 21903 <file:Documentation/sound/AudioExcelDSP16> to get more information 21904 about this driver and its configuration. 21905 21906Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation) 21907CONFIG_AEDSP16_SBPRO 21908 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Sound Blaster Pro. 21909 You should then say Y to "100% Sound Blaster compatibles 21910 (SB16/32/64, ESS, Jazz16) support" and N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS 21911 emulation)". 21912 21913 If you compile the driver into the kernel, you have to add 21914 "aedsp16=<io>,<irq>,<dma>,<mssio>,<mpuio>,<mouirq>" to the kernel 21915 command line. 21916 21917Audio Excel DSP 16 (MSS emulation) 21918CONFIG_AEDSP16_MSS 21919 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate Microsoft Sound 21920 System. You should then say Y to "Microsoft Sound System support" 21921 and say N to "Audio Excel DSP 16 (SBPro emulation)". 21922 21923SC-6600 based audio cards (new Audio Excel DSP 16) 21924CONFIG_SC6600 21925 The SC6600 is the new version of DSP mounted on the Audio Excel DSP 21926 16 cards. Find in the manual the FCC ID of your audio card and 21927 answer Y if you have an SC6600 DSP. 21928 21929SC-6600 Joystick Interface 21930CONFIG_SC6600_JOY 21931 Say Y here in order to use the joystick interface of the Audio Excel 21932 DSP 16 card. 21933 21934SC-6600 CD-ROM Interface 21935CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM (4=None, 3=IDE, 1=Panasonic, 0=Sony) 21936 This is used to activate the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel 21937 DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no 21938 CD-ROM present. 21939 21940SC-6600 CD-ROM Interface I/O Address 21941CONFIG_SC6600_CDROMBASE 21942 Base I/O port address for the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel 21943 DSP 16 card. 21944 21945Audio Excel DSP 16 (MPU401 emulation) 21946CONFIG_AEDSP16_MPU401 21947 Answer Y if you want your audio card to emulate the MPU-401 midi 21948 interface. You should then also say Y to "MPU-401 support". 21949 21950 Note that the I/O base for MPU-401 support of aedsp16 is the same 21951 you have selected for "MPU-401 support". If you are using this 21952 driver as a module you have to specify the MPU I/O base address with 21953 the parameter 'mpu_base=0xNNN'. 21954 21955SC-6600 CDROM Interface (4=None, 3=IDE, 1=Panasonic, 0=?Sony?) 21956CONFIG_SC6600_CDROM 21957 This is used to activate the CD-ROM interface of the Audio Excel 21958 DSP 16 card. Enter: 0 for Sony, 1 for Panasonic, 2 for IDE, 4 for no 21959 CD-ROM present. 21960 21961C-Media PCI (CMI8338/8738) 21962CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI 21963 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the CMI8338 21964 or the CMI8738 chipset. Data on these chips are available at 21965 <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>. 21966 21967 A userspace utility to control some internal registers of these 21968 chips is available at 21969 <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>. 21970 21971Support CMI8738 based audio cards 21972CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_CM8738 21973 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the CMI8338 21974 or the CMI8378 chipset. Data on this chip is available at 21975 <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/doc8738.htm>. 21976 21977 A userspace utility to control some internal registers of these 21978 chips is available at 21979 <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>. 21980 21981Enable joystick 21982CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_JOYSTICK 21983 Say here in order to enable the joystick port on a sound crd using 21984 the CMI8338 or the CMI8738 chipset. Data on these chips are 21985 available at <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>. 21986 21987Number of speakers (2, 4, 5, 6) 21988CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPEAKERS 21989 Specify the number of speaker channels you want the card to drive, 21990 as an integer. 21991 21992Enable S/PDIF loop for CMI8738 21993CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPDIFLOOP 21994 Enable loopback from SPDIF in to SPDIF out. For discussion, see 21995 "The 8738 Audio SPDIF In/Out Technical Data" on the technical 21996 support page at <http://www.cmedia.com.tw/>. 21997 21998 A userspace utility to control even more internal registers of these 21999 chips is available at 22000 <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>. 22001 This package will among other things help you enable SPDIF 22002 out/in/loop/monitor. 22003 22004Enable legacy FM 22005CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_FM 22006 Say Y here to enable the legacy FM (frequency-modulation) synthesis 22007 support on a card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset. 22008 22009FM I/O 388, 3C8, 3E0, 3E8 22010CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_FMIO 22011 Set the base I/O address for FM synthesis control on a card using 22012 the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset. 22013 22014Enable legacy MPU-401 22015CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_MIDI 22016 Say Y here to enable the legacy MP401 MIDI synthesis support on a 22017 card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset. 22018 22019MPU-401 I/O 330, 320, 310, 300 22020CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_MPUIO 22021 Set the base I/O address for MP401 MIDI synthesis control on a card 22022 using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset. 22023 22024Inverse S/PDIF in for CMI8738 22025CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPDIFINVERSE 22026 Say Y here to have the driver invert the signal presented on SPDIF IN 22027 of a card using the CMI8338 or CMI8378 chipset. 22028 22029Use Line-in as Read-out 22030CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_LINE_REAR 22031 Say Y here to enable using line-in jack as an output jack for a rear 22032 speaker. 22033 22034Use Line-in as Bass 22035CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_LINE_BASS 22036 Say Y here to enable using line-in jack as an output jack for a bass 22037 speaker. 22038 22039Creative SBLive! (EMU10K1) based PCI sound cards 22040CONFIG_SOUND_EMU10K1 22041 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card using the EMU10K1 chipset, 22042 such as the Creative SBLive!, SB PCI512 or Emu-APS. 22043 22044 For more information on this driver and the degree of support for 22045 the different card models please check: 22046 22047 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/emu10k1/> 22048 22049 It is now possible to load dsp microcode patches into the EMU10K1 22050 chip. These patches are used to implement real time sound 22051 processing effects which include for example: signal routing, 22052 bass/treble control, AC3 passthrough, ... 22053 Userspace tools to create new patches and load/unload them can be 22054 found in the emu-tools package at the above URL. 22055 22056Creative SBLive! (EMU10K1) MIDI 22057CONFIG_MIDI_EMU10K1 22058 Say Y if you want to be able to use the OSS /dev/sequencer 22059 interface. This code is still experimental. 22060 22061Crystal SoundFusion (CS4280/461x) 22062CONFIG_SOUND_FUSION 22063 This module drives the Crystal SoundFusion devices (CS4280/46xx 22064 series) when wired as native sound drivers with AC97 codecs. If 22065 this driver does not work try the CS4232 driver. 22066 22067Ensoniq AudioPCI (ES1370) based PCI sound cards 22068CONFIG_SOUND_ES1370 22069 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq 22070 ES1370 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI (non-97). To find 22071 out if your sound card uses an ES1370 without removing your 22072 computer's cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 22073 1274:5000. Since Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, 22074 Sound Blaster 64/PCI models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. 22075 This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ 22076 <file:Documentation/sound/es1370>. 22077 22078Ensoniq AudioPCI 97 (ES1371) based sound cards 22079CONFIG_SOUND_ES1371 22080 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Ensoniq 22081 ES1371 chipset, such as Ensoniq's AudioPCI97. To find out if 22082 your sound card uses an ES1371 without removing your computer's 22083 cover, use lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 1274:1371. Since 22084 Ensoniq was bought by Creative Labs, Sound Blaster 64/PCI 22085 models are either ES1370 or ES1371 based. This driver differs 22086 slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ 22087 <file:Documentation/sound/es1371>. 22088 22089ESS Solo1 based PCI sound cards (eg. SC1938) 22090CONFIG_SOUND_ESSSOLO1 22091 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the ESS Technology 22092 Solo1 chip. To find out if your sound card uses a 22093 Solo1 chip without removing your computer's cover, use 22094 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 125D:1969. This driver 22095 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ 22096 <file:Documentation/sound/solo1>. 22097 22098S3 SonicVibes based PCI sound cards 22099CONFIG_SOUND_SONICVIBES 22100 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the S3 22101 SonicVibes chipset. To find out if your sound card uses a 22102 SonicVibes chip without removing your computer's cover, use 22103 lspci -n and look for the PCI ID 5333:CA00. This driver 22104 differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ 22105 <file:Documentation/sound/sonicvibes>. 22106 22107Trident 4DWave DX/NX, SiS 7018 or ALi 5451 PCI Audio Core 22108CONFIG_SOUND_TRIDENT 22109 Say Y or M if you have a PCI sound card utilizing the Trident 22110 4DWave-DX/NX chipset or your mother board chipset has SiS 7018 22111 or ALi 5451 built-in. The SiS 7018 PCI Audio Core is embedded 22112 in SiS960 Super South Bridge and SiS540/630 Single Chipset. 22113 The ALi 5451 PCI Audio Core is embedded in ALi M1535, M1535D, 22114 M1535+ or M1535D+ South Bridge. 22115 22116 Use lspci -n to find out if your sound card or chipset uses 22117 Trident 4DWave or SiS 7018. PCI ID 1023:2000 or 1023:2001 stands 22118 for Trident 4Dwave. PCI ID 1039:7018 stands for SiS7018. PCI ID 22119 10B9:5451 stands for ALi5451. 22120 22121 This driver supports S/PDIF in/out (record/playback) for ALi 5451 22122 embedded in ALi M1535+ and M1535D+. Note that they aren't all 22123 enabled by default; you can enable them by saying Y to "/proc file 22124 system support" and "Sysctl support", and after the /proc file 22125 system has been mounted, executing the command 22126 22127 command what is enabled 22128 22129 echo 0>/proc/ALi5451 pcm out is also set to S/PDIF out. (Default). 22130 22131 echo 1>/proc/ALi5451 use S/PDIF out to output pcm data. 22132 22133 echo 2>/proc/ALi5451 use S/PDIF out to output non-pcm data. 22134 (AC3...). 22135 22136 echo 3>/proc/ALi5451 record from Ac97 in(MIC, Line in...). 22137 (Default). 22138 22139 echo 4>/proc/ALi5451 no matter Ac97 settings, record from S/PDIF 22140 in. 22141 22142 22143 This driver differs slightly from OSS/Free, so PLEASE READ the 22144 comments at the top of <file:drivers/sound/trident.c>. 22145 22146Rockwell WaveArtist 22147CONFIG_SOUND_WAVEARTIST 22148 Say Y here to include support for the Rockwell WaveArtist sound 22149 system. This driver is mainly for the NetWinder. 22150 22151VIA 82Cxxx Audio Codec 22152CONFIG_SOUND_VIA82CXXX 22153 Say Y here to include support for the audio codec found on VIA 22154 82Cxxx-based chips. Typically these are built into a motherboard. 22155 22156 DO NOT select Sound Blaster or Adlib with this driver, unless 22157 you have a Sound Blaster or Adlib card in addition to your VIA 22158 audio chip. 22159 22160VIA 82C686 MIDI 22161CONFIG_MIDI_VIA82CXXX 22162 Answer Y to use the MIDI interface of the Via686. You may need to 22163 enable this in the BIOS before it will work. This is for connection 22164 to external MIDI hardware, and is not required for software playback 22165 of MIDI files. 22166 22167NeoMagic 256AV/256ZX sound chipsets 22168CONFIG_SOUND_NM256 22169 Say M here to include audio support for the NeoMagic 256AV/256ZX 22170 chipsets. These are the audio chipsets found in the Sony 22171 Z505S/SX/DX, some Sony F-series, and the Dell Latitude CPi and CPt 22172 laptops. It includes support for an AC97-compatible mixer and an 22173 apparently proprietary sound engine. 22174 22175 See <file:Documentation/sound/NM256> for further information. 22176 22177ESS Maestro, Maestro2, Maestro2E driver 22178CONFIG_SOUND_MAESTRO 22179 Say Y or M if you have a sound system driven by ESS's Maestro line 22180 of PCI sound chips. These include the Maestro 1, Maestro 2, and 22181 Maestro 2E. See <file:Documentation/sound/Maestro> for more 22182 details. 22183 22184ESS Maestro3/Allegro driver 22185CONFIG_SOUND_MAESTRO3 22186 Say Y or M if you have a sound system driven by ESS's Maestro 3 22187 PCI sound chip. 22188 22189ForteMedia FM801 driver 22190CONFIG_SOUND_FORTE 22191 Say Y or M if you want driver support for the ForteMedia FM801 PCI 22192 audio controller (Abit AU10, Genius Sound Maker, HP Workstation 22193 zx2000, and others). 22194 22195Adlib Cards 22196CONFIG_SOUND_ADLIB 22197 Includes ASB 64 4D. Information on programming AdLib cards is 22198 available at <http://www.itsnet.com/home/ldragon/Specs/adlib.html>. 22199 22200Crystal Sound CS4281 22201CONFIG_SOUND_CS4281 22202 Picture and feature list at 22203 <http://www.pcbroker.com/crystal4281.html>. 22204 2220516 bit sampling option of GUS (_NOT_ GUS MAX) 22206CONFIG_SOUND_GUS16 22207 Support for Gravis Ulstrasound (GUS) cards (other than the GUS), 22208 sampling at 16-bit width. 22209 22210GUS MAX support 22211CONFIG_SOUND_GUSMAX 22212 Support for Gravis Ulstrasound MAX. 22213 22214Intel ICH audio support 22215CONFIG_SOUND_ICH 22216 Supports the following chipsets: 22217 22218 Intel ICH 82801AA 22219 Intel ICH 82901AB 22220 Intel 440 MX 22221 Intel ICH2 22222 Intel ICH3 22223 SiS 7012 22224 NVidia nForce 22225 AMD 768 22226 22227 These are audio drivers for integral audio in chipsets of motherboards. 22228 22229 Intel's I/O Controller Hub (ICH) is used on 810/815/820/840/845/845D/850 motherboards. 22230 SiS 7012 is used on 645/735/745 motherboards. 22231 22232Verbose initialization 22233CONFIG_SOUND_TRACEINIT 22234 Verbose soundcard initialization -- affects the format of autoprobe 22235 and initialization messages at boot time. 22236 22237TV card (bt848) mixer support 22238CONFIG_SOUND_TVMIXER 22239 Support for audio mixer facilities on the BT848 TV frame-grabber 22240 card. 22241 22242VIDC 16-bit sound 22243CONFIG_SOUND_VIDC 22244 16-bit support for the VIDC onboard sound hardware found on Acorn 22245 machines. 22246 22247Loopback MIDI device support 22248CONFIG_SOUND_VMIDI 22249 Support for MIDI loopback on port 1 or 2. 22250 22251Yamaha YMF7xx PCI audio (native mode) 22252CONFIG_SOUND_YMFPCI 22253 Support for Yamaha cards with the following chipsets: YMF724, 22254 YMF724F, YMF740, YMF740C, YMF744, and YMF754. 22255 22256 Two common cards that use this type of chip are Waveforce 192XG, 22257 and Waveforce 192 Digital. 22258 22259Yamaha PCI legacy ports support 22260CONFIG_SOUND_YMFPCI_LEGACY 22261 Support for YMF7xx PCI cards emulating an MP401. 22262 22263RME Hammerfall (RME96XX) support 22264CONFIG_SOUND_RME96XX 22265 Say Y or M if you have a Hammerfall or Hammerfall light multichannel card 22266 from RME. If you want to acess advanced features of the card, read 22267 Documentation/sound/rme96xx. 22268 22269Are you using a crosscompiler 22270CONFIG_CROSSCOMPILE 22271 Say Y here if you are compiling the kernel on a different 22272 architecture than the one it is intended to run on. 22273 22274Kernel support for Linux/MIPS 32-bit binary compatibility 22275CONFIG_MIPS32_COMPAT 22276 Select this option if you want Linux/MIPS 32-bit binary 22277 compatibility. Since all software available for Linux/MIPS is 22278 currently 32-bit you should say Y here. 22279 22280Kernel support for o32 binaries 22281CONFIG_MIPS32_O32 22282 Select this option if you want to run o32 binaries. These are pure 22283 32-bit binaries as used by the 32-bit Linux/MIPS port. Most of 22284 existing binaries are in this format. 22285 22286 If unsure, say Y. 22287 22288Kernel support for n32 binaries 22289CONFIG_MIPS32_N32 22290 Select this option if you want to run n32 binaries. These are 22291 64-bit binaries using 32-bit quantities for addressing and certain 22292 data that would normally be 64-bit. They are used in special 22293 cases. 22294 22295 If unsure, say N. 22296 22297Build fp exception handler module 22298CONFIG_MIPS_FPE_MODULE 22299 Build the floating point exception handler module. This option is 22300 only useful for people working on the floating point exception 22301 handler. If you don't, say N. 22302 22303Galileo EV64120 Evaluation board 22304CONFIG_MIPS_EV64120 22305 This is an evaluation board based on the Galileo GT-64120 22306 single-chip system controller that contains a MIPS R5000 compatible 22307 core running at 75/100MHz. Their website is located at 22308 <http://www.marvell.com/>. Say Y here if you wish to build a 22309 kernel for this platform. 22310 22311Galileo EV96100 Evaluation board 22312CONFIG_MIPS_EV96100 22313 This is an evaluation board based on the Galielo GT-96100 LAN/WAN 22314 communications controllers containing a MIPS R5000 compatible core 22315 running at 83MHz. Their website is <http://www.marvell.com/>. Say Y 22316 here if you wish to build a kernel for this platform. 22317 22318Support for ITE 8172G board 22319CONFIG_MIPS_ITE8172 22320 Ths is an evaluation board made by ITE <http://www.ite.com.tw/> 22321 with ATX form factor that utilizes a MIPS R5000 to work with its 22322 ITE8172G companion internet appliance chip. The MIPS core can be 22323 either a NEC Vr5432 or QED RM5231. Say Y here if you wish to build 22324 a kernel for this platform. 22325 22326Support for Globespan IVR board 22327CONFIG_MIPS_IVR 22328 This is an evaluation board built by Globespan to showcase their 22329 iVR (Internet Video Recorder) design. It utilizes a QED RM5231 22330 R5000 MIPS core. More information can be found out their website 22331 located at <http://www.globespan.net/>. Say Y here if you wish to 22332 build a kernel for this platform. 22333 22334Support for Alchemy Semi PB1000 board 22335CONFIG_MIPS_PB1000 22336 This is an evaluation board built by Alchemy Semiconductor to 22337 showcase their Au1000 Internet Edge Processor. It is SOC design 22338 containing a MIPS32 core running at 266/400/500MHz with many 22339 integrated peripherals. Further information can be found at their 22340 website, <http://www.alchemysemi.com/>. Say Y here if you wish to 22341 build a kernel for this platform. 22342 22343Support for Philips Nino 22344CONFIG_NINO 22345 Say Y here to select a kernel for the Philips Nino Palm PC. The 22346 website at <http://www.realitydiluted.com/projects/nino/index.html> 22347 will have more information. 22348 22349# Choice: nino_model 22350CONFIG_NINO_4MB 22351 Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino Palm PCs with 22352 4MB of memory. These include models 300/301/302/319. 22353 22354Model-200/210/312/320/325/350/390 22355CONFIG_NINO_8MB 22356 Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino Palm PCs with 22357 8MB of memory. These include models 200/210/312/320/325/350/390. 22358 22359Model-500/510 22360CONFIG_NINO_16MB 22361 Say Y here to build a kernel specifically for Nino 500/501 color 22362 Palm PCs from Philips (INCOMPLETE). 22363Model-300/301/302/319 22364 22365Enable run-time debugging 22366CONFIG_RUNTIME_DEBUG 22367 If you say Y here, some debugging macros will do run-time checking. 22368 If you say N here, those macros will mostly turn to no-ops. Currently 22369 supported by MIPS arch. See include/asm-mips/debug.h for debuging macros. 22370 If unsure, say N. 22371 22372Run uncached 22373CONFIG_MIPS_UNCACHED 22374 If you say Y here there kernel will disable all CPU caches. This will 22375 reduce the system's performance dramatically but can help finding 22376 otherwise hard to track bugs. It can also useful if you're doing 22377 hardware debugging with a logic analyzer and need to see all traffic 22378 on the bus. 22379 22380AU1000 ethernet controller on SGI MIPS system 22381CONFIG_MIPS_AU1000_ENET 22382 If you have an Alchemy Semi AU1000 ethernet controller 22383 on an SGI MIPS system, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 22384 22385WD93 SCSI Controller on SGI MIPS system 22386CONFIG_SGIWD93_SCSI 22387 If you have a Western Digital WD93 SCSI controller on 22388 an SGI MIPS system, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 22389 22390Magic System Request Key support 22391CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ 22392 If you say Y here, you will have some control over the system even 22393 if the system crashes for example during kernel debugging (e.g., you 22394 will be able to flush the buffer cache to disk, reboot the system 22395 immediately or dump some status information). This is accomplished 22396 by pressing various keys while holding SysRq (Alt+PrintScreen). It 22397 also works on a serial console (on PC hardware at least), if you 22398 send a BREAK and then within 5 seconds a command keypress. The 22399 keys are documented in <file:Documentation/sysrq.txt>. Don't say Y 22400 unless you really know what this hack does. 22401 22402ISDN support 22403CONFIG_ISDN 22404 ISDN ("Integrated Services Digital Networks", called RNIS in France) 22405 is a special type of fully digital telephone service; it's mostly 22406 used to connect to your Internet service provider (with SLIP or 22407 PPP). The main advantage is that the speed is higher than ordinary 22408 modem/telephone connections, and that you can have voice 22409 conversations while downloading stuff. It only works if your 22410 computer is equipped with an ISDN card and both you and your service 22411 provider purchased an ISDN line from the phone company. For 22412 details, read <http://alumni.caltech.edu/~dank/isdn/> on the WWW. 22413 22414 This driver allows you to use an ISDN-card for networking 22415 connections and as dialin/out device. The isdn-tty's have a built 22416 in AT-compatible modem emulator. Network devices support autodial, 22417 channel-bundling, callback and caller-authentication without having 22418 a daemon running. A reduced T.70 protocol is supported with tty's 22419 suitable for German BTX. On D-Channel, the protocols EDSS1 22420 (Euro-ISDN) and 1TR6 (German style) are supported. See 22421 <file:Documentation/isdn/README> for more information. 22422 22423 If you want to compile the ISDN code as a module ( = code which can 22424 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 22425 want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The 22426 module will be called isdn.o. If unsure, say N. 22427 22428Support synchronous PPP 22429CONFIG_ISDN_PPP 22430 Over digital connections such as ISDN, there is no need to 22431 synchronize sender and recipient's clocks with start and stop bits 22432 as is done over analog telephone lines. Instead, one can use 22433 "synchronous PPP". Saying Y here will include this protocol. This 22434 protocol is used by Cisco and Sun for example. So you want to say Y 22435 here if the other end of your ISDN connection supports it. You will 22436 need a special version of pppd (called ipppd) for using this 22437 feature. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp> and 22438 <file:Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ> for more information. 22439 22440PPP filtering for ISDN 22441CONFIG_IPPP_FILTER 22442 Say Y here if you want to be able to filter the packets passing over 22443 IPPP interfaces. This allows you to control which packets count as 22444 activity (i.e. which packets will reset the idle timer or bring up 22445 a demand-dialled link) and which packets are to be dropped entirely. 22446 You need to say Y here if you wish to use the pass-filter and 22447 active-filter options to ipppd. 22448 22449 If unsure, say N. 22450 22451Support generic MP (RFC 1717) 22452CONFIG_ISDN_MPP 22453 With synchronous PPP enabled, it is possible to increase throughput 22454 by bundling several ISDN-connections, using this protocol. See 22455 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp> for more information. 22456 22457Use VJ-compression with synchronous PPP 22458CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_VJ 22459 This enables Van Jacobson header compression for synchronous PPP. 22460 Say Y if the other end of the connection supports it. 22461 22462Support BSD compression 22463CONFIG_ISDN_PPP_BSDCOMP 22464 Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses 22465 the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is 22466 sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link 22467 (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression 22468 method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it, 22469 it is safe to say Y here. 22470 22471 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22472 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22473 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22474 will be called isdn_bsdcomp.o. 22475 22476Support audio via ISDN 22477CONFIG_ISDN_AUDIO 22478 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the 22479 EIA Class 8 Voice commands. Using a getty with voice-support 22480 (mgetty+sendfax by gert@greenie.muc.de with an extension, available 22481 with the ISDN utility package for example), you will be able to use 22482 your Linux box as an ISDN-answering machine. Of course, this must be 22483 supported by the lowlevel driver also. Currently, the HiSax driver 22484 is the only voice-supporting driver. See 22485 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.audio> for more information. 22486 22487X.25 PLP on top of ISDN 22488CONFIG_ISDN_X25 22489 This feature provides the X.25 protocol over ISDN connections. 22490 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.x25> for more information 22491 if you are thinking about using this. 22492 22493ISDN diversion services support 22494CONFIG_ISDN_DIVERSION 22495 This option allows you to use some supplementary diversion 22496 services in conjunction with the HiSax driver on an EURO/DSS1 22497 line. 22498 22499 Supported options are CD (call deflection), CFU (Call forward 22500 unconditional), CFB (Call forward when busy) and CFNR (call forward 22501 not reachable). Additionally the actual CFU, CFB and CFNR state may 22502 be interrogated. 22503 22504 The use of CFU, CFB, CFNR and interrogation may be limited to some 22505 countries. The keypad protocol is still not implemented. CD should 22506 work in all countries if the service has been subscribed to. 22507 22508 Please read the file <file:Documentation/isdn/README.diversion>. 22509 22510 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22511 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22512 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22513 will be called dss1_divert.o. 22514 22515ICN 2B and 4B support 22516CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ICN 22517 This enables support for two kinds of ISDN-cards made by a German 22518 company called ICN. 2B is the standard version for a single ISDN 22519 line with two B-channels, 4B supports two ISDN lines. For running 22520 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be 22521 downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed 22522 separately. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README> and 22523 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.icn> for more 22524 information. 22525 22526 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 22527 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22528 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22529 will be called icn.o. 22530 22531isdnloop support 22532CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_LOOP 22533 This driver provides a virtual ISDN card. Its primary purpose is 22534 testing of linklevel features or configuration without getting 22535 charged by your service-provider for lots of phone calls. 22536 You need will need the loopctrl utility from the latest isdn4k-utils 22537 package to set up this driver. 22538 22539 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22540 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22541 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22542 will be called isdnloop.o. 22543 22544HiSax SiemensChipSet driver support 22545CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_HISAX 22546 This is a driver supporting the Siemens chipset on various 22547 ISDN-cards (like AVM A1, Elsa ISDN cards, Teles S0-16.0, Teles 22548 S0-16.3, Teles S0-8, Teles/Creatix PnP, ITK micro ix1 and many 22549 compatibles). 22550 22551 HiSax is just the name of this driver, not the name of any hardware. 22552 22553 If you have a card with such a chipset, you should say Y here and 22554 also to the configuration option of the driver for your particular 22555 card, below. 22556 22557 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 22558 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22559 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22560 will be called hisax.o. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> 22561 for more information on using this driver. 22562 22563HiSax Support for EURO/DSS1 22564CONFIG_HISAX_EURO 22565 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local 22566 telephone service company provides. 22567 22568 The call control protocol E-DSS1 is used in most European countries. 22569 If unsure, say Y. 22570 22571Support for German chargeinfo 22572CONFIG_DE_AOC 22573 If you want that the HiSax hardware driver sends messages to the 22574 upper level of the isdn code on each AOCD (Advice Of Charge, During 22575 the call -- transmission of the fee information during a call) and 22576 on each AOCE (Advice Of Charge, at the End of the call -- 22577 transmission of fee information at the end of the call), say Y here. 22578 This works only in Germany. 22579 22580Disable sending complete 22581CONFIG_HISAX_NO_SENDCOMPLETE 22582 If you have trouble with some ugly exchanges or you live in 22583 Australia select this option. 22584 22585Disable sending low layer compatibility 22586CONFIG_HISAX_NO_LLC 22587 If you have trouble with some ugly exchanges try to select this 22588 option. 22589 22590Disable keypad protocol option 22591CONFIG_HISAX_NO_KEYPAD 22592 If you like to send special dial strings including * or # without 22593 using the keypad protocol, select this option. 22594 22595HiSax Support for German 1TR6 22596CONFIG_HISAX_1TR6 22597 Say Y or N according to the D-channel protocol which your local 22598 telephone service company provides. 22599 22600 1TR6 is an old call control protocol which was used in Germany 22601 before E-DSS1 was established. Nowadays, all new lines in Germany 22602 use E-DSS1. 22603 22604HiSax Support for US NI1 22605CONFIG_HISAX_NI1 22606 Enable this if you like to use ISDN in US on a NI1 basic rate 22607 interface. 22608 22609Maximum number of cards supported by HiSax 22610CONFIG_HISAX_MAX_CARDS 22611 This is used to allocate a driver-internal structure array with one 22612 entry for each HiSax card on your system. 22613 22614Teles 16.0/8.0 22615CONFIG_HISAX_16_0 22616 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.0, S0-8 22617 and many compatibles. 22618 22619 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22620 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22621 non-standard IRQ/port/shmem settings. 22622 22623Teles 16.3 or PNP or PCMCIA 22624CONFIG_HISAX_16_3 22625 This enables HiSax support for the Teles ISDN-cards S0-16.3 the 22626 Teles/Creatix PnP and the Teles PCMCIA. 22627 22628 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22629 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22630 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22631 22632Teles PCI 22633CONFIG_HISAX_TELESPCI 22634 This enables HiSax support for the Teles PCI. 22635 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it. 22636 22637Teles S0Box 22638CONFIG_HISAX_S0BOX 22639 This enables HiSax support for the Teles/Creatix parallel port 22640 S0BOX. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to 22641 configure it. 22642 22643AVM A1 (Fritz) 22644CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1 22645 This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 (aka "Fritz"). 22646 22647 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22648 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22649 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22650 22651AVM PnP/PCI (Fritz!PnP/PCI) 22652CONFIG_HISAX_FRITZPCI 22653 This enables HiSax support for the AVM "Fritz!PnP" and "Fritz!PCI". 22654 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it. 22655 22656AVM A1 PCMCIA (Fritz) 22657CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1_PCMCIA 22658 This enables HiSax support for the AVM A1 "Fritz!PCMCIA"). 22659 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it. 22660 22661Elsa cards 22662CONFIG_HISAX_ELSA 22663 This enables HiSax support for the Elsa Mircolink ISA cards, for the 22664 Elsa Quickstep series cards and Elsa PCMCIA. 22665 22666 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22667 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22668 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22669 22670ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 22671CONFIG_HISAX_IX1MICROR2 22672 This enables HiSax support for the ITK ix1-micro Revision 2 card. 22673 22674 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22675 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22676 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22677 22678Eicon.Diehl Diva cards 22679CONFIG_HISAX_DIEHLDIVA 22680 This enables HiSax support for the Eicon.Diehl Diva none PRO 22681 versions passive ISDN cards. 22682 22683 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22684 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22685 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22686 22687ASUSCOM ISA cards 22688CONFIG_HISAX_ASUSCOM 22689 This enables HiSax support for the AsusCom and their OEM versions 22690 passive ISDN ISA cards. 22691 22692 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22693 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22694 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22695 22696TELEINT cards 22697CONFIG_HISAX_TELEINT 22698 This enables HiSax support for the TELEINT SA1 semiactiv ISDN card. 22699 22700 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22701 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22702 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22703 22704HFC-S based cards 22705CONFIG_HISAX_HFCS 22706 This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S 2BDS0 based cards, like 22707 teles 16.3c. 22708 22709 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22710 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22711 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22712 22713Sedlbauer cards 22714CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER 22715 This enables HiSax support for the Sedlbauer passive ISDN cards. 22716 22717 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22718 using the different cards, a different D-channel protocol, or 22719 non-standard IRQ/port settings. 22720 22721USR Sportster internal TA 22722CONFIG_HISAX_SPORTSTER 22723 This enables HiSax support for the USR Sportster internal TA card. 22724 22725 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22726 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22727 settings. 22728 22729MIC card 22730CONFIG_HISAX_MIC 22731 This enables HiSax support for the ITH MIC card. 22732 22733 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22734 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22735 settings. 22736 22737NETjet card 22738CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET 22739 This enables HiSax support for the NetJet from Traverse 22740 Technologies. 22741 22742 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22743 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22744 settings. 22745 22746NETspider U card 22747CONFIG_HISAX_NETJET_U 22748 This enables HiSax support for the Netspider U interface ISDN card 22749 from Traverse Technologies. 22750 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22751 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22752 settings. 22753 22754Niccy PnP/PCI card 22755CONFIG_HISAX_NICCY 22756 This enables HiSax support for the Dr. Neuhaus Niccy PnP or PCI. 22757 22758 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22759 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22760 settings. 22761 22762Siemens I-Surf card 22763CONFIG_HISAX_ISURF 22764 This enables HiSax support for the Siemens I-Talk/I-Surf card with 22765 ISAR chip. 22766 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22767 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22768 settings. 22769 22770HST Saphir card 22771CONFIG_HISAX_HSTSAPHIR 22772 This enables HiSax support for the HST Saphir card. 22773 22774 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22775 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22776 settings. 22777 22778Telekom A4T card 22779CONFIG_HISAX_BKM_A4T 22780 This enables HiSax support for the Telekom A4T card. 22781 22782 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22783 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22784 settings. 22785 22786Scitel Quadro card 22787CONFIG_HISAX_SCT_QUADRO 22788 This enables HiSax support for the Scitel Quadro card. 22789 22790 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22791 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22792 settings. 22793 22794Gazel cards 22795CONFIG_HISAX_GAZEL 22796 This enables HiSax support for the Gazel cards. 22797 22798 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22799 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22800 settings. 22801 22802HFC PCI-Bus cards 22803CONFIG_HISAX_HFC_PCI 22804 This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S PCI 2BDS0 based cards. 22805 22806 For more informations see under 22807 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.hfc-pci>. 22808 22809Winbond W6692 based cards 22810CONFIG_HISAX_W6692 22811 This enables HiSax support for Winbond W6692 based PCI ISDN cards. 22812 22813 See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax> on how to configure it 22814 using a different D-channel protocol, or non-standard IRQ/port 22815 settings. 22816 22817HFC-S+, HFC-SP, HFC-PCMCIA cards 22818CONFIG_HISAX_HFC_SX 22819 This enables HiSax support for the HFC-S+, HFC-SP and HFC-PCMCIA 22820 cards. This code is not finished yet. 22821 22822Formula-n enter:now PCI card (EXPERIMENTAL) 22823CONFIG_HISAX_ENTERNOW_PCI 22824 This enables HiSax support for the Formula-n enter:now PCI 22825 ISDN card. 22826 22827Am7930 22828CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930 22829 This enables HiSax support for the AMD7930 chips on some SPARCs. 22830 This code is not finished yet. 22831 22832HiSax debugging 22833CONFIG_HISAX_DEBUG 22834 This enables debugging code in the new-style HiSax drivers, i.e. 22835 the ST5481 USB driver currently. 22836 If in doubt, say yes. 22837 22838ELSA PCMCIA MicroLink cards 22839CONFIG_HISAX_ELSA_CS 22840 This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the Elsa PCMCIA MicroLink 22841 card. 22842 22843 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22844 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22845 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22846 will be called elsa_cs.o. 22847 22848Sedlbauer PCMCIA cards 22849CONFIG_HISAX_SEDLBAUER_CS 22850 This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the Sedlbauer Speed Star 22851 and Speed Star II cards. 22852 22853 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22854 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22855 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22856 will be called sedlbauer_cs.o. 22857 22858CONFIG_HISAX_AVM_A1_CS 22859 This enables the PCMCIA client driver for the AVM A1 / Fritz!Card 22860 PCMCIA cards. 22861 22862 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22863 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22864 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22865 will be called avma1_cs.o. 22866 22867ST5481 USB ISDN modem 22868CONFIG_HISAX_ST5481 22869 This enables the driver for ST5481 based USB ISDN adapters, 22870 e.g. the BeWan Gazel 128 USB 22871 22872PCBIT-D support 22873CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_PCBIT 22874 This enables support for the PCBIT ISDN-card. This card is 22875 manufactured in Portugal by Octal. For running this card, 22876 additional firmware is necessary, which has to be downloaded into 22877 the card using a utility which is distributed separately. See 22878 <file:Documentation/isdn/README> and 22879 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit> for more information. 22880 22881 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 22882 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22883 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22884 will be called pcbit.o. 22885 22886Spellcaster support 22887CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_SC 22888 This enables support for the Spellcaster BRI ISDN boards. This 22889 driver currently builds only in a modularized version ( = code which 22890 can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 22891 want, details in <file:Documentation/modules.txt>); the module will 22892 be called sc.o. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.sc> and 22893 <http://www.spellcast.com/> for more information. 22894 22895Eicon active card support 22896CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON 22897 Say Y here if you have an Eicon active ISDN card. In order to use 22898 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded 22899 into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of the 22900 latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file 22901 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more information. 22902 22903Legacy Eicon driver 22904CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_OLD 22905 Say Y here to use your Eicon active ISDN card with ISDN4Linux 22906 isdn module. 22907 22908 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22909 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22910 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22911 will be called eicon.o. 22912 22913Eicon PCI DIVA Server BRI/PRI/4BRI support 22914CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_PCI 22915 Say Y here if you have an Eicon Diva Server (BRI/PRI/4BRI) ISDN 22916 card. Please read <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more 22917 information. 22918 22919Eicon old-type (S,SX,SCOM,Quadro,S2M) card support 22920CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_ISA 22921 Say Y here if you have an old-type Eicon active ISDN card. In order 22922 to use this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be 22923 loaded into the card using the eiconctrl utility which is part of 22924 the latest isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file 22925 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.eicon> for more information. 22926 22927Eicon driver type standalone 22928CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_EICON_DIVAS 22929 Enable this option if you want the eicon driver as standalone 22930 version with no interface to the ISDN4Linux isdn module. If you 22931 say Y here, the eicon module only supports the Diva Server PCI 22932 cards and will provide its own IDI interface. You should say N 22933 here. 22934 22935 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22936 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22937 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22938 will be called divas.o. 22939 22940Support AT-Fax Class 1 and 2 commands 22941CONFIG_ISDN_TTY_FAX 22942 If you say Y here, the modem-emulator will support a subset of the 22943 Fax Class 1 and 2 commands. Using a getty with fax-support 22944 (mgetty+sendfax, hylafax), you will be able to use your Linux box as 22945 an ISDN-fax-machine. This must be supported by the lowlevel driver 22946 also. See <file:Documentation/isdn/README.fax> for more information. 22947 22948CAPI2.0 support 22949CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI 22950 This provides the CAPI (Common ISDN Application Programming 22951 Interface, a standard making it easy for programs to access ISDN 22952 hardware, see <http://www.capi.org/>. This is needed for AVM's set 22953 of active ISDN controllers like B1, T1, M1. 22954 22955 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 22956 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 22957 The modules will be called capi.o and kernelcapi.o. If you want to 22958 compile it as a module, say M here and read 22959 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 22960 22961CAPI2.0 /dev/capi20 support 22962CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPI20 22963 This option will provide the CAPI 2.0 interface to userspace 22964 applications via /dev/capi20. Applications should use the 22965 standardized libcapi20 to access this functionality. You should say 22966 Y/M here. 22967 22968 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22969 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22970 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22971 will be called capi.o. 22972 22973CAPI2.0 Middleware support 22974CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_MIDDLEWARE 22975 This option will enhance the capabilities of the /dev/capi20 22976 interface. It will provide a means of moving a data connection, 22977 established via the usual /dev/capi20 interface to a special tty 22978 device. If you want to use pppd with pppdcapiplugin to dial up to 22979 your ISP, say Y here. 22980 22981CAPI2.0 filesystem support 22982CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPIFS 22983 This option provides a special file system, similar to /dev/pts with 22984 device nodes for the special ttys established by using the 22985 middleware extension above. If you want to use pppd with 22986 pppdcapiplugin to dial up to your ISP, say Y here. 22987 22988CAPI2.0 capidrv interface support 22989CONFIG_ISDN_CAPI_CAPIDRV 22990 This option provides the glue code to hook up CAPI driven cards to 22991 the legacy isdn4linux link layer. If you have a card which is 22992 supported by a CAPI driver, but still want to use old features like 22993 ippp interfaces or ttyI emulation, say Y/M here. 22994 22995 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 22996 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 22997 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 22998 will be called capidrv.o. 22999 23000AVM B1 ISA support 23001CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1ISA 23002 Enable support for the ISA version of the AVM B1 card. 23003 23004 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23005 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23006 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23007 will be called b1isa.o. 23008 23009AVM B1 PCI support 23010CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1CICI 23011 Enable support for the PCI version of the AVM B1 card. 23012 23013AVM B1 PCI V4 support 23014CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1PCIV4 23015 Enable support for the V4 version of AVM B1 PCI card. 23016 23017AVM T1/T1-B ISA support 23018CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_T1ISA 23019 Enable support for the AVM T1 T1B card. 23020 Note: This is a PRI card and handle 30 B-channels. 23021 23022 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23023 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23024 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23025 will be called t1isa.o. 23026 23027AVM B1/M1/M2 PCMCIA support 23028CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_B1PCMCIA 23029 Enable support for the PCMCIA version of the AVM B1 card. 23030 23031 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23032 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23033 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23034 will be called b1pcmcia.o. 23035 23036AVM B1/M1/M2 PCMCIA cs module 23037CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_AVM_CS 23038 Enable the PCMCIA client driver for the AVM B1/M1/M2 23039 PCMCIA cards. 23040 23041 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23042 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23043 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23044 will be called avm_cs.o. 23045 23046AVM T1/T1-B PCI support 23047CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_T1PCI 23048 Enable support for the AVM T1 T1B card. 23049 Note: This is a PRI card and handle 30 B-channels. 23050 23051 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23052 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23053 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23054 will be called t1pci.o. 23055 23056AVM C4/C2 support 23057CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_C4 23058 Enable support for the AVM C4/C2 PCI cards. 23059 These cards handle 4/2 BRI ISDN lines (8/4 channels). 23060 23061 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23062 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23063 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23064 will be called c4.o. 23065 23066Verbose reason code reporting (kernel size +=7K) 23067CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_VERBOSE_REASON 23068 If you say Y here, the AVM B1 driver will give verbose reasons for 23069 disconnecting. This will increase the size of the kernel by 7 KB. If 23070 unsure, say Y. 23071 23072IBM Active 2000 support 23073CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_ACT2000 23074 Say Y here if you have an IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. In order to use 23075 this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has to be loaded 23076 into the card using a utility which is part of the latest 23077 isdn4k-utils package. Please read the file 23078 <file:Documentation/isdn/README.act2000> for more information. 23079 23080 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23081 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23082 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23083 will be called act2000.o. 23084 23085Auvertech TurboPAM support 23086CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_TPAM 23087 This enables support for the Auvertech TurboPAM ISDN-card. 23088 For running this card, additional firmware is necessary, which has 23089 to be downloaded into the card using a utility which is distributed 23090 separately from the Auvertech's web site: <http://www.auvertech.fr/>. 23091 23092 Please redirect all support questions to support@auvertech.fr. 23093 23094 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 23095 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23096 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23097 will be called tpam.o. 23098 23099Hypercope HYSDN cards (Champ, Ergo, Metro) support (module) 23100CONFIG_HYSDN 23101 Say Y here if you have one of Hypercope's active PCI ISDN cards 23102 Champ, Ergo and Metro. You will then get a module called hysdn.o. 23103 Please read the file <file:Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn> for more 23104 information. 23105 23106 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 23107 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23108 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 23109 will be called hysdn.o. 23110 23111HYSDN CAPI 2.0 support 23112CONFIG_HYSDN_CAPI 23113 Say Y here if you like to use Hypercope's CAPI 2.0 interface. 23114 23115Support for SUN4 machines (disables SUN4[CDM] support) 23116CONFIG_SUN4 23117 Say Y here if, and only if, your machine is a Sun4. Note that 23118 a kernel compiled with this option will run only on Sun4. 23119 (And the current version will probably work only on sun4/330.) 23120 23121SPARC ESP SCSI support 23122CONFIG_SCSI_SUNESP 23123 This is the driver for the Sun ESP SCSI host adapter. The ESP 23124 chipset is present in most SPARC SBUS-based computers. 23125 23126 This support is also available as a module called esp.o ( = code 23127 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 23128 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 23129 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23130 23131PTI Qlogic, ISP Driver 23132CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGICPTI 23133 This driver supports SBUS SCSI controllers from PTI or QLogic. These 23134 controllers are known under Solaris as qpti and in the openprom as 23135 PTI,ptisp or QLGC,isp. Note that PCI QLogic SCSI controllers are 23136 driven by a different driver. 23137 23138 This support is also available as a module called qlogicpti.o ( = 23139 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 23140 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 23141 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23142 23143Sun PROM console 23144CONFIG_PROM_CONSOLE 23145 Say Y to build a console driver for Sun machines that uses the 23146 terminal emulation built into their console PROMS. 23147 23148/dev/openprom device support 23149CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMIO 23150 This driver provides user programs with an interface to the SPARC 23151 PROM device tree. The driver implements a SunOS-compatible 23152 interface and a NetBSD-compatible interface. 23153 23154 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 23155 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 23156 say M and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say Y. 23157 23158Openprom tree appears in /proc/openprom 23159CONFIG_SUN_OPENPROMFS 23160 If you say Y, the OpenPROM device tree will be available as a 23161 virtual file system, which you can mount to /proc/openprom by "mount 23162 -t openpromfs none /proc/openprom". 23163 23164 If you want to compile the /proc/openprom support as a module ( = 23165 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 23166 whenever you want), say M here and read 23167 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23168 The module will be called openpromfs.o. If unsure, say M. 23169 23170Kernel support for Linux/Sparc 32bit binary compatibility 23171CONFIG_SPARC32_COMPAT 23172 This allows you to run 32-bit binaries on your Ultra. 23173 Everybody wants this; say Y. 23174 23175Kernel support for 32-bit ELF binaries 23176CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF32 23177 This allows you to run 32-bit Linux/ELF binaries on your machine. 23178 Everybody wants this; say Y. 23179 23180Kernel support for 32-bit (ie. SunOS) a.out binaries 23181CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT32 23182 This allows you to run 32-bit a.out format binaries on your Ultra. 23183 If you want to run SunOS binaries (see SunOS binary emulation below) 23184 or other a.out binaries, say Y. If unsure, say N. 23185 23186SunOS binary emulation 23187CONFIG_SUNOS_EMUL 23188 This allows you to run most SunOS binaries. If you want to do this, 23189 say Y here and place appropriate files in /usr/gnemul/sunos. See 23190 <http://www.ultralinux.org/faq.html> for more information. If you 23191 want to run SunOS binaries on an Ultra you must also say Y to 23192 "Kernel support for 32-bit a.out binaries" above. 23193 23194Mostek real time clock support 23195CONFIG_SUN_MOSTEK_RTC 23196 The Mostek RTC chip is used on all known Sun computers except 23197 some JavaStations. For a JavaStation you need to say Y both here 23198 and to "Enhanced Real Time Clock Support". 23199 23200 Say Y here unless you are building a special purpose kernel. 23201 23202OBP Flash Device support 23203CONFIG_OBP_FLASH 23204 The OpenBoot PROM on Ultra systems is flashable. If you want to be 23205 able to upgrade the OBP firmware, say Y here. 23206 23207JavaStation OS Flash SIMM 23208CONFIG_SUN_JSFLASH 23209 If you say Y here, you will be able to boot from your JavaStation's 23210 Flash memory. 23211 23212Siemens SAB82532 serial support 23213CONFIG_SAB82532 23214 This driver supports the serial ports on newer (PCI) Ultra systems. 23215 Say Y if you want to be able to use your serial ports. 23216 23217Videopix Frame Grabber 23218CONFIG_SUN_VIDEOPIX 23219 Say Y here to support the Videopix Frame Grabber from Sun 23220 Microsystems, commonly found on SPARCstations. This card, which is 23221 based on the Phillips SAA9051, can handle NTSC and PAL/SECAM and 23222 SVIDEO signals. 23223 23224Sun bidirectional parallel port support 23225CONFIG_SUN_BPP 23226 Say Y here to support Sun's obsolete variant of IEEE1284 23227 bidirectional parallel port protocol as /dev/bppX. Can be built on 23228 x86 machines. 23229 23230Aurora Multiboard 1600se 23231CONFIG_SUN_AURORA 23232 The Aurora Multiboard is a multi-port high-speed serial controller. 23233 If you have one of these, say Y. 23234 23235Tadpole TS102 Microcontroller support 23236CONFIG_TADPOLE_TS102_UCTRL 23237 Say Y here to directly support the TS102 Microcontroller interface 23238 on the Tadpole Sparcbook 3. This device handles power-management 23239 events, and can also notice the attachment/detachment of external 23240 monitors and mice. 23241 23242Audio support 23243CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO 23244 This driver provides support for the build-in sound devices on most 23245 Sun machines. If you want to be able to use this, select this option 23246 and one or more of the lowlevel drivers below. See 23247 <http://www.dementia.org/~shadow/sparcaudio.html> for more 23248 information. 23249 23250AMD7930 Lowlevel Driver 23251CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_AMD7930 23252 This driver supports the AMD 7930 chip found on sun4c, 4/6xx, and 23253 SparcClassic systems. 23254 23255CS4231 Lowlevel Driver 23256CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_CS4231 23257 This driver supports the Crystal Semiconductor CS4231 chip found on 23258 the SS4, SS5, and Ultras. 23259 23260DBRI Lowlevel Driver 23261CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_DBRI 23262 This driver supports the DBRI audio interface found on the SS10, 23263 SS20, LX, Sparcbook 3, and Voyager systems. 23264 23265Dummy Lowlevel Driver 23266CONFIG_SPARCAUDIO_DUMMY 23267 This is a pseudo-driver used for debugging and testing the 23268 sparcaudio subsystem. Say N unless you want to work on this 23269 subsystem. 23270 23271Sparc hardware 23272CONFIG_PARPORT_SUNBPP 23273 This driver provides support for the bidirectional parallel port 23274 found on many Sun machines. Note that many of the newer Ultras 23275 actually have pc style hardware instead. 23276 23277SPARC power management support 23278CONFIG_SUN_PM 23279 Enable power management and CPU standby features on supported 23280 SPARC platforms. 23281 23282/proc/hardware support 23283CONFIG_PROC_HARDWARE 23284 Say Y here to support the /proc/hardware file, which gives you 23285 access to information about the machine you're running on, 23286 including the model, CPU, MMU, clock speed, BogoMIPS rating, 23287 and memory size. 23288 23289Bluetooth subsystem support 23290CONFIG_BLUEZ 23291 Bluetooth is low-cost, low-power, short-range wireless technology. 23292 It was designed as a replacement for cables and other short-range 23293 technologies like IrDA. Bluetooth operates in personal area range 23294 that typically extends up to 10 meters. More information about 23295 Bluetooth can be found at <http://www.bluetooth.com/>. 23296 23297 Linux Bluetooth subsystem consist of several layers: 23298 BlueZ Core (HCI device and connection manager, scheduler) 23299 HCI Device drivers (Interface to the hardware) 23300 SCO Module (SCO audio links) 23301 L2CAP Module (Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol) 23302 RFCOMM Module (RFCOMM Protocol) 23303 BNEP Module (Bluetooth Network Encapsulation Protocol) 23304 CMTP Module (CAPI Message Transport Protocol) 23305 23306 Say Y here to compile Bluetooth support into the kernel or say M to 23307 compile it as module (bluez.o). 23308 23309 To use Linux Bluetooth subsystem, you will need several user-space 23310 utilities like hciconfig and hcid. These utilities and updates to 23311 Bluetooth kernel modules are provided in the BlueZ package. 23312 For more information, see <http://www.bluez.org/>. 23313 23314L2CAP protocol support 23315CONFIG_BLUEZ_L2CAP 23316 L2CAP (Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol) provides 23317 connection oriented and connection-less data transport. L2CAP 23318 support is required for most Bluetooth applications. 23319 23320 Say Y here to compile L2CAP support into the kernel or say M to 23321 compile it as module (l2cap.o). 23322 23323SCO links support 23324CONFIG_BLUEZ_SCO 23325 SCO link provides voice transport over Bluetooth. SCO support is 23326 required for voice applications like Headset and Audio. 23327 23328 Say Y here to compile SCO support into the kernel or say M to 23329 compile it as module (sco.o). 23330 23331RFCOMM protocol support 23332CONFIG_BLUEZ_RFCOMM 23333 RFCOMM provides connection oriented stream transport. RFCOMM 23334 support is required for Dialup Networking, OBEX and other Bluetooth 23335 applications. 23336 23337 Say Y here to compile RFCOMM support into the kernel or say M to 23338 compile it as module (rfcomm.o). 23339 23340RFCOMM TTY emulation support 23341CONFIG_BLUEZ_RFCOMM_TTY 23342 This option enables TTY emulation support for RFCOMM channels. 23343 23344BNEP protocol support 23345CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP 23346 BNEP (Bluetooth Network Encapsulation Protocol) is Ethernet 23347 emulation layer on top of Bluetooth. BNEP is required for 23348 Bluetooth PAN (Personal Area Network). 23349 23350 Say Y here to compile BNEP support into the kernel or say M to 23351 compile it as module (bnep.o). 23352 23353BNEP multicast filter support 23354CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP_MC_FILTER 23355 This option enables the multicast filter support for BNEP. 23356 23357BNEP protocol filter support 23358CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP_PROTO_FILTER 23359 This option enables the protocol filter support for BNEP. 23360 23361CMTP protocol support 23362CONFIG_BLUEZ_CMTP 23363 CMTP (CAPI Message Transport Protocol) is a transport layer 23364 for CAPI messages. CMTP is required for the Bluetooth Common 23365 ISDN Access Profile. 23366 23367 Say Y here to compile CMTP support into the kernel or say M to 23368 compile it as module (cmtp.o). 23369 23370HCI UART driver 23371CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART 23372 Bluetooth HCI UART driver. 23373 This driver is required if you want to use Bluetooth devices with 23374 serial port interface. You will also need this driver if you have 23375 UART based Bluetooth PCMCIA and CF devices like Xircom Credit Card 23376 adapter and BrainBoxes Bluetooth PC Card. 23377 23378 Say Y here to compile support for Bluetooth UART devices into the 23379 kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_uart.o). 23380 23381HCI UART (H4) protocol support 23382CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_H4 23383 UART (H4) is serial protocol for communication between Bluetooth 23384 device and host. This protocol is required for most Bluetooth devices 23385 with UART interface, including PCMCIA and CF cards. 23386 23387 Say Y here to compile support for HCI UART (H4) protocol. 23388 23389HCI BCSP protocol support 23390CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_BCSP 23391 BCSP (BlueCore Serial Protocol) is serial protocol for communication 23392 between Bluetooth device and host. This protocol is required for non 23393 USB Bluetooth devices based on CSR BlueCore chip, including PCMCIA and 23394 CF cards. 23395 23396 Say Y here to compile support for HCI BCSP protocol. 23397 23398HCI BCSP transmit CRC with every BCSP packet 23399CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_BCSP_TXCRC 23400 If you say Y here, a 16-bit CRC checksum will be transmitted along with 23401 every BCSP (BlueCore Serial Protocol) packet sent to the Bluetooth chip. 23402 This increases reliability, but slightly reduces efficiency. 23403 23404HCI USB driver 23405CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUSB 23406 Bluetooth HCI USB driver. 23407 This driver is required if you want to use Bluetooth devices with 23408 USB interface. 23409 23410 Say Y here to compile support for Bluetooth USB devices into the 23411 kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_usb.o). 23412 23413HCI USB SCO (voice) support 23414CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUSB_SCO 23415 This option enables the SCO support in the HCI USB driver. You need this 23416 to transmit voice data with your Bluetooth USB device. And your device 23417 must also support sending SCO data over the HCI layer, because some of 23418 them sends the SCO data to an internal PCM adapter. 23419 23420 Say Y here to compile support for HCI SCO data. 23421 23422HCI VHCI Virtual HCI device driver 23423CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIVHCI 23424 Bluetooth Virtual HCI device driver. 23425 This driver is required if you want to use HCI Emulation software. 23426 23427 Say Y here to compile support for virtual HCI devices into the 23428 kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_vhci.o). 23429 23430HCI BFUSB device driver 23431CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBFUSB 23432 Bluetooth HCI BlueFRITZ! USB driver. 23433 This driver provides support for Bluetooth USB devices with AVM 23434 interface: 23435 AVM BlueFRITZ! USB 23436 23437 Say Y here to compile support for HCI BFUSB devices into the 23438 kernel or say M to compile it as module (bfusb.o). 23439 23440HCI DTL1 (PC Card) device driver 23441CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIDTL1 23442 Bluetooth HCI DTL1 (PC Card) driver. 23443 This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with 23444 Nokia DTL1 interface: 23445 Nokia Bluetooth Card 23446 Socket Bluetooth CF Card 23447 23448 Say Y here to compile support for HCI DTL1 devices into the 23449 kernel or say M to compile it as module (dtl1_cs.o). 23450 23451HCI BT3C (PC Card) device driver 23452CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBT3C 23453 Bluetooth HCI BT3C (PC Card) driver. 23454 This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with 23455 3Com BT3C interface: 23456 3Com Bluetooth Card (3CRWB6096) 23457 HP Bluetooth Card 23458 23459 Say Y here to compile support for HCI BT3C devices into the 23460 kernel or say M to compile it as module (bt3c_cs.o). 23461 23462HCI BlueCard (PC Card) device driver 23463CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBLUECARD 23464 Bluetooth HCI BlueCard (PC Card) driver. 23465 This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with 23466 Anycom BlueCard interface: 23467 Anycom Bluetooth PC Card 23468 Anycom Bluetooth CF Card 23469 23470 Say Y here to compile support for HCI BlueCard devices into the 23471 kernel or say M to compile it as module (bluecard_cs.o). 23472 23473HCI UART (PC Card) device driver 23474CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIBTUART 23475 Bluetooth HCI UART (PC Card) driver. 23476 This driver provides support for Bluetooth PCMCIA devices with 23477 an UART interface: 23478 Xircom CreditCard Bluetooth Adapter 23479 Xircom RealPort2 Bluetooth Adapter 23480 Sphinx PICO Card 23481 H-Soft blue+Card 23482 Cyber-blue Compact Flash Card 23483 23484 Say Y here to compile support for HCI UART devices into the 23485 kernel or say M to compile it as module (btuart_cs.o). 23486 23487# The following options are for Linux when running on the Hitachi 23488# SuperH family of RISC microprocessors. 23489 23490SuperH RTC support 23491CONFIG_SH_RTC 23492 Selecting this option will allow the Linux kernel to emulate 23493 PC's RTC. 23494 23495 If unsure, say N. 23496 23497SuperH peripheral clock frequency 23498CONFIG_SH_PCLK_FREQ 23499 Set this value or add "sh_pclk=" command line option to tell 23500 peripheral clock frequency to kernel, if your system has no RTC. 23501 Otherwise leave it 0, and kernel measures peripheral clock frequency 23502 using TMU and RTC while system startup. 23503 23504 If unsure, set 0. 23505 23506Wakeup UBC on startup 23507CONFIG_UBC_WAKEUP 23508 Selecting this option will wakeup the User Break Controller (UBC) on 23509 startup. Although the UBC is left in an awake state when the processor 23510 comes up, some boot loaders misbehave by putting the UBC to sleep in a 23511 power saving state, which causes issues with things like ptrace(). 23512 23513 If unsure, say N. 23514 23515SuperH DMAC support 23516CONFIG_SH_DMA 23517 Selecting this option will provide same API as PC's Direct Memory 23518 Access Controller(8237A) for SuperH DMAC. 23519 23520 If unsure, say N. 23521 23522# Choice: cf_area 23523CompactFlash Connection Area 23524CONFIG_CF_AREA5 23525 If your board has "Directly Connected" CompactFlash, You should 23526 select the area where your CF is connected to. 23527 23528 - "Area5" if CompactFlash is connected to Area 5 (0x14000000) 23529 - "Area6" if it is connected to Area 6 (0x18000000) 23530 23531 "Area6" will work for most boards. For ADX, select "Area5". 23532 23533Disable data cache 23534CONFIG_DCACHE_DISABLE 23535 This option allows you to run the kernel with data cache disabled. 23536 Say Y if you experience CPM lock-ups. 23537 23538# 23539# m68k-specific kernel options 23540# Documented by Chris Lawrence <mailto:quango@themall.net> et al. 23541# 23542Amiga support 23543CONFIG_AMIGA 23544 This option enables support for the Amiga series of computers. If 23545 you plan to use this kernel on an Amiga, say Y here and browse the 23546 material available in <file:Documentation/m68k>; otherwise say N. 23547 23548Commodore A2232 serial support 23549CONFIG_A2232 23550 This option supports the 2232 7-port serial card shipped with the 23551 Amiga 2000 and other Zorro-bus machines, dating from 1989. At 23552 a max of 19,200 bps, the ports are served by a 6551 ACIA UART chip 23553 each, plus a 8520 CIA, and a master 6502 CPU and buffer as well. The 23554 ports were connected with 8 pin DIN connectors on the card bracket, 23555 for which 8 pin to DB25 adapters were supplied. The card also had 23556 jumpers internally to toggle various pinning configurations. 23557 23558 This driver can be built as a module; but then "generic_serial.o" 23559 will also be built as a module. This has to be loaded before 23560 "ser_a2232.o". If you want to do this, answer M here and read 23561 "<file:Documentation/modules.txt>". 23562 23563Amiga NCR53c710 SCSI support 23564CONFIG_SCSI_AMIGA7XX 23565 Support for various NCR53c710-based SCSI controllers on the Amiga. 23566 This includes: 23567 - the builtin SCSI controller on the Amiga 4000T, 23568 - the Amiga 4091 Zorro III SCSI-2 controller, 23569 - the MacroSystem Development's WarpEngine Amiga SCSI-2 controller 23570 (info at 23571 <http://www.lysator.liu.se/amiga/ar/guide/ar310.guide?FEATURE5>), 23572 - the SCSI controller on the Phase5 Blizzard PowerUP 603e+ 23573 accelerator card for the Amiga 1200, 23574 - the SCSI controller on the GVP Turbo 040/060 accelerator. 23575 Note that all of the above SCSI controllers, except for the builtin 23576 SCSI controller on the Amiga 4000T, reside on the Zorro expansion 23577 bus, so you also have to enable Zorro bus support if you want to use 23578 them. 23579 23580Atari support 23581CONFIG_ATARI 23582 This option enables support for the 68000-based Atari series of 23583 computers (including the TT, Falcon and Medusa). If you plan to use 23584 this kernel on an Atari, say Y here and browse the material 23585 available in <file:Documentation/m68k>; otherwise say N. 23586 23587Hades support 23588CONFIG_HADES 23589 This option enables support for the Hades Atari clone. If you plan 23590 to use this kernel on a Hades, say Y here; otherwise say N. 23591 23592Macintosh support 23593CONFIG_MAC 23594 This option enables support for the Apple Macintosh series of 23595 computers (yes, there is experimental support now, at least for part 23596 of the series). 23597 23598 Say N unless you're willing to code the remaining necessary support. 23599 ;) 23600 23601HP9000/300 support 23602CONFIG_HP300 23603 This option enables support for the HP9000/300 series of 23604 workstations. Support for these machines is still very experimental. 23605 If you plan to try to use the kernel on such a machine say Y here. 23606 Everybody else says N. 23607 23608Q40/Q60 support 23609CONFIG_Q40 23610 The Q40 is a Motorola 68040-based successor to the Sinclair QL 23611 manufactured in Germany. There is an official Q40 home page at 23612 <http://www.q40.de/>. This option enables support for the Q40 and 23613 Q60. Select your CPU below. For 68LC060 don't forget to enable FPU 23614 emulation. 23615 23616Q40/Q60 IDE interface support 23617CONFIG_BLK_DEV_Q40IDE 23618 Enable the on-board IDE controller in the Q40/Q60. This should 23619 normally be on; disable it only if you are running a custom hard 23620 drive subsystem through an expansion card. 23621 23622Sun 3 support 23623CONFIG_SUN3 23624 This option enables support for the Sun 3 series of workstations. 23625 Note that if this option is enabled, support for all other m68k 23626 platforms above must be disabled in order to produce a working 23627 kernel. 23628 23629 Also, you will want to enable 68020 support below, and disable 23630 all other CPU types. General Linux information on the Sun 3x series 23631 (now discontinued) is at 23632 <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. 23633 23634 If you don't want to compile a kernel for a Sun 3, say N. 23635 23636Sun 3X support 23637CONFIG_SUN3X 23638 This option enables support for the Sun 3x series of workstations. 23639 Currently, only the Sun 3/80 is supported within the Sun 3x family. 23640 You will also want to enable 68030 support below 23641 General Linux information on the Sun 3x series (now discontinued) 23642 is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. 23643 23644 If you don't want to compile a kernel for a Sun 3x, say N. 23645 23646Sun3x builtin serial support 23647CONFIG_SUN3X_ZS 23648 ZS refers to a type of asynchronous serial port built in to the Sun3 23649 and Sun3x workstations; if you have a Sun 3, you probably have 23650 these. Say 'Y' to support ZS ports directly. This option must be 23651 enabled in order to support the keyboard and mouse ports. 23652 23653Sun keyboard support 23654CONFIG_SUN_KEYBOARD 23655 Say Y here to support the keyboard found on Sun 3 and 3x 23656 workstations. It can also be used support Sun Type-5 keyboards 23657 through an adaptor. See 23658 <http://www.suse.cz/development/input/adapters.html> and 23659 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxconsole/> for details on the 23660 latter. 23661 2366268020 support 23663CONFIG_M68020 23664 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68020 23665 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that the 68020 requires a 23666 68851 MMU (Memory Management Unit) to run Linux/m68k, except on the 23667 Sun 3, which provides its own version. 23668 2366968030 support 23670CONFIG_M68030 23671 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68030 23672 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that a MC68EC030 will not 23673 work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory Management Unit). 23674 2367568040 support 23676CONFIG_M68040 23677 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68LC040 23678 or MC68040 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. Note that an 23679 MC68EC040 will not work, as it does not include an MMU (Memory 23680 Management Unit). 23681 2368268060 support 23683CONFIG_M68060 23684 If you anticipate running this kernel on a computer with a MC68060 23685 processor, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 23686 23687Math emulation support 23688CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU 23689 At some point in the future, this will cause floating-point math 23690 instructions to be emulated by the kernel on machines that lack a 23691 floating-point math coprocessor. Thrill-seekers and chronically 23692 sleep-deprived psychotic hacker types can say Y now, everyone else 23693 should probably wait a while. 23694 23695Math emulation only kernel 23696CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_ONLY 23697 This option prevents any floating-point instructions from being 23698 compiled into the kernel, thereby the kernel doesn't save any 23699 floating point context anymore during task switches, so this 23700 kernel will only be usable on machines without a floating-point 23701 math coprocessor. This makes the kernel a bit faster as no tests 23702 needs to be executed whether a floating-point instruction in the 23703 kernel should be executed or not. 23704 23705Math emulation extra precision 23706CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_EXTRAPREC 23707 The fpu uses normally a few bit more during calculations for 23708 correct rounding, the emulator can (often) do the same but this 23709 extra calculation can cost quite some time, so you can disable 23710 it here. The emulator will then "only" calculate with a 64 bit 23711 mantissa and round slightly incorrect, what is more then enough 23712 for normal usage. 23713 23714Advanced configuration options 23715CONFIG_ADVANCED 23716 This gives you access to some advanced options for the CPU. The 23717 defaults should be fine for most users, but these options may make 23718 it possible for you to improve performance somewhat if you know what 23719 you are doing. 23720 23721 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 23722 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 23723 the questions about these options. 23724 23725 Most users should say N to this question. 23726 23727Use one physical chunk of memory only 23728CONFIG_SINGLE_MEMORY_CHUNK 23729 Ignore all but the first contiguous chunk of physical memory for VM 23730 purposes. This will save a few bytes kernel size and may speed up 23731 some operations. Say N if not sure. 23732 23733Use read-modify-write instructions 23734CONFIG_RMW_INSNS 23735 This allows to use certain instructions that work with indivisible 23736 read-modify-write bus cycles. While this is faster than the 23737 workaround of disabling interrupts, it can conflict with DMA 23738 ( = direct memory access) on many Amiga systems, and it is also said 23739 to destabilize other machines. It is very likely that this will 23740 cause serious problems on any Amiga or Atari Medusa if set. The only 23741 configuration where it should work are 68030-based Ataris, where it 23742 apparently improves performance. But you've been warned! Unless you 23743 really know what you are doing, say N. Try Y only if you're quite 23744 adventurous. 23745 23746Amiga Zorro (AutoConfig) bus support 23747CONFIG_ZORRO 23748 This enables support for the Zorro bus in the Amiga. If you have 23749 expansion cards in your Amiga that conform to the Amiga 23750 AutoConfig(tm) specification, say Y, otherwise N. Note that even 23751 expansion cards that do not fit in the Zorro slots but fit in e.g. 23752 the CPU slot may fall in this category, so you have to say Y to let 23753 Linux use these. 23754 23755Zorro device name database 23756CONFIG_ZORRO_NAMES 23757 By default, the kernel contains a database of all known Zorro device 23758 names to make the information in /proc/iomem comprehensible to the 23759 user. This database increases the size of the kernel image by about 23760 15KB, but it gets freed after the system boots up, so it doesn't 23761 take up kernel memory. Anyway, if you are building an installation 23762 floppy or kernel for an embedded system where kernel image size 23763 really matters, you can disable this feature and you'll get device 23764 ID numbers instead of names. 23765 23766 When in doubt, say Y. 23767 23768Amiga 1200/600 PCMCIA support 23769CONFIG_AMIGA_PCMCIA 23770 Include support in the kernel for pcmcia on Amiga 1200 and Amiga 23771 600. If you intend to use pcmcia cards say Y; otherwise say N. 23772 23773Hisoft Whippet PCMCIA serial support 23774CONFIG_WHIPPET_SERIAL 23775 HiSoft has a web page at <http://www.hisoft.co.uk/>, but there 23776 is no listing for the Whippet in their Amiga section. 23777 23778Amiga Zorro II ramdisk support 23779CONFIG_AMIGA_Z2RAM 23780 This enables support for using Chip RAM and Zorro II RAM as a 23781 ramdisk or as a swap partition. Say Y if you want to include this 23782 driver in the kernel. This driver is also available as a module 23783 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 23784 kernel whenever you want). The module is called z2ram.o. If you want 23785 to compile it as a module, say M here and read 23786 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23787 23788Support for ST-RAM as swap space 23789CONFIG_STRAM_SWAP 23790 Some Atari 68k machines (including the 520STF and 1020STE) divide 23791 their addressable memory into ST and TT sections. The TT section 23792 (up to 512MB) is the main memory; the ST section (up to 4MB) is 23793 accessible to the built-in graphics board, runs slower, and is 23794 present mainly for backward compatibility with older machines. 23795 23796 This enables support for using (parts of) ST-RAM as swap space, 23797 instead of as normal system memory. This can first enhance system 23798 performance if you have lots of alternate RAM (compared to the size 23799 of ST-RAM), because executable code always will reside in faster 23800 memory. ST-RAM will remain as ultra-fast swap space. On the other 23801 hand, it allows much improved dynamic allocations of ST-RAM buffers 23802 for device driver modules (e.g. floppy, ACSI, SLM printer, DMA 23803 sound). The probability that such allocations at module load time 23804 fail is drastically reduced. 23805 23806ST-RAM statistics in /proc 23807CONFIG_STRAM_PROC 23808 Say Y here to report ST-RAM usage statistics in /proc/stram. See 23809 the help for CONFIG_STRAM_SWAP for discussion of ST-RAM and its 23810 uses. 23811 23812Atari ACSI support 23813CONFIG_ATARI_ACSI 23814 This enables support for the Atari ACSI interface. The driver 23815 supports hard disks and CD-ROMs, which have 512-byte sectors, or can 23816 be switched to that mode. Due to the ACSI command format, only disks 23817 up to 1 GB are supported. Special support for certain ACSI to SCSI 23818 adapters, which could relax that, isn't included yet. The ACSI 23819 driver is also the basis for certain other drivers for devices 23820 attached to the ACSI bus: Atari SLM laser printer, BioNet-100 23821 Ethernet, and PAMsNet Ethernet. If you want to use one of these 23822 devices, you need ACSI support, too. 23823 23824 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23825 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 23826 The module will be called acsi.o. 23827 23828Probe all LUNs on each ACSI device 23829CONFIG_ACSI_MULTI_LUN 23830 If you have a ACSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical 23831 Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, you should say Y here so that all 23832 will be found by the ACSI driver. An ACSI device with multiple LUNs 23833 acts logically like multiple ACSI devices. The vast majority of ACSI 23834 devices have only one LUN, and so most people can say N here and 23835 should in fact do so, because it is safer. 23836 23837Atari SLM laser printer support 23838CONFIG_ATARI_SLM 23839 If you have an Atari SLM laser printer, say Y to include support for 23840 it in the kernel. Otherwise, say N. This driver is also available as 23841 a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the 23842 running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called 23843 acsi_slm.o. Be warned: the driver needs much ST-RAM and can cause 23844 problems due to that fact! 23845 23846A3000 WD33C93A support 23847CONFIG_A3000_SCSI 23848 If you have an Amiga 3000 and have SCSI devices connected to the 23849 built-in SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, say N. This driver is 23850 also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and 23851 removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is 23852 called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 23853 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23854 23855A2091 WD33C93A support 23856CONFIG_A2091_SCSI 23857 If you have a Commodore A2091 SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, 23858 say N. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can 23859 be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 23860 want). The module is called wd33c93.o. If you want to compile it as 23861 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23862 23863GVP Series II WD33C93A support 23864CONFIG_GVP11_SCSI 23865 If you have a Great Valley Products Series II SCSI controller, 23866 answer Y. Also say Y if you have a later model of GVP SCSI 23867 controller (such as the GVP A4008 or a Combo board). Otherwise, 23868 answer N. This driver does NOT work for the T-Rex series of 23869 accelerators from TekMagic and GVP-M. 23870 23871 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23872 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 23873 want). The module will be called gvp11.o. If you want to compile it 23874 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23875 23876CyberStorm SCSI support 23877CONFIG_CYBERSTORM_SCSI 23878 If you have an Amiga with an original (MkI) Phase5 Cyberstorm 23879 accelerator board and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, 23880 answer Y. Otherwise, say N. 23881 23882CyberStorm II SCSI support 23883CONFIG_CYBERSTORMII_SCSI 23884 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Cyberstorm MkII accelerator board 23885 and the optional Cyberstorm SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, 23886 answer N. 23887 23888Blizzard 2060 SCSI support 23889CONFIG_BLZ2060_SCSI 23890 If you have an Amiga with a Phase5 Blizzard 2060 accelerator board 23891 and want to use the onboard SCSI controller, say Y. Otherwise, 23892 answer N. 23893 23894Blizzard 1230IV/1260 SCSI support 23895CONFIG_BLZ1230_SCSI 23896 If you have an Amiga 1200 with a Phase5 Blizzard 1230IV or Blizzard 23897 1260 accelerator, and the optional SCSI module, say Y. Otherwise, 23898 say N. 23899 23900Fastlane SCSI support 23901CONFIG_FASTLANE_SCSI 23902 If you have the Phase5 Fastlane Z3 SCSI controller, or plan to use 23903 one in the near future, say Y to this question. Otherwise, say N. 23904 23905BSC Oktagon SCSI support 23906CONFIG_OKTAGON_SCSI 23907 If you have the BSC Oktagon SCSI disk controller for the Amiga, say 23908 Y to this question. If you're in doubt about whether you have one, 23909 see the picture at 23910 <http://amiga.resource.cx/exp/search.pl?product=oktagon>. 23911 23912Atari native SCSI support 23913CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI 23914 If you have an Atari with built-in NCR5380 SCSI controller (TT, 23915 Falcon, ...) say Y to get it supported. Of course also, if you have 23916 a compatible SCSI controller (e.g. for Medusa). This driver is also 23917 available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed 23918 from the running kernel whenever you want). The module is called 23919 atari_scsi.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and 23920 read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This driver supports both 23921 styles of NCR integration into the system: the TT style (separate 23922 DMA), and the Falcon style (via ST-DMA, replacing ACSI). It does 23923 NOT support other schemes, like in the Hades (without DMA). 23924 23925Long delays for Toshiba CD-ROMs 23926CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_TOSHIBA_DELAY 23927 This option increases the delay after a SCSI arbitration to 23928 accommodate some flaky Toshiba CD-ROM drives. Say Y if you intend to 23929 use a Toshiba CD-ROM drive; otherwise, the option is not needed and 23930 would impact performance a bit, so say N. 23931 23932Reset SCSI-devices at boottime 23933CONFIG_ATARI_SCSI_RESET_BOOT 23934 Reset the devices on your Atari whenever it boots. This makes the 23935 boot process fractionally longer but may assist recovery from errors 23936 that leave the devices with SCSI operations partway completed. 23937 23938Hades SCSI DMA emulator 23939CONFIG_TT_DMA_EMUL 23940 This option enables code which emulates the TT SCSI DMA chip on the 23941 Hades. This increases the SCSI transfer rates at least ten times 23942 compared to PIO transfers. 23943 23944Sun3x ESP SCSI 23945CONFIG_SUN3X_ESP 23946 This option will enable support for the ESP SCSI controller found 23947 onboard the Sun 3/80. 23948 23949Ariadne support 23950CONFIG_ARIADNE 23951 If you have a Village Tronic Ariadne Ethernet adapter, say Y. 23952 Otherwise, say N. 23953 23954 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23955 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 23956 want). The module is called ariadne.o. If you want to compile it as 23957 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23958 23959Zorro NS8390-based Ethernet support 23960CONFIG_ZORRO8390 23961 This driver is for Zorro Ethernet cards using an NS8390-compatible 23962 chipset, like the Village Tronic Ariadne II and the Individual 23963 Computers X-Surf Ethernet cards. If you have such a card, say Y. 23964 Otherwise, say N. 23965 23966 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23967 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 23968 The module is called zorro8390.o. If you want to compile it as 23969 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23970 23971A2065 support 23972CONFIG_A2065 23973 If you have a Commodore A2065 Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, 23974 say N. 23975 23976 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23977 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 23978 want). The module is called a2065.o. If you want to compile it as a 23979 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23980 23981Hydra support 23982CONFIG_HYDRA 23983 If you have a Hydra Ethernet adapter, say Y. Otherwise, say N. 23984 23985 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 23986 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 23987 want). The module is called hydra.o. If you want to compile it as a 23988 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 23989 23990Sun3 NCR5380 SCSI 23991CONFIG_SUN3_SCSI 23992 This option will enable support for the OBIO (onboard io) NCR5380 23993 SCSI controller found in the Sun 3/50 and 3/60, as well as for 23994 "Sun3" type VME scsi controllers also based on the NCR5380. 23995 General Linux information on the Sun 3 series (now discontinued) 23996 is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. 23997 23998PCMCIA NE2000 and compatibles support 23999CONFIG_APNE 24000 If you have a PCMCIA NE2000 compatible adapter, say Y. Otherwise, 24001 say N. 24002 24003 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24004 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24005 want). The module is called apne.o. If you want to compile it as a 24006 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24007 24008Atari Lance support 24009CONFIG_ATARILANCE 24010 Say Y to include support for several Atari Ethernet adapters based 24011 on the AMD Lance chipset: RieblCard (with or without battery), or 24012 PAMCard VME (also the version by Rhotron, with different addresses). 24013 24014BioNet-100 support 24015CONFIG_ATARI_BIONET 24016 Say Y to include support for BioData's BioNet-100 Ethernet adapter 24017 for the ACSI port. The driver works (has to work...) with a polled 24018 I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-( 24019 24020PAMsNet support 24021CONFIG_ATARI_PAMSNET 24022 Say Y to include support for the PAMsNet Ethernet adapter for the 24023 ACSI port ("ACSI node"). The driver works (has to work...) with a 24024 polled I/O scheme, so it's rather slow :-( 24025 24026Amiga mouse support 24027CONFIG_AMIGAMOUSE 24028 If you want to be able to use an Amiga mouse in Linux, say Y. 24029 24030 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24031 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24032 The module is called amigamouse.o. If you want to compile it as a 24033 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24034 24035Atari mouse support 24036CONFIG_ATARIMOUSE 24037 If you want to be able to use an Atari mouse in Linux, say Y. 24038 24039 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24040 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24041 The module is called atarimouse.o. If you want to compile it as a 24042 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24043 24044Atari MFP serial support 24045CONFIG_ATARI_MFPSER 24046 If you like to use the MFP serial ports ("Modem1", "Serial1") under 24047 Linux, say Y. The driver equally supports all kinds of MFP serial 24048 ports and automatically detects whether Serial1 is available. 24049 24050 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24051 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24052 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24053 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24054 24055 Note for Falcon users: You also have an MFP port, it's just not 24056 wired to the outside... But you could use the port under Linux. 24057 24058Atari SCC serial support 24059CONFIG_ATARI_SCC 24060 If you have serial ports based on a Zilog SCC chip (Modem2, Serial2, 24061 LAN) and like to use them under Linux, say Y. All built-in SCC's are 24062 supported (TT, MegaSTE, Falcon), and also the ST-ESCC. If you have 24063 two connectors for channel A (Serial2 and LAN), they are visible as 24064 two separate devices. 24065 24066 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24067 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24068 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24069 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24070 24071Atari SCC serial DMA support 24072CONFIG_ATARI_SCC_DMA 24073 This enables DMA support for receiving data on channel A of the SCC. 24074 If you have a TT you may say Y here and read 24075 drivers/char/atari_SCC.README. All other users should say N here, 24076 because only the TT has SCC-DMA, even if your machine keeps claiming 24077 so at boot time. 24078 24079Atari MIDI serial support 24080CONFIG_ATARI_MIDI 24081 If you want to use your Atari's MIDI port in Linux, say Y. 24082 24083 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24084 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24085 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24086 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24087 24088Atari DSP56k Digital Signal Processor support 24089CONFIG_ATARI_DSP56K 24090 If you want to be able to use the DSP56001 in Falcons, say Y. This 24091 driver is still experimental, and if you don't know what it is, or 24092 if you don't have this processor, just say N. 24093 24094 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24095 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24096 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24097 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24098 24099Support for early boot text console 24100CONFIG_BOOTX_TEXT 24101 Say Y here to see progress messages from the boot firmware in text 24102 mode. Requires either BootX or Open Firmware. 24103 24104Amiga builtin serial support 24105CONFIG_AMIGA_BUILTIN_SERIAL 24106 If you want to use your Amiga's built-in serial port in Linux, 24107 answer Y. 24108 24109 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24110 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24111 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24112 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24113 24114GVP IO-Extender support 24115CONFIG_GVPIOEXT 24116 If you want to use a GVP IO-Extender serial card in Linux, say Y. 24117 Otherwise, say N. 24118 24119GVP IO-Extender parallel printer support 24120CONFIG_GVPIOEXT_LP 24121 Say Y to enable driving a printer from the parallel port on your 24122 GVP IO-Extender card, N otherwise. 24123 24124GVP IO-Extender PLIP support 24125CONFIG_GVPIOEXT_PLIP 24126 Say Y to enable doing IP over the parallel port on your GVP 24127 IO-Extender card, N otherwise. 24128 24129Multiface Card III serial support 24130CONFIG_MULTIFACE_III_TTY 24131 If you want to use a Multiface III card's serial port in Linux, 24132 answer Y. 24133 24134 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24135 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 24136 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24137 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24138 24139Amiga/Atari/PowerMac DMA sound support 24140CONFIG_DMASOUND 24141 Support built-in audio chips accessible by DMA on various machines 24142 that have them. Note that this symbol does not affect the kernel 24143 directly; rather, it controls whether configuration questions 24144 enabling DMA sound drivers for various specific machine 24145 architectures will be used. 24146 24147Atari DMA sound support 24148CONFIG_DMASOUND_ATARI 24149 If you want to use the internal audio of your Atari in Linux, answer 24150 Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio, 24151 compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N. 24152 24153 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24154 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24155 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24156 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24157 24158PowerMac DMA sound support 24159CONFIG_DMASOUND_PMAC 24160 If you want to use the internal audio of your PowerMac in Linux, 24161 answer Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio, 24162 compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N. 24163 24164 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24165 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24166 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24167 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24168 24169Amiga DMA sound support 24170CONFIG_DMASOUND_PAULA 24171 If you want to use the internal audio of your Amiga in Linux, answer 24172 Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio, 24173 compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N. 24174 24175 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24176 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24177 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24178 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24179 24180Q40 sound support 24181CONFIG_DMASOUND_Q40 24182 If you want to use the internal audio of your Q40 in Linux, answer 24183 Y to this question. This will provide a Sun-like /dev/audio, 24184 compatible with the Linux/i386 sound system. Otherwise, say N. 24185 24186 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 24187 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you 24188 want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 24189 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24190 24191HP DCA serial support 24192CONFIG_HPDCA 24193 If you want to use the internal "DCA" serial ports on an HP300 24194 machine, say Y here. 24195 24196HP on-board LANCE support 24197CONFIG_HPLANCE 24198 If you want to use the builtin "LANCE" Ethernet controller on an 24199 HP300 machine, say Y here. 24200 24201DIO bus support 24202CONFIG_DIO 24203 Say Y here to enable support for the "DIO" expansion bus used in 24204 HP300 machines. If you are using such a system you almost certainly 24205 want this. 24206 24207# Choice: ppctype 24208Processor Type 24209CONFIG_6xx 24210 There are four types of PowerPC chips supported. The more common 24211 types (601, 603, 604, 740, 750, 7400), the Motorola embedded 24212 versions (821, 823, 850, 855, 860, 8260), the IBM embedded versions 24213 (403 and 405) and the high end 64 bit Power processors (Power 3, 24214 Power 4). Unless you are building a kernel for one of the embedded 24215 processor systems, or a 64 bit IBM RS/6000, choose 6xx. Note that 24216 the kernel runs in 32-bit mode even on 64-bit chips. Also note that 24217 because the 82xx family has a 603e core, specific support for that 24218 chipset is asked later on. 24219 24220Motorola MPC8260 CPM support 24221CONFIG_8260 24222 The MPC8260 CPM (Communications Processor Module) is a typical 24223 embedded CPU made by Motorola. Selecting this option means that 24224 you wish to build a kernel for a machine with specifically an 8260 24225 for a CPU. 24226 24227 If in doubt, say N. 24228 24229# Choice: ppc4xxtype 24230Oak 24231CONFIG_OAK 24232 Select Oak if you have an IBM 403GCX "Oak" Evaluation Board. 24233 24234 Select Walnut if you have an IBM 405GP "Walnut" Evaluation Board. 24235 24236 More information on these boards is available at: 24237 <http://www.chips.ibm.com/products/powerpc/tools/evk_pn.html#GCX>. 24238 24239Walnut 24240CONFIG_WALNUT 24241 Select Walnut if you have an IBM 405GP "Walnut" Evaluation Board. 24242 24243Workarounds for PPC601 bugs 24244CONFIG_PPC601_SYNC_FIX 24245 Some versions of the PPC601 (the first PowerPC chip) have bugs which 24246 mean that extra synchronization instructions are required near 24247 certain instructions, typically those that make major changes to the 24248 CPU state. These extra instructions reduce performance slightly. 24249 If you say N here, these extra instructions will not be included, 24250 resulting in a kernel which will run faster but may not run at all 24251 on some systems with the PPC601 chip. 24252 24253 If in doubt, say Y here. 24254 242558xx Cache (Copy-Back or Writethrough) 24256CONFIG_8xx_COPYBACK 24257 Saying Y here will cause the cache on an MPC8xx processor to be used 24258 in Copy-Back mode. If you say N here, it is used in Writethrough 24259 mode. 24260 24261 If in doubt, say Y here. 24262 24263MPC860 (Pre Rev. C) CPU6 Silicon Errata 24264CONFIG_8xx_CPU6 24265 MPC860 CPUs, prior to Rev C have some bugs in the silicon, which 24266 require workarounds for Linux (and most other OSes to work). If you 24267 get a BUG() very early in boot, this might fix the problem. For 24268 more details read the document entitled "MPC860 Family Device Errata 24269 Reference" on Motorola's website. This option also incurs a 24270 performance hit. 24271 24272 If in doubt, say N here. 24273 24274MPC8xx direct IDE support on PCMCIA port 24275CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MPC8xx_IDE 24276 This option provides support for IDE on Motorola MPC8xx Systems. 24277 Please see 'Type of MPC8xx IDE interface' for details. 24278 24279 If unsure, say N. 24280 24281# Choice: mpc8xxtype 24282Type of MPC8xx IDE interface 24283CONFIG_IDE_8xx_PCCARD 24284 Select how the IDE devices are connected to the MPC8xx system: 24285 24286 8xx_PCCARD uses the 8xx internal PCMCIA interface in combination 24287 with a PC Card (e.g. ARGOSY portable Hard Disk Adapter), 24288 ATA PC Card HDDs or ATA PC Flash Cards (example: TQM8xxL 24289 systems) 24290 24291 8xx_DIRECT is used for directly connected IDE devices using the 8xx 24292 internal PCMCIA interface (example: IVMS8 systems) 24293 24294 EXT_DIRECT is used for IDE devices directly connected to the 8xx 24295 bus using some glue logic, but _not_ the 8xx internal 24296 PCMCIA interface (example: IDIF860 systems) 24297 24298Use SMC2 for UART 24299CONFIG_8xx_SMC2 24300 If you would like to use SMC2 as a serial port, say Y here. 24301 24302 If in doubt, say Y here. 24303 24304Use SMC2 for Console 24305CONFIG_CONS_SMC2 24306 If you are going to have a serial console on your device and are 24307 using SMC2 for your serial port, say Y here, else say N. 24308 24309Use the alternate SMC2 I/O 24310CONFIG_ALTSMC2 24311 If you have an MPC823 or MPC850 and would like to use the alternate 24312 SMC2 for I/O, say Y here. 24313 24314 If in doubt, say N here. 24315 24316Enable SCC2 and SCC3 for UART 24317CONFIG_USE_SCC_IO 24318 If your MPC8xx board has other SCC ports that you would like to use 24319 for for a serial port, say Y here. 24320 24321 If in doubt, say N here. 24322 24323# Choice: ppc6xxtype 24324Machine Type 24325CONFIG_ALL_PPC 24326 Linux currently supports several different kinds of PowerPC-based 24327 machines: Apple Power Macintoshes and clones (such as the Motorola 24328 Starmax series), PReP (PowerPC Reference Platform) machines (such 24329 as the Motorola PowerStacks, Motorola cPCI/VME embedded systems, 24330 and some IBM RS/6000 systems), CHRP (Common Hardware Reference 24331 Platform), and several embedded PowerPC systems containing 4xx, 6xx, 24332 7xx, 8xx, 74xx, and 82xx processors. Currently, the default option 24333 is to build a kernel which works on the first three. 24334 24335 Select PowerMac/PReP/MTX/CHRP if configuring for any of the above. 24336 24337 Select Gemini if configuring for a Synergy Microsystems' Gemini 24338 series Single Board Computer. More information is available at: 24339 <http://www.synergymicro.com/PressRel/97_10_15.html>. 24340 24341 Select APUS if configuring for a PowerUP Amiga. More information is 24342 available at: <http://linux-apus.sourceforge.net/>. 24343 24344 Note that Total Impact briQ is handled as a CHRP machine. 24345 24346Synergy-Gemini 24347CONFIG_GEMINI 24348 Select Gemini if configuring for a Synergy Microsystems' Gemini 24349 series Single Board Computer. More information is available at: 24350 <http://www.synergymicro.com/PressRel/97_10_15.html>. 24351 24352Amiga-Apus 24353CONFIG_APUS 24354 Select APUS if configuring for a PowerUP Amiga. 24355 More information is available at: 24356 <http://linux-apus.sourceforge.net/>. 24357 24358AltiVec kernel support 24359CONFIG_ALTIVEC 24360 This option enables kernel support for the Altivec extensions to the 24361 PowerPC processor. The kernel currently supports saving and restoring 24362 altivec registers, and turning on the 'altivec enable' bit so user 24363 processes can execute altivec instructions. 24364 24365 This option is only usefully if you have a processor that supports 24366 altivec (G4, otherwise known as 74xx series), but does not have 24367 any affect on a non-altivec cpu (it does, however add code to the 24368 kernel). 24369 24370 If in doubt, say Y here. 24371 24372Thermal Management Support 24373CONFIG_TAU 24374 G3 and G4 processors have an on-chip temperature sensor called the 24375 'Thermal Assist Unit (TAU)', which, in theory, can measure the on-die 24376 temperature within 2-4 degrees Celsius. This option shows the current 24377 on-die temperature in /proc/cpuinfo if the cpu supports it. 24378 24379 Unfortunately, on some chip revisions, this sensor is very inaccurate 24380 and in some cases, does not work at all, so don't assume the cpu 24381 temp is actually what /proc/cpuinfo says it is. 24382 24383Interrupt driven TAU driver 24384CONFIG_TAU_INT 24385 The TAU supports an interrupt driven mode which causes an interrupt 24386 whenever the temperature goes out of range. This is the fastest way 24387 to get notified the temp has exceeded a range. With this option off, 24388 a timer is used to re-check the temperature periodically. 24389 24390 However, on some cpus it appears that the TAU interrupt hardware 24391 is buggy and can cause a situation which would lead unexplained hard 24392 lockups. 24393 24394 Unless you are extending the TAU driver, or enjoy kernel/hardware 24395 debugging, leave this option off. 24396 24397Average high and low temp 24398CONFIG_TAU_AVERAGE 24399 The TAU hardware can compare the temperature to an upper and lower bound. 24400 The default behaviour is to show both the upper and lower bound in 24401 /proc/cpuinfo. If the range is large, the temperature is either changing 24402 a lot, or the TAU hardware is broken (likely on some G4's). If the range 24403 is small (around 4 degrees), the temperature is relatively stable. 24404 24405Power management support for PowerBooks 24406CONFIG_PMAC_PBOOK 24407 This provides support for putting a PowerBook to sleep; it also 24408 enables media bay support. Power management works on the 24409 PB2400/3400/3500, Wallstreet, Lombard, and Bronze PowerBook G3. You 24410 must get the power management daemon, pmud, to make it work and you 24411 must have the /dev/pmu device (see the pmud README). 24412 24413 Get pmud from <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppclinux/pmud/>. 24414 24415 If you have a PowerBook, you should say Y. 24416 24417 You may also want to compile the dma sound driver as a module and 24418 have it autoloaded. The act of removing the module shuts down the 24419 sound hardware for more power savings. 24420 24421APM emulation 24422CONFIG_PMAC_APM_EMU 24423 This driver provides an emulated /dev/apm_bios and /proc/apm. The 24424 first one is mostly intended for XFree to sleep & wakeup properly, 24425 the second ones provides some battery informations to allow existing 24426 APM utilities to work. It provides less useful informations than 24427 tools specifically designed for PowerBooks or /proc/pmu/battery_x 24428 24429Backlight control for LCD screens 24430CONFIG_PMAC_BACKLIGHT 24431 Say Y here to build in code to manage the LCD backlight on a 24432 Macintosh PowerBook. With this code, the backlight will be turned 24433 on and off appropriately on power-management and lid-open/lid-closed 24434 events; also, the PowerBook button device will be enabled so you can 24435 change the screen brightness. 24436 24437# Choice: ppc8xxtype 24438Embedded 8xx Board Type 24439CONFIG_RPXLITE 24440 Single-board computers based around the PowerPC MPC8xx chips and 24441 intended for embedded applications. The following types are 24442 supported: 24443 24444 RPX-Lite: 24445 Embedded Planet RPX Lite. PC104 form-factor SBC based on the MPC823. 24446 24447 RPX-Classic: 24448 Embedded Planet RPX Classic Low-fat. Credit-card-size SBC based on 24449 the MPC 860 24450 24451 BSE-IP: 24452 Bright Star Engineering ip-Engine. 24453 24454 TQM823L: 24455 TQM850L: 24456 TQM855L: 24457 TQM860L: 24458 MPC8xx based family of mini modules, half credit card size, 24459 up to 64 MB of RAM, 8 MB Flash, (Fast) Ethernet, 2 x serial ports, 24460 2 x CAN bus interface, ... 24461 Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de 24462 Date of Release: October (?) 1999 24463 End of Life: not yet :-) 24464 URL: 24465 - module: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf> 24466 - starter kit: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf> 24467 - images: <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html> 24468 24469 FPS850L: 24470 FingerPrint Sensor System (based on TQM850L) 24471 Manufacturer: IKENDI AG, <http://www.ikendi.com/> 24472 Date of Release: November 1999 24473 End of life: end 2000 ? 24474 URL: see TQM850L 24475 24476 SPD823TS: 24477 MPC823 based board used in the "Tele Server" product 24478 Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24479 Date of Release: Mid 2000 (?) 24480 End of life: - 24481 URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24482 select "English", then "Teleteam Solutions", then "TeleServer" 24483 24484 IVMS8: 24485 MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System", 24486 Small Version (8 voice channels) 24487 Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24488 Date of Release: December 2000 (?) 24489 End of life: - 24490 URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24491 24492 IVML24: 24493 MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System", 24494 Large Version (24 voice channels) 24495 Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24496 Date of Release: March 2001 (?) 24497 End of life: - 24498 URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/> 24499 24500 SM850: 24501 Service Module (based on TQM850L) 24502 Manufacturer: Dependable Computer Systems, <http://www.decomsys.com/> 24503 Date of Release: end 2000 (?) 24504 End of life: mid 2001 (?) 24505 URL: <http://www.tz-mikroelektronik.de/ServiceModule/index.html> 24506 24507 HERMES_PRO: 24508 Hermes-Pro ISDN/LAN router with integrated 8 x hub 24509 Manufacturer: Multidata Gesellschaft f�r Datentechnik und Informatik 24510 <http://www.multidata.de/> 24511 Date of Release: 2000 (?) 24512 End of life: - 24513 URL: <http://www.multidata.de/english/products/hpro.htm> 24514 24515 IP860: 24516 VMEBus IP (Industry Pack) carrier board with MPC860 24517 Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24518 Date of Release: ? 24519 End of life: - 24520 URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/ip860.html> 24521 24522 PCU_E: 24523 PCU = Peripheral Controller Unit, Extended 24524 Manufacturer: Siemens AG, ICN (Information and Communication Networks) 24525 <http://www.siemens.de/page/1,3771,224315-1-999_2_226207-0,00.html> 24526 Date of Release: April 2001 24527 End of life: August 2001 24528 URL: n. a. 24529 24530RPX-Classic 24531CONFIG_RPXCLASSIC 24532 The RPX-Classic is a single-board computer based on the Motorola 24533 MPC860. It features 16MB of DRAM and a variable amount of flash, 24534 I2C EEPROM, thermal monitoring, a PCMCIA slot, a DIP switch and two 24535 LEDs. Variants with Ethernet ports exist. Say Y here to support it 24536 directly. 24537 24538BSE-IP 24539CONFIG_BSEIP 24540 Say Y here to support the Bright Star Engineering ipEngine SBC. 24541 This is a credit-card-sized device featuring a MPC823 processor, 24542 26MB DRAM, 4MB flash, Ethernet, a 16K-gate FPGA, USB, an LCD/video 24543 controller, and two RS232 ports. 24544 24545TQM823L 24546CONFIG_TQM823L 24547 Say Y here to support the TQM823L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of 24548 mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released 24549 in late 1999. Technical references are at 24550 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and 24551 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at 24552 <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. 24553 24554TQM850L 24555CONFIG_TQM850L 24556 Say Y here to support the TQM850L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of 24557 mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released 24558 in late 1999. Technical references are at 24559 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and 24560 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at 24561 <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. 24562 24563TQM855L 24564CONFIG_TQM855L 24565 Say Y here to support the TQM855L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of 24566 mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released 24567 in late 1999. Technical references are at 24568 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and 24569 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at 24570 <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. 24571 24572TQM860L 24573CONFIG_TQM860L 24574 Say Y here to support the TQM860L, one of an MPC8xx-based family of 24575 mini SBCs (half credit-card size) from TQ Components first released 24576 in late 1999. Technical references are at 24577 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and 24578 <http://www.denx.de/PDF/STK8xxLHWM201.pdf>, and an image at 24579 <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. 24580 24581FPS850 24582CONFIG_FPS850 24583 Say Y here to support the FingerPrint Sensor from AKENDI IG, based 24584 on the TQ Components TQM850L module, released November 1999 and 24585 discontinued a year later. 24586 24587TQM860 24588CONFIG_TQM860 24589 Say Y here to support the TQM860, one of an MPC8xx-based family of 24590 SBCs (credit-card size) from TQ Components first released in 24591 mid-1999 and discontinued mid-2000. 24592 24593SM850 24594CONFIG_SM850 24595 Say Y here to support the Service Module 850 from Dependable 24596 Computer Systems, an SBC based on the TQM850L module by TQ 24597 Components. This board is no longer in production. The 24598 manufacturer's website is at <http://www.decomsys.com/>. 24599 24600SPD823TS 24601CONFIG_SPD823TS 24602 Say Y here to support the Speech Design 823 Tele-Server from Speech 24603 Design, released in 2000. The manufacturer's website is at 24604 <http://www.speech-design.de/>. 24605 24606IVMS8 24607CONFIG_IVMS8 24608 Say Y here to support the Integrated Voice-Mail Small 8-channel SBC 24609 from Speech Design, released March 2001. The manufacturer's website 24610 is at <http://www.speech-design.de/>. 24611 24612# IVML24 is not yet active 24613IVML24 24614CONFIG_IVML24 24615 Say Y here to support the Integrated Voice-Mail Large 24-channel SBC 24616 from Speech Design, released March 2001. The manufacturer's website 24617 is at <http://www.speech-design.de/>. 24618 24619MBX 24620CONFIG_MBX 24621 MBX is a line of Motorola single-board computer based around the 24622 MPC821 and MPC860 processors, and intended for embedded-controller 24623 applications. Say Y here to support these boards directly. 24624 24625WinCept 24626CONFIG_WINCEPT 24627 The Wincept 100/110 is a Motorola single-board computer based on the 24628 MPC821 PowerPC, introduced in 1998 and designed to be used in 24629 thin-client machines. Say Y to support it directly. 24630 24631# More systems that will be supported soon, according to 24632# Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>: 24633# 24634# TQM8260: 24635# MPC8260 based module 24636# 24637# Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de 24638# Date of Release: June 2001 24639# End of Life: not yet :-) 24640# URL: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM82xx_SPEC_Rev003.pdf> 24641# 24642# IP860: 24643# VMEBus IP (Industry Pack) carrier board with MPC860 24644# 24645# Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24646# Date of Release: ? 24647# End of life: - 24648# URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/ip860.html> 24649# 24650# CU824: 24651# VMEBus Board with PCI extension with MPC8240 CPU 24652# 24653# Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24654# Date of Release: early 2001 (?) 24655# End of life: - 24656# URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/cu824.html> 24657# 24658# PM826: 24659# Modular system with MPC8260 CPU 24660# 24661# Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24662# Date of Release: mid 2001 24663# End of life: - 24664# URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/pm826.html> 24665# 24666# PCU_E: 24667# PCU = Peripheral Controller Unit; E = extended (?) 24668# 24669# Mfr: Siemens AG, ICN (Information and Communication Networks) 24670# <http://www.siemens.de/page/1,3771,224315-1-999_2_226207-0,00.html> 24671# Date of Release: April 2001 24672# End of life: - 24673# URL: n. a.o 24674 24675# Choice: ppc82xxtype 24676Embedded 82xx Board Type 24677CONFIG_EST8260 24678 EST8260: 24679 The EST8260 is a single-board computer manufactured by Wind River 24680 Systems, Inc. (formerly Embedded Support Tools Corp.) and based on 24681 the MPC8260. Wind River Systems has a website at 24682 <http://www.windriver.com/>, but the EST8260 cannot be found on it 24683 and has probably been discontinued or rebadged. 24684 24685 TQM8260: 24686 MPC8260 based module, little larger than credit card, 24687 up to 128 MB global + 64 MB local RAM, 32 MB Flash, 24688 32 kB EEPROM, 256 kB L@ Cache, 10baseT + 100baseT Ethernet, 24689 2 x serial ports, ... 24690 Manufacturer: TQ Components, www.tq-group.de 24691 Date of Release: June 2001 24692 End of Life: not yet :-) 24693 URL: <http://www.denx.de/PDF/TQM82xx_SPEC_Rev005.pdf> 24694 24695 PM826: 24696 Modular system with MPC8260 CPU 24697 Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24698 Date of Release: mid 2001 24699 End of life: - 24700 URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/pm826.html> 24701 24702 CU824: 24703 VMEBus Board with PCI extension with MPC8240 CPU 24704 Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> 24705 Date of Release: early 2001 (?) 24706 End of life: - 24707 URL: <http://www.microsys.de/html/cu824.html> 24708 24709ADB raw keycode support 24710CONFIG_MAC_ADBKEYCODES 24711 This provides support for sending raw ADB keycodes to console 24712 devices. This is the default up to 2.4.0, but in future this may be 24713 phased out in favor of generic Linux keycodes. If you say Y here, 24714 you can dynamically switch via the 24715 /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/keyboard_sends_linux_keycodes 24716 sysctl and with the "keyboard_sends_linux_keycodes=" kernel 24717 argument. 24718 24719 This option is now deprecated and will be removed in a future 24720 kernel release. 24721 24722 If unsure, say N here. 24723 24724I2C/SPI Microcode Patch 24725CONFIG_UCODE_PATCH 24726 Motorola releases microcode updates for their 8xx CPM modules. The 24727 microcode update file has updates for IIC, SMC and USB. Currently only 24728 the USB update is available by default, if the MPC8xx USB option is 24729 enabled. If in doubt, say 'N' here. 24730 24731Mouse button 2+3 emulation support 24732CONFIG_MAC_EMUMOUSEBTN 24733 This provides generic support for emulating the 2nd and 3rd mouse 24734 button with keypresses. If you say Y here, the emulation is still 24735 disabled by default. The emulation is controlled by these sysctl 24736 entries: 24737 /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button_emulation 24738 /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button2_keycode 24739 /proc/sys/dev/mac_hid/mouse_button3_keycode 24740 24741Set high memory pool address 24742CONFIG_HIGHMEM_START_BOOL 24743 Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option. 24744 24745 It can be used to override the default PKMAP_BASE address which 24746 is the location of the high memory pool. This can be useful in 24747 optimizing virtual memory usage in a system. 24748 24749Set maximum low memory 24750CONFIG_LOWMEM_SIZE_BOOL 24751 Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option. 24752 24753 It can be used to override the standard calculated value of 24754 MAX_LOW_MEM. This can be useful in optimizing virtual memory usage 24755 in a system. 24756 24757Set custom kernel base address 24758CONFIG_KERNEL_START_BOOL 24759 Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option. 24760 24761 It can be used to override the standard PAGE_OFFSET/KERNELBASE 24762 value used by the kernel. This can be useful in controlling 24763 amount of virtual address space available to the kernel. 24764 24765Set custom user task size 24766CONFIG_TASK_SIZE_BOOL 24767 Unless you know what you are doing you *should not* set this option. 24768 24769 It can be used to override the standard TASK_SIZE value used 24770 by the kernel. This can be useful in controlling amount of 24771 virtual address space available to user tasks. 24772 24773Enhanced Real Time Clock Support (/dev/rtc) 24774CONFIG_PPC_RTC 24775 If you say Y here and create a character special file /dev/rtc with 24776 major number 10 and minor number 135 using mknod ("man mknod"), you 24777 will get access to the real time clock (or hardware clock) built 24778 into your computer. 24779 24780 If unsure, say Y here. 24781 24782Support for Open Firmware device tree in /proc 24783CONFIG_PROC_DEVICETREE 24784 This option adds a device-tree directory under /proc which contains 24785 an image of the device tree that the kernel copies from Open 24786 Firmware. If unsure, say Y here. 24787 24788RTAS (RunTime Abstraction Services) in /proc 24789CONFIG_PPC_RTAS 24790 When you use this option, you will be able to use RTAS from 24791 userspace. 24792 24793 RTAS stands for RunTime Abstraction Services and should 24794 provide a portable way to access and set system information. This is 24795 commonly used on RS/6000 (pSeries) computers. 24796 24797 You can access RTAS via the special proc file system entry rtas. 24798 Don't confuse this rtas entry with the one in /proc/device-tree/rtas 24799 which is readonly. 24800 24801 If you don't know if you can use RTAS look into 24802 /proc/device-tree/rtas. If there are some entries, it is very likely 24803 that you will be able to use RTAS. 24804 24805 You can do cool things with rtas. To print out information about 24806 various sensors in the system, just do a 24807 24808 $ cat /proc/rtas/sensors 24809 24810 or if you power off your machine at night but want it running when 24811 you enter your office at 7:45 am, do a 24812 24813 # date -d 'tomorrow 7:30' +%s > /proc/rtas/poweron 24814 24815 and shutdown. 24816 24817 If unsure, say Y. 24818 24819Support for Lpar Configuration data in /proc 24820CONFIG_LPARCFG 24821 This option adds lparcfg entry as /proc/ppc64/lparcfg which returns 24822 system configuration info in <key word>=<value> pairs. 24823 24824MESH (Power Mac internal SCSI) support 24825CONFIG_SCSI_MESH 24826 Many Power Macintoshes and clones have a MESH (Macintosh Enhanced 24827 SCSI Hardware) SCSI bus adaptor (the 7200 doesn't, but all of the 24828 other Power Macintoshes do). Say Y to include support for this SCSI 24829 adaptor. This driver is also available as a module called mesh.o 24830 ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running 24831 kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, 24832 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24833 24834Maximum synchronous transfer rate (MB/s) (0 = async) 24835CONFIG_SCSI_MESH_SYNC_RATE 24836 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) where the MESH SCSI bus adaptor 24837 drives a bus which is entirely internal to the machine (such as the 24838 7500, 7600, 8500, etc.), the MESH is capable of synchronous 24839 operation at up to 10 MB/s. On machines where the SCSI bus 24840 controlled by the MESH can have external devices connected, it is 24841 usually rated at 5 MB/s. 5 is a safe value here unless you know the 24842 MESH SCSI bus is internal only; in that case you can say 10. Say 0 24843 to disable synchronous operation. 24844 2484553C94 (Power Mac external SCSI) support 24846CONFIG_SCSI_MAC53C94 24847 On Power Macintoshes (and clones) with two SCSI buses, the external 24848 SCSI bus is usually controlled by a 53C94 SCSI bus adaptor. Older 24849 machines which only have one SCSI bus, such as the 7200, also use 24850 the 53C94. Say Y to include support for the 53C94. 24851 24852 This driver is also available as a module called mac53c94.o ( = code 24853 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24854 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24855 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24856 24857MACE (Power Mac Ethernet) support 24858CONFIG_MACE 24859 Power Macintoshes and clones with Ethernet built-in on the 24860 motherboard will usually use a MACE (Medium Access Control for 24861 Ethernet) interface. Say Y to include support for the MACE chip. 24862 24863 This driver is also available as a module called mace.o ( = code 24864 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24865 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24866 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24867 24868Use AAUI port instead of TP by default 24869CONFIG_MACE_AAUI_PORT 24870 Some Apple machines (notably the Apple Network Server) which use the 24871 MACE ethernet chip have an Apple AUI port (small 15-pin connector), 24872 instead of an 8-pin RJ45 connector for twisted-pair ethernet. Say 24873 Y here if you have such a machine. If unsure, say N. 24874 The driver will default to AAUI on ANS anyway, and if you use it as 24875 a module, you can provide the port_aaui=0|1 to force the driver. 24876 24877BMAC (G3 Ethernet) support 24878CONFIG_BMAC 24879 Say Y for support of BMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G3 24880 computers. 24881 24882 This driver is also available as a module called bmac.o ( = code 24883 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24884 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24885 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24886 24887GMAC (G4/iBook Ethernet) support 24888CONFIG_GMAC 24889 Say Y for support of GMAC Ethernet interfaces. These are used on G4 24890 and iBook computers. 24891 24892 This driver is also available as a module called gmac.o ( = code 24893 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24894 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24895 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24896 24897National DP83902AV (Oak Ethernet) support 24898CONFIG_OAKNET 24899 Say Y if your machine has this type of Ethernet network card. 24900 24901 This driver is also available as a module called oaknet.o ( = code 24902 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24903 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24904 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24905 24906Video For Linux 24907CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV 24908 Support for audio/video capture and overlay devices and FM radio 24909 cards. The exact capabilities of each device vary. User tools for 24910 this are available from 24911 <ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/video4linux/>. 24912 24913 If you are interested in writing a driver for such an audio/video 24914 device or user software interacting with such a driver, please read 24915 the file <file:Documentation/video4linux/API.html>. 24916 24917 This driver is also available as a module called videodev.o ( = code 24918 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 24919 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 24920 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 24921 24922Video For Linux /proc file system information 24923CONFIG_VIDEO_PROC_FS 24924 If you say Y here, you are able to access video device information 24925 in /proc/video. 24926 24927 To use this option, you have to check, that the "/proc file system 24928 support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled too. 24929 24930AIMSlab RadioTrack (aka RadioReveal) support 24931CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK 24932 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill 24933 in the port address below. 24934 24935 Note that newer AIMSlab RadioTrack cards have a different chipset 24936 and are not supported by this driver. For these cards, use the 24937 RadioTrack II driver below. 24938 24939 If you have a GemTeks combined (PnP) sound- and radio card you must 24940 use this driver as a module and setup the card with isapnptools. 24941 You must also pass the module a suitable io parameter, 0x248 has 24942 been reported to be used by these cards. 24943 24944 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 24945 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 24946 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 24947 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. More 24948 information is contained in the file 24949 <file:Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt>. 24950 24951 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 24952 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 24953 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 24954 will be called radio-aimslab.o. 24955 24956RadioTrack I/O port 24957CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK_PORT 24958 Enter either 0x30f or 0x20f here. The card default is 0x30f, if you 24959 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card. 24960 24961AIMSlab RadioTrack II support 24962CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2 24963 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the 24964 port address below. 24965 24966 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 24967 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 24968 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 24969 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 24970 24971 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 24972 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 24973 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 24974 will be called radio-rtrack2.o. 24975 24976RadioTrack II I/O port 24977CONFIG_RADIO_RTRACK2_PORT 24978 Enter either 0x30c or 0x20c here. The card default is 0x30c, if you 24979 haven't changed the jumper setting on the card. 24980 24981Aztech/Packard Bell Radio 24982CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH 24983 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill 24984 in the port address below. 24985 24986 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 24987 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 24988 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 24989 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 24990 24991 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 24992 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 24993 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 24994 will be called radio-aztech.o. 24995 24996Aztech/Packard Bell radio card I/O port 24997CONFIG_RADIO_AZTECH_PORT 24998 Enter either 0x350 or 0x358 here. The card default is 0x350, if you 24999 haven't changed the setting of jumper JP3 on the card. Removing the 25000 jumper sets the card to 0x358. 25001 25002ADS Cadet AM/FM Radio Tuner Card 25003CONFIG_RADIO_CADET 25004 Choose Y here if you have one of these AM/FM radio cards, and then 25005 fill in the port address below. 25006 25007 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25008 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25009 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25010 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25011 25012 Further documentation on this driver can be found on the WWW at 25013 <http://linux.blackhawke.net/cadet.html>. 25014 25015 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25016 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25017 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25018 will be called radio-cadet.o. 25019 25020SF16FMI Radio 25021CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMI 25022 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards. If you 25023 compile the driver into the kernel and your card is not PnP one, you 25024 have to add "sf16fm=<io>" to the kernel command line (I/O address is 25025 0x284 or 0x384). 25026 25027 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25028 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25029 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25030 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25031 25032 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25033 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25034 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25035 will be called radio-sf16fmi.o. 25036 25037SF16FMR2 Radio 25038CONFIG_RADIO_SF16FMR2 25039 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards. If you 25040 compile the driver into the kernel and your card is not PnP one, you 25041 have to add "sf16fmr2=<io>" to the kernel command line (I/O address is 25042 0x284 or 0x384, default 0x384). 25043 25044 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25045 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25046 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25047 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25048 25049 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25050 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25051 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25052 will be called radio-sf16fmr2.o. 25053 25054Typhoon Radio (a.k.a. EcoRadio) 25055CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON 25056 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill 25057 in the port address and the frequency used for muting below. 25058 25059 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25060 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25061 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25062 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25063 25064 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25065 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25066 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25067 will be called radio-typhoon.o. 25068 25069Support for /proc/radio-typhoon 25070CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PROC_FS 25071 Say Y here if you want the typhoon radio card driver to write 25072 status information (frequency, volume, muted, mute frequency, 25073 base address) to /proc/radio-typhoon. The file can be viewed with 25074 your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/radio-typhoon" or "less 25075 /proc/radio-typhoon" or simply "cat /proc/radio-typhoon"). 25076 25077Typhoon I/O port (0x316 or 0x336) 25078CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_PORT 25079 Enter the I/O port of your Typhoon or EcoRadio radio card. 25080 25081Typhoon frequency set when muting the device (kHz) 25082CONFIG_RADIO_TYPHOON_MUTEFREQ 25083 Enter the frequency used for muting the radio. The device is never 25084 completely silent. If the volume is just turned down, you can still 25085 hear silent voices and music. For that reason, the frequency of the 25086 radio device is set to the frequency you can enter here whenever 25087 the device is muted. There should be no local radio station at that 25088 frequency. 25089 25090Zoltrix Radio 25091CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX 25092 Choose Y here if you have one of these FM radio cards, and then fill 25093 in the port address below. 25094 25095 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25096 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25097 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25098 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25099 25100 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25101 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25102 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25103 will be called radio-zoltrix.o. 25104 25105ZOLTRIX I/O port (0x20c or 0x30c) 25106CONFIG_RADIO_ZOLTRIX_PORT 25107 Enter the I/O port of your Zoltrix radio card. 25108 25109I2C on parallel port 25110CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT 25111 I2C is a simple serial bus system used in many micro controller 25112 applications. Saying Y here will allow you to use your parallel 25113 port as an I2C interface. 25114 25115 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25116 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25117 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25118 will be called i2c-parport.o. 25119 25120miroSOUND PCM20 radio 25121CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20 25122 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card. You also need to say Y 25123 to "ACI mixer (miroSOUND PCM1-pro/PCM12/PCM20 radio)" (in "Sound") 25124 for this to work. 25125 25126 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25127 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25128 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25129 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25130 25131 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25132 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25133 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25134 will be called miropcm20.o. 25135 25136miroSOUND PCM20 radio RDS user interface (EXPERIMENTAL) 25137CONFIG_RADIO_MIROPCM20_RDS 25138 Choose Y here if you want to see RDS/RBDS information like 25139 RadioText, Programme Service name, Clock Time and date, Programme 25140 TYpe and Traffic Announcement/Programme identification. You also 25141 need to say Y to "miroSOUND PCM20 radio" and devfs! 25142 25143 It's not possible to read the raw RDS packets from the device, so 25144 the driver cant provide an V4L interface for this. But the 25145 availability of RDS is reported over V4L by the basic driver 25146 already. Here RDS can be read from files in /dev/v4l/rds. 25147 25148 As module the driver will be called miropcm20-rds.o. 25149 25150Maestro on board radio 25151CONFIG_RADIO_MAESTRO 25152 Say Y here to directly support the on-board radio tuner on the 25153 Maestro 2 or 2E sound card. 25154 25155 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25156 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25157 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25158 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25159 25160 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25161 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25162 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25163 will be called radio-maestro.o. 25164 25165Guillemot MAXI Radio FM 2000 Radio Card 25166CONFIG_RADIO_MAXIRADIO 25167 Choose Y here if you have this radio card. This card may also be 25168 found as GemTek PCI FM. 25169 25170 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25171 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25172 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25173 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25174 25175 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25176 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25177 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25178 will be called radio-maxiradio.o. 25179 25180GemTek Radio Card support 25181CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK 25182 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the 25183 port address below. 25184 25185 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25186 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25187 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25188 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25189 25190 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25191 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25192 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25193 will be called radio-gemtek.o. 25194 25195GemTek I/O port 25196CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PORT 25197 Enter either 0x20c, 0x30c, 0x24c or 0x34c here. The card default is 25198 0x34c, if you haven't changed the jumper setting on the card. On 25199 Sound Vision 16 Gold PnP with FM Radio (ESS1869+FM GemTek), the I/O 25200 port is 0x28c. 25201 25202GemTek PCI Radio Card support 25203CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PCI 25204 Choose Y here if you have this PCI FM radio card. 25205 25206 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25207 that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on 25208 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25209 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25210 25211 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25212 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25213 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25214 will be called radio-gemtek-pci.o. 25215 25216PlanB Video-In for PowerMacs 25217CONFIG_VIDEO_PLANB 25218 PlanB is the V4L driver for the PowerMac 7x00/8x00 series video 25219 input hardware. If you want to experiment with this, say Y. 25220 Otherwise, or if you don't understand a word, say N. 25221 See <http://www.cpu.lu/~mlan/planb.html> for more info. 25222 25223 Saying M will compile this driver as a module (planb.o). 25224 25225TerraTec ActiveRadio 25226CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC 25227 Choose Y here if you have this FM radio card, and then fill in the 25228 port address below. (TODO) 25229 25230 Note: This driver is in its early stages. Right now volume and 25231 frequency control and muting works at least for me, but 25232 unfortunately I have not found anybody who wants to use this card 25233 with Linux. So if it is this what YOU are trying to do right now, 25234 PLEASE DROP ME A NOTE!! Rolf Offermanns (rolf@offermanns.de) 25235 25236 In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs 25237 that are compatible with the Video For Linux API. Information on 25238 this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at 25239 <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. 25240 25241 If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be 25242 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 25243 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 25244 will be called radio-terratec.o. 25245 25246Terratec I/O port (normally 0x590) 25247CONFIG_RADIO_TERRATEC_PORT 25248 Fill in the I/O port of your TerraTec FM radio card. If unsure, go 25249 with the default. 25250 25251Trust FM radio card 25252CONFIG_RADIO_TRUST 25253 This is a driver for the Trust FM radio cards. Say Y if you have 25254 such a card and want to use it under Linux. 25255 25256 This driver is also available as a module called radio-trust.o ( = 25257 code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25258 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25259 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25260 25261Trust I/O port (usually 0x350 or 0x358) 25262CONFIG_RADIO_TRUST_PORT 25263 Enter the I/O port of your Trust FM radio card. If unsure, try the 25264 values "0x350" or "0x358". 25265 25266BT848 Video For Linux 25267CONFIG_VIDEO_BT848 25268 Support for BT848 based frame grabber/overlay boards. This includes 25269 the Miro, Hauppauge and STB boards. Please read the material in 25270 <file:Documentation/video4linux/bttv> for more information. 25271 25272 If you say Y or M here, you need to say Y or M to "I2C support" and 25273 "I2C bit-banging interfaces" in the character device section. 25274 25275 This driver is available as a module called bttv.o ( = code 25276 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25277 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25278 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25279 25280BT878 audio DMA 25281CONFIG_SOUND_BT878 25282 Audio DMA support for bt878 based grabber boards. As you might have 25283 already noticed, bt878 is listed with two functions in /proc/pci. 25284 Function 0 does the video stuff (bt848 compatible), function 1 does 25285 the same for audio data. This is a driver for the audio part of 25286 the chip. If you say 'Y' here you get a oss-compatible dsp device 25287 where you can record from. If you want just watch TV you probably 25288 don't need this driver as most TV cards handle sound with a short 25289 cable from the TV card to your sound card's line-in. 25290 25291 This driver is available as a module called btaudio.o ( = code 25292 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25293 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25294 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25295 25296SGI Vino Video For Linux 25297CONFIG_VIDEO_VINO 25298 Say Y here to include support for SGI VINO (Video In No Out) system 25299 found on SGI Indy workstations. 25300 25301Stradis 4:2:2 MPEG-2 video driver 25302CONFIG_VIDEO_STRADIS 25303 Say Y here to enable support for the Stradis 4:2:2 MPEG-2 video 25304 driver for PCI. There is a product page at 25305 <http://www.stradis.com/decoder.html>. 25306 25307Zoran ZR36057/36060 Video For Linux 25308CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN 25309 Say Y here to include support for video cards based on the Zoran 25310 ZR36057/36060 encoder/decoder chip (including the Iomega Buz and the 25311 Miro DC10 and DC30 video capture cards). 25312 25313Include support for Iomega Buz 25314CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_BUZ 25315 Say Y here to include support for the Iomega Buz video card. There 25316 is a Buz/Linux homepage at <http://www.lysator.liu.se/~gz/buz/>. 25317 25318Miro DC10(+) support 25319CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_DC10 25320 Say Y to support the Pinnacle Systems Studio DC10 plus TV/Video 25321 card. Linux page at 25322 <http://lhd.datapower.com/db/dispproduct.php3?DISP?1511>. Vendor 25323 page at <http://www.pinnaclesys.com/>. 25324 25325Linux Media Labs LML33 support 25326CONFIG_VIDEO_ZORAN_LML33 25327 Say Y here to support the Linux Media Labs LML33 TV/Video card. 25328 Resources page is at <http://www.linuxmedialabs.com/lml33doc.html>. 25329 25330Zoran ZR36120/36125 Video For Linux 25331CONFIG_VIDEO_ZR36120 25332 Support for ZR36120/ZR36125 based frame grabber/overlay boards. 25333 This includes the Victor II, WaveWatcher, Video Wonder, Maxi-TV, 25334 and Buster boards. Please read the material in 25335 <file:Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt> for more information. 25336 25337 This driver is also available as a module called zr36120.o ( = code 25338 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25339 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25340 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25341 25342SAA5249 Teletext processor 25343CONFIG_VIDEO_SAA5249 25344 Support for I2C bus based teletext using the SAA5249 chip. At the 25345 moment this is only useful on some European WinTV cards. 25346 25347 This driver is also available as a module called saa5249.o ( = code 25348 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25349 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25350 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25351 25352QuickCam BW Video For Linux 25353CONFIG_VIDEO_BWQCAM 25354 Say Y have if you the black and white version of the QuickCam 25355 camera. See the next option for the color version. 25356 25357 This driver is also available as a module called bw-qcam.o ( = code 25358 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25359 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25360 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25361 25362QuickCam Colour Video For Linux 25363CONFIG_VIDEO_CQCAM 25364 This is the video4linux driver for the colour version of the 25365 Connectix QuickCam. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here, 25366 otherwise say N. This driver does not work with the original 25367 monochrome QuickCam, QuickCam VC or QuickClip. It is also available 25368 as a module (c-qcam.o). 25369 Read <file:Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt> for more information. 25370 25371W9966 Webcam (FlyCam Supra and others) Video For Linux 25372CONFIG_VIDEO_W9966 25373 Video4linux driver for Winbond's w9966 based Webcams. 25374 Currently tested with the LifeView FlyCam Supra. 25375 If you have one of these cameras, say Y here 25376 otherwise say N. 25377 This driver is also available as a module (w9966.o). 25378 25379 Check out <file:drivers/media/video4linux/w9966.txt> and 25380 <file:drivers/media/video/w9966.c> for more information. 25381 25382Philips SAA7114H for SiByte BCM91250A 25383CONFIG_VIDEO_SWARM_7114H 25384 Say Y or M to build the video4linux driver for the Philips SAA7114H 25385 video decoder on Broadcom SWARM board (BCM91250A). The decoder chip 25386 is on the BCM1250's "E2" 8-bit FIFO port. 25387 25388CPiA Video For Linux 25389CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA 25390 This is the video4linux driver for cameras based on Vision's CPiA 25391 (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the Creative Labs Video 25392 Blaster Webcam II. If you have one of these cameras, say Y here 25393 and select parallel port and/or USB lowlevel support below, 25394 otherwise say N. This will not work with the Creative Webcam III. 25395 25396 Please read <file:Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia> for more 25397 information. 25398 25399 This driver is also available as a module (cpia.o). 25400 25401CPiA Parallel Port Lowlevel Support 25402CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA_PP 25403 This is the lowlevel parallel port support for cameras based on 25404 Vision's CPiA (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the 25405 Creative Webcam II. If you have the parallel port version of one 25406 of these cameras, say Y here, otherwise say N. It is also available 25407 as a module (cpia_pp.o). 25408 25409CPiA USB Lowlevel Support 25410CONFIG_VIDEO_CPIA_USB 25411 This is the lowlevel USB support for cameras based on Vision's CPiA 25412 (Colour Processor Interface ASIC), such as the Creative Webcam II. 25413 If you have the USB version of one of these cameras, say Y here, 25414 otherwise say N. This will not work with the Creative Webcam III. 25415 It is also available as a module (cpia_usb.o). 25416 25417Mediavision Pro Movie Studio Video For Linux 25418CONFIG_VIDEO_PMS 25419 Say Y if you have such a thing. This driver is also available as a 25420 module called pms.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed 25421 from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile 25422 it as a module, say M here and read 25423 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25424 25425Sony Vaio Picturebook Motion Eye Video For Linux 25426CONFIG_VIDEO_MEYE 25427 This is the video4linux driver for the Motion Eye camera found 25428 in the Vaio Picturebook laptops. Please read the material in 25429 <file:Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt> for more information. 25430 25431 If you say Y or M here, you need to say Y or M to "Sony Programmable 25432 I/O Control Device" in the character device section. 25433 25434 This driver is available as a module called meye.o ( = code 25435 which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel 25436 whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M 25437 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 25438 25439IBM's S/390 architecture 25440CONFIG_ARCH_S390 25441 Select this option, if you want to run the Kernel on one of IBM's 25442 mainframes of the S/390 generation. You should have installed the 25443 s390-compiler released by IBM (based on gcc-2.95.1) before. 25444 25445Merge some code into the kernel to make the image IPLable 25446CONFIG_IPL 25447 If you want to use the produced kernel to IPL directly from a 25448 device, you have to merge a bootsector specific to the device 25449 into the first bytes of the kernel. You will have to select the 25450 IPL device on another question, that pops up, when you select 25451 CONFIG_IPL. 25452 25453IPL from a S/390 tape unit 25454CONFIG_IPL_TAPE 25455 Select this option if you want to IPL the image from a Tape. 25456 25457IPL from a virtual card reader emulated by VM/ESA 25458CONFIG_IPL_VM 25459 Select this option if you are running under VM/ESA and want 25460 to IPL the image from the emulated card reader. 25461 25462CONFIG_PFAULT 25463 Select this option, if you want to use PFAULT pseudo page fault 25464 handling under VM. If running native or in LPAR, this option 25465 has no effect. If your VM does not support PFAULT, PAGEEX 25466 pseudo page fault handling will be used. 25467 Note that VM 4.2 supports PFAULT but has a bug in its 25468 implementation that causes some problems. 25469 Everybody who wants to run Linux under VM != VM4.2 should select 25470 this option. 25471 25472CONFIG_SHARED_KERNEL 25473 Select this option, if you want to share the text segment of the 25474 Linux kernel between different VM guests. This reduces memory 25475 usage with lots of guests but greatly increases kernel size. 25476 You should only select this option if you know what you are 25477 doing and want to exploit this feature. 25478 25479Support for IBM-style disk-labels (S/390) 25480CONFIG_S390_PARTITION 25481 Enable this option to assure standard IBM labels on the DASDs. 25482 You must enable it, if you are planning to access DASDs also 25483 attached to another IBM mainframe operation system (OS/390, 25484 VM/ESA, VSE/ESA). 25485 25486Support for DASD hard disks 25487CONFIG_DASD 25488 Enable this option if you want to access DASDs directly utilizing 25489 S/390's or zSeries' channel subsystem commands. This is necessary for running 25490 natively on a single image or an LPAR. 25491 25492Support for ECKD hard disks 25493CONFIG_DASD_ECKD 25494 ECKD (Extended Count Key Data) devices are the most commonly used 25495 devices on zSeries and S/390. You should enable this option unless you are 25496 very sure you have no ECKD device. 25497 25498ECKD demand loading 25499CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_ECKD 25500 This option enables demand loading of the ECKD module. 25501 25502Support for FBA hard disks 25503CONFIG_DASD_FBA 25504 Select this option if you want to use FBA (Fixed Block) devices. 25505 If you are not sure what it is, say "Y". 25506 25507FBA demand loading 25508CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_FBA 25509 This option enables demand loading of the FBA module. 25510 25511Support for DIAG access to CMS reserved Disks 25512CONFIG_DASD_DIAG 25513 Select this option if you want to use CMS reserved Disks under VM 25514 with the Diagnose250 command. If you are not running under VM or 25515 unsure what it is, say "N". 25516 25517DIAG demand loading 25518CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_DIAG 25519 This option enables demand loading of the DIAG module. 25520 25521Merge some code into the kernel to make the image IPLable 25522CONFIG_IPLABLE 25523 If you want to use the produced kernel to IPL directly from a 25524 device, you have to merge a bootsector specific to the device 25525 into the first bytes of the kernel. You will have to select the 25526 IPL device on another question, that pops up, when you select 25527 CONFIG_IPLABE. 25528 25529Support for 3215 line mode terminal 25530CONFIG_TN3215 25531 Include support for IBM 3215 line-mode terminals. 25532 25533Support for console on 3215 line mode terminal 25534CONFIG_TN3215_CONSOLE 25535 Include support for using an IBM 3215 line-mode terminal as a 25536 Linux system console. 25537 25538Support for 3270 line mode terminal 25539CONFIG_TN3270 25540 Include support for IBM 3270 line-mode terminals. 25541 25542Support for console on 3270 line mode terminal 25543CONFIG_TN3270_CONSOLE 25544 Include support for using an IBM 3270 line-mode terminal as a Linux 25545 system console. Available only if 3270 support is compiled in 25546 statically. 25547 25548Support for HWC line mode terminal 25549CONFIG_HWC 25550 Include support for IBM HWC line-mode terminals. 25551 25552Console on HWC line mode terminal 25553CONFIG_HWC_CONSOLE 25554 Include support for using an IBM HWC line-mode terminal as the Linux 25555 system console. 25556 25557Control Program Identification 25558CONFIG_HWC_CPI 25559 Allows for Control Program Identification via the HWC interface, 25560 i.e. provides a mean to pass an OS instance name (system name) 25561 to the machine. 25562 25563 This option should only be selected as a module since the 25564 system name has to be passed as module parameter. The module 25565 will be called hwc_cpi.o. 25566 25567S/390 tape device support 25568CONFIG_S390_TAPE 25569 Select this option if you want to access channel-attached tape 25570 devices on IBM S/390 or zSeries. 25571 If you select this option you will also want to select at 25572 least one of the tape interface options and one of the tape 25573 hardware options in order to access a tape device. 25574 This option is also available as a module. The module will be 25575 called tape390.o and include all selected interfaces. 25576 The hardware drivers will be seperate modules. 25577 If unsure, say "Y". 25578 25579Support for tape character devices 25580CONFIG_S390_TAPE_CHAR 25581 Select this option if you want to access your channel-attached 25582 tape devices using the character device interface. 25583 This interface is similar to other Linux tape devices like 25584 SCSI-Tapes (st) and the floppy tape device (ftape). 25585 If unsure, say "Y". 25586 25587Support for tape block devices 25588CONFIG_S390_TAPE_BLOCK 25589 Select this option if you want to access your channel-attached tape 25590 devices using the block device interface. This interface is similar 25591 to CD-ROM devices on other platforms. The tapes can only be 25592 accessed read-only when using this interface. Have a look at 25593 Documentation/s390/TAPE for further information about creating 25594 volumes for and using this interface. It is safe to say "Y" here. 25595 25596Support for 3490 tape hardware 25597CONFIG_S390_TAPE_3490 25598 Select this option if you want to access IBM 3490 magnetic 25599 tape subsystems and 100% compatibles. 25600 This option is also available as a module. The module will be 25601 called tape3490.o. If CONFIG_S390_TAPE is selected as a module, 25602 this hardware driver cannot be built-in but is only available 25603 as a module. 25604 It is safe to say "Y" here. 25605 25606Support for 3480 tape hardware 25607CONFIG_S390_TAPE_3480 25608 Select this option if you want to access IBM 3480 magnetic 25609 tape subsystems and 100% compatibles. 25610 This option is also available as a module. The module will be 25611 called tape3480.o. If CONFIG_S390_TAPE is selected as a module, 25612 this hardware driver cannot be built-in but is only available 25613 as a module. 25614 It is safe to say "Y" here. 25615 25616CTC device support 25617CONFIG_CTC 25618 Select this option if you want to use channel-to-channel networking 25619 on IBM S/390 or zSeries. This device driver supports real CTC 25620 coupling using ESCON. It also supports virtual CTCs when running 25621 under VM. It will use the channel device configuration if this is 25622 available. This option is also available as a module which will be 25623 called ctc.o. If you do not know what it is, it's safe to say "Y". 25624 25625XPRAM disk support 25626CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XPRAM 25627 Select this option if you want to use your expanded storage on S/390 25628 or zSeries as a disk. This is useful as a _fast_ swap device if you 25629 want to access more than 2G of memory when running in 31 bit mode. 25630 This option is also available as a module which will be called 25631 xpram.o. If unsure, say "N". 25632 25633Fast IRQ handling 25634CONFIG_FAST_IRQ 25635 Select this option in order to get the interrupts processed faster 25636 on your S/390 or zSeries machine. If selected, after an interrupt 25637 is processed, the channel subsystem will be asked for other pending 25638 interrupts which will also be processed before leaving the interrupt 25639 context. This speeds up the I/O a lot. Say "Y". 25640 25641IUCV device support (VM only) 25642CONFIG_IUCV 25643 Select this option if you want to use inter-user communication 25644 vehicle networking under VM or VIF. This option is also available 25645 as a module which will be called iucv.o. If unsure, say "Y". 25646 25647Process warning machine checks 25648CONFIG_MACHCHK_WARNING 25649 Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or 25650 zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures). 25651 If unsure, say "Y". 25652 25653Use chscs for Common I/O 25654CONFIG_CHSC 25655 Select this option if you want the s390 common I/O layer to use information 25656 obtained by channel subsystem calls. This will enable Linux to process link 25657 failures and resource accessibility events. Moreover, if you have procfs 25658 enabled, you'll be able to toggle chpids logically offline and online. Even 25659 if you don't understand what this means, you should say "Y". 25660 25661Process warning machine checks 25662CONFIG_MACHCHK_WARNING 25663 Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or 25664 zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures). 25665 If unsure, say "Y". 25666 25667Use chscs for Common I/O 25668CONFIG_CHSC 25669 Select this option if you want the s390 common I/O layer to use information 25670 obtained by channel subsystem calls. This will enable Linux to process link 25671 failures and resource accessibility events. Moreover, if you have procfs 25672 enabled, you'll be able to toggle chpids logically offline and online. Even 25673 if you don't understand what this means, you should say "Y". 25674 25675Kernel support for 31 bit ELF binaries 25676CONFIG_S390_SUPPORT 25677 Select this option if you want to enable your system kernel to 25678 handle system-calls from ELF binaries for 31 bit ESA. This option 25679 (and some other stuff like libraries and such) is needed for 25680 executing 31 bit applications. It is safe to say "Y". 25681 25682Channel Device Configuration 25683CONFIG_CHANDEV 25684 The channel device layer is a layer to provide a consistent 25685 interface for configuration & default machine check (devices 25686 appearing & disappearing) handling on Linux for s/390 & z/Series 25687 channel devices. 25688 25689 s/390 & z/Series channel devices include among others 25690 25691 lcs (the most common ethernet/token ring/fddi standard on 25692 zSeries) 25693 ctc/escon hi speed like serial link standard on zSeries 25694 claw used to talk to cisco routers. 25695 qeth gigabit ethernet. 25696 25697 These devices use two channels one read & one write for 25698 configuration & communication (& a third channel, the data 25699 channel the case of gigabit ethernet). The motivation 25700 behind developing this layer was that there was a lot of 25701 duplicate code among the channel device drivers for 25702 configuration. 25703 25704 Also the lcs & ctc drivers tended to fight over 25705 3088/08's & 3088/1F's which could be either 2216/3172 25706 channel attached lcs compatible devices or escon/ctc pipes 25707 had to be configured separately as they couldn't autodetect, 25708 this is now simplified by doing the configuration in a single 25709 place (the channel device layer). 25710 25711 This layer isn't invasive & it is quite okay to use channel 25712 drivers which don't use the channel device layer in 25713 conjunction with drivers which do. 25714 25715 For more info see the chandev manpage usually distributed in 25716 <file:Documentation/s390/chandev.8> in the Linux source tree. 25717 25718SAB3036 tuner support 25719CONFIG_TUNER_3036 25720 Say Y here to include support for Philips SAB3036 compatible tuners. 25721 If in doubt, say N. 25722 25723Compaq SMART2 support 25724CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA 25725 This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers. Everyone 25726 using these boards should say Y here. See the file 25727 <file:Documentation/cpqarray.txt> for the current list of boards 25728 supported by this driver, and for further information on the use of 25729 this driver. 25730 25731 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 25732 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 25733 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 25734 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 25735 cpqarray.o 25736 25737Show crashed user process info 25738CONFIG_PROCESS_DEBUG 25739 Say Y to print all process fault locations to the console. This is 25740 a debugging option; you probably do not want to set it unless you 25741 are an S390 port maintainer. 25742 25743# 25744# ARM options 25745# 25746# CML2 transition note: CML1 asks ARCH_ARCA5K, then has ARCH_A5K and ARCH_ARK 25747# as subquestions. CML2 asks the subquestions in the armtype menu and makes 25748# ARCH_ARCA5K a derived symbol. 25749ARM System type 25750CONFIG_ARCH_ARCA5K 25751 This selects what ARM system you wish to build the kernel for. It 25752 also selects to some extent the CPU type. If you are unsure what 25753 to set this option to, please consult any information supplied with 25754 your system. 25755 25756# Choice: armtype 25757A5000 25758CONFIG_ARCH_A5K 25759 Say Y here to to support the Acorn A5000. Linux can support the 25760 internal IDE disk and CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, 25761 and the floppy drive. Note that on some A5000s the floppy is 25762 plugged into the wrong socket on the motherboard. 25763 25764Archimedes 25765CONFIG_ARCH_ARC 25766 The Acorn Archimedes was an personal computer based on an 8K ARM2 25767 processor, released in 1987. It supported 512K of RAM and 2 800K 25768 floppy disks. Picture and more detailed specifications at 25769 <http://www.computingmuseum.com/museum/archi.htm>. 25770 25771EBSA-110 25772CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 25773 This is an evaluation board for the StrongARM processor available 25774 from Digital. It has limited hardware on-board, including an onboard 25775 Ethernet interface, two PCMCIA sockets, two serial ports and a 25776 parallel port. 25777 25778RiscPC 25779CONFIG_ARCH_RPC 25780 On the Acorn Risc-PC, Linux can support the internal IDE disk and 25781 CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, and the floppy drive. 25782 257832MB physical memory 25784CONFIG_PAGESIZE_16 25785 Say Y here if your Archimedes or A5000 system has only 2MB of 25786 memory, otherwise say N. The resulting kernel will not run on a 25787 machine with 4MB of memory. 25788 25789CATS 25790CONFIG_ARCH_CATS 25791 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the CATS. 25792 25793 Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel. 25794 25795EBSA285 (addin mode) 25796CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285_ADDIN 25797 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the EBSA285 card 25798 in addin mode. 25799 25800 Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel. 25801 25802EBSA285 (host mode) 25803CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA285_HOST 25804 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the EBSA285 card 25805 in host ("central function") mode. 25806 25807 Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel. 25808 25809LinkUp Systems L7200 SDB 25810CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 25811 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a LinkUp Systems 25812 L7200 Software Development Board which uses an ARM720T processor. 25813 Information on this board can be obtained at: 25814 25815 <http://www.linkupsys.com/> 25816 25817 If you have any questions or comments about the Linux kernel port 25818 to this board, send e-mail to sjhill@cotw.com. 25819 25820NetWinder 25821CONFIG_ARCH_NETWINDER 25822 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Rebel.COM 25823 NetWinder. Information about this machine can be found at: 25824 25825 <http://www.netwinder.org/> 25826 25827 Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel. 25828 25829P720T 25830CONFIG_ARCH_P720T 25831 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the ARM Prospector 25832 720T. 25833 25834Compaq Personal Server 25835CONFIG_ARCH_PERSONAL_SERVER 25836 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Compaq 25837 Personal Server. 25838 25839 Saying N will reduce the size of the Footbridge kernel. 25840 25841 The Compaq Personal Server is not available for purchase. 25842 There are no product plans beyond the current research 25843 prototypes at this time. Information is available at: 25844 25845 <http://crl.research.compaq.com/projects/personalserver/> 25846 25847 If you have any questions or comments about the Compaq Personal 25848 Server, send e-mail to skiff@crl.dec.com. 25849 25850Cirrus Logic EDB-7211 evaluation board 25851CONFIG_ARCH_EDB7211 25852 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a Cirrus Logic EDB-7211 25853 evaluation board. 25854 25855EP7211 infrared support 25856CONFIG_EP7211_IR 25857 Say Y here if you wish to use the infrared port on the EP7211. Note 25858 that you can't use the first UART and the infrared port at the same 25859 time, and that the EP7211 only supports SIR mode, at speeds up to 25860 115.2 kbps. To use the I/R port, you will need to get the source to 25861 irda-utils and apply the patch at 25862 <http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-June/003510.html>. 25863 25864Assabet 25865CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET 25866 Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1110 25867 Microprocessor Development Board (also known as the Assabet). 25868 25869Neponset 25870CONFIG_ASSABET_NEPONSET 25871 Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1110 25872 Microprocessor Development Board (Assabet) with the SA-1111 25873 Development Board (Nepon). 25874 25875Compaq iPAQ H3600 25876CONFIG_SA1100_H3600 25877 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the Compaq iPAQ 25878 H3600 handheld computer. Information about this machine and the 25879 Linux port to this machine can be found at: 25880 25881 <http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/index.html#iPAQ_H3600> 25882 <http://www.compaq.com/products/handhelds/pocketpc/> 25883 25884Brutus 25885CONFIG_SA1100_BRUTUS 25886 Say Y here if you are using the Intel(R) StrongARM(R) SA-1100 25887 Microprocessor Development Board (also known as the Brutus). 25888 25889LART 25890CONFIG_SA1100_LART 25891 Say Y here if you are using the Linux Advanced Radio Terminal 25892 (also known as the LART). See <http://www.lart.tudelft.nl/> for 25893 information on the LART. 25894 25895GraphicsClient 25896CONFIG_SA1100_GRAPHICSCLIENT 25897 Say Y here if you are using an Applied Data Systems Intel(R) 25898 StrongARM(R) SA-1100 based Graphics Client SBC. See 25899 <http://www.applieddata.net/> for information on this system. 25900 25901GraphicsMaster 25902CONFIG_SA1100_GRAPHICSMASTER 25903 Say Y here if you are using an Applied Data Systems Intel(R) 25904 StrongARM(R) SA-1100 based Graphics Master SBC with SA-1111 25905 StrongARM companion chip. See 25906 <http://www.applieddata.net/products_masterSpec.asp> for information 25907 on this system. 25908 25909ADSBitsy 25910CONFIG_SA1100_ADSBITSY 25911 Say Y here if you are using Applied Data Systems Intel(R) 25912 StrongARM(R) 1110 based Bitsy, 3 x 5 inches in size, Compaq - IPAQ - 25913 like platform. See 25914 <http://www.applieddata.net/products_bitsySpec.asp> for more 25915 information. 25916 25917ITSY 25918CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY 25919 Say Y here if you are using the Compaq Itsy experimental pocket 25920 computer. See <http://research.compaq.com/wrl/projects/itsy/> for 25921 more information. 25922 25923PLEB 25924CONFIG_SA1100_PLEB 25925 Say Y here if you are using a Portable Linux Embedded Board 25926 (also known as PLEB). See <http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~pleb/> 25927 for more information. 25928 25929CerfBoard 25930CONFIG_SA1100_CERF 25931 The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is based on the StrongARM 1110. 25932 More information is available at: 25933 <http://www.intrinsyc.com/products/referenceplatforms/cerfboard.html>. 25934 25935 Say Y if configuring for an Intrinsyc CerfBoard. 25936 Say N otherwise. 25937 25938FlexaNet 25939CONFIG_SA1100_FLEXANET 25940 Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on the FlexaNet 25941 handheld instruments. Information about this machine can be 25942 found at: <http://www.flexanet.com/>. 25943 25944nanoEngine 25945CONFIG_SA1100_NANOENGINE 25946 The nanoEngine is a StrongARM 1110-based single board computer 25947 from Bright Star Engineering. More information is available at: 25948 <http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm>. 25949 25950 Say Y if configuring for a nanoEngine. 25951 Say N otherwise. 25952 25953Pangolin 25954CONFIG_SA1100_PANGOLIN 25955 Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced 25956 by Dialogue Technology. It has EISA slots for ease of configuration 25957 with SDRAM/Flash memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash 25958 card, and TFT-LCD card. 25959 25960 Say Y if configuring for a Pangolin. 25961 Say N otherwise. 25962 25963Victor 25964CONFIG_SA1100_VICTOR 25965 Say Y here if you are using a Visu Aide Intel(R) StrongARM(R) 25966 SA-1100 based Victor Digital Talking Book Reader. See 25967 <http://www.visuaide.com/pagevictor.en.html> for information on 25968 this system. 25969 25970# Choice: cerf_ram 25971Cerf on-board RAM size 25972CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_8MB 25973 Declare the size of the CerfBoard's on-board RAM. 25974 Alternatives are 8, 16, 32, and 64MB. 25975 2597616MB 25977CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_16MB 25978 Declare that the CerfBoard has 16MB RAM. 25979 2598032MB 25981CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_32MB 25982 Declare that the CerfBoard has 32MB RAM. 25983 2598464MB 25985CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_64MB 25986 Declare that the CerfBoard has 64MB RAM. 25987 25988# Choice: cerf_flash 25989Cerf flash memory size 25990CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_8MB 25991 Tell the Cerf kernel the size of on-board memory. The choices 25992 are 8MB, 16MB, or 32MB. 25993 2599416MB 25995CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_16MB 25996 Configure the Cerf kernel to expect 16MB of flash memory. 25997 2599832MB 25999CONFIG_SA1100_CERF_FLASH_32MB 26000 Configure the Cerf kernel to expect 32MB of flash memory. 26001 26002Support ARM610 processor 26003CONFIG_CPU_ARM610 26004 The ARM610 is the successor to the ARM3 processor 26005 and was produced by VLSI Technology Inc. 26006 26007 Say Y if you want support for the ARM610 processor. 26008 Otherwise, say N. 26009 26010Support ARM710 processor 26011CONFIG_CPU_ARM710 26012 A 32-bit RISC microprocessor based on the ARM7 processor core 26013 designed by Advanced RISC Machines Ltd. The ARM710 is the 26014 successor to the ARM610 processor. It was released in 26015 July 1994 by VLSI Technology Inc. 26016 26017 Say Y if you want support for the ARM710 processor. 26018 Otherwise, say N. 26019 26020Support ARM720T processor 26021CONFIG_CPU_ARM720T 26022 A 32-bit RISC processor with 8kByte Cache, Write Buffer and 26023 MMU built around an ARM7TDMI core. 26024 26025 Say Y if you want support for the ARM720T processor. 26026 Otherwise, say N. 26027 26028Support ARM920T processor 26029CONFIG_CPU_ARM920T 26030 The ARM920T is licensed to be produced by numerous vendors, 26031 and is used in the Maverick EP9312. More information at 26032 <http://linuxdevices.com/products/PD2382866068.html>. 26033 26034 Say Y if you want support for the ARM920T processor. 26035 Otherwise, say N. 26036 26037Support ARM1020 processor 26038CONFIG_CPU_ARM1020 26039 The ARM1020 is the cached version of the ARM10 processor, 26040 with an addition of a floating-point unit. 26041 26042 Say Y if you want support for the ARM1020 processor. 26043 Otherwise, say N. 26044 26045Disable I-Cache 26046CONFIG_CPU_ICACHE_DISABLE 26047 Say Y here to disable the processor instruction cache. Unless 26048 you have a reason not to or are unsure, say N. 26049 26050Disable D-Cache 26051CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_DISABLE 26052 Say Y here to disable the processor data cache. Unless 26053 you have a reason not to or are unsure, say N. 26054 26055Force write through D-cache 26056CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_WRITETHROUGH 26057 Say Y here to use the data cache in write-through mode. Unless you 26058 specifically require this or are unsure, say N. 26059 26060Round robin I and D cache replacement algorithm 26061CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_ROUND_ROBIN 26062 Say Y here to use the predictable round-robin cache replacement 26063 policy. Unless you specifically require this or are unsure, say N. 26064 26065Disable branch prediction 26066CONFIG_CPU_BPREDICT_DISABLE 26067 Say Y here to disable branch prediction. If unsure, say N. 26068 26069Compressed boot loader in ROM/flash 26070CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM 26071 Say Y here if you intend to execute your compressed kernel image (zImage) 26072 directly from ROM or flash. If unsure, say N. 26073 26074Compressed ROM boot loader base address 26075CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT 26076 The base address for zImage. Unless you have special requirements, you 26077 should not change this value. 26078 26079Compressed ROM boot loader BSS address 26080CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS 26081 The base address of 64KiB of read/write memory, which must be available 26082 while the decompressor is running. Unless you have special requirements, 26083 you should not change this value. 26084 26085Support StrongARM SA-110 processor 26086CONFIG_CPU_SA110 26087 The Intel StrongARM(R) SA-110 is a 32-bit microprocessor and 26088 is available at five speeds ranging from 100 MHz to 233 MHz. 26089 More information is available at 26090 <http://developer.intel.com/design/strong/sa110.htm>. 26091 26092 Say Y if you want support for the SA-110 processor. 26093 Otherwise, say N. 26094 26095Tulsa 26096CONFIG_SA1100_PFS168 26097 The Radisys Corp. PFS-168 (aka Tulsa) is an Intel� StrongArm� SA-1110 based 26098 computer which includes the SA-1111 Microprocessor Companion Chip and other 26099 custom I/O designed to add connectivity and multimedia features for vending 26100 and business machine applications. Say Y here if you require support for 26101 this target. 26102 26103HP Jornada 720 26104CONFIG_SA1100_JORNADA720 26105 Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for the HP Jornada 720 26106 handheld computer. See <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/720> 26107 for details. 26108 26109InHand Electronics OmniMeter 26110CONFIG_SA1100_OMNIMETER 26111 Say Y here if you are using the inhand electronics OmniMeter. See 26112 <http://www.inhandelectronics.com/html/omni1.html> for details. 26113 26114Load kernel using Angel Debug Monitor 26115CONFIG_ANGELBOOT 26116 Say Y if you plan to load the kernel using Angel, ARM Ltd's target 26117 debug stub. If you are not using Angel, you must say N. It is 26118 important to get this setting correct. 26119 26120CDB89712 26121CONFIG_ARCH_CDB89712 26122 This is an evaluation board from Cirrus for the CS89712 processor. The 26123 board includes 2 serial ports, Ethernet, IRDA, and expansion headers. 26124 It comes with 16 MB SDRAM and 8 MB flash ROM. 26125 26126CLPS-711X internal ROM bootstrap 26127CONFIG_EP72XX_ROM_BOOT 26128 If you say Y here, your CLPS711x-based kernel will use the bootstrap 26129 mode memory map instead of the normal memory map. 26130 26131 Processors derived from the Cirrus CLPS-711X core support two boot modes. 26132 Normal mode boots from the external memory device at CS0. Bootstrap mode 26133 rearranges parts of the memory map, placing an internal 128 byte bootstrap 26134 ROM at CS0. This option performs the address map changes required to 26135 support booting in this mode. 26136 26137 You almost surely want to say N here. 26138 26139Math emulation 26140CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE 26141 Say Y to include the NWFPE floating point emulator in the kernel. 26142 This is necessary to run most binaries. Linux does not currently 26143 support floating point hardware so you need to say Y here even if 26144 your machine has an FPA or floating point co-processor podule. 26145 26146 It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module 26147 (nwfpe.o) or indeed to leave it out altogether. However, unless you 26148 know what you are doing this can easily render your machine 26149 unbootable. Saying Y is the safe option. 26150 26151 You may say N here if you are going to load the Acorn FPEmulator 26152 early in the bootup. 26153 26154FastFPE math emulation 26155CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE 26156 Say Y here to include the FAST floating point emulator in the kernel. 26157 This is an experimental much faster emulator which has only 32 bit 26158 precision for the mantissa. It does not support any exceptions. 26159 This makes it very simple, it is approximately 4-8 times faster than 26160 NWFPE. 26161 26162 It should be sufficient for most programs. It is definitely not 26163 suitable if you do scientific calculations that need double 26164 precision for iteration formulas that sum up lots of very small 26165 numbers. If you do not feel you need a faster FP emulation you 26166 should better choose NWFPE. 26167 26168 It is also possible to say M to build the emulator as a module 26169 (fastfpe.o). But keep in mind that you should only load the FP 26170 emulator early in the bootup. You should never change from NWFPE to 26171 FASTFPE or vice versa in an active system! 26172 26173DS1620 thermometer support 26174CONFIG_DS1620 26175 Say Y here to include support for the thermal management hardware 26176 found in the NetWinder. This driver allows the user to control the 26177 temperature set points and to read the current temperature. 26178 26179 It is also possible to say M here to build it as a module (ds1620.o) 26180 It is recommended to be used on a NetWinder, but it is not a 26181 necessity. 26182 26183Check for stack overflows 26184CONFIG_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW 26185 This option make do_IRQ() check for enough stack space beeing left. 26186 This is safe to enable. 26187 26188Debug high memory support 26189CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM 26190 This options enables addition error checking for high memory systems. 26191 Disable for production systems. 26192 26193Verbose kernel error messages 26194CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS 26195 This option controls verbose debugging information which can be 26196 printed when the kernel detects an internal error. This debugging 26197 information is useful to kernel hackers when tracking down problems, 26198 but mostly meaningless to other people. It's safe to say Y unless 26199 you are concerned with the code size or don't want to see these 26200 messages. 26201 26202Compile kernel with frame pointer 26203CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER 26204 If you say Y here, the resulting kernel will be slightly larger and 26205 slower, but it will give very useful debugging information. If you 26206 don't debug the kernel, you can say N, but we may not be able to 26207 solve problems without frame pointers. 26208 26209Verbose user fault messages 26210CONFIG_DEBUG_USER 26211 When a user program crashes due to an exception, the kernel can 26212 print a brief message explaining what the problem was. This is 26213 sometimes helpful for debugging but serves no purpose on a 26214 production system. Most people should say N here. 26215 26216Include gdb debugging information in kernel binary 26217CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 26218 Say Y here to include source-level debugging information in the 26219 `vmlinux' binary image. This is handy if you want to use gdb or 26220 addr2line to debug the kernel. It has no impact on the in-memory 26221 footprint of the running kernel but it can increase the amount of 26222 time and disk space needed for compilation of the kernel. If in 26223 doubt say N. 26224 26225Kernel low-level debugging functions 26226CONFIG_DEBUG_LL 26227 Say Y here to include definitions of printascii, printchar, printhex 26228 in the kernel. This is helpful if you are debugging code that 26229 executes before the console is initialized. 26230 26231Kernel low-level debugging messages via footbridge serial port 26232CONFIG_DEBUG_DC21285_PORT 26233 Say Y here if you want the debug print routines to direct their 26234 output to the serial port in the DC21285 (Footbridge). Saying N 26235 will cause the debug messages to appear on the first 16550 26236 serial port. 26237 26238Kernel low-level debugging messages via UART2 26239CONFIG_DEBUG_CLPS711X_UART2 26240 Say Y here if you want the debug print routines to direct their 26241 output to the second serial port on these devices. Saying N will 26242 cause the debug messages to appear on the first serial port. 26243 26244Kernel log buffer length shift 26245CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT 26246 The kernel log buffer has a fixed size of : 26247 64 kB (2^16) on MULTIQUAD and IA64, 26248 128 kB (2^17) on S390 26249 32 kB (2^15) on SMP systems 26250 16 kB (2^14) on UP systems 26251 26252 You have the ability to change this size with this paramter which 26253 fixes the bit shift of to get the buffer length (which must be a 26254 power of 2). Eg: a value of 16 sets the buffer to 64 kB (2^16). 26255 The default value of 0 uses standard values above. 26256 26257Disable pgtable cache 26258CONFIG_NO_PGT_CACHE 26259 Normally the kernel maintains a `quicklist' of preallocated 26260 pagetable structures in order to increase performance. On machines 26261 with very few pages this may however be a loss. Say Y here to 26262 disable the pgtable cache. 26263 26264RISC OS personality 26265CONFIG_ARTHUR 26266 Say Y here to include the kernel code necessary if you want to run 26267 Acorn RISC OS/Arthur binaries under Linux. This code is still very 26268 experimental; if this sounds frightening, say N and sleep in peace. 26269 You can also say M here to compile this support as a module (which 26270 will be called arthur.o). 26271 26272Initial kernel command line 26273CONFIG_CMDLINE 26274 On some architectures (EBSA110 and CATS), there is currently no way 26275 for the boot loader to pass arguments to the kernel. For these 26276 architectures, you should supply some command-line options at build 26277 time by entering them here. As a minimum, you should specify the 26278 memory size and the root device (e.g., mem=64M root=/dev/nfs). 26279 26280Kernel-mode alignment trap handler 26281CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP 26282 ARM processors can not fetch/store information which is not 26283 naturally aligned on the bus, i.e., a 4 byte fetch must start at an 26284 address divisible by 4. On 32-bit ARM processors, these non-aligned 26285 fetch/store instructions will be emulated in software if you say 26286 here, which has a severe performance impact. This is necessary for 26287 correct operation of some network protocols. With an IP-only 26288 configuration it is safe to say N, otherwise say Y. 26289 26290DC21285 serial port support 26291CONFIG_SERIAL_21285 26292 If you have a machine based on a 21285 (Footbridge) StrongARM(R)/ 26293 PCI bridge you can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this 26294 option. The device has major ID 4, minor 64. 26295 26296Console on DC21285 serial port 26297CONFIG_SERIAL_21285_CONSOLE 26298 If you have enabled the serial port on the 21285 footbridge you can 26299 make it the console by answering Y to this option. 26300 26301SA1100 serial port support 26302CONFIG_SERIAL_SA1100 26303 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26304 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26305 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26306 If you have a machine based on a SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM CPU you can 26307 enable its onboard serial port by enabling this option. 26308 Please read <file:Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART> for further 26309 info. 26310 26311Console on SA1100 serial port 26312CONFIG_SERIAL_SA1100_CONSOLE 26313 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26314 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26315 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26316 If you have enabled the serial port on the SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM 26317 CPU you can make it the console by answering Y to this option. 26318 26319L7200 serial port support 26320CONFIG_SERIAL_L7200 26321 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26322 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26323 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26324 If you have a LinkUp Systems L7200 board you can enable its two 26325 onboard serial ports by enabling this option. The device numbers 26326 are major ID 4 with minor 64 and 65 respectively. 26327 26328Console on L7200 serial port 26329CONFIG_SERIAL_L7200_CONSOLE 26330 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26331 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26332 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26333 If you have enabled the serial ports on the L7200 development board 26334 you can make the first serial port the console by answering Y to 26335 this option. 26336 26337L7200 SDB keyboard support 26338CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200 26339 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26340 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26341 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26342 Enable this option if you would like to be able to use a keyboard 26343 on a LinkUp Systems L7200 board. 26344 26345L7200 SDB Fujitsu keyboard support 26346CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200_NORM 26347 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26348 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26349 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26350 Select the Fujitsu keyboard if you want a normal QWERTY style 26351 keyboard on the LinkUp SDB. 26352 26353L7200 SDB Prototype keyboard support 26354CONFIG_KEYBOARD_L7200_DEMO 26355 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26356 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26357 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26358 Select the prototype keyboard if you want to play with the 26359 LCD/keyboard combination on the LinkUp SDB. 26360 26361Footbridge Mode 26362CONFIG_HOST_FOOTBRIDGE 26363 * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Russell King * 26364 * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * 26365 * the Configure.help maintainers. * 26366 The 21285 Footbridge chip can operate in either `host mode' or 26367 `add-in' mode. Say Y if your 21285 is in host mode, and therefore 26368 is the configuration master, otherwise say N. This must not be 26369 set to Y if the card is used in 'add-in' mode. 26370 26371MFM hard disk support 26372CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM 26373 Support the MFM hard drives on the Acorn Archimedes both 26374 on-board the A4x0 motherboards and via the Acorn MFM modules. 26375 Drives up to 64MB are supported. If you haven't got one of these 26376 machines or drives just say N. 26377 26378Old Archimedes floppy (1772) support 26379CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD1772 26380 Support the floppy drive on the Acorn Archimedes (A300, A4x0, A540, 26381 R140 and R260) series of computers; it supports only 720K floppies 26382 at the moment. If you don't have one of these machines just answer 26383 N. 26384 26385Autodetect hard drive geometry 26386CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MFM_AUTODETECT 26387 If you answer Y, the MFM code will attempt to automatically detect 26388 the cylinders/heads/sectors count on your hard drive. WARNING: This 26389 sometimes doesn't work and it also does some dodgy stuff which 26390 potentially might damage your drive. 26391 26392NetWinder /dev/flash support 26393CONFIG_NWFLASH 26394 If you say Y here and create a character device /dev/flash with 26395 major 10 and minor 160 you can manipulate the flash ROM containing 26396 the NetWinder firmware. Be careful as accidentally overwriting the 26397 flash contents can render your computer unbootable. On no account 26398 allow random users access to this device. :-) 26399 26400 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 26401 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 26402 The module will be called nwflash.o. If you want to compile it as a 26403 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26404 26405 If you're not sure, say N. 26406 26407SRM environment variables in procfs 26408CONFIG_SRM_ENV 26409 If you enable this option, a subdirectory inside /proc called 26410 /proc/srm_environment will give you access to the all important 26411 SRM environment variables (those which have a name) and also 26412 to all others (by their internal number). 26413 26414 SRM is something like a BIOS for Alpha machines. There are some 26415 other such BIOSes, like AlphaBIOS, which this driver cannot 26416 support (hey, that's not SRM!). 26417 26418 Despite the fact that this driver doesn't work on all Alphas (but 26419 only on those which have SRM as their firmware), it's save to 26420 build it even if your particular machine doesn't know about SRM 26421 (or if you intend to compile a generic kernel). It will simply 26422 not create those subdirectory in /proc (and give you some warning, 26423 of course). 26424 26425 This driver is also available as a module and will be called 26426 srm_env.o then. 26427 26428Footbridge internal watchdog 26429CONFIG_21285_WATCHDOG 26430 The Intel Footbridge chip contains a builtin watchdog circuit. Say Y 26431 here if you wish to use this. Alternatively say M to compile the 26432 driver as a module, which will be called wdt285.o. 26433 26434 This driver does not work on all machines. In particular, early CATS 26435 boards have hardware problems that will cause the machine to simply 26436 lock up if the watchdog fires. 26437 26438 "If in doubt, leave it out" - say N. 26439 26440NetWinder WB83C977 watchdog 26441CONFIG_977_WATCHDOG 26442 Say Y here to include support for the WB977 watchdog included in 26443 NetWinder machines. Alternatively say M to compile the driver as 26444 a module, which will be called wdt977.o. 26445 26446 Not sure? It's safe to say N. 26447 26448IrDA subsystem support 26449CONFIG_IRDA 26450 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrDA (TM) protocols. 26451 The Infrared Data Associations (tm) specifies standards for wireless 26452 infrared communication and is supported by most laptops and PDA's. 26453 26454 To use Linux support for the IrDA (tm) protocols, you will also need 26455 some user-space utilities like irattach. For more information, see 26456 the file <file:Documentation/networking/irda.txt>. You also want to 26457 read the IR-HOWTO, available at 26458 <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. 26459 26460 If you want to exchange bits of data (vCal, vCard) with a PDA, you 26461 will need to install some OBEX application, such as OpenObex : 26462 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/openobex/> 26463 26464 This support is also available as a module called irda.o. If you 26465 want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26466 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26467 26468Ultra (connectionless) protocol 26469CONFIG_IRDA_ULTRA 26470 Say Y here to support the connectionless Ultra IRDA protocol. 26471 Ultra allows to exchange data over IrDA with really simple devices 26472 (watch, beacon) without the overhead of the IrDA protocol (no handshaking, 26473 no management frames, simple fixed header). 26474 Ultra is available as a special socket : socket(AF_IRDA, SOCK_DGRAM, 1); 26475 26476IrDA cache last LSAP 26477CONFIG_IRDA_CACHE_LAST_LSAP 26478 Say Y here if you want IrLMP to cache the last LSAP used. This 26479 makes sense since most frames will be sent/received on the same 26480 connection. Enabling this option will save a hash-lookup per frame. 26481 26482 If unsure, say Y. 26483 26484IrDA Fast RRs 26485CONFIG_IRDA_FAST_RR 26486 Say Y here is you want IrLAP to send fast RR (Receive Ready) frames 26487 when acting as a primary station. 26488 Disabling this option will make latency over IrDA very bad. Enabling 26489 this option will make the IrDA stack send more packet than strictly 26490 necessary, thus reduce your battery life (but not that much). 26491 26492 Fast RR will make IrLAP send out a RR frame immediately when 26493 receiving a frame if its own transmit queue is currently empty. This 26494 will give a lot of speed improvement when receiving much data since 26495 the secondary station will not have to wait the max. turn around 26496 time (usually 500ms) before it is allowed to transmit the next time. 26497 If the transmit queue of the secondary is also empty, the primary will 26498 start backing-off before sending another RR frame, waiting longer 26499 each time until the back-off reaches the max. turn around time. 26500 This back-off increase in controlled via 26501 /proc/sys/net/irda/fast_poll_increase 26502 26503 If unsure, say Y. 26504 26505IrDA debugging information 26506CONFIG_IRDA_DEBUG 26507 Say Y here if you want the IrDA subsystem to write debug information 26508 to your syslog. You can change the debug level in 26509 /proc/sys/net/irda/debug . 26510 When this option is enabled, the IrDA also perform many extra internal 26511 verifications which will usually prevent the kernel to crash in case of 26512 bugs. 26513 26514 If unsure, say Y (since it makes it easier to find the bugs). 26515 26516IrLAN protocol 26517CONFIG_IRLAN 26518 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrLAN protocol. If 26519 you want to compile it as a module (irlan.o), say M here and read 26520 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. IrLAN emulates an Ethernet and 26521 makes it possible to put up a wireless LAN using infrared beams. 26522 26523 The IrLAN protocol can be used to talk with infrared access points 26524 like the HP NetbeamIR, or the ESI JetEye NET. You can also connect 26525 to another Linux machine running the IrLAN protocol for ad-hoc 26526 networking! 26527 26528IrNET protocol 26529CONFIG_IRNET 26530 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrNET protocol. If 26531 you want to compile it as a module (irnet.o), say M here and read 26532 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. IrNET is a PPP driver, so you 26533 will also need a working PPP subsystem (driver, daemon and 26534 config)... 26535 26536 IrNET is an alternate way to transfer TCP/IP traffic over IrDA. It 26537 uses synchronous PPP over a set of point to point IrDA sockets. You 26538 can use it between Linux machine or with W2k. 26539 26540IrCOMM protocol 26541CONFIG_IRCOMM 26542 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrCOMM protocol. If 26543 you want to compile it as a module (you will get ircomm.o and 26544 ircomm-tty.o), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26545 IrCOMM implements serial port emulation, and makes it possible to 26546 use all existing applications that understands TTY's with an 26547 infrared link. Thus you should be able to use application like PPP, 26548 minicom and others. Enabling this option will create two modules 26549 called ircomm and ircomm_tty. 26550 26551IrTTY IrDA Device Driver 26552CONFIG_IRTTY_SIR 26553 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrTTY line 26554 discipline. If you want to compile it as a module (irtty.o), say M 26555 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. IrTTY makes it 26556 possible to use Linux's own serial driver for all IrDA ports that 26557 are 16550 compatible. Most IrDA chips are 16550 compatible so you 26558 should probably say Y to this option. Using IrTTY will however 26559 limit the speed of the connection to 115200 bps (IrDA SIR mode). 26560 26561 If unsure, say Y. 26562 26563IrPORT IrDA serial driver 26564CONFIG_IRPORT_SIR 26565 Say Y here if you want to build support for the IrPORT IrDA device 26566 driver. If you want to compile it as a module (irport.o), say M here 26567 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. IrPORT can be used 26568 instead of IrTTY and sometimes this can be better. One example is 26569 if your IrDA port does not have echo-canceling, which will work OK 26570 with IrPORT since this driver is working in half-duplex mode only. 26571 You don't need to use irattach with IrPORT, but you just insert it 26572 the same way as FIR drivers (insmod irport io=0x3e8 irq=11). Notice 26573 that IrPORT is a SIR device driver which means that speed is limited 26574 to 115200 bps. 26575 26576 If unsure, say Y. 26577 26578USB IrDA FIR dongle Device Driver 26579CONFIG_USB_IRDA 26580 Say Y here if you want to build support for the USB IrDA FIR Dongle 26581 device driver. If you want to compile it as a module (irda-usb.o), 26582 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. IrDA-USB 26583 support the various IrDA USB dongles available and most of their 26584 peculiarities. Those dongles plug in the USB port of your computer, 26585 are plug and play, and support SIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds. On the 26586 other hand, those dongles tend to be less efficient than a FIR 26587 chipset. 26588 26589 Please note that the driver is still experimental. And of course, 26590 you will need both USB and IrDA support in your kernel... 26591 26592Datafab MDCFE-B Compact Flash Reader support 26593CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DATAFAB 26594 This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver. These 26595 sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very 26596 brave people. System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if 26597 you use this driver. If in doubt, select N. 26598 26599HP CD-Writer 82xx support 26600CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_HP8200e 26601 This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver. These 26602 sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very 26603 brave people. System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if 26604 you use this driver. If in doubt, select N. 26605 26606Lexar Jumpshot Compact Flash Reader 26607CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT 26608 This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver. These 26609 sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very 26610 brave people. System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if 26611 you use this driver. If in doubt, select N. 26612 26613Tieman Voyager USB Braille display support (EXPERIMENTAL) 26614CONFIG_USB_BRLVGER 26615 Say Y here if you want to use the Voyager USB Braille display from 26616 Tieman. See <file:Documentation/usb/brlvger.txt> for more 26617 information. 26618 26619 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 26620 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 26621 The module will be called brlvger.o. If you want to compile it as 26622 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26623 26624KB Gear JamStudio tablet support 26625CONFIG_USB_KBTAB 26626 Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the KB Gear 26627 JamStudio tablet. Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support" 26628 (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or "Event interface support" 26629 (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. 26630 26631 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 26632 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 26633 The module will be called kbtab.o. If you want to compile it as a 26634 module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26635 26636USB Inside Out Edgeport Serial Driver (TI devices) 26637CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EDGEPORT_TI 26638 Say Y here if you want to use any of the devices from Inside Out 26639 Networks (Digi) that are not supported by the io_edgeport driver. 26640 This includes the Edgeport/1 device. 26641 26642 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 26643 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 26644 The module will be called io_ti.o. If you want to compile it 26645 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26646 26647USB Keyspan MPR Firmware 26648CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_MPR 26649 Say Y here to include firmware for the Keyspan MPR converter. 26650 26651Winbond W83977AF IrDA Device Driver 26652CONFIG_WINBOND_FIR 26653 Say Y here if you want to build IrDA support for the Winbond 26654 W83977AF super-io chipset. This driver should be used for the IrDA 26655 chipset in the Corel NetWinder. The driver supports SIR, MIR and 26656 FIR (4Mbps) speeds. 26657 26658 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26659 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 26660 w83977af_ir.o. 26661 26662NSC PC87108/PC87338 IrDA Device Driver 26663CONFIG_NSC_FIR 26664 Say Y here if you want to build support for the NSC PC87108 and 26665 PC87338 IrDA chipsets. This driver supports SIR, 26666 MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds. 26667 26668 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26669 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 26670 nsc-ircc.o. 26671 26672National Semiconductor DP83820 support 26673CONFIG_NS83820 26674 This is a driver for the National Semiconductor DP83820 series 26675 of gigabit ethernet MACs. Cards using this chipset include: 26676 26677 SMC 9452TX SMC SMC9462TX 26678 D-Link DGE-500T PureData PDP8023Z-TG 26679 SOHO-GA2000T SOHO-GA2500T. 26680 NetGear GA621 26681 26682 This driver supports the use of zero copy on tx, checksum 26683 validation on rx, and 64 bit addressing. 26684 26685 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26686 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26687 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26688 will be called ns83820.o. 26689 26690Toshiba Type-O IR Port device driver (old driver) 26691CONFIG_TOSHIBA_OLD 26692 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR 26693 chipset. This chipset is used by the Toshiba Libretto 100CT, and 26694 many more laptops. This driver is obsolete, will no more be 26695 maintained and will be removed in favor of the new driver. 26696 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26697 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26698 The module will be called toshoboe.o. 26699 26700Toshiba Type-O IR Port device driver 26701CONFIG_TOSHIBA_FIR 26702 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Toshiba Type-O IR 26703 and Donau oboe chipsets. These chipsets are used by the Toshiba 26704 Libretto 100/110CT, Tecra 8100, Portege 7020 and many more laptops. 26705 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26706 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26707 The module will be called donauboe.o. 26708 26709SMC IrCC 26710CONFIG_SMC_IRCC_FIR 26711 Say Y here if you want to build support for the SMC Infrared 26712 Communications Controller. It is used in the Fujitsu Lifebook 635t 26713 and Sony PCG-505TX. If you want to compile it as a module, say M 26714 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 26715 called smc-ircc.o. 26716 26717VIA IrCC 26718CONFIG_VIA_IRCC_FIR 26719 Say Y here if you want to build support for the VIA Fast Infrared 26720 Communications Controller. It is used in all sorts of VIA686a- and 26721 VT1211-based notebooks. If you want to compile it as a module, say M 26722 here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 26723 called via-ircc.o. 26724 26725ALi M5123 FIR controller driver 26726CONFIG_ALI_FIR 26727 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ALi M5123 FIR 26728 Controller. The ALi M5123 FIR Controller is embedded in ALi M1543C, 26729 M1535, M1535D, M1535+, M1535D Sourth Bridge. This driver supports 26730 SIR, MIR and FIR (4Mbps) speeds. 26731 26732 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26733 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called 26734 ali-ircc.o. 26735 26736VLSI 82C147 PCI-IrDA SIR/MIR/FIR Controller driver 26737CONFIG_VLSI_FIR 26738 Say Y here if you want to build support for the VLSI 82C147 26739 PCI-IrDA Controller. This controller is used by the HP OmniBook 800 26740 and 5500 notebooks. The driver provides support for SIR, MIR and 26741 FIR (4Mbps) speeds. 26742 26743 If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26744 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called vlsi_ir.o. 26745 26746Serial dongle support 26747CONFIG_DONGLE 26748 Say Y here if you have an infrared device that connects to your 26749 computer's serial port. These devices are called dongles. Then say Y 26750 or M to the driver for your particular dongle below. 26751 26752 Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the 26753 kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all 26754 the questions about serial dongles. 26755 26756ESI JetEye PC dongle 26757CONFIG_ESI_DONGLE 26758 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Extended Systems 26759 JetEye PC dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 26760 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The ESI dongle attaches 26761 to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26762 used by IrTTY. To activate support for ESI dongles you will have to 26763 start irattach like this: "irattach -d esi". 26764 26765 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26766 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26767 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26768 will be called esi.o. 26769 26770ACTiSYS IR-220L and IR220L+ dongle 26771CONFIG_ACTISYS_DONGLE 26772 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS IR-220L and 26773 IR220L+ dongles. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 26774 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The ACTiSYS dongles 26775 attaches to the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can 26776 currently only be used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS 26777 dongles you will have to start irattach like this: 26778 "irattach -d actisys" or "irattach -d actisys+". 26779 26780 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26781 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26782 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26783 will be called actisys.o. 26784 26785Tekram IrMate 210B dongle 26786CONFIG_TEKRAM_DONGLE 26787 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Tekram IrMate 210B 26788 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26789 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The Tekram dongle attaches to the 26790 normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be used 26791 by IrTTY. To activate support for Tekram dongles you will have to 26792 start irattach like this: "irattach -d tekram". 26793 26794 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26795 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26796 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26797 will be called tekram.o. 26798 26799Greenwich GIrBIL dongle 26800CONFIG_GIRBIL_DONGLE 26801 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Greenwich GIrBIL 26802 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26803 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The Greenwich dongle attaches to 26804 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26805 used by IrTTY. To activate support for Greenwich dongles you will 26806 have to insert "irattach -d girbil" in the /etc/irda/drivers script. 26807 26808 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26809 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26810 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26811 will be called girbil.o. 26812 26813Parallax LiteLink dongle 26814CONFIG_LITELINK_DONGLE 26815 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Parallax Litelink 26816 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26817 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The Parallax dongle attaches to 26818 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26819 used by IrTTY. To activate support for Parallax dongles you will 26820 have to start irattach like this "irattach -d litelink". 26821 26822 If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be 26823 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 26824 say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module 26825 will be called litelink.o. 26826 26827Microchip MCP2120 dongle 26828CONFIG_MCP2120_DONGLE 26829 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Microchip MCP2120 26830 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26831 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The MCP2120 dongle attaches to 26832 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26833 used by IrTTY. To activate support for MCP2120 dongles you will 26834 have to insert "irattach -d mcp2120" in the /etc/irda/drivers script. 26835 26836 You must build this dongle yourself. For more information see: 26837 <http://www.eyetap.org/~tangf/irda_sir_linux.html> 26838 26839Old Belkin dongle 26840CONFIG_OLD_BELKIN_DONGLE 26841 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Adaptec Airport 1000 26842 and 2000 dongles. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 26843 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be 26844 called old_belkin.o. Some information is contained in the comments 26845 at the top of <file:drivers/net/irda/old_belkin.c>. 26846 26847ACTiSYS IR-200L dongle (Experimental) 26848CONFIG_ACT200L_DONGLE 26849 Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS IR-200L 26850 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26851 Documentation/modules.txt. The ACTiSYS IR-200L dongle attaches to 26852 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26853 used by IrTTY. To activate support for ACTiSYS IR-200L dongles 26854 you will have to start irattach like this: "irattach -d act200l". 26855 26856Mobile Action MA600 dongle (Experimental) 26857CONFIG_MA600_DONGLE 26858 Say Y here if you want to build support for the Mobile Action MA600 26859 dongle. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read 26860 <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The MA600 dongle attaches to 26861 the normal 9-pin serial port connector, and can currently only be 26862 tested on IrCOMM. To activate support for MA600 dongles you will 26863 have to insert "irattach -d ma600" in the /etc/irda/drivers script. 26864 Note: irutils 0.9.15 requires no modification. irutils 0.9.9 needs 26865 modification. For more information, download the following tar gzip 26866 file. 26867 26868 There is a pre-compiled module on 26869 <http://engsvr.ust.hk/~eetwl95/download/ma600-2.4.x.tar.gz> 26870 26871VME (Motorola and BVM) support 26872CONFIG_VME 26873 Say Y here if you want to build a kernel for a 680x0 based VME 26874 board. Boards currently supported include Motorola boards MVME147, 26875 MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and MVME177. BVME4000 and 26876 BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd are also supported. 26877 26878MVME147 support 26879CONFIG_MVME147 26880 Say Y to include support for early Motorola VME boards. This will 26881 build a kernel which can run on MVME147 single-board computers. If 26882 you select this option you will have to select the appropriate 26883 drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on. 26884 26885MVME162, 166 and 167 support 26886CONFIG_MVME16x 26887 Say Y to include support for Motorola VME boards. This will build a 26888 kernel which can run on MVME162, MVME166, MVME167, MVME172, and 26889 MVME177 boards. If you select this option you will have to select 26890 the appropriate drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later 26891 on. 26892 26893BVME4000 and BVME6000 support 26894CONFIG_BVME6000 26895 Say Y to include support for VME boards from BVM Ltd. This will 26896 build a kernel which can run on BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards. If 26897 you select this option you will have to select the appropriate 26898 drivers for SCSI, Ethernet and serial ports later on. 26899 26900Use write-through caching for 68060 supervisor accesses 26901CONFIG_060_WRITETHROUGH 26902 The 68060 generally uses copyback caching of recently accessed data. 26903 Copyback caching means that memory writes will be held in an on-chip 26904 cache and only written back to memory some time later. Saying Y 26905 here will force supervisor (kernel) accesses to use writethrough 26906 caching. Writethrough caching means that data is written to memory 26907 straight away, so that cache and memory data always agree. 26908 Writethrough caching is less efficient, but is needed for some 26909 drivers on 68060 based systems where the 68060 bus snooping signal 26910 is hardwired on. The 53c710 SCSI driver is known to suffer from 26911 this problem. 26912 26913WD33C93 SCSI driver for MVME147 26914CONFIG_MVME147_SCSI 26915 Support for the on-board SCSI controller on the Motorola MVME147 26916 single-board computer. 26917 26918SCC support for MVME147 serial ports 26919CONFIG_MVME147_SCC 26920 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME147 26921 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here. 26922 26923NCR53C710 SCSI driver for MVME16x 26924CONFIG_MVME16x_SCSI 26925 The Motorola MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards use the NCR53C710 26926 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards 26927 will want to say Y to this question. 26928 26929NCR53C710 SCSI driver for BVME6000 26930CONFIG_BVME6000_SCSI 26931 The BVME4000 and BVME6000 boards from BVM Ltd use the NCR53C710 26932 SCSI controller chip. Almost everyone using one of these boards 26933 will want to say Y to this question. 26934 26935MVME147 (Lance) Ethernet support 26936CONFIG_MVME147_NET 26937 Support for the on-board Ethernet interface on the Motorola MVME147 26938 single-board computer. Say Y here to include the 26939 driver for this chip in your kernel. If you want to compile it as 26940 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26941 26942MVME16x Ethernet support 26943CONFIG_MVME16x_NET 26944 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on the Motorola 26945 MVME162, 166, 167, 172 and 177 boards. Say Y here to include the 26946 driver for this chip in your kernel. If you want to compile it as 26947 a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26948 26949BVME6000 Ethernet support 26950CONFIG_BVME6000_NET 26951 This is the driver for the Ethernet interface on BVME4000 and 26952 BVME6000 VME boards. Say Y here to include the driver for this chip 26953 in your kernel. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here 26954 and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26955 26956CD2401 support for MVME166/7 serial ports 26957CONFIG_SERIAL167 26958 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME166, 26959 167, and 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say 26960 Y here. 26961 26962SCC support for MVME162 serial ports 26963CONFIG_MVME162_SCC 26964 This is the driver for the serial ports on the Motorola MVME162 and 26965 172 boards. Everyone using one of these boards should say Y here. 26966 26967SCC support for BVME6000 serial ports 26968CONFIG_BVME6000_SCC 26969 This is the driver for the serial ports on the BVME4000 and BVME6000 26970 boards from BVM Ltd. Everyone using one of these boards should say 26971 Y here. 26972 269737-Segment Display support 26974CONFIG_DISPLAY7SEG 26975 This is the driver for the 7-segment display and LED present on 26976 Sun Microsystems CompactPCI models CP1400 and CP1500. 26977 26978 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 26979 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 26980 The module will be called display7seg.o. If you want to compile it 26981 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 26982 26983 If you do not have a CompactPCI model CP1400 or CP1500, or 26984 another UltraSPARC-IIi-cEngine boardset with a 7-segment display, 26985 you should say N to this option. 26986 26987# Choice: cristype 26988Etrax-100-LX-v1 26989CONFIG_ETRAX100LX 26990 Support version 1 of the Etrax 100LX. 26991 26992Etrax-100-LX-v2 26993CONFIG_ETRAX100LX_V2 26994 Support version 2 of the Etrax 100LX. 26995 26996Etrax-100-LX-for-xsim-simulator 26997CONFIG_SVINTO_SIM 26998 Support the xsim ETRAX Simulator. 26999 27000DRAM size (dec, in MB) 27001CONFIG_ETRAX_DRAM_SIZE 27002 Size of DRAM (decimal in MB) typically 2, 8 or 16. 27003 27004ETRAX Flash Memory configuration 27005CONFIG_ETRAX_FLASH_BUSWIDTH 27006 Width in bytes of the Flash bus (1, 2 or 4). Is usually 2. 27007 27008# Choice: crisleds 27009LED configuration on PA 27010CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_LEDS 27011 The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when 27012 packets arrive and are sent. It uses macros defined in 27013 <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what 27014 YOU choose in this option. The actual bits used are configured 27015 separately. Select this if the LEDs are on port PA. Some products 27016 put the leds on PB or a memory-mapped latch (CSP0) instead. 27017 27018LED configuration on PB 27019CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_LEDS 27020 The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when 27021 packets arrive and are sent. It uses macros defined in 27022 <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what 27023 YOU choose in this option. The actual bits used are configured 27024 separately. Select this if the LEDs are on port PB. Some products 27025 put the leds on PA or a memory-mapped latch (CSP0) instead. 27026 27027LED configuration on CSP0 27028CONFIG_ETRAX_CSP0_LEDS 27029 The Etrax network driver is responsible for flashing LED's when 27030 packets arrive and are sent. It uses macros defined in 27031 <file:include/asm-cris/io.h>, and those macros are defined after what 27032 YOU choose in this option. The actual bits used are configured 27033 separately. Select this if the LEDs are on a memory-mapped latch 27034 using chip select CSP0, this is mapped at 0x90000000. 27035 Some products put the leds on PA or PB instead. 27036 27037No LED at all 27038CONFIG_ETRAX_NO_LEDS 27039 Select this option if you don't have any LED at all. 27040 27041First green LED bit 27042CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G 27043 Bit to use for the first green LED. 27044 Most Axis products use bit 2 here. 27045 27046First red LED bit 27047CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1R 27048 Bit to use for the first red LED. 27049 Most Axis products use bit 3 here. 27050 For products with only one controllable LED, 27051 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27052 27053Second green LED bit 27054CONFIG_ETRAX_LED2G 27055 Bit to use for the second green LED. The "Active" LED. 27056 Most Axis products use bit 4 here. 27057 For products with only one controllable LED, 27058 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27059 27060Second red LED bit 27061CONFIG_ETRAX_LED2R 27062 Bit to use for the second red LED. 27063 Most Axis products use bit 5 here. 27064 For products with only one controllable LED, 27065 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27066 27067Third green LED bit 27068CONFIG_ETRAX_LED3G 27069 Bit to use for the third green LED. The "Drive" LED. 27070 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27071 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27072 27073Third red LED bit 27074CONFIG_ETRAX_LED3R 27075 Bit to use for the third red LED. 27076 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27077 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27078 27079Fourth green LED bit 27080CONFIG_ETRAX_LED4G 27081 Bit to use for the fourth green LED. 27082 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27083 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27084 27085Fourth red LED bit 27086CONFIG_ETRAX_LED4R 27087 Bit to use for the fourth red LED. 27088 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27089 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27090 27091Fifth green LED bit 27092CONFIG_ETRAX_LED5G 27093 Bit to use for the fifth green LED. 27094 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27095 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27096 27097Fifth red LED bit 27098CONFIG_ETRAX_LED5R 27099 Bit to use for the fifth red LED. 27100 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27101 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27102 27103Sixth green LED bit 27104CONFIG_ETRAX_LED6G 27105 Bit to use for the sixth green LED. The "Drive" LED. 27106 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27107 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27108 27109Sixth red LED bit 27110CONFIG_ETRAX_LED6R 27111 Bit to use for the sixth red LED. 27112 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27113 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27114 27115Seventh green LED bit 27116CONFIG_ETRAX_LED7G 27117 Bit to use for the seventh green LED. 27118 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27119 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27120 27121Seventh red LED bit 27122CONFIG_ETRAX_LED7R 27123 Bit to use for the seventh red LED. 27124 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27125 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27126 27127Eighth yellow LED bit 27128CONFIG_ETRAX_LED8Y 27129 Bit to use for the eighth yellow LED. The "Drive" LED. 27130 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27131 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27132 27133Ninth yellow LED bit 27134CONFIG_ETRAX_LED9Y 27135 Bit to use for the ninth yellow LED. 27136 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27137 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27138 27139Tenth yellow LED bit 27140CONFIG_ETRAX_LED10Y 27141 Bit to use for the tenth yellow LED. 27142 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27143 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27144 27145Eleventh yellow LED bit 27146CONFIG_ETRAX_LED11Y 27147 Bit to use for the eleventh yellow LED. 27148 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27149 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27150 27151Twelfth red LED bit 27152CONFIG_ETRAX_LED12R 27153 Bit to use for the twelfth red LED. 27154 For products with only one or two controllable LEDs, 27155 set this to same as CONFIG_ETRAX_LED1G (normally 2). 27156 27157Flash LED off during activity 27158CONFIG_ETRAX_LED_OFF_DURING_ACTIVITY 27159 This option allows you to decide whether the network LED (and 27160 Bluetooth LED in case you use Bluetooth) will be on or off when 27161 the network is connected, and whether it should flash off or on 27162 when there is activity. If you say y to this option the network 27163 LED will be lit when there is a connection, and will flash off 27164 when there is activity. 27165 27166PA button configuration 27167CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_BUTTON_BITMASK 27168 This is a bitmask with information about what bits on PA that 27169 are used for buttons. 27170 Most products has a so called TEST button on PA1, if that's true 27171 use 02 here. 27172 Use 00 if there are no buttons on PA. 27173 If the bitmask is <> 00 a button driver will be included in the gpio 27174 driver. Etrax general I/O support must be enabled. 27175 27176PA changeable direction bits 27177CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_CHANGEABLE_DIR 27178 This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PA that a user 27179 can change direction on using ioctl's. 27180 Bit set = changeable. 27181 You probably want 00 here. 27182 27183PA changeable data bits 27184CONFIG_ETRAX_PA_CHANGEABLE_BITS 27185 This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PA that a user 27186 can change change the value on using ioctl's. 27187 Bit set = changeable. 27188 You probably want 00 here. 27189 27190PA changeable direction bits 27191CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_CHANGEABLE_DIR 27192 This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PB that a user 27193 can change direction on using ioctl's. 27194 Bit set = changeable. 27195 You probably want 00 here. 27196 27197PB changeable data bits 27198CONFIG_ETRAX_PB_CHANGEABLE_BITS 27199 This is a bitmask with information of what bits in PB that a user 27200 can change the value on using ioctl's. 27201 Bit set = changeable. 27202 You probably want 00 here. 27203 27204Kernel debugger (kgdb) 27205CONFIG_ETRAX_KGDB 27206 The CRIS version of gdb can be used to remotely debug a running 27207 Linux kernel via the serial debug port. Provided you have gdb-cris 27208 installed, run gdb-cris vmlinux, then type 27209 27210 (gdb) set remotebaud 115200 <- kgdb uses 115200 as default 27211 (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0 <- maybe you use another port 27212 27213 This should connect you to your booted kernel (or boot it now if you 27214 didn't before). The kernel halts when it boots, waiting for gdb if 27215 this option is turned on! 27216 27217Etrax bus waitstates 27218CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_WAITSTATES 27219 Waitstates for SRAM, Flash and peripherals (not DRAM). 95f8 is a 27220 good choice for most Axis products... 27221 27222Etrax bus configuration 27223CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_BUS_CONFIG 27224 Assorted bits controlling write mode, DMA burst length etc. 104 is 27225 a good choice for most Axis products... 27226 27227Etrax SDRAM configuration 27228CONFIG_ETRAX_SDRAM 27229 Enable this if you use SDRAM chips and configure 27230 R_SDRAM_CONFIG and R_SDRAM_TIMING as well. 27231 27232DRAM size (dec, in MB) 27233CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_DRAM_CONFIG 27234 The R_DRAM_CONFIG register specifies everything on how the DRAM 27235 chips in the system are connected to the Etrax CPU. This is 27236 different depending on the manufacturer, chip type and number of 27237 chips. So this value often needs to be different for each Axis 27238 product. 27239 27240Etrax DRAM timing 27241CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_DRAM_TIMING 27242 Different DRAM chips have different speeds. Current Axis products 27243 use 50ns DRAM chips which can use the timing: 5611. 27244 27245Etrax SDRAM configuration 27246CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_SDRAM_CONFIG 27247 The R_SDRAM_CONFIG register specifies everything on how the SDRAM 27248 chips in the system are connected to the Etrax CPU. This is 27249 different depending on the manufacturer, chip type and number of 27250 chips. So this value often needs to be different for each Axis 27251 product. 27252 27253Etrax SDRAM timing 27254CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_SDRAM_TIMING 27255 Different SDRAM chips have different timing. 27256 27257Etrax General port A direction 27258CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PA_DIR 27259 Configures the direction of general port A bits. 1 is out, 0 is in. 27260 This is often totally different depending on the product used. 27261 There are some guidelines though - if you know that only LED's are 27262 connected to port PA, then they are usually connected to bits 2-4 27263 and you can therefore use 1c. On other boards which don't have the 27264 LED's at the general ports, these bits are used for all kinds of 27265 stuff. If you don't know what to use, it is always safe to put all 27266 as inputs, although floating inputs isn't good. 27267 27268Etrax General port A data 27269CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PA_DATA 27270 Configures the initial data for the general port A bits. Most 27271 products should use 00 here. 27272 27273Etrax General port B config 27274CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_CONFIG 27275 Configures the type of the general port B bits. 1 is chip select, 27276 0 is port. Most products should use 00 here. 27277 27278Etrax General port B direction 27279CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_DIR 27280 Configures the direction of general port B bits. 1 is out, 0 is in. 27281 This is often totally different depending on the product used. Bits 27282 0 and 1 on port PB are usually used for I2C communication, but the 27283 kernel I2C driver sets the appropriate directions itself so you 27284 don't need to take that into consideration when setting this option. 27285 If you don't know what to use, it is always safe to put all as 27286 inputs. 27287 27288Etrax General port B data 27289CONFIG_ETRAX_DEF_R_PORT_PB_DATA 27290 Configures the initial data for the general port A bits. Most 27291 products should use FF here. 27292 27293Etrax General port device 27294CONFIG_ETRAX_GPIO 27295 Enables the Etrax general port device (major 120, minors 0 and 1). 27296 You can use this driver to access the general port bits. It supports 27297 these ioctl's: 27298 #include <linux/etraxgpio.h> 27299 fd = open("/dev/gpioa", O_RDWR); // or /dev/gpiob 27300 ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_SETBITS), bits_to_set); 27301 ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_CLRBITS), bits_to_clear); 27302 val = ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXGPIO_IOCTYPE, IO_READBITS), NULL); 27303 Remember that you need to setup the port directions appropriately in 27304 the General configuration. 27305 27306Etrax parallel data support 27307CONFIG_ETRAX_PARDATA 27308 Adds support for writing data to the parallel port par0 of the ETRAX 27309 100. If you create a character special file with major number 126, 27310 you can write to the data bits of par0. 27311 Note: you need to disable Etrax100 parallel port support. 27312 27313Etrax parallel LCD (HD44780) Driver 27314CONFIG_ETRAX_LCD_HD44780 27315 Adds support for a HD44780 controlled LCD connected to the parallel 27316 port par0 of the Etrax. 27317 27318Etrax Serial port ser0 support 27319CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL 27320 Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser0 (ttyS0) 27321 You probably want this enabled. 27322 27323/proc/serial entry 27324CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PROC_ENTRY 27325 Enables /proc/serial entry where errors and statistics can be 27326 viewed. CONFIG_PROC_FS must also be set for this to work. 27327 27328Etrax Serial port fast flush of DMA using fast timer API 27329CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_FAST_TIMER 27330 Select this to have the serial DMAs flushed at a higher rate than 27331 normally, possible by using the fast timer API, the timeout is 27332 approx. 4 character times. 27333 If unsure, say N. 27334 27335Etrax Serial port fast flush of DMA 27336CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_FLUSH_DMA_FAST 27337 Select this to have the serial DMAs flushed at a higher rate than 27338 normally possible through a fast timer interrupt (currently at 27339 15360 Hz). 27340 If unsure, say N. 27341 27342Etrax Serial port receive flush timeout 27343CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_RX_TIMEOUT_TICKS 27344 Number of timer ticks between flush of receive fifo (1 tick = 10ms). 27345 Try 0-3 for low latency applications. Approx 5 for high load 27346 applications (e.g. PPP). Maybe this should be more adaptive some 27347 day... 27348 27349Etrax Serial port ser0 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PB 27350CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PB 27351 Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PB for 27352 ser0. 27353 27354Serial port 1 enabled 27355CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT1 27356 Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser1 (ttyS1). 27357 27358Etrax Serial port ser1 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PB 27359CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PB 27360 Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PB for 27361 ser1. 27362 27363Serial port 2 enabled 27364CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT2 27365 Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser2 (ttyS2). 27366 27367Etrax Serial port ser2 DTR, RI, DSR and CD support on PA 27368CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DTR_RI_DSR_CD_ON_PA 27369 Enables the status and control signals DTR, RI, DSR and CD on PA for 27370 ser2. 27371 27372Serial port 3 enabled 27373CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT3 27374 Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser3 (ttyS3). 27375 27376Etrax100 RS-485 support 27377CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485 27378 Enables support for RS-485 serial communication. For a primer on 27379 RS-485, see <http://www.hw.cz/english/docs/rs485/rs485.html>. 27380 27381Etrax100 RS-485 mode on PA 27382CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_ON_PA 27383 Control Driver Output Enable on RS485 transceiver using a pin on PA 27384 port: 27385 Axis 2400/2401 uses PA 3. 27386 27387Etrax100 RS-485 mode on PA bit 27388CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_ON_PA_BIT 27389 Control Driver Output Enable on RS485 transceiver using a this bit 27390 on PA port. 27391 27392Ser0 DTR on PB bit 27393CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DTR_ON_PB_BIT 27394 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DTR signal for serial 27395 port 0. 27396 27397Ser0 RI on PB bit 27398CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_RI_ON_PB_BIT 27399 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the RI signal for serial 27400 port 0. 27401 27402Ser0 DSR on PB bit 27403CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_DSR_ON_PB_BIT 27404 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DSR signal for serial 27405 port 0. 27406 27407Ser0 CD on PB bit 27408CONFIG_ETRAX_SER0_CD_ON_PB_BIT 27409 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the CD signal for serial 27410 port 0. 27411 27412Ser1 DTR on PB bit 27413CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DTR_ON_PB_BIT 27414 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DTR signal for serial 27415 port 1. 27416 27417Ser1 RI on PB bit 27418CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_RI_ON_PB_BIT 27419 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the RI signal for serial 27420 port 1. 27421 27422Ser1 DSR on PB bit 27423CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_DSR_ON_PB_BIT 27424 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the DSR signal for serial 27425 port 1. 27426 27427Ser1 CD on PB bit 27428CONFIG_ETRAX_SER1_CD_ON_PB_BIT 27429 Specify the pin of the PB port to carry the CD signal for serial 27430 port 1. 27431 27432Ser2 DTR on PA bit 27433CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DTR_ON_PA_BIT 27434 Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the DTR signal for serial 27435 port 2. 27436 27437Ser2 RI on PA bit 27438CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_RI_ON_PA_BIT 27439 Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the RI signal for serial 27440 port 2. 27441 27442Ser2 DSR on PA bit 27443CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_DSR_ON_PA_BIT 27444 Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the DTR signal for serial 27445 port 2. 27446 27447Ser2 CD on PA bit 27448CONFIG_ETRAX_SER2_CD_ON_PA_BIT 27449 Specify the pin of the PA port to carry the CD signal for serial 27450 port 2. 27451 27452Etrax100 RS-485 disable receiver 27453CONFIG_ETRAX_RS485_DISABLE_RECEIVER 27454 It's necessary to disable the serial receiver to avoid serial 27455 loopback. Not all products are able to do this in software only. 27456 Axis 2400/2401 must disable receiver. 27457 27458Etrax100 I2C Support 27459CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C 27460 Enables an I2C driver on PB0 and PB1 on ETRAX100. 27461 EXAMPLE usage: 27462 i2c_arg = I2C_WRITEARG(STA013_WRITE_ADDR, reg, val); 27463 ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXI2C_IOCTYPE, I2C_WRITEREG), i2c_arg); 27464 i2c_arg = I2C_READARG(STA013_READ_ADDR, reg); 27465 val = ioctl(fd, _IO(ETRAXI2C_IOCTYPE, I2C_READREG), i2c_arg); 27466 27467Etrax100 I2C configuration 27468CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_USES_PB_NOT_PB_I2C 27469 Select whether to use the special I2C mode in the PB I/O register or 27470 not. This option needs to be selected in order to use some drivers 27471 that access the I2C I/O pins directly instead of going through the 27472 I2C driver, like the DS1302 realtime-clock driver. If you are 27473 uncertain, choose Y here. 27474 27475Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) support 27476CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM 27477 Enables I2C EEPROM (non-volatile RAM) on PB0 and PB1 using the I2C 27478 driver. Select size option: Probed, 2k, 8k, 16k. 27479 (Probing works for 2k and 8k but not that well for 16k) 27480 27481Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/16kB 27482CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_16KB 27483 Use a 16kB EEPROM. 27484 27485Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/2kB 27486CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_2KB 27487 Use a 2kB EEPROM. 27488 27489Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/8kB 27490CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_8KB 27491 Use a 8kB EEPROM. 27492 27493# Choice: etrax_eeprom 27494Etrax100 I2C EEPROM (NVRAM) size/probe 27495CONFIG_ETRAX_I2C_EEPROM_PROBE 27496 Specifies size or auto probe of the EEPROM size. 27497 Options: Probed, 2k, 8k, 16k. 27498 (Probing works for 2k and 8k but not that well for 16k) 27499 27500Etrax DS1302 Real-Time Clock driver 27501CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302 27502 Enables the driver for the DS1302 Real-Time Clock battery-backed 27503 chip on some products. The kernel reads the time when booting, and 27504 the date can be set using ioctl(fd, RTC_SET_TIME, &rt) with rt a 27505 rtc_time struct (see <file:include/asm-cris/rtc.h>) on the /dev/rtc 27506 device, major 121. You can check the time with cat /proc/rtc, but 27507 normal time reading should be done using libc function time and 27508 friends. 27509 27510Etrax DS1302 RST on the Generic Port 27511CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_RST_ON_GENERIC_PORT 27512 If your product has the RST signal line for the DS1302 RTC on the 27513 Generic Port then say Y here, otherwise leave it as N in which 27514 case the RST signal line is assumed to be connected to Port PB 27515 (just like the SCL and SDA lines). 27516 27517Etrax DS1302 RST bit number 27518CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_RSTBIT 27519 This is the bit number for the RST signal line of the DS1302 RTC on 27520 the selected port. If you have selected the generic port then it 27521 should be bit 27, otherwise your best bet is bit 5. 27522 27523Etrax DS1302 SCL bit number 27524CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_SCLBIT 27525 This is the bit number for the SCL signal line of the DS1302 RTC on 27526 Port PB. This is probably best left at 3. 27527 27528Etrax DS1302 SDA bit number 27529CONFIG_ETRAX_DS1302_SDABIT 27530 This is the bit number for the SDA signal line of the DS1302 RTC on 27531 Port PB. This is probably best left at 2. 27532 27533Etrax 100 IDE Reset 27534CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_CSP0_8_RESET 27535 Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus. 27536 27537Etrax 100 IDE Reset 27538CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_CSPE1_16_RESET 27539 Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus. 27540 27541Delay for drives to regain consciousness 27542CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_DELAY 27543 Sets the time to wait for disks to regain consciousness after reset. 27544 27545Etrax 100 IDE Reset 27546CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_G27_RESET 27547 Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus. 27548 27549# Choice: ide_reset 27550IDE reset on PB Bit 7 27551CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE_PB7_RESET 27552 Configures the pin used to reset the IDE bus. 27553 27554USB 1.1 host 27555CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST 27556 This option enables the host functionality of the ETRAX 100LX 27557 built-in USB controller. In host mode the controller is designed 27558 for CTRL and BULK traffic only, INTR traffic may work as well 27559 however (depending on the requirements of timeliness). 27560 27561USB 1.1 host port 1 enabled 27562CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST_PORT1 27563 This option enables port 1 of the ETRAX 100LX USB root hub (RH). 27564 27565USB 1.1 host port 2 enabled 27566CONFIG_ETRAX_USB_HOST_PORT2 27567 This option enables port 2 of the ETRAX 100LX USB root hub (RH). 27568 27569ETRAX 100LX 10/100Mbit Ethernet controller 27570CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET 27571 This option enables the ETRAX 100LX built-in 10/100Mbit Ethernet 27572 controller. 27573 27574ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial ports 27575CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL 27576 This option enables support for the ETRAX 100LX built-in 27577 synchronous serial ports. These ports are used for continuous 27578 streamed data like audio. The default setting is compatible 27579 with the STA 013 MP3 decoder, but can easily be tuned to fit 27580 any other audio encoder/decoder and SPI. 27581 27582ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 0 enabled 27583CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL_PORT0 27584 Enables the ETRAX 100LX synchronous serial port 0 (syncser0). 27585 27586ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 0 uses DMA 27587CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL0_DMA 27588 Makes synchronous serial port 0 use DMA. 27589 27590ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 1 enabled 27591CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL_PORT1 27592 Enables the ETRAX 100LX synchronous serial port 1 (syncser1). 27593 27594ETRAX 100LX Synchronous serial port 1 uses DMA 27595CONFIG_ETRAX_SYNCHRONOUS_SERIAL1_DMA 27596 Makes synchronous serial port 1 use DMA. 27597 27598Delay for drives to regain consciousness 27599CONFIG_IDE_DELAY 27600 Number of seconds to wait for IDE drives to spin up after an IDE 27601 reset. 27602 27603ARTPEC-1 support 27604CONFIG_JULIETTE 27605 The ARTPEC-1 is a video-compression chip used in the AXIS 2100 27606 network camera, which is built around an ETRAX-100 board. With this 27607 option selected, the ETRAX kernel configures a DMA channel at boot 27608 time to talk to the chip. 27609 27610Axis flash-map support 27611CONFIG_ETRAX_AXISFLASHMAP 27612 This option enables MTD mapping of flash devices. Needed to use 27613 flash memories. If unsure, say Y. 27614 27615Byte-offset of partition table sector 27616CONFIG_ETRAX_PTABLE_SECTOR 27617 Byte-offset of the partition table in the first flash chip. 27618 The default value is 64kB and should not be changed unless 27619 you know exactly what you are doing. The only valid reason 27620 for changing this is when the flash block size is bigger 27621 than 64kB (e.g. when using two parallel 16 bit flashes). 27622 27623Enable Etrax100 watchdog 27624CONFIG_ETRAX_WATCHDOG 27625 Enable the built-in watchdog timer support on Etrax100 embedded 27626 network computers. 27627 27628# Choice: crisdebug 27629Serial-0 27630CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT0 27631 Choose a serial port for the ETRAX debug console. Default to 27632 port 0. 27633 27634Etrax debug port on ser1 27635CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT1 27636 Use serial port 1 for the console. 27637 27638Etrax debug port on ser2 27639CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT2 27640 Use serial port 2 for the console. 27641 27642Etrax debug port on ser3 27643CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT3 27644 Use serial port 3 for the console. 27645 27646No Etrax debug port 27647CONFIG_ETRAX_DEBUG_PORT_NULL 27648 Disable serial-port debugging. 27649 27650Parallel port support 27651CONFIG_ETRAX_PARPORT 27652 Say Y here to enable the ETRAX on-board parallel ports. 27653 27654Parallel port 0 enabled 27655CONFIG_ETRAX_PARALLEL_PORT0 27656 Say Y here to enable parallel port 0. 27657 27658Parallel port 1 enabled 27659CONFIG_ETRAX_PARALLEL_PORT1 27660 Say Y here to enable parallel port 1. 27661 27662# Choice: crisrescue 27663Select a product rescue port 27664CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER0 27665 Select one of the four serial ports as a rescue port. The default 27666 is port 0. 27667 27668Serial-1 27669CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER1 27670 Use serial port 1 as the rescue port. 27671 27672Serial-2 27673CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER2 27674 Use serial port 2 as the rescue port. 27675 27676Serial-3 27677CONFIG_ETRAX_RESCUE_SER3 27678 Use serial port 3 as the rescue port. 27679 27680RIO Hardware Watchdog support 27681CONFIG_WATCHDOG_RIO 27682 Say Y here to support the hardware watchdog capability on Sun RIO 27683 machines. The watchdog timeout period is normally one minute but 27684 can be changed with a boot-time parameter. 27685 27686CP1XXX Hardware Watchdog support 27687CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CP1XXX 27688 This is the driver for the hardware watchdog timers present on 27689 Sun Microsystems CompactPCI models CP1400 and CP1500. 27690 27691 This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be 27692 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 27693 The module will be called cpwatchdog.o. If you want to compile it 27694 as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. 27695 27696 If you do not have a CompactPCI model CP1400 or CP1500, or 27697 another UltraSPARC-IIi-cEngine boardset with hardware watchdog, 27698 you should say N to this option. 27699 27700# Choice: ia64type 27701Itanium 27702CONFIG_ITANIUM 27703 Select your IA-64 processor type. The default is Intel Itanium. 27704 This choice is safe for all IA-64 systems, but may not perform 27705 optimally on systems with, say, Itanium 2 or newer processors. 27706 27707Itanium 2 27708CONFIG_MCKINLEY 27709 Select this to configure for an Itanium 2 (McKinley) processor. 27710 27711# Choice: ia64system 27712IA-64 system type 27713CONFIG_IA64_GENERIC 27714 This selects the system type of your hardware. A "generic" kernel 27715 will run on any supported IA-64 system. However, if you configure 27716 a kernel for your specific system, it will be faster and smaller. 27717 27718 generic For any supported IA-64 system 27719 DIG-compliant For DIG ("Developer's Interface Guide") compliant systems 27720 HP For HP systems 27721 SGI-SN2 For SGI SN2 systems 27722 Ski-simulator For the HP simulator (<http://www.hpl.hp.com/research/linux/ski/>) 27723 27724 If you don't know what to do, choose "generic". 27725 27726CONFIG_IA64_HP_ZX1 27727 Build a kernel that runs on HP zx1-based systems. This adds support 27728 for the zx1 IOMMU and makes root bus bridges appear in PCI config space 27729 (required for zx1 agpgart support). 27730 27731# Choice: pagesize 27732Kernel page size 27733CONFIG_IA64_PAGE_SIZE_4KB 27734 This lets you select the page size of the kernel. For best IA-64 27735 performance, a page size of 8KB or 16KB is recommended. For best 27736 IA-32 compatibility, a page size of 4KB should be selected (the vast 27737 majority of IA-32 binaries work perfectly fine with a larger page 27738 size). For Itanium systems, do NOT chose a page size larger than 27739 16KB. 27740 27741 4KB For best IA-32 compatibility 27742 8KB For best IA-64 performance 27743 16KB For best IA-64 performance 27744 64KB Not for Itanium. 27745 27746 If you don't know what to do, choose 8KB. 27747 27748Enable Itanium B-step specific code 27749CONFIG_ITANIUM_BSTEP_SPECIFIC 27750 Select this option to build a kernel for an Itanium prototype system 27751 with a B-step CPU. Only B3 step CPUs are supported. You have a B3-step 27752 CPU if the "revision" field in /proc/cpuinfo is equal to 4. If the 27753 "revision" field shows a number bigger than 4, you do not have to turn 27754 on this option. 27755 27756Enable IA-64 Machine Check Abort 27757CONFIG_IA64_MCA 27758 Say Y here to enable machine check support for IA-64. If you're 27759 unsure, answer Y. 27760 27761Use PAL_HALT_LIGHT in idle loop 27762CONFIG_IA64_PAL_IDLE 27763 Say Y here to enable use of PAL_HALT_LIGHT in the cpu_idle loop. 27764 This allows the CPU to enter a low power state when idle. You 27765 can enable CONFIG_IA64_PALINFO and check /proc/pal/cpu0/power_info 27766 to see the power consumption and latency for this state. If you're 27767 unsure your firmware supports it, answer N. 27768 27769Disable IA-64 Virtual Hash Page Table 27770CONFIG_DISABLE_VHPT 27771 The Virtual Hash Page Table (VHPT) enhances virtual address 27772 translation performance. Normally you want the VHPT active but you 27773 can select this option to disable the VHPT for debugging. If you're 27774 unsure, answer N. 27775 27776Turn on compare-and-exchange bug checking (slow!) 27777CONFIG_IA64_DEBUG_CMPXCHG 27778 Selecting this option turns on bug checking for the IA64 27779 compare-and-exchange instructions. This is slow! Itaniums 27780 from step B3 or later don't have this problem. If you're unsure, 27781 select N. 27782 27783IA64 IRQ bug checking 27784CONFIG_IA64_DEBUG_IRQ 27785 Selecting this option turns on bug checking for the IA64 irq_save 27786 and restore instructions. It's useful for tracking down spinlock 27787 problems, but slow! If you're unsure, select N. 27788 27789Early printk support 27790CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK 27791 Selecting this option uses a UART or VGA screen (or both) for 27792 printk() output before the consoles are initialised. It is useful 27793 for debugging problems early in the boot process, but only if you 27794 have a serial terminal or a VGA screen attached. If you're unsure, 27795 select N. 27796 27797Early printk on serial port 27798CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART 27799 Select this option to use a serial port for early printk() output. 27800 You must also select either CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE or 27801 CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP. If you select CONFIG_SERIAL_HCDP, early 27802 printk() output will appear on the first console device described by 27803 the HCDP. If you set CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE, the HCDP 27804 will be ignored. 27805 27806UART base address 27807CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_UART_BASE 27808 The physical MMIO address of the UART to use for early printk(). 27809 This overrides any UART located using the EFI HCDP table. 27810 27811Early printk on VGA 27812CONFIG_IA64_EARLY_PRINTK_VGA 27813 Select this option to use VGA for early printk() output. 27814 27815Print possible IA64 hazards to console 27816CONFIG_IA64_PRINT_HAZARDS 27817 Selecting this option prints more information for Illegal Dependency 27818 Faults, that is, for Read after Write, Write after Write or Write 27819 after Read violations. If you're unsure, select Y. 27820 27821Performance monitor support 27822CONFIG_PERFMON 27823 Selects whether support for the IA-64 performance monitor hardware 27824 is included in the kernel. This makes some kernel data-structures a 27825 little bigger and slows down execution a bit, but it is still 27826 usually a good idea to turn this on. If you're unsure, say N. 27827 27828/proc/pal support 27829CONFIG_IA64_PALINFO 27830 If you say Y here, you are able to get PAL (Processor Abstraction 27831 Layer) information in /proc/pal. This contains useful information 27832 about the processors in your systems, such as cache and TLB sizes 27833 and the PAL firmware version in use. 27834 27835 To use this option, you have to check that the "/proc file system 27836 support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled, too. 27837 27838PPC4xx DMA controller support 27839CONFIG_PPC4xx_DMA 27840 Select this to enable support for the PPC4xx general purpose DMA 27841 controller. 27842 27843ttyS0 device 27844CONFIG_UART0_TTYS0 27845 This option reverses the mapping between the hardware UART and software 27846 device. Selecting UART0 gives the normal mapping of UART0=ttyS0 and 27847 UART1=ttyS1. Selecting UART1 gives the reverse mapping of UART0=ttyS1 27848 and UART1=ttyS0. Most people will use UART0. 27849 27850PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet 27851CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET 27852 If you want to use the 405 built-in ethernet select this. 27853 27854CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_ERROR_MSG 27855 Enable this option to print verbose debug messages for troubleshooting. 27856 27857PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Number of receive buffers 27858CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_RX_BUFF 27859 Number of ethernet receive (read) buffers. Unless you know what you 27860 are doing the default should be fine. 27861 27862PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Number of transmit buffers 27863CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_TX_BUFF 27864 Number of ethernet transmit (write) buffers. Unless you know what 27865 you are doing the default should be fine. 27866 27867PowerPC 405 on-chip ethernet -- Amount of bytes to Reserve on a skb 27868CONFIG_IBM_OCP_ENET_SKB_RES 27869 Many standard ethernet drivers need to reserve 2 bytes of data 27870 on the skb before giving the data ptr to the hardware. This is 27871 so the IP data will be 16-byte aligned when it goes up the stack. 27872 This is a requirement for some processors and it can cause major 27873 slow downs on others. The 405GP dose not have problems with the 27874 misaligned data so the default is 0. If you need to route the 27875 incoming ethernet packets to another device that has alignment 27876 requirements this can help remove a data copy. A value of 2 can 27877 help at getting 16-byte aligned IP data for another device. A 27878 larger value can be used when routing to a IP tunnel device. 27879 Make sure XXX_DESC_SIZE - XXX_SKB_RES >= 1514, or larger if VLANS 27880 are used. 27881 27882PPC 405 I2C Algorithm 27883CONFIG_PPC405_I2C_ALGO 27884 Enable this option to use the built-in I2C on your 405. 27885 27886PPC 405 I2C Adapter 27887CONFIG_PPC405_I2C_ADAP 27888 Enable this option to use the built-in I2C on your 405. 27889 27890/proc/efi/vars support 27891CONFIG_EFI_VARS 27892 If you say Y here, you are able to get EFI (Extensible Firmware 27893 Interface) variable information in /proc/efi/vars. You may read, 27894 write, create, and destroy EFI variables through this interface. 27895 27896 To use this option, you have to check that the "/proc file system 27897 support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) is enabled, too. 27898 27899Kernel support for IA-32 emulation 27900CONFIG_IA32_SUPPORT 27901 IA64 processors can run IA32 (that is, x86) binaries by emulating 27902 the IA32 instruction set. Say Y here to build in kernel support for 27903 this. If in doubt, say Y. 27904 27905Physical memory granularity (16 MB) 27906CONFIG_IA64_GRANULE_16MB 27907 IA64 identity-mapped regions use a large page size. We'll call such 27908 large pages "granules". If you can think of a better name that's 27909 unambiguous, let us know... Unless your identity-mapped regions are 27910 very large, select a granule size of 16MB. 27911 27912Physical memory granularity (64 MB) 27913CONFIG_IA64_GRANULE_64MB 27914 IA64 identity-mapped regions use a large page size. We'll call such 27915 large pages "granules". If you can think of a better name that's 27916 unambiguous, let us know... Unless your identity-mapped regions are 27917 very large, select a granule size of 16MB. (This is the "large" choice.) 27918 27919Enable SGI SN extra debugging code 27920CONFIG_IA64_SGI_SN_DEBUG 27921 Turns on extra debugging code in the SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform 27922 for IA64. Unless you are debugging problems on an SGI SN IA64 box, 27923 say N. 27924 27925Enable SGI Medusa Simulator Support 27926CONFIG_IA64_SGI_SN_SIM 27927 If you are compiling a kernel that will run under SGI's IA64 27928 simulator (Medusa) then say Y, otherwise say N. 27929 27930PCIBA Support 27931CONFIG_PCIBA 27932 IRIX PCIBA-inspired user mode PCI interface for the SGI SN (Scalable 27933 NUMA) platform for IA64. Unless you are compiling a kernel for an SGI SN IA64 box, say N. 27934 27935Enable protocol mode for the L1 console 27936SERIAL_SGI_L1_PROTOCOL 27937 Uses protocol mode instead of raw mode for the level 1 console on the 27938 SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform for IA64. If you are compiling for 27939 an SGI SN box then Y is the recommended value, otherwise say N. 27940 27941Directly Connected Compact Flash support 27942CONFIG_CF_ENABLER 27943 Compact Flash is a small, removable mass storage device introduced 27944 in 1994 originally as a PCMCIA device. If you say `Y' here, you 27945 compile in support for Compact Flash devices directly connected to 27946 a SuperH processor. A Compact Flash FAQ is available at 27947 <http://www.compactflash.org/faqs/faq.htm>. 27948 27949 If your board has "Directly Connected" CompactFlash at area 5 or 6, 27950 you may want to enable this option. Then, you can use CF as 27951 primary IDE drive (only tested for SanDisk). 27952 27953 If in doubt, select 'N'. 27954 27955Kernel debugging 27956CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL 27957 Say Y here if you are developing drivers or trying to debug and 27958 identify kernel problems. 27959 27960Debug memory allocations 27961CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB 27962 Say Y here to have the kernel do limited verification on memory 27963 allocation as well as poisoning memory on free to catch use of freed 27964 memory. 27965 27966Memory mapped I/O debugging 27967CONFIG_DEBUG_IOVIRT 27968 Say Y here to get warned whenever an attempt is made to do I/O on 27969 obviously invalid addresses such as those generated when ioremap() 27970 calls are forgotten. Memory mapped I/O will go through an extra 27971 check to catch access to unmapped ISA addresses, an access method 27972 that can still be used by old drivers that are being ported from 27973 2.0/2.2. 27974 27975Spinlock debugging 27976CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK 27977 Say Y here and build SMP to catch missing spinlock initialization 27978 and certain other kinds of spinlock errors commonly made. This is 27979 best used in conjunction with the NMI watchdog so that spinlock 27980 deadlocks are also debuggable. 27981 27982Additional run-time checks 27983CONFIG_CHECKING 27984 Enables some internal consistency checks for kernel debugging. 27985 You should normally say N. 27986 27987Read-write spinlock debugging 27988CONFIG_DEBUG_RWLOCK 27989 If you say Y here then read-write lock processing will count how many 27990 times it has tried to get the lock and issue an error message after 27991 too many attempts. If you suspect a rwlock problem or a kernel 27992 hacker asks for this option then say Y. Otherwise say N. 27993 27994Semaphore debugging 27995CONFIG_DEBUG_SEMAPHORE 27996 If you say Y here then semaphore processing will issue lots of 27997 verbose debugging messages. If you suspect a semaphore problem or a 27998 kernel hacker asks for this option then say Y. Otherwise say N. 27999 28000Verbose BUG() reporting (adds 70K) 28001CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE 28002 Say Y here to make BUG() panics output the file name and line number 28003 of the BUG call as well as the EIP and oops trace. This aids 28004 debugging but costs about 70-100K of memory. 28005 28006Include kgdb kernel debugger 28007CONFIG_KGDB 28008 Include in-kernel hooks for kgdb, the Linux kernel source level 28009 debugger. For i386 architecture there is project page at 28010 <http://kgdb.sourceforge.net/>. 28011 28012Include xmon kernel debugger 28013CONFIG_XMON 28014 Include in-kernel hooks for the xmon kernel monitor/debugger 28015 supported by the PPC port. 28016 28017Include BDI2000 debugger support 28018CONFIG_BDI_SWITCH 28019 Include in-kernel support for the Abatron BDI2000 debugger. To 28020 learn more about the Abatron BDI2000, visit the web page at 28021 <http://www.abatron.ch/>. 28022 28023Add additional CFLAGS to the kernel build 28024CONFIG_MORE_COMPILE_OPTIONS 28025 If you want to add additional CFLAGS to the kernel build, such as 28026 -g for KGDB, XMON or the BDI2000, enable this option and then 28027 enter what you would like to add in the next question. 28028 28029Include kgdb kernel debugger 28030CONFIG_KWDB 28031 Include in-kernel hooks for kdb, the source level debugger for the 28032 PA-RISC port. 28033 28034IODC console 28035CONFIG_IODC_CONSOLE 28036 IODC is HP's pre-PCI standard for device identification (a la PCI 28037 vendor, device IDs), detection, configuration, initialization and so 28038 on. It also can provide firmware function to do the actual IO, 28039 which are slow, not really defined for runtime usage and generally 28040 not desirable. 28041 28042 See <http://www.linuxhq.com/kernel/v2.4/doc/parisc/IODC.txt.html> 28043 for the gory details. 28044 28045 Say Y here to enable use of the IODC firmware functions for console 28046 I/O. This is only useful on older PA-RISC workstations. If in 28047 doubt, say Y. 28048 28049U2/Uturn I/O MMU 28050CONFIG_IOMMU_CCIO 28051 Say Y here to enable DMA management routines for the first 28052 generation of PA-RISC cache-coherent machines. Programs the 28053 U2/Uturn chip in "Virtual Mode" and use the I/O MMU. 28054 28055LBA/Elroy PCI support 28056CONFIG_PCI_LBA 28057 Say Y here to give the PA-RISC kernel access to PCI configuration 28058 and IO-port space on PA-RISC workstations equipped with a Lower Bus 28059 Adapter (LBA). This includes A, B, C, J, L, and N-class machines 28060 with 4-digit model numbers, also the A300. 28061 28062LASI I/O support 28063CONFIG_GSC_LASI 28064 Say Y here to directly support the LASI controller chip found on 28065 PA-RISC workstations. Linux-oriented documentation for this chip 28066 can be found at <http://www.parisc-linux.org/documentation/>. 28067 28068LASI/ASP builtin parallel-port 28069CONFIG_PARPORT_GSC 28070 Say Y here to build in low-level parallel-support for PC-style 28071 hardware integrated in the LASI-Controller (on the GSC Bus) for 28072 HP-PARISC workstations. 28073 28074Fujitsu Vendor Specific 28075CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_FUJITSU 28076 Enable vendor-specific code for Fujitsu IDE disks. Unless you are 28077 the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28078 28079IBM Vendor Specific 28080CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_IBM 28081 Enable vendor-specific code for IBM IDE disks. Unless you are the 28082 IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28083 28084Maxtor Vendor Specific 28085CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_MAXTOR 28086 Enable vendor-specific code for Maxtor IDE disks. Unless you are 28087 the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28088 28089Quantum Vendor Specific 28090CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_QUANTUM 28091 Enable vendor-specific code for Quantum IDE disks. Unless you are 28092 the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28093 28094Seagate Vendor Specific 28095CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_SEAGATE 28096 Enable vendor-specific code for Seagate IDE disks. Unless you are 28097 the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28098 28099Western Digital Vendor Specific 28100CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK_WD 28101 Enable vendor-specific code for Western Digital IDE disks. Unless 28102 you are the IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with 28103 this. 28104 28105TiVo Commerial Application Specific 28106CONFIG_BLK_DEV_TIVO 28107 Enable vendor-specific code for TiVo IDE disks. Unless you are the 28108 IDE maintainer, you probably do not want to mess with this. 28109 28110# Choice: superhsys 28111Generic 28112CONFIG_SH_GENERIC 28113 Select Generic if configuring for a generic SuperH system. 28114 The "generic" option compiles in *all* the possible hardware 28115 support and relies on the sh_mv= kernel command option to choose 28116 at runtime which routines to use. "MV" stands for "machine vector"; 28117 each of the machines below is described by a machine vector. 28118 28119 Select SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7709 28120 or SH7750/7750S evaluation board. 28121 28122 Select SHMobileSolutionEngine if configuring for SH-Mobile Solution 28123 Engine. 28124 28125 Select Overdrive if configuring for a ST407750 Overdrive board. 28126 More information at 28127 <http://linuxsh.sourceforge.net/docs/7750overdrive.php3>. 28128 28129 Select HP620 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP620. 28130 More information (hardware only) at 28131 <http://www.hp.com/jornada/>. 28132 28133 Select HP680 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP680. 28134 More information (hardware only) at 28135 <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>. 28136 28137 Select HP690 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP690. 28138 More information (hardware only) at 28139 <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>. 28140 28141 Select CqREEK if configuring for a CqREEK SH7708 or SH7750. 28142 More information at 28143 <http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/hardware.html#SuperH>. 28144 28145 Select DMIDA if configuring for a DataMyte 4000 Industrial 28146 Digital Assistant. More information at <http://www.dmida.com/>. 28147 28148 Select EC3104 if configuring for a system with an Eclipse 28149 International EC3104 chip, e.g. the Harris AD2000 or Compaq Aero 8000. 28150 28151 Select Dreamcast if configuring for a SEGA Dreamcast. 28152 More information at 28153 <http://www.m17n.org/linux-sh/dreamcast/>. There is a 28154 Dreamcast project is at <http://linuxdc.sourceforge.net/>. 28155 28156 Select BareCPU if you know what this means, and it applies 28157 to your system. 28158 28159# These may have to be merged in when we go to CML2: 28160# - "SolutionEngine7751" for Hitachi SolutionEngine (7751) 28161# - "STB1_Harp" for STMicroelectronics HARP 28162# - "CqREEK" for CQ Publishing CqREEK SH-4 28163# - "CAT68701" for CAT 68701 Evaluation Board (SH7708) 28164# - "BigSur" for Big Sur Evaluation Board 28165# - "SH2000" for SH2000 Evaluation Board (SH7709A) 28166# - "ADX" for A&D ADX 28167 28168SolutionEngine 28169CONFIG_SH_SOLUTION_ENGINE 28170 Select SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7709 28171 or SH7750 evaluation board. 28172 281737751 SolutionEngine 28174CONFIG_SH_7751_SOLUTION_ENGINE 28175 Select 7751 SolutionEngine if configuring for a Hitachi SH7751 28176 evaluation board. 28177 28178SHMobileSolutionEngine 28179CONFIG_SH_MOBILE_SOLUTION_ENGINE 28180 Select SHMobileSolutionEngine if configuring for SH-Mobile Solution 28181 Engine. 28182 28183Overdrive 28184CONFIG_SH_OVERDRIVE 28185 Select Overdrive if configuring for a ST407750 Overdrive board. 28186 More information at 28187 <http://linuxsh.sourceforge.net/docs/7750overdrive.php3>. 28188 28189HP620 28190CONFIG_SH_HP620 28191 Select HP620 if configuring for a HP jornada HP620. 28192 More information (hardware only) at 28193 <http://www.hp.com/jornada/>. 28194 28195HP680 28196CONFIG_SH_HP680 28197 Select HP680 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP680. 28198 More information (hardware only) at 28199 <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>. 28200 28201HP690 28202CONFIG_SH_HP690 28203 Select HP690 if configuring for a HP Jornada HP690. 28204 More information (hardware only) 28205 at <http://www.hp.com/jornada/products/680/>. 28206 28207CqREEK 28208CONFIG_SH_CQREEK 28209 Select CqREEK if configuring for a CqREEK SH7708 or SH7750. 28210 More information at 28211 <http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/hardware.html#SuperH>. 28212 28213DMIDA 28214CONFIG_SH_DMIDA 28215 Select DMIDA if configuring for a DataMyte 4000 Industrial 28216 Digital Assistant. More information at <http://www.dmida.com/>. 28217 28218EC3104 28219CONFIG_SH_EC3104 28220 Select EC3104 if configuring for a system with an Eclipse 28221 International EC3104 chip, e.g. the Harris AD2000. 28222 28223Dreamcast 28224CONFIG_SH_DREAMCAST 28225 Select Dreamcast if configuring for a SEGA Dreamcast. 28226 More information at 28227 <http://www.m17n.org/linux-sh/dreamcast/>. There is a 28228 Dreamcast project is at <http://linuxdc.sourceforge.net/>. 28229 28230SH-2000 28231CONFIG_SH_SH2000 28232 SH-2000 is a single-board computer based around SH7709A chip 28233 intended for embedded applications. 28234 It has an Ethernet interface (CS8900A), direct connected 28235 Compact Flash socket, three serial ports and PC-104 bus. 28236 More information at <http://sh2000.sh-linux.org>. 28237 28238BareCPU 28239CONFIG_SH_UNKNOWN 28240 "Bare CPU" aka "unknown" means an SH-based system which is not one 28241 of the specific ones mentioned above, which means you need to enter 28242 all sorts of stuff like CONFIG_MEMORY_START because the config 28243 system doesn't already know what it is. You get a machine vector 28244 without any platform-specific code in it, so things like the RTC may 28245 not work. 28246 28247 This option is for the early stages of porting to a new machine. 28248 28249# Choice: superhtype 28250SH7707 28251CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7707 28252 Select the type of SuperH processor you have. This information is 28253 used for optimizing and configuration purposes. 28254 28255 Select SH7707 if you have a 60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417707 CPU. 28256 28257 Select SH7708 if you have a 60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708S or 28258 if you have a 100 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708R CPU. 28259 28260 Select SH7709 if you have a 80 Mhz SH-3 HD6417709 CPU. 28261 28262 Select SH7750 if you have a 200 Mhz SH-4 HD6417750 CPU. 28263 28264 Select SH7751 if you have a SH7751 28265 28266 Select ST40STB1 if you have a ST40STB1 28267 Select ST40RA/ST40STB1 if you have a ST40RA 28268 (previously known as ST40STB1). 28269 28270 Select ST40GX1 if you have an ST40GX1. 28271 28272 Select SH7300 if you have a HD6417300 CPU. 28273 28274SH7708 28275CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7708 28276 Select SH7708 if you have a 60 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708S or 28277 if you have a 100 Mhz SH-3 HD6417708R CPU. 28278 28279SH7709 28280CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7709 28281 Select SH7709 if you have a 80 Mhz SH-3 HD6417709 CPU. 28282 28283SH7750 28284CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7750 28285 Select SH7750 if you have a 200 Mhz SH-4 HD6417750 CPU. 28286 28287SH7751 28288CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7751 28289 Select SH7751 if you have a 166 Mhz SH-4 HD6417751 CPU. 28290 28291ST40RA/ST40STB1 28292CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_ST40STB1 28293 Select ST40RA/ST40STB1 if you have a ST40RA. This chip was 28294 previously called the ST40STB1. Early versions were also 28295 erronously labelled ST40AR166. 28296 28297ST40GX1 28298CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_ST40GX1 28299 Select ST40GX1 if you have a ST40GX1 CPU. 28300 28301SH7300 28302CONFIG_CPU_SUBTYPE_SH7300 28303 Select SH7300 if you have a HD6417300 CPU. 28304 28305Memory on LMI 28306CONFIG_ST40_LMI_MEMORY 28307 Currently all ST40 CPUs have two external buses the 28308 'Local Memory Interface' (LMI) which supports SDRAM and 28309 DDR SDRAM, and the 'Enhanced flash Memory Interface' (EMI), 28310 which supports SDRAM, Flash, peripherials and MPX. Linux 28311 can support memory on either of these buses, it is simply 28312 necessary to specify its base address. This option is simply 28313 a shortcut method of specifying that RAM starts from the 28314 bottom of the LMI. 28315 28316Physical memory start address 28317CONFIG_MEMORY_START 28318 Computers built with Hitachi SuperH processors always 28319 map the ROM starting at address zero. But the processor 28320 does not specify the range that RAM takes. 28321 28322 The physical memory (RAM) start address will be automatically 28323 set to 08000000, unless you selected one of the following 28324 processor types: SolutionEngine, Overdrive, HP620, HP680, HP690, 28325 in which case the start address will be set to 0c000000. 28326 28327 Tweak this only when porting to a new machine which is not already 28328 known by the config system. Changing it from the known correct 28329 value on any of the known systems will only lead to disaster. 28330 28331Hitachi HD64461 companion chip support 28332CONFIG_HD64461 28333 The Hitachi HD64461 provides an interface for 28334 the SH7709 CPU, supporting a LCD controller, 28335 CRT color controller, IrDA up to 4 Mbps, and a 28336 PCMCIA controller supporting 2 slots. 28337 28338 More information is available at 28339 <http://semiconductor.hitachi.com/windowsce/superh/sld013.htm>. 28340 28341 Say Y if you want support for the HD64461. 28342 Otherwise, say N. 28343 28344HD64461 PCMCIA enabler 28345CONFIG_HD64461_ENABLER 28346 Say Y here if you want to enable PCMCIA support 28347 via the HD64461 companion chip. 28348 Otherwise, say N. 28349 28350HD64461 virtualized IRQ number 28351CONFIG_HD64461_IRQ 28352 The default setting of the HD64461 IRQ is 36. 28353 28354 Do not change this unless you know what you are doing. 28355 28356Hitachi HD64465 companion chip support 28357CONFIG_HD64465 28358 The Hitachi HD64465 provides an interface for 28359 the SH7750 CPU, supporting a LCD controller, 28360 CRT color controller, IrDA, USB, PCMCIA, 28361 keyboard controller, and a printer interface. 28362 28363 More information is available at 28364 <http://global.hitachi.com/New/cnews/E/1998/981019B.html>. 28365 28366 Say Y if you want support for the HD64465. 28367 Otherwise, say N. 28368 28369HD64465 virtualized IRQ number 28370CONFIG_HD64465_IRQ 28371 The default setting of the HD64465 IRQ is 5. 28372 28373 Do not change this unless you know what you are doing. 28374 28375HD64465 start address 28376CONFIG_HD64465_IOBASE 28377 The default setting of the HD64465 IO base address is 0xb0000000. 28378 28379 Do not change this unless you know what you are doing. 28380 28381Early printk support 28382CONFIG_SH_EARLY_PRINTK 28383 Say Y here to redirect kernel printk messages to the serial port 28384 used by the SH-IPL bootloader, starting very early in the boot 28385 process and ending when the kernel's serial console is initialised. 28386 This option is only useful porting the kernel to a new machine, 28387 when the kernel may crash or hang before the serial console is 28388 initialised. If unsure, say N. 28389 28390SuperH SCI (serial) support 28391CONFIG_SH_SCI 28392 Selecting this option will allow the Linux kernel to transfer data 28393 over SCI (Serial Communication Interface) and/or SCIF (Serial 28394 Communication Interface with FIFO) which are built into the Hitachi 28395 SuperH processor. The option provides 1 to 3 (depending 28396 on the CPU model) standard Linux tty devices, /dev/ttySC[012]; one 28397 of these is normally used as the system console. 28398 28399 If in doubt, press "y". 28400 28401Use LinuxSH standard BIOS 28402CONFIG_SH_STANDARD_BIOS 28403 Say Y here if your target has the gdb-sh-stub 28404 package from www.m17n.org (or any conforming standard LinuxSH BIOS) 28405 in FLASH or EPROM. The kernel will use standard BIOS calls during 28406 boot for various housekeeping tasks (including calls to read and 28407 write characters to a system console, get a MAC address from an 28408 on-board Ethernet interface, and shut down the hardware). Note this 28409 does not work with machines with an existing operating system in 28410 mask ROM and no flash (WindowsCE machines fall in this category). 28411 If unsure, say N. 28412 28413GDB Stub kernel debug 28414CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL_WITH_GDB_STUB 28415 If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the SuperH 28416 kernel using gdb, if you have the gdb-sh-stub package from 28417 www.m17n.org (or any conforming standard LinuxSH BIOS) in FLASH or 28418 EPROM. This enlarges your kernel image disk size by several 28419 megabytes but allows you to load, run and debug the kernel image 28420 remotely using gdb. This is only useful for kernel hackers. If 28421 unsure, say N. 28422 28423Console output to GDB 28424CONFIG_GDB_CONSOLE 28425 If you are using GDB for remote debugging over a serial port and 28426 would like kernel messages to be formatted into GDB $O packets so 28427 that GDB prints them as program output, say 'Y'. 28428 28429802.1Q VLAN Support 28430CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q 28431 Select this and you will be able to create 802.1Q VLAN interfaces on your 28432 ethernet interfaces. 802.1Q VLAN supports almost everything a regular 28433 ethernet interface does, including firewalling, bridging, and of course 28434 IP traffic. You will need the 'vconfig' tool from the VLAN project in 28435 order to effectively use VLANs. See the VLAN web page for more 28436 information: <http://www.candelatech.com/~greear/vlan.html> If unsure, 28437 you can safely say 'N'. 28438 28439ARC console support 28440CONFIG_ARC_CONSOLE 28441 Support for the PROM-based console on MIPS machines built according 28442 to the Advanced Risc Computing specification, which is now (2001) 28443 dead. These included boxes from Deskstation, Acer, Olivetti and 28444 NEC. There is a history at <http://www.openbsd.org/arc.html>. 28445 28446AUTCPU12 28447CONFIG_ARCH_AUTCPU12 28448 Say Y if you intend to run the kernel on the autronix autcpu12 28449 board. This board is based on a Cirrus Logic CS89712. 28450 28451IT8172 IDE support 28452CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IT8172 28453 Say Y here to support the on-board IDE controller on the Integrated 28454 Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at 28455 <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the 28456 board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>. 28457 28458Support ARM926T processor 28459CONFIG_CPU_ARM926T 28460 This is a variant of the ARM920. It has slightly different 28461 instruction sequences for cache and TLB operations. Curiously, 28462 there is no documentation on it at the ARM corporate website. 28463 28464 Say Y if you want support for the ARM926T processor. 28465 Otherwise, say N. 28466 28467Support CPU clock change (EXPERIMENTAL) 28468CONFIG_CPU_FREQ 28469 CPU clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the 28470 running CPU on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery power, 28471 because the lower the clock speed, the less power the CPU 28472 consumes. Note that this driver doesn't automatically change the CPU 28473 clock speed, you need some userland tools (which still have to be 28474 written) to implement the policy. If you don't understand what this 28475 is all about, it's safe to say 'N'. 28476 28477SiS 28478CONFIG_DRM_SIS 28479 Choose this option if you have a SIS graphics card. AGP support is 28480 required for this driver to work. 28481 28482Etrax Ethernet slave support (over lp0/1) 28483CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET_LPSLAVE 28484 This option enables a slave ETRAX 100 or ETRAX 100LX, connected to a 28485 master ETRAX 100 or ETRAX 100LX through par0 and par1, to act as an 28486 Ethernet controller. 28487 28488Slave has its own LEDs 28489CONFIG_ETRAX_ETHERNET_LPSLAVE_HAS_LEDS 28490 Enable if the slave has it's own LEDs. 28491 28492ATA/IDE support 28493CONFIG_ETRAX_IDE 28494 Enable this to get support for ATA/IDE. You can't use parallel 28495 ports or SCSI ports at the same time. 28496 28497LED on when link 28498CONFIG_ETRAX_NETWORK_LED_ON_WHEN_LINK 28499 28500 Selecting LED_on_when_link will light the LED when there is a 28501 connection and will flash off when there is activity. 28502 28503 Selecting LED_on_when_activity will light the LED only when 28504 there is activity. 28505 28506 This setting will also affect the behaviour of other activity LEDs 28507 e.g. Bluetooth. 28508 28509Power button bit on port G 28510CONFIG_ETRAX_POWERBUTTON_BIT 28511 Configure where power button is connected. 28512 28513Root device name 28514CONFIG_ETRAX_ROOT_DEVICE 28515 Specifies the device that should be mounted as root file system 28516 when booting from flash. The axisflashmap driver adds an additional 28517 mtd partition for the appended root file system image, so this option 28518 should normally be the mtdblock device for the partition after the 28519 last partition in the partition table. 28520 28521Serial port 0 enabled 28522CONFIG_ETRAX_SERIAL_PORT0 28523 Enables the ETRAX 100 serial driver for ser0 (ttyS0) 28524 Normally you want this on, unless you use external DMA 1 that uses 28525 the same DMA channels. 28526 28527Shutdown bit on port CSP0 28528CONFIG_ETRAX_SHUTDOWN_BIT 28529 Configure what pin on CSPO-port that is used for controlling power 28530 supply. 28531 28532Software Shutdown Support 28533CONFIG_ETRAX_SOFT_SHUTDOWN 28534 Enable this if Etrax is used with a power-supply that can be turned 28535 off and on with PS_ON signal. Gives the possibility to detect 28536 powerbutton and then do a power off after unmounting disks. 28537 28538Disable watchdog during Oops printouts 28539CONFIG_ETRAX_WATCHDOG_NICE_DOGGY 28540 By enabling this you make sure that the watchdog does not bite while 28541 printing oopses. Recommended for development systems but not for 28542 production releases. 28543 28544Compaq iPAQ Handheld sleeve support 28545CONFIG_H3600_SLEEVE 28546 Choose this option to enable support for extension packs (sleeves) 28547 for the Compaq iPAQ H3XXX series of handheld computers. This option 28548 is required for the CF, PCMCIA, Bluetooth and GSM/GPRS extension 28549 packs. 28550 28551AVM Fritz!Card PCI/PCIv2/PnP support (EXPERIMENTAL) 28552CONFIG_HISAX_FRITZ_PCIPNP 28553 This enables the driver for the AVM Fritz!Card PCI, Fritz!Card PCI v2 28554 and Fritz!Card PnP. 28555 (the latter also needs you to select "ISA Plug and Play support" 28556 from the menu "Plug and Play configuration") 28557 28558IBM PCI Hotplug driver 28559CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_IBM 28560 Say Y here if you have a motherboard with a IBM PCI Hotplug 28561 controller. 28562 28563 This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be 28564 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). 28565 The module will be called cpqphp.o. If you want to compile it 28566 as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. 28567 28568 When in doubt, say N. 28569 28570Enable autotest (llsc). Option to run cache test instead of booting 28571CONFIG_IA64_SGI_AUTOTEST 28572 Build a kernel used for hardware validation. If you include the 28573 keyword "autotest" on the boot command line, the kernel does NOT boot. 28574 Instead, it starts all cpus and runs cache coherency tests instead. 28575 28576 If unsure, say N. 28577 28578IEC61883-6 (Audio transmission) support 28579CONFIG_IEEE1394_AMDTP 28580 This option enables the Audio & Music Data Transmission Protocol 28581 (IEC61883-6) driver, which implements audio transmission over 28582 IEEE1394. 28583 28584 The userspace interface is documented in amdtp.h. 28585 28586 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 28587 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 28588 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module 28589 will be called amdtp.o. 28590 28591IEC61883-1 Plug support 28592CONFIG_IEEE1394_CMP 28593 This option enables the Connection Management Procedures 28594 (IEC61883-1) driver, which implements input and output plugs. 28595 28596 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 28597 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 28598 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module 28599 will be called cmp.o. 28600 28601OHCI-DV I/O support 28602CONFIG_IEEE1394_DV1394 28603 This driver allows you to transmit and receive DV (digital video) 28604 streams on an OHCI-1394 card using a simple frame-oriented 28605 interface. 28606 28607 The user-space API for dv1394 is documented in dv1394.h. 28608 28609 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 28610 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 28611 say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module 28612 will be called dv1394.o. 28613 28614Ethernet over 1394 28615CONFIG_IEEE1394_ETH1394 28616 Extremely Experimental! This driver is a Linux specific way to use your 28617 IEEE1394 Host as an Ethernet type device. This is _NOT_ IP1394. 28618 28619Support for older IT8172 (Rev C) 28620CONFIG_IT8172_REVC 28621 Say Y here to support the older, Revision C version of the Integrated 28622 Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at 28623 <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the 28624 board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>. 28625 28626Enable Smart Card Reader 0 Support 28627CONFIG_IT8172_SCR0 28628 Say Y here to support smart-card reader 0 (SCR0) on the Integrated 28629 Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at 28630 <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the 28631 board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>. 28632 28633Enable Smart Card Reader 1 Support 28634CONFIG_IT8172_SCR1 28635 Say Y here to support smart-card reader 1 (SCR1) on the Integrated 28636 Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at 28637 <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the 28638 board at <http://www.mvista.com/partners/semiconductor/ite.html>. 28639 28640IT8172 IDE Tuning support 28641CONFIG_IT8172_TUNING 28642 Say Y here to support tuning the ITE8172's IDE interface. This makes 28643 it possible to set DMA channel or PIO opration and the transfer rate. 28644 28645Enable protocol mode for the L1 console 28646CONFIG_SERIAL_SGI_L1_PROTOCOL 28647 Uses protocol mode instead of raw mode for the level 1 console on the 28648 SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform for IA64. If you are compiling for 28649 an SGI SN box then Y is the recommended value, otherwise say N. 28650 28651New bus configuration (EXPERIMENTAL) 28652CONFIG_TULIP_MWI 28653 This configures your Tulip card specifically for the card and 28654 system cache line size type you are using. 28655 28656 This is experimental code, not yet tested on many boards. 28657 28658 If unsure, say N. 28659 28660Hotplug firmware loading support (EXPERIMENTAL) 28661CONFIG_FW_LOADER 28662 This option is provided for the case where no in-kernel-tree modules require 28663 hotplug firmware loading support, but a module built outside the kernel tree 28664 does. 28665 28666NatSemi SCx200 support 28667CONFIG_SCx200 28668 This provides basic support for the National Semiconductor SCx200 28669 processor. Right now this is just a driver for the GPIO pins. 28670 28671 If you don't know what to do here, say N. 28672 28673 This support is also available as a module. If compiled as a 28674 module, it will be called scx200.o. 28675 28676NatSemi SCx200 GPIO support 28677CONFIG_SCx200_GPIO 28678 Give userspace access to the GPIO pins on the National 28679 Semiconductor SCx200 processors. 28680 28681 This support is also available as a module. If compiled as a 28682 module, it will be called scx200_gpio.o. 28683 28684NatSemi SCx200 Watchdog 28685CONFIG_SCx200_WDT 28686 Enable the built-in watchdog timer support on the National 28687 Semiconductor SCx200 processors. 28688 28689 If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_watchdog.o. 28690 28691Flash device mapped with DOCCS on NatSemi SCx200 28692CONFIG_MTD_SCx200_DOCFLASH 28693 Enable support for a flash chip mapped using the DOCCS signal on a 28694 National Semiconductor SCx200 processor. 28695 28696 If you don't know what to do here, say N. 28697 28698 If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_docflash.o. 28699 28700BIOS flash chip on AMD76x southbridge 28701CONFIG_MTD_AMD76XROM 28702 Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on AMD76x motherboards 28703 as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS. 28704 28705 BE VERY CAREFUL. 28706 28707 If compiled as a module, it will be called amd76xrom.o. 28708 28709BIOS flash chip on Intel Hub Controller 2 28710CONFIG_MTD_ICH2ROM 28711 Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on ICH2 motherboards 28712 as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS. 28713 28714 BE VERY CAREFUL. 28715 28716 If compiled as a module, it will be called ich2rom.o. 28717 28718BIOS flash chip on Intel SCB2 boards 28719CONFIG_MTD_SCB2_FLASH 28720 Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on Intel SCB2 boards 28721 as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS. 28722 28723 BE VERY CAREFUL. 28724 28725 If compiled as a module, it will be called scb2_flash.o. 28726 28727Flash chips on Tsunami TIG bus 28728CONFIG_MTD_TSUNAMI 28729 Support for the flash chip on Tsunami TIG bus. 28730 28731 If compiled as a module, it will be called tsunami_flash.o. 28732 28733Flash chips on LASAT board 28734CONFIG_MTD_LASAT 28735 Support for the flash chips on the Lasat 100 and 200 boards. 28736 28737 If compiled as a module, it will be called lasat.o. 28738 28739CFI flash device on SnapGear/SecureEdge 28740CONFIG_MTD_NETtel 28741 Support for flash chips on NETtel/SecureEdge/SnapGear boards. 28742 28743 If compiled as a module, it will be called nettel.o. 28744 28745CFI Flash device mapped on DIL/Net PC 28746CONFIG_MTD_DILNETPC 28747 MTD map driver for SSV DIL/Net PC Boards "DNP" and "ADNP". 28748 For details, see <http://www.ssv-embedded.de/ssv/pc104/p169.htm> 28749 and <http://www.ssv-embedded.de/ssv/pc104/p170.htm> 28750 28751 If compiled as a module, it will be called dilnetpc.o. 28752 28753Size of DIL/Net PC flash boot partition 28754CONFIG_MTD_DILNETPC_BOOTSIZE 28755 The amount of space taken up by the kernel or Etherboot 28756 on the DIL/Net PC flash chips. 28757 28758CFI Flash device mapped on Epxa10db 28759CONFIG_MTD_EPXA10DB 28760 This enables support for the flash devices on the Altera 28761 Excalibur XA10 Development Board. If you are building a kernel 28762 for on of these boards then you should say 'Y' otherwise say 'N'. 28763 28764 If compiled as a module, it will be called epxa10db-flash.o. 28765 28766CFI Flash device mapped on the FortuNet board 28767CONFIG_MTD_FORTUNET 28768 This enables access to the Flash on the FortuNet board. If you 28769 have such a board, say 'Y'. 28770 28771 If compiled as a module, it will be called fortunet.o. 28772 28773NV-RAM mapping AUTCPU12 board 28774CONFIG_MTD_AUTCPU12 28775 This enables access to the NV-RAM on autronix autcpu12 board. 28776 If you have such a board, say 'Y'. 28777 28778 If compiled as a module, it will be called autcpu12-nvram.o. 28779 28780CFI Flash device mapped on EDB7312 28781CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 28782 This enables access to the CFI Flash on the Cogent EDB7312 board. 28783 If you have such a board, say 'Y' here. 28784 28785 If compiled as a module, it will be called edb7312.o. 28786 28787JEDEC Flash device mapped on impA7 28788CONFIG_MTD_IMPA7 28789 This enables access to the NOR Flash on the impA7 board of 28790 implementa GmbH. If you have such a board, say 'Y' here. 28791 28792 If compiled as a module, it will be called impa7.o. 28793 28794JEDEC Flash device mapped on Ceiva/Polaroid PhotoMax Digital Picture Frame 28795CONFIG_MTD_CEIVA 28796 This enables access to the flash chips on the Ceiva/Polaroid 28797 PhotoMax Digital Picture Frame. 28798 If you have such a device, say 'Y'. 28799 28800 If compiled as a module, it will be called ceiva.o. 28801 28802System flash on MBX860 board 28803CONFIG_MTD_MBX860 28804 This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Motorola 28805 MBX860 board. If you have one of these boards and would like 28806 to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. 28807 28808 If compiled as a module, it will be called mbx860.o. 28809 28810PCI MTD driver 28811CONFIG_MTD_PCI 28812 Mapping for accessing flash devices on add-in cards like the Intel XScale 28813 IQ80310 card, and the Intel EBSA285 card in blank ROM programming mode 28814 (please see the manual for the link settings). 28815 28816 If compiled as a module, it will be called pci.o. 28817 28818 If you are not sure, say N. 28819 28820PCMCIA MTD driver 28821CONFIG_MTD_PCMCIA 28822 Map driver for accessing PCMCIA linear flash memory cards. These 28823 cards are usually around 4-16MiB in size. This does not include 28824 Compact Flash cards which are treated as IDE devices. 28825 28826 If compiled as a module, it will be called pcmciamtd.o. 28827 28828Generic uClinux RAM/ROM filesystem support 28829CONFIG_MTD_UCLINUX 28830 Map driver to support image based filesystems for uClinux. 28831 28832 If compiled as a module, it will be called uclinux.o. 28833 28834NatSemi SCx200 I2C using GPIO pins 28835CONFIG_SCx200_I2C 28836 Enable the use of two GPIO pins of a SCx200 processor as an I2C bus. 28837 28838 If you don't know what to do here, say N. 28839 28840 If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_i2c.o. 28841 28842GPIO pin used for SCL 28843CONFIG_SCx200_I2C_SCL 28844 Enter the GPIO pin number used for the SCL signal. This value can 28845 also be specified with a module parameter. 28846 28847GPIO pin used for SDA 28848CONFIG_SCx200_I2C_SDA 28849 Enter the GPIO pin number used for the SSA signal. This value can 28850 also be specified with a module parameter. 28851 28852NatSemi SCx200 ACCESS.bus 28853CONFIG_SCx200_ACB 28854 Enable the use of the ACCESS.bus controllers of a SCx200 processor. 28855 It also enables the I2C controller found on Geode GX/LX processors. 28856 28857 If you don't know what to do here, say N. 28858 28859 If compiled as a module, it will be called scx200_acb.o. 28860 28861IPMI top-level message handler 28862CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER 28863 This enables the central IPMI message handler, required for IPMI 28864 to work. Note that you must have this enabled to do any other IPMI 28865 things. 28866 28867 IPMI is a standard for managing sensors (temperature, 28868 voltage, etc.) in a system. 28869 28870 See Documentation/IPMI.txt for more details on the driver. 28871 28872 If unsure, say N. 28873 28874Generate a panic event to all BMCs on a panic 28875CONFIG_IPMI_PANIC_EVENT 28876 When a panic occurs, this will cause the IPMI message handler to 28877 generate an IPMI event describing the panic to each interface 28878 registered with the message handler. 28879 28880Device interface for IPMI 28881CONFIG_IPMI_DEVICE_INTERFACE 28882 This provides an IOCTL interface to the IPMI message handler so 28883 userland processes may use IPMI. It supports poll() and select(). 28884 28885IPMI KCS handler 28886CONFIG_IPMI_KCS 28887 Provides a driver for a KCS-style interface to a BMC. 28888 28889IPMI Watchdog Timer 28890CONFIG_IPMI_WATCHDOG 28891 This enables the IPMI watchdog timer. 28892 28893CRC32 functions 28894CONFIG_CRC32 28895 This option is provided for the case where no in-kernel-tree 28896 modules require CRC32 functions, but a module built outside the 28897 kernel tree does. Such modules that use library CRC32 functions 28898 require that you say M or Y here. 28899 28900Chassis LCD and LED support 28901CONFIG_CHASSIS_LCD_LED 28902 Say Y here if you want to enable support for the Heartbeat, 28903 Disk/Network activities LEDs on some PA-RISC machines, 28904 or support for the LCD that can be found on recent material. 28905 28906 This has nothing to do with LED State support for A, J and E class. 28907 28908 If unsure, say Y. 28909 28910VSC/GSC/HSC bus support 28911CONFIG_GSC 28912 The VSC, GSC and HSC busses were used from the earliest 700-series 28913 workstations up to and including the C360/J2240 workstations. They 28914 were also used in servers from the E-class to the K-class. They 28915 are not found in B1000, C3000, J5000, A500, L1000, N4000 and upwards. 28916 If in doubt, say "Y". 28917 28918Wax I/O support 28919CONFIG_GSC_WAX 28920 Say Y here to support the Wax multifunction chip found in some 28921 older systems, including B/C/D/R class and 715/64, 715/80 and 28922 715/100. Wax includes an EISA adapter, a serial port (not always 28923 used), a HIL interface chip and is also known to be used as the 28924 GSC bridge for an X.25 GSC card. 28925 28926GSCtoPCI/Dino PCI support 28927CONFIG_GSC_DINO 28928 Say Y here to support the Dino & Cujo GSC to PCI bridges found in 28929 machines from the B132 to the C360, the J2240 and the A180. Some 28930 GSC/HSC cards (eg gigabit & dual 100 Mbit Ethernet) have a Dino on 28931 the card, and you also need to say Y here if you have such a card. 28932 Note that Dino also supplies one of the serial ports on certain 28933 machines. If in doubt, say Y. 28934 28935HPET timers 28936CONFIG_HPET_TIMER 28937 Use the IA-PC HPET (High Precision Event Timer) to manage 28938 time in preference to the PIT and RTC, if a HPET is 28939 present. The HPET provides a stable time base on SMP 28940 systems, unlike the RTC, but it is more expensive to access, 28941 as it is off-chip. You can find the HPET spec at 28942 <http://www.intel.com/labs/platcomp/hpet/hpetspec.htm>. 28943 28944 If unsure, say Y. 28945 28946IOMMU support 28947CONFIG_GART_IOMMU 28948 Support the K8 IOMMU. Needed to run systems with more than 4GB of memory 28949 properly with 32-bit PCI devices that do not support DAC (Double Address 28950 Cycle). The IOMMU can be turned off at runtime with the iommu=off parameter. 28951 Normally the kernel will take the right choice by itself. 28952 If unsure say Y 28953 28954Debug __init statements 28955CONFIG_INIT_DEBUG 28956 Fill __init and __initdata at the end of boot. This helps debugging 28957 invalid uses of __init and __initdata after initialization. 28958 28959Force IOMMU to on 28960CONFIG_IOMMU_DEBUG 28961 Force the IOMMU to on even when you have less than 4GB of memory and add 28962 debugging code. 28963 Can be disabled at boot time with iommu=noforce. 28964 28965IOMMU leak tracing 28966CONFIG_IOMMU_LEAK 28967 Add a simple leak tracer to the IOMMU code. This is useful when you 28968 are debugging a buggy device driver that leaks IOMMU mappings. 28969 28970pSeries Hypervisor Virtual Console support 28971CONFIG_HVC_CONSOLE 28972 pSeries machines when partitioned support a hypervisor virtual 28973 console. This driver allows each pSeries partition to have a console 28974 which is accessed via the HMC. 28975 28976CONFIG_CRYPTO 28977 This option provides the core Cryptographic API. 28978 28979CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC 28980 HMAC: Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication (RFC2104). 28981 This is required for IPSec. 28982 28983CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL 28984 These are 'Null' algorithms, used by IPsec, which do nothing. 28985 28986CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD4 28987 MD4 message digest algorithm (RFC1320). 28988 28989CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD5 28990 MD5 message digest algorithm (RFC1321). 28991 28992CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1 28993 SHA-1 secure hash standard (FIPS 180-1/DFIPS 180-2). 28994 28995CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 28996 SHA256 secure hash standard (DFIPS 180-2). 28997 28998 This version of SHA implements a 256 bit hash with 128 bits of 28999 security against collision attacks. 29000 29001CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512 29002 SHA512 secure hash standard (DFIPS 180-2). 29003 29004 This version of SHA implements a 512 bit hash with 256 bits of 29005 security against collision attacks. 29006 29007 This code also includes SHA-384, a 384 bit hash with 192 bits 29008 of security against collision attacks. 29009 29010CONFIG_CRYPTO_WP512 29011 Whirlpool hash algorithm 512, 384 and 256-bit hashes 29012 29013 Whirlpool-512 is part of the NESSIE cryptographic primitives. 29014 Whirlpool will be part of the ISO/IEC 10118-3:2003(E) standard 29015 29016 See also: 29017 http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/WhirlpoolPage.html 29018 29019CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES 29020 DES cipher algorithm (FIPS 46-2), and Triple DES EDE (FIPS 46-3). 29021 29022CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH 29023 Blowfish cipher algorithm, by Bruce Schneier. 29024 29025 This is a variable key length cipher which can use keys from 32 29026 bits to 448 bits in length. It's fast, simple and specifically 29027 designed for use on "large microprocessors". 29028 29029 See also <http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html>. 29030 29031CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH 29032 Twofish cipher algorithm. 29033 29034 Twofish was submitted as an AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) 29035 candidate cipher by researchers at CounterPane Systems. It is a 29036 16 round block cipher supporting key sizes of 128, 192, and 256 29037 bits. 29038 29039 See also: 29040 http://www.counterpane.com/twofish.html 29041 29042CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT 29043 Serpent cipher algorithm, by Anderson, Biham & Knudsen. 29044 29045 Keys are allowed to be from 0 to 256 bits in length, in steps 29046 of 8 bits. Also includes the 'Tnepres' algorithm, a reversed 29047 variant of Serpent for compatibility with old kerneli code. 29048 29049 See also: 29050 http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~rja14/serpent.html 29051 29052CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES 29053 AES cipher algorithms (FIPS-197). AES uses the Rijndael 29054 algorithm. 29055 29056 Rijndael appears to be consistently a very good performer in 29057 both hardware and software across a wide range of computing 29058 environments regardless of its use in feedback or non-feedback 29059 modes. Its key setup time is excellent, and its key agility is 29060 good. Rijndael's very low memory requirements make it very well 29061 suited for restricted-space environments, in which it also 29062 demonstrates excellent performance. Rijndael's operations are 29063 among the easiest to defend against power and timing attacks. 29064 29065 The AES specifies three key sizes: 128, 192 and 256 bits 29066 29067 See http://csrc.nist.gov/encryption/aes/ for more information. 29068 29069CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5 29070 CAST5 (CAST-128) cipher algorithm. 29071 29072 The CAST5 encryption algorithm (synonymous with CAST-128) is 29073 described in RFC2144. 29074 29075CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6 29076 CAST6 (CAST-256) cipher algorithm. 29077 29078 The CAST6 encryption algorithm (synonymous with CAST-256) is 29079 described in RFC2612. 29080 29081CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEA 29082 TEA cipher algorithm. 29083 29084 Tiny Encryption Algorithm is a simple cipher that uses 29085 many rounds for security. It is very fast and uses 29086 little memory. 29087 29088 Xtendend Tiny Encryption Algorithm is a modification to 29089 the TEA algorithm to address a potential key weakness 29090 in the TEA algorithm. 29091 29092 Xtendend Encryption Tiny Algorithm is a mis-implementation 29093 of the XTEA algorithm for compatibility purposes. 29094 29095CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4 29096 ARC4 cipher algorithm. 29097 29098 ARC4 is a stream cipher using keys ranging from 8 bits to 2048 29099 bits in length. This algorithm is required for driver-based 29100 WEP, but it should not be for other purposes because of the 29101 weakness of the algorithm. 29102 29103CONFIG_CRYPTO_KHAZAD 29104 Khazad cipher algorithm. 29105 29106 Khazad was a finalist in the initial NESSIE competition. It is 29107 an algorithm optimized for 64-bit processors with good performance 29108 on 32-bit processors. Khazad uses an 128 bit key size. 29109 29110 See also: 29111 http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/KhazadPage.html 29112 29113CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANUBIS 29114 Anubis cipher algorithm. 29115 29116 Anubis is a variable key length cipher which can use keys from 29117 128 bits to 320 bits in length. It was evaluated as a entrant 29118 in the NESSIE competition. 29119 29120 See also: 29121 https://www.cosic.esat.kuleuven.ac.be/nessie/reports/ 29122 http://planeta.terra.com.br/informatica/paulobarreto/AnubisPage.html 29123 29124CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE 29125 This is the Deflate algorithm (RFC1951), specified for use in 29126 IPSec with the IPCOMP protocol (RFC3173, RFC2394). 29127 29128 You will most probably want this if using IPSec. 29129 29130CONFIG_CRYPTO_MICHAEL_MIC 29131 Michael MIC is used for message integrity protection in TKIP 29132 (IEEE 802.11i). This algorithm is required for TKIP, but it 29133 should not be used for other purposes because of the weakness 29134 of the algorithm. 29135 29136CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEST 29137 Quick & dirty crypto test module. 29138 29139CONFIG_SOUND_WM97XX 29140 Say Y here to support the Wolfson WM9705 and WM9712 touchscreen 29141 controllers. These controllers are mainly found in PDA's 29142 i.e. Dell Axim and Toshiba e740 29143 29144 This is experimental code. 29145 Please see Documentation/wolfson-touchscreen.txt for 29146 a complete list of parameters. 29147 29148 In order to use this driver, a char device called wm97xx with a major 29149 number of 10 and minor number 16 will have to be created under 29150 /dev/touchscreen. 29151 29152 e.g. 29153 mknod /dev/touchscreen/wm97xx c 10 16 29154 29155 If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be 29156 inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), 29157 say M here. The module will be called ac97_plugin_wm97xx.o. 29158 29159 If unsure, say N. 29160 29161# 29162# A couple of things I keep forgetting: 29163# capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet, 29164# Intel, IRQ, ISDN, Linux, MSDOS, NetWare, NetWinder, 29165# NFS, PCI, SCSI, SPARC 29166# two words: file system, hard drive, hard disk, home page, 29167# user space, web site 29168# other: it's safe to save; daemon; use --, not - or ---; 29169# use KB for 1024 bytes, not kB or K. 29170# 29171# 29172# This is used by Emacs' spell checker ispell.el: 29173# 29174# LocalWords: CONFIG coprocessor DX Pentium SX lilo loadlin HOWTO ftp ibiblio 29175# LocalWords: unc edu docs emu README kB BLK DEV FD Thinkpad fd MFM RLL IDE gz 29176# LocalWords: cdrom diskless netboot nfs xzvf ATAPI MB ide pavia rubini pl pd 29177# LocalWords: HD CD-ROMs IDECD NEC MITSUMI filesystem XT XD PCI BIOS cezar ATEN 29178# LocalWords: ISA EISA Microchannel VESA BIOSes IPC SYSVIPC ipc Ctrl dmesg hlt 29179# LocalWords: BINFMT Linkable http ac uk jo html GCC SPARC AVANTI CABRIOLET EB 29180# LocalWords: netscape gcc LD CC toplevel MODVERSIONS insmod rmmod modprobe IP 29181# LocalWords: genksyms INET loopback gatewaying Ethernet PPP ARP Arp MEMSIZE 29182# LocalWords: howto multicasting MULTICAST MBONE firewalling ipfw ACCT resp ip 29183# LocalWords: proc acct IPIP encapsulator decapsulator klogd RARP EXT PS 29184# LocalWords: telnetting subnetted NAGLE rlogin NOSR ttyS TGA techinfo mbone nl 29185# LocalWords: Mb SKB IPX Novell dosemu DDP ATALK vmalloc visar ehome 29186# LocalWords: SD CHR scsi thingy SG CD LUNs LUN jukebox Adaptec BusLogic EATA 29187# LocalWords: buslogic DMA DPT ATT eata dma PIO UltraStor fdomain umsdos ext 29188# LocalWords: QLOGIC qlogic TMC seagate Trantor ultrastor FASST wd NETDEVICES 29189# LocalWords: unix BBS linux CSLIP PLIP Kirch's LDP CSlip SL SCC IRQ csustan 29190# LocalWords: Turbo Laplink plip NCSA port's ReQuest IRQs EQL SMC AMD PCnet NE 29191# LocalWords: COM ELPLUS Com EtherLinkIII VLB Arcnet Cabletron DEPCA DE carlos 29192# LocalWords: depca EtherWorks EWRK ewrk SEEQ EtherExpress EEXPRESS NI xxx dia 29193# LocalWords: EtherExpress WaveLAN wavelan PCLAN HPLAN VG SK Ansel Xen de ZNET 29194# LocalWords: PCMCIA cb stanford LAN TEC RealTek ATP atp DLINK NetTools VISWS 29195# LocalWords: TR Sony CDU caddyless cdu Mitsumi MCD cd mcd XA MultiSession CDA 29196# LocalWords: Matsushita Panasonic SBPCD Soundblaster Longshine sbpcd Aztech 29197# LocalWords: Okano Wearnes AZTCD CDD SE aztcd sonycd Goldstar GSCD Philips fs 29198# LocalWords: LMS OPTCD Sanyo SJCD minix faqs xiafs XIA msdos mtools Cichocki 29199# LocalWords: std softlinks umssync NetworkFileSharing nfsd mountd CDs HPFS TI 29200# LocalWords: hpfs SYSV SCO iBCS Wyse WordPerfect tsx mit unixes sysv NR irisa 29201# LocalWords: SMB WfW Cyclades async mux Logitech busmouse MouseSystem aka AST 29202# LocalWords: PSMOUSE Compaq trackballs Travelmate Inport ATIXL ATI busmice ld 29203# LocalWords: gpm config QIC DYNCONF FTAPE Stor Ftape ftape pcsndrv manpage NT 29204# LocalWords: readprofile diskdrives org com masq EtherTalk tcp netrom sunacm 29205# LocalWords: misc AIC aic pio scc Portmaster eql GIS PhotoCDs MCDX Perell PG 29206# LocalWords: mcdx gscd optcd sjcd ISP hdparm Workgroups Lan samba PARIDE PCD 29207# LocalWords: filesystems smbfs ATA ppp PCTech RZ www powerquest txt CMD ESDI 29208# LocalWords: chipset FB multicast MROUTE appletalk ifconfig IBMTR multiport 29209# LocalWords: Multisession STALDRV EasyIO EC EasyConnection ISTALLION ONboard 29210# LocalWords: Brumby pci TNC cis ohio faq usenet NETLINK dev hydra ca Tyne mem 29211# LocalWords: carleton DECstation SUNFD JENSEN Noname XXXM SLiRP LILO's amifb 29212# LocalWords: pppd Zilog ZS SRM bootloader ez mainmenu rarp ipfwadm paride pcd 29213# LocalWords: RTNETLINK mknod xos MTU lwared Macs netatalk macs cs Wolff 29214# LocalWords: dartmouth flowerpt MultiMaster FlashPoint tudelft etherexpress 29215# LocalWords: ICL EtherTeam ETH IDESCSI TXC SmartRAID SmartCache httpd sjc dlp 29216# LocalWords: thesphere TwoServers BOOTP DHCP ncpfs BPQETHER BPQ MG HIPPI cern 29217# LocalWords: bsd comp SPARCstation le SunOS ie Gracilis PackeTwin PT pt LU FX 29218# LocalWords: FX TEAC CR LCS mS ramdisk IDETAPE cmd fperllo encis tcfs unisa 29219# LocalWords: Vertos Genoa Funai hsfs NCP NetWare tgz APM apm ioctls UltraLite 29220# LocalWords: TravelMate CDT LCD backlight VC RPC Mips AXP barlow cdrtools pg 29221# LocalWords: PMAX MILO Alphas Multia Tseng linuxelf endian mipsel mips drv HT 29222# LocalWords: kerneld callouts AdvanSys advansys Admin WDT DataStor EP verden 29223# LocalWords: wdt hdb hdc bugfix SiS vlb Acculogic CSA DTC dtc Holtek ht QDI 29224# LocalWords: QD qd UMC umc ALI ali lena fnet fr azstarnet cdr fb MDA ps esdi 29225# LocalWords: Avanti XL AlphaStations Jensen DECpc AXPpci UDB Cabriolet MCA RC 29226# LocalWords: AlphaPC mca AOUT OUTput PPro sipx gwdg lo nwe FourPort Boca unm 29227# LocalWords: Keepalive linefill RELCOM keepalive analogue CDR conf CDI INIT 29228# LocalWords: OPTi isp irq noisp VFAT vfat NTFS losetup dmsdosfs dosfs ISDN MP 29229# LocalWords: NOWAYOUT behaviour dialin isdn callback BTX Teles XXXX LVM lvm 29230# LocalWords: ICN EDSS Cisco 29231# LocalWords: ipppd syncppp RFC MPP VJ downloaded icn NICCY Creatix shmem ufr 29232# LocalWords: ibp md ARCnet ether encap NDIS arcether ODI Amigas AmiTCP NetBSD 29233# LocalWords: initrd tue util DES funet des OnNet BIOSP smc Travan Iomega CMS 29234# LocalWords: FC DC dc PPA IOMEGA's ppa RNFS FMV Fujitsu ARPD arpd loran layes 29235# LocalWords: FRAD indiana framerelay DLCI DCLIs Sangoma SDLA mrouted sync sec 29236# LocalWords: Starmode Metricom MosquitoNet mosquitonet kbit nfsroot Digiboard 29237# LocalWords: DIGI Xe Xeve digiboard UMISC touchscreens mtu Ethernets HBAs MEX 29238# LocalWords: Shifflett netcom js jshiffle WIC DECchip ELCP EtherPower dst RTC 29239# LocalWords: rtc SMP lp Digi Intl RightSwitch DGRS dgrs AFFS Amiga UFS SDL AP 29240# LocalWords: Solaris RISCom riscom syncPPP PCBIT pcbit sparc anu au artoo MFB 29241# LocalWords: hitchcock Crynwr cnam pktdrvr NCSA's CyDROM CyCD-ROM FreeBSD NeXT 29242# LocalWords: NeXTstep disklabel disklabels SMD FFS tm AmigaOS diskfiles Un IQ 29243# LocalWords: Bernd informatik rwth aachen uae affs multihosting bytecode java 29244# LocalWords: applets applet JDK ncsa cabi SNI Alphatronix readme LANs scarab 29245# LocalWords: winsock RNIS caltech OSPF honour Honouring Mbit LocalTalk DEFRAG 29246# LocalWords: localtalk download Packetwin Baycom baycom interwork ASCII JNT 29247# LocalWords: Camtec proxying indyramp defragment defragmented UDP FAS FASXX 29248# LocalWords: FastSCSI SIO FDC qlogicfas QLogic qlogicisp setbaycom ife ee LJ 29249# LocalWords: ethz ch Travelmates ProAudioSpectrum ProAudio SoundMan SB SBPro 29250# LocalWords: Thunderboard SM OPL FM ADLIB TSR Gravis MPU PSS ADI SW DSP codec 29251# LocalWords: ADSP ESC ASIC daughtercard GUSMAX MSS NX AdLib Excell Ensoniq YM 29252# LocalWords: SoundScape Spea MediaTriX AudioTriX WSS OTI ThunderBoard VoxWare 29253# LocalWords: Soundscape SSCAPE TRIX MediaTrix PnP Maui dsp midixx EIA getty 29254# LocalWords: mgetty sendfax gert greenie muc lowlevel Lasermate LanManager io 29255# LocalWords: OOPSes trackball binghamton mobileip ncr IOMAPPED settags ns ser 29256# LocalWords: setsync NEGO MPARITY autotuning prefetch PIIX cdwrite utils rc 29257# LocalWords: PCWATCHDOG berkprod bitgate boldt ucsb jf kyoto jp euc Tetsuyasu 29258# LocalWords: YAMADA tetsu cauchy nslab ntt nevod perm su doc kaf kheops wsc 29259# LocalWords: traduc Bourgin dbourgin menuconfig kfill READMEs HOWTOs Virge WA 29260# LocalWords: IDEDISK IDEFLOPPY EIDE firewalls QMAGIC ZMAGIC LocalWords opti 29261# LocalWords: SVGATextMode vga svga Xkernel syr jmwobus comfaqs dhcp flakey GD 29262# LocalWords: IPv IPng interoperability ipng ipv radio's tapr pkthome PLP nano 29263# LocalWords: Ses Mhz sethdlc SOUNDMODEM WindowsSoundSystem smdiag pcf inka ES 29264# LocalWords: smmixer ptt circ soundmodem MKISS FDDI DEFEA DEFPA DEFXX redhat 29265# LocalWords: HyperNews khg mconv sed lina wuftpd MicroChannel netlink irc cum 29266# LocalWords: raudio RealAudio PPROP NETBIOS GUI IBMMCA ELMC Racal Interlan fi 29267# LocalWords: eth shapecfg src esp PCWD PREVSTAT bootparam sig bitwizard SBC 29268# LocalWords: downloads AFSK TCM FP Karn KA FSK RUH LinkSys cron mouseman LLC 29269# LocalWords: SyQuest SyQuest's CCITT MicroSolutions BPCD bpcd ESPSERIAL PROM 29270# LocalWords: SUNESP openprom OPENPROMIO quango themall al TT MC MMU LC RMW AA 29271# LocalWords: INSNS Ataris AutoConfig ZORRO OCS AMIFB Agnus Denise ECS CDTV GB 29272# LocalWords: AGA Cybervision CYBER GSP TMS DMI Zorro ACSI ROMs SLM BioNet GVP 29273# LocalWords: PAMsNet TekMagic Cyberstorm MkI CYBERSTORMII MkII BLZ onboard cx 29274# LocalWords: Village Tronic ATARILANCE RieblCard PAMCard VME MFP sangoma LAPB 29275# LocalWords: Rhotron BioData's Multiface AMIGAMOUSE COPCON Amiga's bitplanes 29276# LocalWords: ATARIMOUSE MFPSER SCC's MegaSTE ESCC Atari's GVPIOEXT DMASOUND 29277# LocalWords: fdutils cisco univercd rpcg htm iface lapb LAPBETHER tpqic qic 29278# LocalWords: SYNTH xd en binfmt aout ipip terra ipx sd sr sg wic framebuffer 29279# LocalWords: ibmmca lapbether mkiss dlci sdla fmv eepro eexpress ni hp ne es 29280# LocalWords: ibmtr isofs ROMFS romfs pcxx cyclades istallion psaux msbusmouse 29281# LocalWords: atixlmouse sbin softdog pcwd USS Lite ACI miroSOUND PCM miroPCM 29282# LocalWords: microcontroller miro Voxware downloading teles acsi slm gvp ltpc 29283# LocalWords: atari ariadne amigamouse atarimouse builtin IPDDP maths bradford 29284# LocalWords: AppleTalk Farallon PhoneNet Zubkoff lnz SCCB HAPN WANs vesafb nt 29285# LocalWords: wanrouter WANPIPE multiprotocol Mbps wanpipe EtherWORKS nodma SC 29286# LocalWords: smp HiSax SiemensChipSet Siemens AVM Elsa ITK hisax PCC MICROR 29287# LocalWords: Mircolink EURO DSS Spellcaster BRI sc spellcast Digiboards GPIO 29288# LocalWords: SYMBIOS COMPAT SDMS rev ASUS Tekram HX VX API ibmmcascsi ASY asy 29289# LocalWords: loader's PCnetPCI automounter AUTOFS amd autofs VT Gallant's Pnp 29290# LocalWords: AEDSP aedsp enskip tik Sysctl sysctl PARPORT parport pnp IDs EPP 29291# LocalWords: Autoprobe bart patrickr HDLS READBACK AB usr DAMA DS SparQ aten 29292# LocalWords: Symbios PCscsi tmscsim RoamAbout GHz Hinds contrib mathematik ok 29293# LocalWords: darmstadt okir DIGIEPCA International's Xem digiepca epca bootup 29294# LocalWords: zorro CAPI AVMB capi avmb VP SYN syncookies EM em pc Ethertalk 29295# LocalWords: Dayna DL Daynatalk LT PhoneNET ATB Daystar queueing CMDS SCBs ls 29296# LocalWords: SCB STATS Thinnet ThunderLAN TLAN Netelligent NetFlex tlan james 29297# LocalWords: caldera Preload Preloading slowdowns schoebel uni NBD nbd prog 29298# LocalWords: stuttgart rdist TRANS hostnames mango jukeboxes ESS userland PD 29299# LocalWords: hardlinked NAMETRANS env mtab fstab umount nologin runlevel gid 29300# LocalWords: adm Nodename hostname uname Kernelname bootp nmi DI OV StegFS 29301# LocalWords: KERNNAME kname ktype kernelname Kerneltype KERNTYPE Alt RX mdafb 29302# LocalWords: dataless kerneltype SYSNAME Comtrol Rocketport palmtop fbset EGS 29303# LocalWords: nvram SYSRQ SysRq PrintScreen sysrq NVRAMs NvRAM Shortwave RTTY 29304# LocalWords: Sitor Amtor Pactor GTOR hayes TX TMOUT JFdocs BIGMEM DAC IRQ's 29305# LocalWords: IDEPCI IDEDMA PDC pdc TRM trm raidtools luthien nuclecu BAGET VR 29306# LocalWords: unam mx miguel koobera uic EMUL solaris pp ieee lpsg co DMAs TOS 29307# LocalWords: BLDCONFIG preloading jumperless BOOTINIT modutils multipath GRE 29308# LocalWords: misconfigured autoconfiguration IPGRE ICMP tracert ipautofw PIM 29309# LocalWords: netis rlynch autofw ipportfw monmouth ipsubs portforwarding pimd 29310# LocalWords: portfw PIMSM netweb usc pim pf EUI aggregatable PB decapsulate 29311# LocalWords: ipddp Decapsulation DECAP bool HAMRADIO tcpdump af CDs tx FBCON 29312# LocalWords: ethertap multisession PPC MMIO GDT GDTH ICP gdth hamradio bpp 29313# LocalWords: lmh weejock AIMSlab RadioTrack RTRACK HZP OptoSCC TRX rx TRXECHO 29314# LocalWords: DMASCC paccomm dmascc addr cfg oevsv oe kib picpar FDX baudrate 29315# LocalWords: baudrates fdx HDX hdx PSK kanren frforum QoS SCHED CBQ SCH sched 29316# LocalWords: sch cbq CSZ Shenker Zhang csz SFQ sfq TBF tbf PFIFO fifo PRIO RW 29317# LocalWords: prio Micom xIO dwmw rimi OMIRR omirr omirrd unicode ntfs cmu NIC 29318# LocalWords: Braam braam Schmidt's freiburg nls codepages codepage Romanian 29319# LocalWords: Slovak Slovenian Sorbian Nordic iso Catalan Faeroese Galician SZ 29320# LocalWords: Valencian Slovene Esperanto Estonian Latvian Belarusian KOI mt 29321# LocalWords: charset Inuit Greenlandic Sami Lappish koi Alexey Kuznetsov's sa 29322# LocalWords: Specialix specialix DTR RTS RTSCTS cycladesZ Exabyte ftape's inr 29323# LocalWords: Iomega's LBFM claus ZFTAPE VFS zftape zft William's lzrw DFLT kb 29324# LocalWords: MTSETBLK MTIOCTOP qft setblk zftape's tar's afio's setdrvbuffer 29325# LocalWords: Procfs Exabyte's THR FCD sysvinit init PSC pscwdt VMIDI Euro SAB 29326# LocalWords: Mostek Fastlane PowerMac PReP PMAC PowerPC Macintoshes Starmax 29327# LocalWords: PowerStack Starmaxes MCOMMON DEVICETREE ATY IMS IMSTT videodev 29328# LocalWords: BT Hauppauge STB bttv Quickcam BW BWQCAM bw qcam Mediavision PMS 29329# LocalWords: pms Avatar Freecom Imation Superdisk BPCK bpck COMM comm DSTR ru 29330# LocalWords: dstr EPAT EPEZ epat EPIA epia FreeCom FRPW frpw KingByte KBIC HW 29331# LocalWords: KingByte's kbic OnSpec ValuStore FASTROUTE fastroute FLOWCONTROL 29332# LocalWords: struct APIC realtime OSs LynxOS CNC tmp cvf HFS hfs ADFS Risc os 29333# LocalWords: adfs ncpmount namespace SUBDIR reexport NDS kcore FT SPX spx DAT 29334# LocalWords: interserver BLKSZ NUMBUFFERS apmd Tadpole ANA roestock QuickCam 29335# LocalWords: isapnptools Colour CQCAM colour Connectix QuickClip prive mentre 29336# LocalWords: KMOD kmod conformant utexas kharker UnixWare Mwave cgi cl ts ibm 29337# LocalWords: eXchange threepio oakland simtel pre ULTRAMCA EtherLink isa luik 29338# LocalWords: EtherLink OpenBSD pts DEVPTS devpts ptmx ttyp glibc readback SA 29339# LocalWords: mwave OLDCARD isdnloop linklevel loopctrl Eicon Diehl DIEHLDIVA 29340# LocalWords: ASUSCOM AsusCom TELEINT semiactiv Sedlbauer Sportster TA MIC ITH 29341# LocalWords: NETjet NetJet Niccy Neuhaus sparcs AOC AOCD AOCE Microlink SAA 29342# LocalWords: teletext WinTV saa iproute tc Quadra Performa PowerBook tor AUN 29343# LocalWords: setserial compsoc steve Econet econet AUNUDP psched TEQL TLE CLS 29344# LocalWords: teql FW Ingres TwistedPair MTRR MTRRs mtrr cfs crypto TD ktti KT 29345# LocalWords: PHd ICS ipchains adelaide rustcorp syslog Cumana steganography 29346# LocalWords: AcornSCSI EcoSCSI EESOX EESOXSCSI Powertec POWERTECSCSI dec SF 29347# LocalWords: RadioReveal gatekeeper aimslab aztech FMI sf fmi RTL rtl cesdis 29348# LocalWords: Yellowfin gsfc nasa gov yellowfin pcnet Mylex LNE lne EtherH hs 29349# LocalWords: EBSA chattr RiscOS Winmodem AGP Atomwide DUALSP pcsp robinson CT 29350# LocalWords: SGALAXY Waverider DSPxxx TRXPRO AudioTrix OSWF MOT CFB DSY kbps 29351# LocalWords: tuwien kkudielk LVD mega lun MAXTAGS Gbps arcnet Olicom SNA PAE 29352# LocalWords: SysKonnect tms sna etherboot ufs NetBEUI MultiSound MSNDCLAS GX 29353# LocalWords: MSNDINIT MSNDPERM MSNDPIN PNDSPINI PNDSPERM Ensoniq's RetinaZ SS 29354# LocalWords: AudioPCI lspci SonicVibes sonicvibes SPARCs roadrunner CLgen UPA 29355# LocalWords: swansea shtml Zoltrix zoltrix BINUTILS EGCS binutils VIDC DACs 29356# LocalWords: CyberVision Cirrus PowerBooks Topcat SBUS CGsix TurboGX BWtwo SS 29357# LocalWords: CGthree TCX unswappable vfb fbcon hicolor truecolor AFB ILBM SOC 29358# LocalWords: IPLAN gracilis Fibre SBus SparcSTORAGE SV jnewbigin swin QNX qnx 29359# LocalWords: PTY PTYS ptyxx ttyxx PTYs ssh sb Avance ALS pss pvv kerneli hd 29360# LocalWords: synth WaveFront MSND NONPNP AudioExcelDSP STRAM APUS CHRP MBX Nx 29361# LocalWords: PowerMac's BMAC radiotrack rtrack miropcm OFFBOARD HPT UDMA DVD 29362# LocalWords: hpt fokus gmd Cyrix DXL SLC DLC NexGen MediaGX GXm IDT WinChip 29363# LocalWords: MMX MII valkyrie mdacon vdolive VDOLive cuseeme CU hippi rrunner 29364# LocalWords: SeeMe ipmasqadm juanjox ipmarkfw markfw TNCs Microdyne rhine lib 29365# LocalWords: libc jsX gamepad gameport CHF FCS FPGaming MadCatz ASSASIN GrIP 29366# LocalWords: Assasin gamepads GamePad PDPI gamecards gamecard WingMan BSP WCS 29367# LocalWords: ThunderPad CyberMan SideWinder ThrustMaster DirectConnect NES XF 29368# LocalWords: Millenium SNES PSX Multisystem Nintendo PlayStation Amstrad CPC 29369# LocalWords: Sega TurboGraFX Steffen Schwenke Multiststem PDIF FIFOSIZE EPLUS 29370# LocalWords: PowerUP RoadRunner tahallah dos functionkey setterm imladris Woz 29371# LocalWords: PowerMacs Winbond Algorithmics ALGOR algor ECOFF IRIX SGI SGI's 29372# LocalWords: gfx virtualized Xpmac mklinux XFree FBDev Woodhouse mvhi Seeq fp 29373# LocalWords: SGISEEQ HIgh ADB ADBMOUSE crosscompiler CROSSCOMPILE FPE GDB gdb 29374# LocalWords: JOYPORT rp spoofing DawiControl NOGENSUPP EEPROM HSSI Alessandro 29375# LocalWords: singleprocessor tex MATHEMU FRIQ Maxell friq Alcor XLT AlphaBook 29376# LocalWords: AlphaPCI DP LX Miata Mikasa Noritake RPX UX BX Takara EV PRIMO 29377# LocalWords: TSC Matrox Productiva matroxfb matrox multihead ia linuxhq MFW 29378# LocalWords: mfw AAA MCS Initio XXU initio imm AutoDetect IZIP CTR usec HDLC 29379# LocalWords: COSA SRP muni cz kas cosa Alteon AceNIC acenic VTOC OSes GMT SAx 29380# LocalWords: Inspiron localtime INTS Thinkpads Ralf Brown's Flightstick NNN 29381# LocalWords: Xterminator Blackhawk NN mpu ioports DCA HPDCA HPLANCE DIO Corel 29382# LocalWords: GemTek gemtek CMDLINE IrDA PDA's irmanager irattach RR AVA DN rg 29383# LocalWords: uit dagb irda LSAP IrLMP RR's IrLAP IR alloc skb's kfree skb's 29384# LocalWords: GZIP IrLAN NetbeamIR ESI JetEye IrOBEX IrCOMM TTY's minicom dti 29385# LocalWords: ircomm ircomm pluto thiguchi IrTTY Linux's bps NetWinder MIR NSC 29386# LocalWords: ACTiSYS dongle dongles esi actisys IrMate tekram BVM MVME 29387# LocalWords: BVME BVME WRITETHROUGH copyback writethrough fwmark syncookie tu 29388# LocalWords: alphalinux GOBIOS csn chemnitz nat ACARD AMI MegaRAID megaraid 29389# LocalWords: QNXFS ISI isicom xterms Apollos VPN RCPCI rcpci sgi visws pcmcia 29390# LocalWords: IrLPT UIRCC Tecra Strebel jstrebel suse Eichwalder ke INI INIA 29391# LocalWords: FCP qlogicfc sym isapnp DTLK DoubleTalk rcsys dtlk DMAP SGIVW ar 29392# LocalWords: dmabuf EcoRadio MUTEFREQ GIrBIL girbil tepkom vol mha diplom PQS 29393# LocalWords: bmac Microgate SyncLink synclink hdlc excl ioaddr Tane tanep TCQ 29394# LocalWords: PDS SMALLDOS charsets bigfoot kernelfr mcs cls fw rsvp SKnet sk 29395# LocalWords: SKMC USB UHCI OHCI intel compaq usb ohci HCD Virt Compaq's hcd 29396# LocalWords: VROOTHUB KBD ARRs MCRs NWBUTTON nwbutton NUM WaveArtist APNE cpu 29397# LocalWords: apne blackhawke PlanB lu mlan planb NWFPE FPA nwfpe unbootable 29398# LocalWords: FPEmulator ds vmlinux initialization discardable pgtable PGT mdw 29399# LocalWords: quicklist pagetable arthur StrongARM podule podules Autodetect 29400# LocalWords: dodgy IrPORT irport Litelink litelink SuSE rtfm internet hda CY 29401# LocalWords: multmode DriveReady SeekComplete DriveStatusError miscompile AEC 29402# LocalWords: mainboard's Digital's alim FastTrak aec PIIXn piix Gayle Eyetech 29403# LocalWords: Catweasel IDEDOUBLER Powerbook Centris ICSIDE RapIDE OSM HDM IOP 29404# LocalWords: HDM's OSM's lan FibreChannel ECP autoprobe itg lbl ipmasq cjb IC 29405# LocalWords: bieringer Caulfield's dreamtime decnet SIOCFIGCONF SIOCGIFCONF 29406# LocalWords: rtnetlink Endnode Aironet Arlan Telxon ylenurme arlan ACB aeschi 29407# LocalWords: Sealevel sealevel Cyclom br wanconfig tarball conectiva cycsyn 29408# LocalWords: devel bazar cyclomx NetGear GA IBMOL Lanstreamer uhci eu efs CYZ 29409# LocalWords: olympic linuxtr usbcore acm EZUSB downloader EFS XFS INTR op IIC 29410# LocalWords: heine soundcore JavaStations JavaStation GemTeks TerraTec TODO 29411# LocalWords: ActiveRadio Standalone terratec Rolf Offermanns rolf offermanns 29412# LocalWords: Zoran ZR Buz LML CPQ DA cpqarray PPDEV deviceid vlp ppdev atyfb 29413# LocalWords: AcceleRAID eXtremeRAID NETFILTER Netfilter masqueraded netfilter 29414# LocalWords: kernelnotes Cardbus PCMCIA's CardBus clgenfb Permedia YAM MMAP 29415# LocalWords: mmapped ATM atm PVCs SVCs InARP ATMARP neighbour neighbours MPOA 29416# LocalWords: VCs ENI FPGA Tonga MMF MF UTP printks ZeitNet ZN ZATM uPD SAR PN 29417# LocalWords: approx NICStAR NICs ForeRunnerLE Madge Collage ATMizer Dxxxx VCI 29418# LocalWords: ServeRAID IPS ips ipslinux gzip BSDCOMP LZW RAYCS Interphase app 29419# LocalWords: Tachyon IPHASE Surfboard NextLevel SURFboard jacksonville Tigon 29420# LocalWords: fventuri adelphia siglercm linuxpower AceNICs Starfire starfire 29421# LocalWords: ISOC CPiA cpia uss ACPI UDF DirectCD udf CDRW's OSF Manx acpi DM 29422# LocalWords: Unixware cymru Computone IntelliPort Intelliport computone SI sx 29423# LocalWords: adbmouse DRI DRM dlabs GMX PLCs Applicom fieldbus applicom int 29424# LocalWords: VWSND eg ESSSOLO CFU CFNR scribed eiconctrl eicon hylafax KFPU 29425# LocalWords: EXTRAPREC fpu mainboards KHTTPD kHTTPd khttpd Xcelerator SBNI tw 29426# LocalWords: LOGIBUSMOUSE Granch granch sbni Raylink NOHIGHMEM Athlon SIM sim 29427# LocalWords: hpl Tourrilhes DuraLAN starfire Davicom davicom dmfe auk tms tr 29428# LocalWords: TokenExpress Belkin Peracom eTek DVDs infradead Cxxx Adlib AV ZX 29429# LocalWords: NeoMagic CPi CPt Celeron decapsulation Undeletion BFS bfs nVidia 29430# LocalWords: OnStream Irongate Riva phonedev QuickNet LineJack PhoneJack IXJ 29431# LocalWords: Quicknet PhoneJACK LineJACK ixj pnpdump Quicknet's Joandi SSID 29432# LocalWords: aironet quickconfig adhoc btw bap NONCS cardservices Xircom lin 29433# LocalWords: Netwave AirSurfer netwave HomePNA failover MVP iMacs ALi aktual 29434# LocalWords: Aladin HIDBP usbkbd KEYBDEV MOUSEDEV JOYDEV EVDEV UAB WhiteHEAT 29435# LocalWords: Handspring ov DABUSB URB URB's dabusb CRAMFS NFSv ELV IOAPIC WIP 29436# LocalWords: NLMv SMBus ALGOBIT algo PHILIPSPAR philips elv Velleman velleman 29437# LocalWords: ALGOPCF Elektor elektor CHARDEV dfx TDFX tdfx Extensa dof gravis 29438# LocalWords: assasin logitech Overdrive thrustmaster DWave Aureal magellan db 29439# LocalWords: SpaceTec SpaceOrb SpaceBall spaceorb FLX spaceball turbografx zr 29440# LocalWords: amiga ESS's WaveWatcher Maxi belkin RW's ata glx GART MPV Baget 29441# LocalWords: OpenGL Xserver agpgart HOTPLUG CyberPro Integraphics Netwinder 29442# LocalWords: aty FONTWIDTH eni zatm nicstar ForeRunner OC DECstations DEC's 29443# LocalWords: PHYsical SUNI reinsertion ChipSAR KVC PHY ClassID iphase iadbg 29444# LocalWords: DEVS FireWire PCILynx pcilynx LOCALRAM miro's DV RAWIO GRED Mk 29445# LocalWords: Diffserv DSMARK Ingress Qdisc TCINDEX TMSPCI tmspci Ringode JE 29446# LocalWords: MADGEMC madgemc TokenRing SMCTR TokenCard smctr Wacom Graphire 29447# LocalWords: mousedev ConnectTech HandSpring Xirlink IBMCAM ibmcam SN 29448# LocalWords: DEVICEFS yyy Cymraeg Dwave SIMM JSFLASH JavaStation's multilink 29449# LocalWords: nsc ircc DDB Vrc CMN TB PROMs Vino rivafb DDC Matroxes MGA TVO 29450# LocalWords: MAVEN fbdev crtc maven matroxset NTSC PCA SBA AAL SKFP DAS SAS 29451# LocalWords: skfp Intuos ADMtek's pegasus PLUSB plusb pointopoint mp rio Xeon 29452# LocalWords: DEVFS devfs dd bs EDSS german TELESPCI FRITZPCI HFC HFCS BDS HST 29453# LocalWords: ISURF ISAR Saphir HSTSAPHIR Telekom BKM Scitel Quadro SCT Gazel 29454# LocalWords: SP PRI Hypercope HYSDN Hypercope's hysdn IbssJoinNetTimeout FTDI 29455# LocalWords: ARCNet Keyspan PDA ADMtek sgalaxy sgbase opl mpuio mpuirq sbio 29456# LocalWords: sbirq sbdma gus uart mssio mssirq mssdma sscape maui mouirq iph 29457# LocalWords: CHDLC UPS's usbmouse wacom wmforce keybdev joydev fibre Trunking 29458# LocalWords: Etherchannel IOC Moxa Intellio moxa SmartIO mxser Mixcom EFI ir 29459# LocalWords: MIXCOMWD mixcomwd SENDCOMPLETE GMAC iBook gmac OAKNET oaknet PCG 29460# LocalWords: diffserv irlan irtty toshoboe IrCC Lifebook idex AUTODMA FIP Cxx 29461# LocalWords: Yenta Databook TCIC FMVJ fmvj NMCLAN LiveWire nmclan XIRC xirc 29462# LocalWords: loadkeys setfont shm SuperIO soc SOCAL socal FCAL fc fcal COMX 29463# LocalWords: MultiGate ITConsult comx CMX HiCOMX downloadable hw LoCOMX PROTO 29464# LocalWords: locomx MixCOM mixcom proto MyriCOM MYRI Sbus myri sbus IBMLS hme 29465# LocalWords: lanstreamer baseT HAPPYMEAL qfe sunhme SUNLANCE sunlance BigMAC 29466# LocalWords: SUNBMAC sunbmac QuadEthernet SUNQE qe FastEthernet sunqe DSB PTI 29467# LocalWords: DSBR dsbr procinfo QLOGICPTI qpti ptisp QLGC qlogicpti se LBA NF 29468# LocalWords: OPENPROMFS OpenPROM openpromfs OBP OpenBoot flashable Multiboard 29469# LocalWords: SPARCAUDIO SparcClassic Ultras DBRI Sparcbook sparcaudio SUNBPP 29470# LocalWords: UltraDMA WDC CRC CONNTRACK IPTABLES iptables nfmark interface's 29471# LocalWords: tdfxfb TNTx HGA hgafb VERBOSEDEBUG SunTrunking SunSoft XIRTULIP 29472# LocalWords: ethercards PNIC Macronix MXIC ASIX xircom Mustek MDC gphoto mdc 29473# LocalWords: CramFs Cramfs uid cramfs AVM's kernelcapi PCIV cdrdao Cdparanoia 29474# LocalWords: DMX Domex dmx wellington ftdi sio Accton Billington Corega FEter 29475# LocalWords: MELCO LUA PNA Linksys SNC chkdsk AWACS Webcam RAMFS Ramfs ramfs 29476# LocalWords: ramfiles MAKEDEV pty WDTPCI APA apa 29477# 29478# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS 29479# Local Variables: 29480# case-fold-search:nil 29481# fill-prefix:" " 29482# adaptive-fill:nil 29483# fill-column:70 29484# End: 29485